101190 Catalog

101629-Catalog 101629-Catalog 101629-Catalog 786564 Batch8 unilog cesco-content

101629-Catalog 101629-Catalog 101629-Catalog 786776 Batch8 unilog cesco-content

101190-Catalog 101190-Catalog 101190-Catalog 786776 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

2014-09-05

: Pdf 101190-Catalog 101190-Catalog 786564 Batch7 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 724

Download101190-Catalog
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
Wiremold ®

WIRE & CABLE MANAGEMENT

2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

AuDIO/vIDeO
COMPATIBILITy

RefeRenCe

STeeL SuRfACe
RACewAy SySTeMS

1

Legrand AVIP Device Plates
p.2
wiremold® A/V
Quick Selection Guide
p.6

using The wiremold Catalog
After Table of Contents
sustainability
After Table of Contents
New Products
After Table of Contents
Index
p.693
warranty Information
Inside Back Cover
Trademarks
Inside Back Cover

COMMunICATIOnS
COnneCTIvITy

15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Ortronics® Connectivity
p.16
wiremold Open system
Connectivity
p.16
CM series™
Communication Modules
p.17

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

21

Quick Selection Guide
p.23
One-Piece Raceways
500® & 700® series Raceway
p.24
Two-Piece Small Single- &
Dual-Channel Raceways
2000® series Raceway
p.34
2400 series™ Raceway
p.38
2400D series™ Raceway
p.44
3000® series Raceway
p.50
4000® Designer Series
Raceway
Ds4000® Raceway
p.56
Two-Piece Large Multiple
Channel Raceways
4000® series Raceway
p.61
4047 series™ Device Plates
p.67
s4000® series Raceway
p.72
6000® series Raceway
p.79
Multi-Compartment
Surface Metal Raceway
Anysize™ Raceway
p.84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

nOnMeTALLIC
SuRfACe RACewAy
SySTeMS

107

Quick Selection Guide
p.109

91

Quick Selection Guide
p.93
Multiple-Channel
Overfloor Raceway
OFR series™ Overfloor
Raceway
p.94
Overfloor Raceway
1500 series™ Raceway
p.98
2600 series™ Raceway
p.102
nonmetallic Pancake
Overfloor Raceway
1200/1400/1600 series™
Raceway
p.105

Low voltage
Single-Channel Raceways
uniduct® 2700, 2800, & 2900
series Raceways
p.111
Power-Rated Single- &
Dual-Channel Raceways
Eclipse™ PN03, PN05, & PN05
series Raceways
p.119
400, 800, 2300/2300D series™
Raceways
p.124
Large Capacity
Multiple-Channel Raceways
Access® 5000 Raceway
p.133
Cablesmart® 40N series
Raceway
p.139
5400 series™ Raceway
p.142
5500 series™ Raceway
p.149
5507 series™ Faceplates
p.154

ALuMInuM
SuRfACe RACewAy
SySTeMS

159

Quick Selection Guide
p.160
Small Single- &
Dual-Channel Raceways
AL2000 series™ Raceway
p.162
AL2400 series™ Raceway
p.166
AL3300 series™ Raceway
p.169
4000® Designer
Series Raceway
ALDs4000™ Raceway
p.173
Large Single- &
Dual-Channel Raceways
ALA3800 series™ Raceway
p.177
ALA4800 series™ Raceway
p.181
AL5200 series™ Raceway
p.185

Hide Cord Raceway
300 series™ Duct
p.157
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OveRfLOOR
RACewAy
SySTeMS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRewIReD
RACewAy
SySTeMS

Three Channel, Dual Cover
Aluminum Raceway
Systems
AL7320 series™ Raceway
p.221
AL7450 series™ Raceway
p.223

191

why Prewired
p.194
Single Channel,
Single Cover Aluminum
Raceway Systems
AL3000 series™ Raceway
p.202
ALA3800 series™ Raceway
p.203

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Single/Dual Channel,
Single Cover Aluminum
Raceway Systems
AL3300 series™ Raceway
p.205
AL4000 series™ Raceway
p.207
AL4400 series™ Raceway
p.209
AL4750 series™ Raceway
p.211
Dual Channel, Dual Cover
Aluminum Raceway
Systems
AL4320 series™ Raceway
p.213
AL4520 series™ Raceway
p.215
ALA4800 series™ Raceway
p.217
ALDs4000 series™ Raceway
p.219

Prewired Steel
Raceway Systems
3000® series™, 4000® series,
Ds4000® & 6000® series
Raceways
p.225
Prewired nonmetallic
Raceway Systems
Cablesmart™ 40N2 series,
5400 series™ & 5500
series™ Raceways
p.227
Prewired Select
Series™ Raceways
p.229

253

Plugmold® Steel
Multioutlet Systems
2000 series™
Multioutlet system
p.256
2400 series™
Multioutlet system
p.262
Plugmold® Plus
nonmetallic
Multioutlet Systems
NM2000 series™
Multioutlet system
p.267
Plugmold® Aluminum
Multioutlet Systems
AL2000 series™
Multioutlet system
p.272

SPeCIALTy
RACewAyS &
ACCeSSORIeS

231

Quick Selection Guide
p.232
SpecMate wireway &
enclosures
p.233
wallSource™ Multiple
Service Box
p.250

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

PLuGMOLD®
MuLTIOuTLeT
SySTeMS

Plugmold® TamperResistant Multioutlet
Systems
2000TR series™
Multioutlet system
p.276
adorne™ under-Cabinet
Lighting System
p.279

TABLE OF CONTENTS

285

Quick Selection Guide
p.287
Recessed Style
Poke-Thru Devices
Evolution™ 6AT series
Poke-Thru Devices
p.291
Evolution™ 8AT series
Poke-Thru Devices
p.299
Surface Style
Poke-Thru Devices
RC7 series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.306
RC9 series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.308
RC9AMD series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.310
AMD8 series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.312
AV3 series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.314
RC4 series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.316
RC3 series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.318

Pedestal Style
Poke-Thru Devices
Fit series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.328
RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC
series™ Poke-Thru Devices
p.331

fLOOR BOx
SySTeMS

335

Quick Selection Guide
p.338
Evolution™ series
Floor Boxes
p.344
Fire Classified Floor Boxes
p.360

FloorPort™ series Cover
Assemblies
p.371, 397
Ratchet-Pro™ series Round
Floor Boxes
p.380
Modulink™ 880MP series
Floor Boxes
p.387
Resource RFB® series
Floor Boxes
p.394
Omnibox™ series
Floor Boxes
p.420
880 series™ Floor Boxes
p.432
800 series™ Floor Boxes
p.436
800w series™ Floor Boxes
p.438
861 series™ Floor Boxes
p.446
862 series™ Floor Boxes
p.449
863 series™ Floor Boxes
p.451
wMFB series™ Floor Boxes
p.453
floorSource™ Raised
floor Boxes
AF series™ Raised
Floor Boxes
p.456
AC series™ Raised
Floor Boxes
p.463
CRFB series™ Raised
Floor Boxes
p.468
CCFB series™
Convention Center
series™ Products
p.473
CCBB series Ballroom
Floor Boxes
p.477
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

TABLE OF CONTENTS

POke-THRu
DevICeS

furniture feed Style
Poke-Thru Devices
4FFATC series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.320
RC7AFFTC series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.322
RC9AFFTC series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.324
RC9AM2TC series™
Poke-Thru Devices
p.326

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SeRvICe fITTInGS
& ACTIvATIOn
ACCeSSORIeS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

483

InfLOOR DuCT
SySTeMS

511

Quick Selection Guide
p.485

Quick Selection Guide
p.513

525 series™ service Fittings
p.486
1200 series™ service
Fittings
p.489
Multiplex™ service Fittings
p.490
525 & Multiplex series™
Activation Accessories
p.492
source 1® series
service Fittings
p.494
FloorPort™ series
Cover Assemblies
p.498

walkerduct® underfloor
Duct systems
p.516
walkerduct® Carpet/Tile
Holders
p.528
Flushduct Infloor
Duct systems
p.531
wallduct Raceway systems
p.536
Trenchduct Feeder systems
p.543
walkercell® Cellular
Raceway systems
p.547

walkerduct® flush PokeThru Style Service fittings
PsRC9 series™ service
Fittings
p.501
walkerduct® Pro series
service Fittings
p.503

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

MODuLAR wIRInG
SOLuTIOnS

557

walkerflex® Modular
wiring system
p.558

veRTICAL
SOLuTIOnS

575

Quick Selection Guide
p.577
Vista™ Architectural
Columns
p.579
Vista CP™ Consolidation
Point
p.586

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CabinetMATE® series
Power Only
p.627
Rack Mounted Power
Solutions
surge Protected Products
p.628
Power Only Products 15
Amp, 20 Amp
p.629
workstation Power
Solutions
surge Protected Plug-In
Outlet Center® units
p.631
Power Only Plug-In Outlet
Center® units
p.633

POweR DISTRIBuTIOn
& SuRGe PROTeCTIve
DevICeS

613

Quick Selection Guide
p.607
Power Distribution units
for Data Centers
Power Commander®
IQ units
p.616
Power Commander®
Plus units
p.619
Power Commander® series
High Amperage units
p.622
Meter Reader™ series
Current Monitoring Devices
p.624
Cabinet Power Solutions
CabinetMATE® series
surge Protected
p.625

Hard wired Surge
Protection
ZoneMaster®/Zonesentinel®
series
p.638
ZoneDefender Pro series
p.640
PA/PB™ series
p.641

MeeTInG ROOM
SOLuTIOnS

643

Quick Selection Guide
p.645
under Table
Cable Management
p.646
Meeting Room
Transition Channel
p.647
work surface
Modular Power
p.648
Evolution™ series
work surface Portals
p.652
deQuorum™ Recessed
work surface Portals
p.655
deQuorum™ Flip-up
work surface Portals
p.658
Tablesource™ work surface
Portals
p.660
Lab Bench work surface
Portals
p.663
Desktop Power Center
work surface Portals
p.666
Desk Module
work surface Portal
p.667
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Vista Point5™
Architectural Columns
p.593
Tele-Power® Poles
p.599
Vertical Drop Poles
p.607
Custom Tele-Power® Poles
p.610

TABLE OF CONTENTS

fIRe STOP
SOLuTIOnS

669

Flamestopper™ series
Thru-wall &Thru-Floor
Fittings
p.671

wIReLeSS &
ZOne CABLInG
SOLuTIOnS

673

wireless enclosures
VLwAP Vista™ wireless
Access Point Enclosure
p.675
wAPE series wireless
Access Point Ceiling
Enclosures
p.676
wAPENCL series wireless
Access Point Ceiling
Enclosures
p.678
NME1250AP wall-Mounted
Nonmetallic wireless
Access Point Enclosure
p.679
wAPBRKT wireless Access
Point Mounting Bracket for
Overhead Applications
p.680

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Zone Cabling enclosures
CZE series Zone Cabling
Enclosures
p.681
RFE series Zone Cabling
Enclosures
p.682

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

TeCHnICAL
SeLeCTIOn

683

Raceway Cross-sectional
Areas/wire & Cable
Cross-sectional Areas
p.684
Raceway wire & Cable
Dimensions
p.685
Device Box Cubic Inch
Capacities
p.686
Calculating wire & Cable
Capacities
p.687
Master Format 2004
Design Checklist
p.688
Conductor Derating
(Lighting & Power Circuits)
National Electrical Code
Articles
p.689
Mounting Methods for
wiremold Raceways
p.690
Electrical symbols in
Accordance with ANsI
Y32.9-1972
p.691
steel Raceway
Color specifications
p.692

WELCOME
using the wiremold Catalog
Color Coding:
Color coding has been used throughout the Catalog including
in the Table of Contents and on the outside edge of the pages
of each section to help you quickly access the products or
information you need. A color key to the sections can also be
found on the right side of this page.

Product Sections are identified throughout the Catalog
with the following color coding:

Organization:
sections of this catalog have been reorganized to give you
faster access to key information about our products. system
layouts, wire fill capacity charts and uL Code Reference
information is located on the beginning pages of each
product section.

new Products:
The newest wiremold product innovations are featured in the
New Products section. You’ll find color photos and information
on where these products are located in the Catalog.
The wiremold Catalog is also available online. with all the
same information as the print version, the online Catalog is
fully searchable and easy to use. You can access the online
catalog at: www.legrand.us/wiremold and then click on the
link for the Online Catalog.

Code Reference Information:

STEEL SurFACE rACEWAy SySTEMS
OvErFLOOr rACEWAy SySTEMS
NONMETALLiC SurFACE rACEWAy SySTEMS
ALuMiNuM SurFACE rACEWAy SySTEMS
PrEWirEd rACEWAy SySTEMS
SPECiALTy rACEWAyS & ACCESSOriES
PLugMOLd® MuLTiOuTLET SySTEMS
FLOOr BOx SySTEMS
SErviCE FiTTiNgS & ACTivATiON ACCESSOriES
iNFLOOr duCT SySTEMS
MOduLAr WiriNg SOLuTiONS

CODE REFERENCE

vErTiCAL SOLuTiONS

cTuvus Listed:
File 30783215.002 EN60950-1

POWEr diSTriBuTiON & SurgE PrOTECTivE dEviCES
WOrk SurFACE SOLuTiONS
FirE STOP SOLuTiONS

Color swatches (see sample below) for each product line
are shown at the beginning of the product section. Each part
number listing also shows all the available color versions for
that part. Information on how the color values were developed
can be found in the Technical section.

WirELESS & ZONE CABLiNg SOLuTiONS
TEChNiCAL iNFOrMATiON
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Color Information:

COLOR OPTIONS

COMMuNiCATiONS CONNECTiviTy

POkE-Thru dEviCES

Product Guide Available Online:

uL Code Reference information
for each product line is indicated
at the beginning of the product
section (see example on right).

AudiO/vidEO COMPATiBiLiTy

500 and 700 series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an
ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “-wH” suffix have a white finish.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

LEgrANd SuSTAiNABiLiTy
Legrand has made a commitment to the path of sustainability. As such we are making an ongoing effort to understand
and responsibly address the intersection of social, environmental and economic issues in the course of conducting
our business. sustainability serves as a new lens through which we are assessing the impact of our operations, the
expectations of our customers, employees and other key stakeholders, and the role of our products and solutions.
Like many companies we see sustainability as a journey of discovery and innovation. we are sharing our learning and
experience as we progress on this path. Visit www.legrand.us/sustainability to access useful tools to fulfill your own
sustainability journey.

A Global Sustainable Development framework
Legrand North America is part of the Legrand Group, a global
organization that operates in over 170 countries. The Legrand
Group has developed an overall framework to sustainability
that is organized into three key areas - social responsibility,
environment and governance, which are defined below. The
approach to sustainability in North America is aligned with this
global framework – and adapted as appropriate and relevant to the
context of the local culture and economy.
These three “pillars” serve as the organizing principle for our
actions. They express our intention toward continuous improvement
in our approach to sustainability. we have initiatives underway in
each area and are actively exploring others. we are working to
ensure that our sustainability commitment translates into greater
benefits and tangible value for our customers, business partners,
employees and the broader communities in which we operate.

Social

environment

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Promote the welfare and
development of our employees
and communities in which we
operate and serve, and apply our
technology and products to meet
social needs.

Advance environmental stewardship
at every stage of business from
product design, manufacturing,
distribution, marketing and delivery
of products that promote clean and
efficient energy.

Governance
Ensure Legrand employees all
over the world adhere to our stated
principles, values and standards;
seek out and work with suppliers
who operate in a manner consistent
with these commitments.

The FsC certified paper used to print this catalog is Consoweb® Gloss, which is made from 10% post-consumer recycled paper.
Over 246,000 pounds of paper were used to produce this catalog, and by substituting Consoweb Gloss for standard gloss paper,
the following savings were realized:
•	
•	
•	
•	

Wood	Use	–	Post	consumer	content	means	a	savings	of	more	than	72	tons	of	wood.	
Greenhouse	Gases	–	Eliminated	more	than	850	pounds	of	greenhouse	gases	vs.	conventional	paper	production.
Water	–	Saved	more	than	200,000	gallons	of	wastewater	vs.	water	used	to	produce	conventional	paper.
Solid	Waste	–	3000	pounds	less	solid	waste	was	generated	during	papermaking	that	won’t	need	to	be	landfilled.*

Achieving these savings was a team effort:
Lindenmeyr Munroe – a leading paper broker.
newPage Corporation – Manufacturer of Consoweb Gloss and other quality printing papers with certified and recycled options.
Quad/Graphics – Catalog printer, reduced the environmental impact by using a 27.3% renewable content (soy) ink.
The result is a catalog that significantly reduces environmental impacts without compromising quality. It’s the way Legrand
approaches sustainability across the entire company and its many products.
*Source:	Environmental	Paper	Network	Online	Paper	Calculator.	FSC® is not responsible for the savings calculations by using this paper.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

New Products

wire & cable Management

WIREMOLD

New Products

Wiremold® New Products are the results of years of engineering, design, innovation,
listening to our customers, and our constant focus on improving or developing the best
wire and cable management solutions available. these products provide users and
installers with enhanced ease of use, respond to the constantly changing needs of the
marketplace…both today and tomorrow, reduce installation times while providing more
features, functionality, and capacity, with the reliability and durability you’ve come to
expect from wiremold products.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

New Products

wire & cable Management

adorne™ Under-Cabinet Lighting System
adorne™ Under-Cabinet Lighting System is a fully
customizable and modular solution for eliminating kitchen
clutter. It is compatible with any kitchen layout, such as
a galley, L-shaped, or u-shaped, as well as with any home
wiring.
the adorne under-cabinet Lighting system brings an array of
modular components that swap out so easily, you’ll want to
reconfigure whenever the mood strikes. From speakers and
smart phone docks to lighting and outlets, there’s a world
of possibilities to choose from with these high-tech, highly
convenient building blocks.

Page 279

Power Control Boxes
LED Puck Lighting

Visit www.adornemyhome.com to use the under-cabinet
system Planning and configuration tool

LED Linear Lighting

Modular Track – in multiple lengths

Digital Music Kit with
Bluetooth® connectivity

Interchangeable Modules

New Products

Meeting Room Transition Channel
Wiremold® Meeting room transition channel (Mrtc) is an
integral component in a “last meter” solution for bringing
power and technology closer to the user’s work area.
•	 Easy	to	order.	Kit consists of aluminum center spine with
steel mounting plate and four (4) screws, black aluminum
side channels, black nonmetallic bottom boot and two (2)
black nonmetallic transition covers.
•	 Easy	to	install.	telesscoping design accommodates
installations between 26" and 30" in height to fit most
standard table configurations.
•	 Flexible	feed	options.	Boot allows for easy access to
floor connections from floor boxes, poke-thru devices,
overfloor raceway or other wiring sources.
•	 Transition	covers	allow	for	seamless	integration	
with wiremold under table cable Management solution.
•	 Multiple	channels. Allow separate channels to feed
power, communication or A/V services to the work surface.

www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

Page 647

WIREMOLD

New Products

wire & cable Management

Under Table Cable Management

Page 646

WIREMOLD
Wiremold® under table cable management (utcM)

organizes and retains cables, while allowing ready
access to these services without the cords and cables
getting in the way.
•	 Easy	to	order.	offered in convenient kits with everything
you need to complete your install. utcM kits include: 5’ of
base, 5’ of mounting hinge rail and four (4) latching clips.
•	 Easy	to	install.	Adapts to underside of table and requires
no special tools.
•	 Easy	to	maintain.	Future technology upgrades or room
reconfigurations are completed with the least disruptions
using tray that opens with the push of a clip and manages
cables with designed-in cable retaining dividers.
•	 Adds	to	overall	room	aesthetics.	Keeps meeting rooms
free from tangled cords and cables.
•	 Field	modifiable. tray is simple to cut to length to
accommodate table length.
Use	with	the	Meeting	Room	Transition	Channel	for	an	
integrated cable management solution.

Work	Surface	Modular	Power	

Page	648

New Products

Wiremold® work surface Modular Power Kits make
rearranging meeting rooms fast, easy, and safe.
•	 Ease	of	Installation. standard kits for both 5’ and 6’ long
tables contain everything needed for installation.
•	 Flexible	design. rearranging a room layout is as easy
as unplugging tables, re-positioning and then plugging
tables back together.
•	 Power	Capacity. two circuit wiring means that a total
of 10 enhanced portals can be fed from each feed source
(5 per circuit), or 20 standard portals (10 per circuit).
•	 Multi–service	integrated	solution. In addition to
power, work surface portals have openings for rJ45
network connections.
•	 Ultimate	flexibility. Non-sequential system allows
moving tables around without the need to conform to a
color code or numbering sequence.
•	 Adapts	to	a	variety	of	popular	cable	management	
systems. Quick disconnect inserts allow system feed
from oFr series overfloor raceway, 2400 series raceway,
wallsource Multiple service Boxes, 8" evolution series
Poke-thru devices, Floor Boxes or existing wall outlets.
•	 UL	Listed. system is listed to csA and uL183,
Manufactured wiring systems.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

New Products

wire & cable Management

Desk Module

Page 667

Wiremold® desk Module upgrades workstations to well
connected spaces so users can focus on the business at hand.
•	 Easy	to	install.	designed to fit into existing 2 3/8" –
3 1/8" core hole in desktop with clip system that secures
unit to the work surface.
•	 Multiple	connection	options.	two models provide
desktop access to power, usB connectivity and charging,
and rJ45 connectivity.
•	 Convenient	cable	management. rJ45 and usB retractor
options provide cable management under the work surface
for connecting cables.

New Products

Medical Grade Plug-In Outlet Center Units
Wiremold® uLM series Medical Grade Plug-in outlet centers
(PIocs) offer medical professionals quick and flexible power
delivery solutions for demanding patient care environments.
•	 Safety	Certified	by	TUV	Rheinland	as	Medical	
Electrical Devices. For use in patient care areas in
compliance with Article 517 of the National electrical code
(Nec)1. Allows maximum flexibility when powering patient
care equipment.
•	 Redundant	bonding.	Assures an ultra reliable grounding
path is provided. Proper grounding of medical equipment is
essential for patient wellbeing.
•	 Rugged	aluminum	housing.	durable housing withstands
the rigors of the healthcare environment assuring long
service life.
•	 Pass	&	Seymour® Hospital Grade Receptacles.
superior quality Pass & seymour receptacles ensure
reliable connections and long life.
•	 Available	in	both	15A	&	20A	configurations.	20A
configuration meets the ever increasing power demands of
medical equipment. expand your capabilities without having
to expand your infrastructure.
1
	As	with	all	Medical	Electrical	Devices,	Wiremold	ULM	Series	of	PIOCs	
should	only	be	used	under	the	direction	and	supervision	of	your	local	
Health	&	Safety	Officer.

www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

Page 637

WIREMOLD

New Products

wire & cable Management

Ratchet-Pro™	Series	Floor	Boxes	

Page	380

WIREMOLD
Wiremold®	Ratchet-Pro™	Series	Floor	Boxes now are
available in nonmetallic and steel versions that provide
single- and dual-service capability in a variety of easy-toinstall round floor boxes. these designs allow the flexibility
for providing power, A/V or communication services to openspace areas in an aesthetic solution. ratchet-Pro™ series
Floor Boxes are cuLus Listed for use in both on grade and
above grade concrete construction.
•	 Slab-on-grade	versions.	Boxes offered in PVc and steel
with a special fusion bonded epoxy corrosion resistant
paint, enables the boxes to be installed in on-grade
applications without the need for additional vapor barriers.
•	 Ratchet	adjusting	ring.	Allows for quick and easy
installation without gluing, as well as removal of cover to
activate at a future date for dual service. 10˚ of flexible
adjustment allows cover to conform to the surface of the
concrete pour, which significantly reduces labor costs.
•	 Multiple	size	conduit	feeds.	conduit feed ranging from
2" to 3/4" trade size openings allow for more flexibility
and capacity.
•	 Individual	conduit	reducers	&	plugs.	reduction in labor
savings by providing a direct reduction to support smaller
conduit feeds.

Evolution™	Series	Floor	Boxes	

Page	344

New Products

Wiremold®	Evolution™	Series	Floor	Boxes.	the most
innovative and versatile floor boxes in the industry, has just
been upgraded giving more flexibility and configurable options.
•	 2"	conduit	knockout	on	the	bottom	of	the	EFB6S-OG	
box – for increased capacity and flexibility.
•	 EFB6S-2HUB	–	2" conduit hub that can be used to deliver
services to the 6-gang floor box, while maintaining a 4"
deep concrete pour.
•	 Molded	mounting	bracket	–	mounting brackets are now
manufactured out of a durable nonmetallic material that
will allow for a more consistent and reliable assembly.
•	 Installation	and	informational	videos	–	we have
developed a series of videos that explain the various
features of these boxes and the installation process.
these videos can be found on the Legrand website and
also on Youtube.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

New Products

wire & cable Management

OFR	Series	Overfloor	Raceway	
Wiremold®	OFR	Series	Overfloor	Raceway	System	
provides four-channels of capacity and access to a wide range
of power, communications, and A/V connectivity options in the
smallest, lowest, narrowest, AdA compliant profile available in
overfloor raceway systems.
•	 Lowest	profile	overfloor	raceway	available.	
smaller, narrower, lower raceway profile reduces potential
trip hazards while also being installer friendly to speed
installations.
•	 Multiple	channel	base.	Four-channel raceway provides
space for multiple combinations of power, communication
and A/V to be provided through a single raceway
installation.
•	 Multiple	options	for	communication	and	A/V	
connectivity. oFr series raceway accepts wiremold
open system device plates that provide connectivity to a
wide range of devices from leading communication and A/V
providers.
•	 Meets	ADA	Accessibility	Guidelines.	Low profile,
unobtrusive design meets the AdA Accessibility Guidelines
that pertain to AdA standard 4.5 which addresses changes
in floor and ground surface levels.
•	 cETLus	Listed.

New Products

880MP2	Nonmetallic	Floor	Boxes	Page		
Wiremold®	Modulink™	880	Series	Nonmetallic	Floor	
Boxes provide power and communication services directly to
the workstation or to any open space location. the Modulink
Floor Box is a gangable box that allow a one-gang floor box
to easily be turned into a two-or three-gang box simply by
ganging together individual boxes.
•	 Multiple	service	capability.	eliminates the cost
of a separate floor box and cover to accommodate
communication service.
•	 2"	[51mm]	conduit	openings. Provides the largest
conduit feed in the industry. Meets customer requirements
for greater communication cable capacity .
•	 Ratchet	adjusting	ring.	Allows connection of cover
flange without glue or mechanical fasteners. reduces
installation time and cost by providing 10° of post-pour
adjustment of the cover flange.
•	 Conduit	reducers	and	plugs	provided.	Allows direct
reduction from 2" to 1/2" [51mm to 12.7mm] conduit and
all sizes in between. reduces installation time by providing
direct reduction and separate plugs by eliminating the
need to cut out plugs to form reducers.
•	 cULus	Listed.	Listed by underwriters Laboratories Inc.
to their standard uL514A, 514c, 514d, and canadian
standard c22.2.
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

Page	94
NEW COMPONENTS:

OFR6

OFR10W

OFR15

OFR17

OFR89-VFL

387

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

For years, A/V installation has been an afterthought in the remodeling and
construction of buildings, leaving integrators with the challenge of creating
work-around solutions. Today, through Wiremold® Pathways, we are
changing the way integrators work, by incorporating A/V compatibility into
our broad product line from the start. wiremold gives you
•	 Over	100	years	of	experience	in	pathway	solutions.
•	 	The	market	leader	in	cable	management.
•	 The	broadest	product	line	in	the	industry.
•	 Cross-trade	experience	assures	proper	integration	of	power,	
communication, and A/V into our products.

AVIP Series Device
Plates – Video

Table	of	Contents

AVIP Series Device Plates

3

2

6

AVIP Series Device
Plates – A/V

5

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Wiremold® A/V Quick Selection Guide

1
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Legrand	AVIP	Connectivity

Legrand audio/video interface plates (AVIP) allow for A/V connectivity in all of
wiremold’s A/V compatible pathways. AVIP series Device Plates are metal,
screwed-down connectors which ensure a secure connection that will resist
being pulled out or broken while in use.
From data to audio to video, Legrand AVIP device plates help you stay connected
in your meetings and training rooms, collaboration spaces or work areas.
wherever your connectivity needs are, we have the device plates and pathways
to get you there.

CODE REFERENCE
Please visit the individual
product sections located
throughout this Product Guide
for	specific	product	Code	
Reference information.

AVIP Series Device Plates – Computer

AV1000BK

AV4000BK
One	9	Pin	HD	Female	
to Female, single plate.
Dimensions:	2.2"	x	0.7"	x	
0.7"	[53.89mm	x	17.78mm	
x	17.78mm].

One	15	Pin	HD	Female	
to Female, single plate.
Dimensions:	2.2”	x	0.7”	x	0.7”	
[53.89mm	x	17.78mm	x		
17.78mm].

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AV1002BK

AV4005BK
One	15	Pin	HD	Female	to	Five	
BNC	on	4"	Pigtails,	single	
plate.	Dimensions:	2.2"	x	0.7"	
x	7.25"	[53.89mm	x	17.78mm	
x	184.15mm].

2
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

One	USB	A	Female	to	
USB	A	Female	Adapter,	
single plate. Dimensions:
2.2"	x	0.7"	x	10"	[53.89mm	
x	17.78mm	x	254mm].

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AVIP	Connectivity	Ordering	Information

AVIP Series Device Plates – Video

AV2002BK

AV2003BK
AV1002BK
One	RCA	Female	to	BNC	
Female Adapter, single
plate. Dimensions: 2.2”
x	0.7”	x	1.3”	[53.89mm	x	
17.78mm	x	33.02mm].

Two	RCA	Female	to	BNC	
Female Adapters, single
plate.	Dimensions:	2.2"	x	0.7"	
x	1.3"	[53.89mm	x	17.78mm	
x	33.02mm].

AV5002BK
Three	BNC	Female	to	BNC	
Female	Barrels,	double	
plates. Dimensions: 2.2"
x	1.4"	x	1.3"	[53.89mm	x	
35.56mm	x	33.02mm].

AV3000BK
One	HDMI	Female	to	One	
HMDI	Female	on	10"	pigtail,	
single plate. Dimensions:
2.2"	x	0.7"	x	10"	[53.89mm	x	
17.78mm	x	254mm].

AV5004BK
AV5000BK
One	BNC	Female	to	Female	
Barrel,	single	plate.	
Dimensions:	2.2"	x	0.7"	x	
1.3"	[53.89mm	x	17.78mm	x	
33.02mm].

AV9010BK

AV5001BK
Two	BNC	Female	to	Female	
Barrels,	single	plate.	
Dimensions:	2.2"	x	0.7"	x	
1.3"	[53.89mm	x	17.78mm	x	
33.02mm].

One	F-Connector	Female	to		
Female	Barrel,	single	plate.	
Dimensions:	2.2"	x	0.7"	x	
0.7"	[53.89mm	x	17.78mm	x	
17.78mm].

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

One Display Port Female to
One Display Port Female
on	10"	Pigtail,	single	plate.	
Dimensions:	2.2"	x	0.7"	x	
10"	[53.89mm	x	17.78mm	x	
254mm].

3
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Legrand	AVIP	Connectivity	Ordering	Information

AVIP Series Device Plates – Audio

AV6001BK

AV8008BK
Two	RCA	Female	to	
Solder	Cups,	single	plate.	
Dimensions:	2.2"	x	0.7"	x	
0.9"	[53.89mm	x	17.78mm	x	
33.86mm].

AV7000BK
AV1002BK

One	XLR	3-pin	Male	to	
Solder	Cups,	double	plates.	
Dimensions:	2.2"	x	1.4"	x	
1.1"	[53.89mm	x	35.56mm	x	
27.94mm].

AV8009BK
One	1/4"	Stereo	Phone	
Female to solder Tabs,
single plate. Dimensions:
2.2"	x	0.7"	x	1.4"	[53.89mm	x	
17.78mm	x	35.56mm].

AV7004BK

One	XLR	3-pin	Female	to	
Solder	Cups,	double	plates.	
Dimensions:	2.2"	x	1.4"	x	
1.6"	[53.89mm	x	35.56mm	x	
40.64mm].

AV8010BK
One	Mini	XLR	3-pin	Male	to	
Solder	Cups,	single	plate.	
Dimensions:	2.2"	x	0.7"	x	
0.7"	[53.89mm	x	17.78mm	x	
17.78mm].

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

One	3.5mm	Stereo	Mini	Jack	
to solder Tabs, single plate.
Dimensions:	2.2"	x	0.7"	x	
0.75"	[53.89mm	x	17.78mm	x	
19.04mm].

AV7005BK

AV9016BK
One	3.5mm	Stereo	Mini	
Jack	to	Captive	Screw	Term,	
single plate. Dimensions:
2.2"	x	0.7"	x	1.2"	[53.89mm	x	
35.56mm	x	30.48mm].

4
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

One XLR Pane Mount Plate
(accepts	D-Size	Connectors),	
double plates. Dimensions:
2.2"	x	1.4"	[53.89mm	x	
35.56mm].

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Legrand	AVIP	Connectivity	Ordering	Information

AVIP Series Device Plates – Audio/Video

AV2004BK

AV5005BK
One	RCA	Female	to	BNC	
Female Adapter, one
3.5mm	Stereo	Mini	Jack	to	
solder Tabs, single plate.
Dimensions:	2.2"	x	0.7"	x	1.3"	
[53.89mm	x	17.78mm	x	
33.02mm].

One DVI Female to one DVI
Female	on	10"	[254mm]	
pigtail,	with	3.5mm	Stereo	
to solder Tabs, triple plates.
Dimensions:	2.2"	x	2.1"	x	10"	
[53.89mm	x	53.34mm	x		
254mm].

AVIP Series Device Plates – Data

AV9008BK

AV9015BK
One	Keystone	Jack	Plate,	
single plate. Dimensions:
2.2"	x	0.7"	[53.89mm	x	
17.78mm].

One	Keystone	CAT6	
Jack	Plate,	single	plate.	
Dimensions:	2.2"	x	1.7"	x	
1.2"	[53.89mm	x	17.78mm	x	
30.48mm].

AVIP Series Device Plates – Accessories

AV9012BK
Blank	Plate-Single,	single	
plate.	Dimensions:	2.2"	x	0.7"		
[53.89mm	x	17.78mm].

Cable	Kit,	4	Openings	(2	
small & 2 large), triple
plates. Dimensions:
2.2"	x	2.1"	[53.89mm	x	
53.34mm].

AV9004BK
Blank	Plate-Double,	double	
plates.	Dimensions:	2.2"	x	
1.4"	[53.89mm	x	35.56mm].

AV9014BK
Cable	Kit,	8	Openings	
(4	small	&	4	large),	
quintuple plates.
Dimensions:	2.2"	x	3.5"	
[53.89mm	x	88.90mm].

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AV9003BK

5
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick selection Guide
FLooR BoxES
Product Line

Compatible A/V Device Plates

Evolution™ Series
EFB6S Series

EFB-AAP
Device	Plate	with	Extron®
Electronics AAP opening.

EFB-MAAP
Device	Plate	with	GFCI	or	
decorator style opening for
open A/V devices such as
Legrand	AVIP	or	Extron®
Electronics,	Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.

EFB8S Series

EFB-AAP
Device	Plate	with	Extron®
Electronics AAP opening.

EFB-MAAP
Device	Plate	with	GFCI	or	
decorator style opening for
open A/V devices such as
Legrand	AVIP	or	Extron®
Electronics,	Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.

EFB10S Series

EFB10-DEC
For use with decorator
style	GFCI	and	A/V	
devices.

EFB10-AAP
Device Plate holds 2
Extron® Electronics AAP
devices.

EFB10-MAAP
Device	Plate	holds	4	
Legrand	AVIP	or	Extron®
Electronics MAAP
devices.

RFB2-AAP
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening.

RFB2Ext
Device Plate
with Legrand
AVIP	or	Extron®
Electronics MAAP
opening.

RFB2GFI
Device Plate with
GFCI	or	decorator	
style opening for
open A/V devices
such	as	Extron®
Electronics,
Crestron®	and	Atinex® Intera.

RFB4-SS-MAAP
shallow Device Plate
with Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.

RFB4-GFI-4DB
Device Plate with
GFCI	or	decorator	
style opening for
open A/V devices such
as	Extron® Electronics,
Crestron®	and	Atinex® Intera.

WtB-AAP
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening.

RFB4-SS-AAP
shallow Device
Plate	with	Extron®
Electronics AAP
opening.

WtB-MAAP
Device Plate with
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.

RFB-GFI-SS
shallow Device
Plate	with	GFCI	
or decorator style
opening for open
A/V devices such as
Extron® Electronics,
Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.

Resource RFB® Series
RFB2 Series

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

RFB2Rt
Device Plate
with bracket that
accepts Ortronics®
series II Devices.

6

RFB4 Series

NotE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind
the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick selection Guide
FLooR BoxES
Product Line

Compatible A/V Device Plates

Resource RFB® Series
RFB4E Series

RFB6-AAP
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening.

RFB6Ext
Device Plate
accepts	three	(3)	
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP Devices.

RFB6GFI
Device Plate with
GFCI	or	decorator	
style opening for
open A/V devices
such	as	Extron® Electronics,
Crestron®	and	Atinex® Intera.

RFB6Ext
Device Plate
accepts three
(3)	Legrand	
AVIP	or	Extron®
Electronics MAAP
Devices.

RFB6GFI
Device Plate with
GFCI	or	decorator	
style opening for
open A/V devices
such	as	Extron®
Electronics,	Crestron®
and	Atinex® Intera.

RFB119-GFI
Device	Plate	with	GFCI	
or decorator style
opening for open A/V
devices	such	as	Extron®
Electronics,	Crestron®
and	Atinex® Intera.

RFB119-3GFI
Device Plate with
three	(3)	GFCI	or	
decorator style
openings for
open A/V devices
such	as	Extron®
Electronics,	Crestron®
and	Atinex® Intera.

RFB119-SGFI
Device	Plate	with	GFCI	or	
decorator style opening
for open A/V devices such
as	Extron® Electronics,
Crestron®	and	Atinex®
Intera.

RFB119-xLR
Device Plate with two
(2) openings to accept
microphone devices.

RFB119-SxLR
Device Plate with two
(2) openings to accept
microphone devices.

RFB6Rt
Device Plate with
adapter to accept
two (2) Ortronics®
series II Devices.

RFB6, RFB6E Series

RFB6-AAP
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening.

RFB6Rt
Device Plate with
adapter to accept
two (2) Ortronics®
series II Devices.

RFB9 & RFB11 Series

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

omniBox™ Series
828-MAAP
Device Plate for mounting Legrand
AVIP	or	Extron® Electronics MAAP
Devices	using	828GFI	Covers.	For	
use	with	828GFITC	or	828GFITCAL	
Cover	Plates	(sold	separately).

880W Series™
828-MAAP
Device Plate for mounting Legrand
AVIP	or	Extron® Electronics MAAP
Devices	using	828GFI	Covers.	For	
use	with	828GFITC	or	828GFITCAL	
Cover	Plates	(sold	separately).

NotE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth
behind the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

7

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick selection Guide
FLooR BoxES
Product Line

Compatible A/V Device Plates

Ratchet-Pro™ Series
881AV3CtCGY
881AV3CtCBK
881AV3CtCAL
881AV3CtCBS
Floor	Box	Cover	Kit	with	
Legrand	AVIP	or	Extron®
Electronics MAAP and
Ortronics® series II Adapters.

881AMD8CtCGY
881AMD8CtCBK
881AMD8CtCAL
881AMD8CtCBS
Floor	Box	Cover	Kit	
with Ortronics® series II
Adapters.

RAISED FLooR BoxES
Product Line

Compatible A/V Device Plates

FloorSource AF Series™
AF-1, AF-3

SGt-MAAP
Device Plate with Legrand
AVIP	or	Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.

SGt-3S2
Device Plate accepts three
(3)	Ortronics® series II
Devices.

DGt-MAAP
Device Plate with
Legrand	AVIP	or	Extron®
Electronics MAAP
opening.

DGt-AAP
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening.

DGt-Rt
Device Plate includes one
(1) Ortronics® series II
Adapter.

SGB-MAAP
Device Plate with Legrand
AVIP	or	Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.

SGB-3S2
Device Plate accepts
three	(3)	Ortronics®
series II Devices.

FloorSource AF Series™

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

SAF

8

SGC2-MAAP
Device Plate accepts
two (2) Legrand AVIP
or	Extron® Electronics
MAAP Devices.

SGC2-Rt
Device Plate with
Adapter that
accepts one (1)
Ortronics® series II
Device.

NotE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind
the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick selection Guide
RAISED FLooR BoxES
Product Line

Compatible A/V Device Plates

FloorSource AC Series™
C8005P-MAAP-6A
Device Plate with
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.

C8005P-AAP-6A
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening.

C8005P-Rt
C8005P-2Rt
C8005P-3Rt
Device Plate with
Adapters for one (1),
two	(2),	or	three	(3)	
Ortronics® series II
Devices.

C8004P-2Rt
Device Plate
with Adapters for
two (2) Ortronics®
series II Devices.

C10105P-MAAP-6A
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.

C10105P-AAP-6A
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening.

CRFB-MAAP-4
Device Plate with
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.

CRFB-GFI-1
Device Plate
with standard
GFCI	or	decorator	style	
opening for open A/V devices such as
Extron®	Electronics,	Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.

CRFB-GFI-2
Device Plate with
standard	GFCI	or	
decorator style opening
for open A/V devices such as
Extron®	Electronics,	Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.

CRFB-GFI-3
Device Plate with
standard	GFCI	or	
decorator style
opening for open A/V devices such as
Extron®	Electronics,	Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.

CRFB-BEZ-6A-4
Device Plate
with Adapter for
one (1)
Ortronics®
series II Device.

CRFB-CGFI-4
Device Plate with
standard	GFCI	
or decorator style
opening for open A/V
devices	such	as	Extron® Electronics,
Crestron®	and	Atinex® Intera.

6AAP
Device Plate
accepts two
(2)	Extron®
Electronics AAP
Devices.

6MAAP
Device Plate
accepts	six	(6)	
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP Devices.

6MAAP-2A
Device Plate
accepts	three	(3)	
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP Devices and up to two (2) ports
for communication devices.

6DEC
Device Plate
accepts standard
GFCI	or	decorator	
style opening for open A/V devices
such	as	Extron® Electronics,
Crestron®	and	Atinex® Intera.

6SER
Device Plate
accepts up to
four	(4)	
Ortronics® series II modular inserts.

68MAAP
Device Plate
accepts up to
two (2) Legrand
AVIP	or	Extron®
Electronics MAAP Devices.

C10105P-3Rt
Device Plate with
Adapters for three
(3)	Ortronics®
series II Devices.

FloorSource CFRB Series™

PoKE-tHRU DEVICES
Product Line

Compatible A/V Device Plates

6At Series

NotE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind
the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Evolution™ Series Poke-thru Devices

9

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick selection Guide
PoKE-tHRU DEVICES
Product Line

Compatible A/V Device Plates

Evolution™ Series Poke-thru Devices
8At Series

8CRESt
Device Plate accepts
Crestron®	&	Extron®
Electronics double
gang decorator style
devices.

8CRESt3G
3	gang	device	
plate accepts
Crestron®
&	Extron®
Electronics triple
gang decorator
style devices.

8AAP
Device Plate
accepts	four	(4)	
Extron® Electronics
AAP Devices.

8MAAP
Device Plate
accepts	four	(4)	
Legrand AVIP
or	Extron®
Electronics MAAP
Devices.

8DEC
Device Plate with
standard	GFCI	or	
decorator style
opening for open
A/V	devices	such	as	Extron®
Electronics,	Crestron® and	Atinex®
Intera.

8SER
Device Plate
accepts up to
three	(3)	
Ortronics® series II
modular inserts.

68MAAP
Device Plate
accepts up to
two (2) Legrand
AVIP	or	Extron®
Electronics MAAP Devices.

AV3 Series™ Poke-thru Devices
AV3AtCGY
AV3AtCBK
AV3AtCAL
AV3AtCAA
AV3AtCBS
AV3AtCAB
AV3AtCVY

Assembled Poke-Thru
Device that includes
bezels to accepts
one Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP device or one
Ortronics® series II
insert.

AV3CtCGY
AV3CtCBK
AV3CtCAL
AV3CtCAA
AV3CtCBS
AV3CtCAB
AV3CtCVY

Assembled Poke-Thru
Device that includes
bezels to accept one
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP device or one
Ortronics® series II
insert.

AMD8™ Series Poke-thru Devices

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AMD8AtCGY
AMD8AtCBK
AMD8AtCAL
AMD8AtCAA
AMD8AtCBS
AMD8AtCAB
AMD8AtCVY

10

Assembled Poke-Thru
Device that includes
bezels to accept four
(4)	Ortronics® series II
inserts.

RC9AMD Series™ Poke-thru Devices
RC9AMDtCGY
RC9AMDtCBK
RC9AMDtCAL
RC9AMDtCBS
RC9AMDtCAB
RC9AMDtCVY
RC9AMDtCAA

Assembled Poke-Thru
Device that includes
bezels to accept two
(2) Ortronics® series II
inserts.

NotE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind
the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick selection Guide

WoRK SURFACE SoLUtIoNS
Product Line

Compatible A/V Device Plates

dequorum™ Work Surface Portals
KA305-AAP
Device Plate
with Legrand
AVIP	or	Extron®
Electronics
AAP Opening.

KA305
Device Plate
with Legrand
AVIP	or	Extron®
Electronics MAAP
Opening.

KA302
Device Plate
holds cables
captive for easy
access when
active jacks are
not needed.

Evolution™ Series Work Surface Portals
WSF6 Series

Field-Wired

Cord-Ended

WSF6FNK, WSF6FBS,
WSF6FGY, WSF6FBK,
WSF6FBZ,
WSF6SNK, WSF6SBS,
WSF6SGY, WSF6SBK,
WSF6SBZ

WS6FNK, WS6FBS,
WS6FGY, WS6FBK,
WS6FBZ,
WS6SNK, WS6SBS,
WS6SGY, WS6SBK,
WS6SBZ

Field-Wired

6"	[152mm]	Field-Wired	or	Cord-Ended	Work	Surface	
Portals	that	can	accept	up	to	five	(5)	Legrand	AVIP	or	
Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates.

WSF8 Series

Field-Wired

Cord-Ended

WSF8FNK, WSF8FBS,
WSF8FGY, WSF8FBK,
WSF8FBZ,
WSF8SNK, WSF8SBS,
WSF8SGY, WSF8SBK,
WSF8SBZ

WS8FNK, WS8FBS,
WS8FGY, WS8FBK,
WS8FBZ,
WS8SNK, WS8SBS,
WS8SGY, WS8SBK,
WS8SBZ

Cord-Ended

8"	[203mm]	Field-Wired	or	Cord-Ended	Work	Surface	
Portals	that	can	accept	up	to	ten	(10)	Legrand	AVIP	or	
Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates.

StEEL RACEWAY SYStEMS
Product Line

Compatible A/V Device Plates

V24DWNU
24DWNU-FW
Downward-Facing
Device Plate
with Legrand
AVIP	or	Extron®
Electronics MAAP
opening.

V24DWNS
24DWNS-FW
Downward-Facing
Device Plate with
Ortronics® series II
opening.

V3046U
G3046U
Bump-Up	Device	
Plate with Legrand
AVIP	or	Extron®
Electronics MAAP
opening.

V3046V
G3046V
Bump-Up	Device	
Plate	with	Extron®
Electronics AAP
opening.

3000 Series™ Raceway
V3046S
G3046S
Bump-Up	Device	
Plate with
Ortronics® series
II opening.

NotE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind
the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

2400 Series™ Raceway

11

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick selection Guide

StEEL RACEWAY SYStEMS
Product Line

Compatible A/V Device Plates

4000 Series™ Raceway
V4047Ux
G4047Ux
Bump-Up	Device	
Plate	with	Extron®
Electronics MAAP
opening.

V4047Vx
G4046Vx
Bump-Up	Device	
Plate	with	Extron®
Electronics AAP
opening.

5507AAP
5507AAP-G
5507	Series	Device	
Plate	with	Extron®
Electronics AAP
opening.

5507R
5507R-G
5507	Series	
Device Plate with
decorator style
opening for open A/V
devices	such	as	Extron®
Electronics,	Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.

5507MAAP
5507MAAP-G
5507	Series	Device	
Plate	with	Extron®
Electronics MAAP
opening.

DS4000® Series Raceway
DSDWNR-BK
DSDWNR-BZ
DSDWNR-DG
DSDWNR-DV

Downward-Facing
Device Plate with
decorator style
opening for open
A/V devices such as
Extron® Electronics,
Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.

DSDWNU-BK
DSDWNU-BZ
DSDWNU-DG
DSDWNU-DV

Downward-Facing
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.

DSDWNS-BK
DSDWNS-BZ
DSDWNS-DG
DSDWNS-DV

Downward-Facing
Device Plate with
Ortronics® series II
opening.

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

6000® Series Raceway
5507MAAP
5507MAAP-G
5507	Series	Device	
Plate with Legrand
AVIP	or	Extron®
Electronics MAAP
opening.

5507AAP
5507AAP-G
5507	Series	Device	
Plate	with	Extron®
Electronics AAP
opening.

V4047Ux
G4047Ux
Bump-Up	Device	
Plate with Legrand
AVIP	or	Extron®
Electronics MAAP
opening.

V4047Vx
G4047Vx
Bump-Up	
Device Plate
with	Extron®
Electronics AAP
opening.

5507R,
5507R-G
5507	Series
Device Plate with
decorator style
opening for open A/V
devices	such	as	Extron®
Electronics,	Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.

oFR Series™ overflow Raceway
oFR47-U
Accepts up to four
(4)	Legrand	AVIP	or	
Extron® Electronics
MAAP style plates.

oFR47-R
For covering
rectangular
decorator style
devices.

12
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

oFR47-V
Accepts two (2)
Extron® Electronics
AAP single
space modules.

oFR47-U2A
Accepts up to two
(2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP style plates.

NotE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. those
represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth
behind the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design
and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick selection Guide

StEEL RACEWAY SYStEMS
Product Line

Compatible A/V Device Plates

5400 Series™ Raceway
5507MAAP
5507MAAP-FW
5507MAAP-WH
5507MAAP-BK
5507MAAP-G
5507MAAP-GY
5507	Series	Device	Plate	
with Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.

5507AAP
5507AAP-FW
5507AAP-WH
5507AAP-BK
5507AAP-G
5507AAP-GY
5507	Series	Device	
Plate	with	Extron®
Electronics AAP opening.

5507R
5507R-FW
5507R-WH
5507R-BK
5507R-G
5507R-GY
5507	Series	Device	Plate
with decorator style opening
for open A/V devices such as
Extron®	Electronics,	Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.

5507MAAP
5507MAAP-FW
5507MAAP-WH
5507MAAP-BK
5507MAAP-G
5507MAAP-GY
5507	Series	Device	
Plate with Legrand AVIP
or	Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.

5507AAP
5507AAP-FW
5507AAP-WH
5507AAP-BK
5507AAP-G
5507AAP-GY
5507	Series	Device	
Plate	with	Extron®
Electronics AAP
opening.

5507R
5507R-FW
5507R-WH
5507R-BK
5507R-G
5507R-GY
5507	Series	Device	Plate	
with decorator style opening
for open A/V devices such as
Extron®	Electronics,	Crestron® and
Atinex® Intera.

5507AAP
5507AAP-FW
5507AAP-WH
5507AAP-BK
5507AAP-G
5507AAP-GY
5507	Series	Device	Plate	with	
Extron® Electronics AAP opening.

5507R
5507R-FW
5507R-WH
5507R-BK
5507R-G
5507R-GY
5507	Series	Device	Plate	
with decorator style opening for
open	A/V	devices	such	as	Extron®
Electronics,	Crestron®	and	Atinex®
Intera.

VSCR
Crestron®	&	Extron®
Electronics DoubleGang Decorator style
Device Plate for small
Vista	Columns.

VSEA
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening for small
Vista	Columns.

VSEM
Device Plate with
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening for
Small	Vista	Columns.

VLCR
Crestron®	&	Extron®
Electronics DoubleGang Decorator style
Device Plate for
Large	Vista	Columns.

VLEA
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening for Large
Vista	Columns.

VLEM
Device Plate with
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening for
Large	Vista	Columns.

VLRt
Device Plate with
opening for three
(3)	Ortronics®
series II devices
for Large Vista
Columns.

VSRt
Device Plate with
opening for one (1)
Ortronics® series II
device for small
Vista	Columns.

5500 Series™ Raceway

IN WALL SYStEMS
Product Line

Compatible A/V Device Plates

WallSource™ Multiple Service Boxes Raceway
5507MAAP
5507MAAP-FW
5507MAAP-WH
5507MAAP-BK
5507MAAP-G
5507MAAP-GY
5507	Series	Device	Plate	with	
Legrand	AVIP	or	Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.

VERtICAL SoLUtIoNS
Product Line

Compatible A/V Device Plates

NotE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions.
those represented here have been designed/modified to
provide the depth behind the plate required for most A/V
devices. For additional design and installation considerations,
please contact the factory.

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Vista™ Architectural Columns

13
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick selection Guide
VERtICAL SoLUtIoNS
Product Line

Vista™ Point5

Compatible A/V Device Plates

Architectural Columns

VSEAP5
Device Plate with
two	(2)	duplex	
receptacles and
Extron® Electronics
AAP openings for
small	Point	5	Vista.
VLEA
Device Plate
with	Extron®
Electronics AAP
opening for Large
Vista	Columns.

VSCR
Crestron®	&	Extron®
Electronics DoubleGang Decorator style
Device Plate for small
Vista	Columns.

VSEA
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
AAP opening for
Small	Vista	Columns.

VSEM
Device Plate with
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening for
Small	Vista	Columns.

VSEMP5
Device Plate with two
(2)	duplex	receptacles	
and Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP openings for
small	Point	5	Vista.

VL2A
Device plate for
Wiremold	CM	Series	
Open system for
Ortronics series II
and	TracJack	devices	
for	large	Point	5	Vista.

VLCR
Crestron® &
Extron® Electronics
Double-Gang
Decorator style
Device Plate
for Large Vista
Columns.

VLEM
Device Plate with
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening
for Large Vista
Columns.

VLEAP5
Device Plate with
two	(2)	duplex	
receptacles and
Extron® Electronics
AAP openings for
large	Point	5	Vista.

VLEMP5
Device Plate with
two	(2)	duplex	
receptacles and
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP openings for
large	Point	5	Vista.

30tP-MAAP
Device Plate with Legrand
AVIP	or	Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.

30tP-L
Device	Plate	with	Extron®
Electronics AAP opening.

30tP-AAP
Device	Plate	with	GFCI	or	
decorator style opening
for open A/V devices such
as	Extron® Electronics,
Crestron®	and	Atinex® Intera.

tele-Power® Poles

INFLooR SYStEMS
Product Line

Compatible A/V Device Plates

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

525 Series™ Service Fittings – For use with Walkerduct® Underfloor Duct Systems
500-MAAP
525	Series	Device	
Plate with Legrand
AVIP	or	Extron®
Electronics
MAAP opening.

500Rt
525	Series	Device	
Plate with opening for
one (1) Ortronics®
series II Device.

Multiplex™ Series Service Fittings
LtF48-MAAP
Multiplex	Series	
Device Plate with
Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics
MAAP opening.

1-GANG

2-GANG

3"
[76mm]

3"
[76mm]

6 3/4"
[171mm]

14

4 3/4"
[121mm]

6 3/4"
[171mm]

8 3/4"
[222mm]

NotE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind
the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

Wiremold® pathways and cable management systems offer a
wide range of options for providing datacom connectivity.

Table of Contents

Ortronics® Connectivity

16

16

CM Series™
Communication
Modules

17

Wiremold® CM Series™ Communication Modules
17

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

Wiremold® Open System Connectivity

15
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY
Ortronics® Connectivity

TracJack Individual Jack System
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	

Front-loading,	snap-in	design	supports	future	moves	adds	and	changes
Inserts	for	voice,	data,	audio,	and	video
Available	Category	3,	5e,	6,	USOC	6-position,	and	other	media
Flat	or	angled	45°	exit	configurations
Choice	of	13	colors	and	color	matched	to	Wiremold	systems
Universal	T568A/B	wiring	format

Series II Front-Loading, Module System
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	

Module	design	features	easy	snap-in	front-loading	design
Linear	110	punch	down	format	for	easy	termination
Inserts	for	voice,	data,	audio,	and	video
Available	Category	3,	5e,	6,	USOC	6-position,	and	other	media
Available	in	flat	or	angled	45°	exit	configurations
Color	matched	to	Wiremold	Systems

For	detailed	product	selection	refer	to	the	Ortronics	Catalog	or	visit	www.ortronics.com.

Wiremold® Open Connectivity Solutions
Wiremold Open System Communications Modules
•	 Accommodate	a	wide	range	of	manufacturers’	communications	outlets	including	keystone	jacks,	
	 as	well	as	proprietary	solutions	from	Systimax	(Avaya)	and	NORDX
•	 Modules	fit	into	a	wide	range	of	Wiremold	Systems
•	 Pre-punched	faceplates	accept	common	communication	devices
For	more	information	on	integrating	connectivity	into	Wiremold	Cable	Management	Systems,	contact	the	
Wiremold	Applications	Engineering	Team	or	your	local	Wiremold	Sales	Representative.

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

Typical Installation for Cable Management Applications
CM-EPLA

1.	 Bring	all	station	cables	through	the	opening	in	the	device	mounting	bracket.
2.	 Mount	communication	devices	in	unloaded	inserts	and	terminate	or	attach	
cable	per	manufacturers	instructions.
3.	 Reverse	the	module	and	snap	into	the	device	bracket.	Entire	faceplate	must	
be	filled	with	inserts	or	blanks.	

Typical
raceway device
bracket holecut

Typical Mounting Brackets (4050, 5450, 5550, 40N2, 2344SD-2A, 2444D-2A and WSA07A Device Mounting Plates))
1.	 Insert	CM-EPLA	end	plate	into	the	bracket	opening.
2.	 Slide	end	plate	to	engage	hooks	into	locking	slots.	(Be	sure	end	plate	edge	is	
seated	against	edge	of	trim	plate	opening.)	Two	end	plates	are	required	as	shown.
3.	 After	end	plates	are	in	place,	install	modules	by	aligning	over	space	between	end	plates	and	
pushing	inward	until	snaps	engage.	6A	configuring	options	apply	to	opening.

16
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

CM SERIES™ COMMUNICATION MODULES

Wiremold® CM series™	Communication	Modules	provide	a	variety	of	unloaded	
modules	to	accept	devices	from	other	manufacturers.	These	open	system	modules	
provide	a	flexible	and	aesthetically	pleasing	way	to	connect	communication	cabling	
at	the	point-of-use.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Communication
Circuit Accessories:
File	E145222	Guide	DUXR.	
Meets	Article	800	of	NEC.	
Meets	Article	60-308	of	CEC.

CM Series Communication Modules Ordering Information
2A Single Flushmount Unloaded
Keystone Module

CM2-U1ATT

Accepts	keystone	jacks	with	a	latching	
area	of	0.58”	x	0.76”	[14.7mm	x	
19.3	mm].	Also available in white
(CM2-U1KEYA-WH),	light	grey	(CM2U1KEYA-GY),	black	(CM2-U1KEYA-BK)	
and	grey	(CM2-U1KEYA-G).

CM2-U2KEyA

2A Dual Flushmount Unloaded
Keystone Module

Accepts	keystone	jacks	with	a	latching	
area	of	0.58”	x	0.76”	[14.7mm	x	
19.3	mm].	Also	available	in	white	
(CM2-U2KEYA-WH),	light	grey	(CM2U2KEYA-GY),	black	(CM2-U2KEYA-BK)	
and	grey	(CM2-U2KEYA-G).

COLOR OPTIONS

2A Single Systimax (Avaya) Unloaded
Module
Accepts	both	M-series	jacks	and	LC	
fiber adapters. Also available in white
(CM2-U1ATT-WH),	light	grey	(CM2U1ATT-GY),	black	(CM2-U1ATT-BK)	
and	grey	(CM2-U1ATT-G).

CM2-U2ATT

2A Single Systimax (Avaya) Unloaded
Module
Accepts	both	M-series	jacks	and	LC	
fiber adapters. Also available in white
(CM2-U2ATT-WH),	light	grey	(CM2U2ATT-GY),	black	(CM2-U2ATT-BK)	
and	grey	(CM2-U2ATT-G).

CM series™	Communication	Modules	standard	color	is	ivory.	For	other	
colors,	add	one	of	the	following	suffixes:	“-WH”	for	white,	“-GY”	for	light	
gray	(matches	aluminum	and	nonmetallic	products),	“-BK”	for	black,	or	
“-G”	for	gray	(matches	Wiremold	gray	steel	products).

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

CM2-U1KEyA

17

WIREMOLD

CM SERIES™ COMMUNICATION MODULES
Ordering Information

CM Series Communication Modules Ordering Information (cont.)

CM2-U1NOR

2A Single Flushmount NordX/CDT
Unloaded Module

CM2-U2NOR

2A Dual Flushmount NordX/CDT
Unloaded Module

Accepts	MDVOFlex	jacks	and	fiber	
modules.	Also	available	in	white	
(CM2-U1NOR-WH),	light	grey	(CM2U1NOR-GY),	black	(CM2-U1NOR-BK)	
and	grey	(CM2-U1NOR-G).

CM2-U2ST

2A Dual Unloaded ST Adapter Module

Accepts	MDVOFlex	jacks	and	fiber	
modules.	Also	available	in	white	
(CM2-U2NOR-WH),	light	grey	(CM2U2NOR-GY),	black	(CM2-U2NOR-BK)	
and	grey	(CM2-U2NOR-G).

CM2-U2AMP

2A Unloaded Single AMP Netconnect
Module

Accepts 2 sT adapters. Also available
in	white	(CM2-U2ST-WH),	light	grey	
(CM2-U2ST-GY),	black	(CM2-U2STBK)	and	grey	(CM2-U2ST-G).

CM2-U2SC

2A Unloaded Duplex SC Adapter Module

For	mounting	two	AMP	Netconnect		
sL series devices. Also available
in	white	(CM2-U2AMP-WH),	light	
grey	(CM2-U2AMP-GY),	black	
(CM2-U2AMP-BK)	and	grey	(CM2U2AMP-G).

CM2-BL

2A Blank Module

Accepts one sC adapter. Also
available	in	white	(CM2-U2SC-WH),	
light	grey	(CM2-U2SC-GY),	black	
(CM2-U2SC-BK)	and	grey
(CM2-U2SC-G).

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

CM2-U2TJ

2A Dual Flushmount Unloaded
Ortronics® TracJack Module
For	mounting	two	Ortronics®
TracJack	devices.	Also	available	in	
white	(CM2-U2TJ-WH),	light	grey	
(CM2-U2TJ-GY),	black	(CCM2-U2TJBK)	and	grey	(CM2-U2TJ-G).

18
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Required	to	fill	unused	openings.
Also	available	in	white	(CM2-BL-WH),	
light	grey	(CM2-BL-GY),	black	(CM2BL-BK)	and	grey	(CM2-BL-G).

CM2-U2SVGA

2A SVGA Module

Accepts one sVGA connector. Also
available	in	white	(CM2-U2SVGA-WH),	
light	grey	(CM2-U2SVGA-GY),	black	
(CM2-U2SVGA-BK)	and	grey	(CM2U2SVGA-G).

WIREMOLD

CM SERIES™ COMMUNICATION MODULES

Ordering Information

CM Series Communication Modules Speciaty Mounting Adapters Ordering Information

AB2TJ Ortronics

®

End	plates	with	two	outlet	ID	labels	
with clear covers and two matching
screw	covers.	Required	when	
mounting	modules	into	4050,	5450,	
5550,	and	WSA07-4A	device	mounting	
brackets,	and	the	V2444D-2A	and	
2344SD-2A	2-gang	divided	raceway	
box.	Also	available	in	white	(CM-EPLAWH),	fog	white	(CM-EPLA-FW),	and	
grey	(CM-EPLA-G).

CM-2AB

CM2/Activate 2A Mini Mounting Adapter

Accepts two Ortronics®	TracJack	
Inserts. Also available in white
(AB2TJ-WH),	light	grey	(AB2TJ-GY),	
black	(AB2TJ-BK)	and	grey	(AB2TJ-G).

ABS2 Ortronics

®

Accepts one CM2 series
communication	module	or	one	Pass	
&	Seymour	2A	Activate	Series	insert.	
Also	available	in	white	(CM-2ABWH),	light	grey	(CM-2AB-GY),	black	
(CM-2AB-BK)	and	grey	(CM-2AB-G).

CM-MAB

6A Mini Mounting Adapter
6A	opening.	Must	be	purchased	
separately	for	mounting	
communication	modules	in	service	
fittings where it is indicated they are
not	included.	Also available in light
grey	(CM-MAB-GY),	black	(CM-MABBK)	and	fog	white	(CM-MAB-FW).

MAB6TJ

Ortronics® TracJack 6A Mounting Adapter
Accepts	six	Ortronics®	TracJack	
inserts. Also available in white
(MAB6TJ-WH),	light	grey	(MAB6TJGY),	black	(MAB6TJ-BK)	and	grey	
(MAB6TJ-G).

TracJack 2A Mini Mounting Adapter

Series II 2A Mini Mounting Adapter
Accepts one Ortronics®	Series	II	1-unit	
insert. Also	available	in	white	(CABS2WH),	light	grey	(ABS2-GY),	black	
(ABS2-BK)	and	grey	(ABS2-G).

MAB3S2

Ortronics® Series II 6A Mounting Adapter
Accepts three Ortronics® series II
1-unit	inserts.	Also available in light
grey	(MAB3S2-GY),	black	(MAB3S2BK)	and	grey	(MAB3S2-G).

CM-ARA Angled Raceway Adapter
For	use	with	multi-channel	raceway	
device	brackets	and	WallSource	
device	mounting	brackets.	Angled	exit	
provides	additional	mounting	depth	
required	for	audio/visual	connections	
as	well	as	ensuring	the	required	bend	
radius	for	UTP	and	fiber	optic	cabling.	
Holds	two	CM2	Series	modules	or	two	
2A	inserts.Fits	5507	Series	Faceplate	
opening.Also available in white
(CM-ARA-WH),	light	grey	(CM-ARAGY),	black	(CM-ARA-BK)	and	grey	
(CM-ARA-G).

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

CM-EPLA End Plate

19
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

CM SERIES™ COMMUNICATION MODULES
Ordering Information

CM Series Communication Modules Speciaty Mounting Adapters Ordering Information (cont.)

CM-SAP

Single-Gang Angled Faceplate

CM-DFP

For	mounting	two	CM2	Series	modules	
or	Pass	&	Seymour	Activate	Series	
device	modules.	Also	available	in	white	
(CM-SAP-WH),	light	grey	(CM-SAPGY),	black	(CM-SAP-BK)	and	grey	
(CM-SAP-G).

ARA-S2

Angled Raceway Adapter
For	use	with	multi-channel	raceway	
device	brackets	and	WallSource	
device	mounting	brackets.	Angled	exit	
provides	additional	mounting	depth	
required	for	A/V	connections	as	well	
as	ensuring	the	required	bend	radius	
for	UTP	and	fiber	optic	cabling.	Holds	
two Ortronics®	Series	II	modules.Fits	
5507	Series	Faceplate	opening.	Also	
available	in	white	(ARA-S2-WH),	light	
grey	(ARA-S2-GY),	black	(ARA-S2-BK)	
and	grey	(ARA-S2-G).

CM-DAP

Double-Gang Angled Faceplate

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

For	mounting	four	CM2	Series	
modules	or	Pass	&	Seymour	Activate	
Series	device	modules.	Also	available	
in	white	(CM-DAP-WH),	light	grey	
(CM-DAP-GY),	black	(CM-DAP-BK)	and	
grey	(CM-DAP-G).

20
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Double-Gang Faceplate
For	mounting	six	CM2	Series	modules	or	
Pass	&	Seymour	Activate	Series	device	
modules.	Also	available	in	white	
(CM-DFP-WH),	light	grey	(CM-DFPGY),	black	(CCM-DFP-BK)	and	grey	
(CM-DFP-G).

CM-SFP

Single-Gang Faceplate
For	mounting	three	CM2	Series	modules	
or	Pass	&	Seymour	Activate	Series	
device	modules.	Also	available	in	white	
(CM-SFP-WH),	light	grey	(CM-SFP-GY),	
black	(CM-SFP-BK)	and	grey	(CM-SFP-G).

WIREMOLD

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Wiremold® steel surface Raceway systems are the industry leaders in
quality, ease of installation, and for providing pathway solutions for all types
of installations. For over 50 years, wiremold steel surface Raceway systems
have provided the highest quality, most dependable solutions for installers,
building owners, and designers.
with the introduction of Ds4000® series Raceway, we’re again pushing the
envelope by expanding the capacity, capabilities, and aesthetics of surface
raceway systems.

56

500® & 700® Series
Raceway

24

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

DS4000® Designer
Series Raceway

21

WIREMOLD

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Table of Contents

One-Piece Steel Raceway Systems

24

500® series
Raceway

24

700® series
Raceway

Two-Piece Steel Small Single- &
Dual-Channel Raceway Systems
34

2000® series
Raceway

38

2400™ series
Raceway

44

2400D series™
Raceway

50

3000® series
Raceway

4000 Designer Series Raceway

56

Ds4000® series
Raceway

Two-Piece Steel Large
Multiple-Channel Raceway Systems
61

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

4000® series
Raceway

67

4047 series™
Device Plates

72

s4000® series
stainless steel
Raceway

Multi-Compartment Surface
Metal Raceway Systems
84
Anysize™ series Raceway

22
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

79

6000® series
Raceway

WIREMOLD

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Quick selection Guide

500® Series Raceway

700® Series Raceway
17/32"
[13.5mm]

21/32"
[16.7mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

One-Piece, single-Channel
Ivory

Capacity: 0.19 in2 [123mm2]

2000® Series Raceway

Type: Two-Piece, single-Channel
Colors: Ivory, white

Capacity: 0.26 in2 [168mm2]

2400™ Series Raceway
7/8"
[22.2mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

1 7/8"
[48mm]

1 9/32"
[32mm]

Type:
Colors:

Two-Piece, single-Channel
Ivory, Gray

Capacity:

0.80 in2 [516mm2]

2400D Series™ Raceway
1/3

Type:
Colors:

Two-Piece, single-Channel
Ivory, Fog white

Capacity:

1.39in2 [897mm2]

3000® Series Raceway
1 17/32"
[39mm]

7/8"
[22.2mm]

2/3

1 7/8"
[48mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

Type:
Two-Piece, Dual-Channel
Capacity: 1/3 Comp.: 0.374in2 [241mm2]; 2/3 Comp.: 0.865in2 [558mm2]
Colors: Ivory, Fog white

DS4000® Series Raceway

Type:
Two-Piece, single-Channel
Capacity: 3.70in2 [2340mm2]
Colors: Ivory, Gray

4000® Series Raceway
2 1/8"
[54mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Type:
Three-Piece, Dual-Channel
Capacity: Each Compartment: 5.01in2 [3235mm2]
Colors: Designer Ivory, Designer Gray, Matte Black

Type:
Two-Piece, single- or Dual-Channel
Capacity: Divided: 3.10in2 [2000mm2], undivided: 7.20in2 [4645mm2]
Colors: Ivory, Gray, stainless

6000® Series Raceway

AnySize™ Series Raceway
3 9/16"
[90mm]

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Type:
Colors:

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Type:
Two-Piece, single- or Dual-Channel
Capacity: Divided: 7.20in2 [4645mm2], undivided: 16.00in2 [10320mm2]
Colors: Ivory, Gray

23
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY

One-piece, single-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic
power or communication/low voltage installations. Provides low profile
appearance that blends with any decor.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

System Layout
I
4 11/16" [119mm]
Utility Box
V
D

E

K

G
J

H
C

B

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

X

24

M

Plugmold
W

S

F

O

N
Z

R

L

Y

A

B
P

T

Q

U

F
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.

2089E Reducing Fitting
504 Mounting strap
506 Cover Clip
511 Flat Elbow
517 Internal Elbow
518 External Elbow
5703 supporting Clip
5715 Tee

COLOR OPTIONS

I. 5719 Corner Box
J. 5734A utility Box
K. 5738 Fixture Box solid Base
L. V5739 Fixture Box solid Base
M. 5744 Extra Deep Device Box
N. 5747-2 Two-Gang shallow
Device Box
O. 5748s shallow Device Box

5748-2 Two-Gang Device Box
5748-3 Three-Gang Device Box
5752 Alarm Device Box
5753 Extra Deep Alarm
Device Box
T. 5781 Box Connector
U. 5782 1/2" Trade size
Conduit Connector
P.
Q.
R.
S.

500® and 700® series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an ivory finish.
Part Numbers with a “wH” suffix have a white finish. some Device Boxes used in
safety applications are also available with a red painted finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

V. 5785 Combination Connector
W. V5786 Adjustable Offset
Connector
X. 5724O single Pole switch
and Box
Y. 57242 utility Box
Z. 57243G Duplex Receptacle
and Box

WIREMOLD

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
500 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power

O.D. (APPROX. DIA.)
Inches
[mm]

CABLE/wIRE sIZE
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

40%
FILL

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

2

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

(5.3)

2

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

(6.3)

1

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

(9.0)

0

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

(10.4)

0

COAXIAL

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

1

FIBER

ZipCord

[3 x 6]

2

0.118 x 0.236

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

2

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

1

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN
14 AwG
12 AwG
10 AwG

One-Piece Raceway
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Ivory finish. Available
in 10' [3m] lengths, 100' [31m] per carton.
One (1) 5701 Coupling furnished with each
length.

17/32"
[13.5mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

V500-5

One-Piece Raceway
same as V500 Raceway except in 5' [1.5m]
lengths, 50' [15m] per carton. One (1) 5701
Coupling furnished with each 5' [1.5m]
length.

17/32"
[13.5mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

605

V506

single action portable cutter. Fast and
easy square cuts.

605K

Replacement Blades

NO. OF CONDuCTORs
40% FILL
7
5
3

Connection Cover
Covers seam where two lengths of 500
series Raceway come together.
3/4"
[19.1mm]

V511

Flat Elbow
Right angle turns on the same surface.

2"
[51mm]

V512

45° Flat Elbow

1 1/4"
[32mm]

Diagonal 45° turns on same surface.

3/4"
[19.1mm]

V517

500 Series Raceway Cutter

[mm]
[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

500 Series Raceway Ordering Information

V500

O.D.
Inches
0.111
0.130
0.164

Internal Elbow

2 3/4"
[70mm]

V518

Inside right angle turns.

Outside Elbow

2 1/2"
[64mm]

Outside right angle turns.

Case hard steel replacement blades for 605 Raceway Cutter.

502

5700LL

Bushing
1/2"
[12.7mm]

V504

Protects wires from abrasion. slips into
open end of 500 series Raceway.

Mounting Strap
(One- or Two-Hole) – Converts to one-hole
by breaking off at score. Lanced tab holds
strap in place while fastening to surface.

1 13/16"
[46mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

NOTE: Use #8 flathead screws with all fittings
requiring screws except V504. With V504,
use #8 panhead screws.

Laser Level
For 500/700 Series Raceway. Attaches to
outlet box base and raceway fittings for
perfect alignment of runs of raceway.

5700CG

Cutting Guide
For 500/700 Series Raceway. Attaches to
step ladder and holds raceway channel
securely for accurate cuts.
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

500 Series Wire Fill Capacities For Communications

25

WIREMOLD

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
700 Series Wire Fill Capacities For Communications
CABLE/wIRE sIZE
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

O.D. (APPROX. DIA.)
Inches
[mm]

700 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power
40%
FILL

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

3

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

(5.3)

3

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

(6.3)

2

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

(9.0)

1

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

(10.4)

0

COAXIAL

RG6/u

FIBER

ZipCord

0.270

[6.9]

1

0.118 x
0.236

[3 x 6]

3

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

3

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

2

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN
14 AwG
12 AwG
10 AwG

O.D.
Inches
0.111
0.130
0.164

[mm]
[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

NO. OF CONDuCTORs
40% FILL
10
7
4

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

700 Series Raceways Ordering Information

V700, 700WH

One-Piece Raceway

702

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Ivory finish.
Available in 10' [3m] lengths, 100'
[31m] per carton. One (1) 5701
Coupling furnished with each length.

21/32"
[16.7mm]

Bushing
1/2"
[12.7mm]

Protects wires from abrasion. slips into
open end of 700 series Raceway.

3/4"
[19.1mm]

607

V704, 704WH
700 Series Raceway Cutter
single action portable cutter. Fast and
easy square cuts.

Mounting Strap

(One- or Two-Hole) Converts to one-hole
by breaking off at score. Lanced tab holds
strap in place while fastening to surface.

1 13/16"
[46mm]

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5/8"
[15.9mm]

26

607K

Replacement Blades

V706, 706WH

Covers seam where two lengths of 700
series Raceway come together.

Case hard steel replacement blades for 607 Raceway Cutter.

3/4"
[19.1mm]

NOTE: Use #8 flathead screws with all fittings requiring screws except V704.
With V704, use #8 panhead screws.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Connection Cover

WIREMOLD

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
500 & 700 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information

V711, 711WH

Flat Elbow

5709

Ground Clamp
Provides additional grounding for 500
or 700 series Raceway or to ground
remotely located devices. Insert clamp
into raceway before installing. Attach
ground wire to screw as required by
National Electrical Code.

2"
[51mm]

Right angle turns on the same surface.
2"
[51mm]

V712, 712WH
1 1/4"
[32mm]

45° Flat Elbow

5709GC

Grounding Connector

Diagonal 45° turns on same surface.
1"
[25mm]

Provides grounding means for 1/2"
trade size conduit using lock nut.

3/4"
[19.1mm]

Internal Elbow

Inside right angle turns.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

V718, 718WH
2 1/2"
[64mm]

5711LHA, 5711RHA
2 1/2"
[64mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

Outside Elbow

5711RHA

Outside right angle turns.

90° twist with a 90° turn. For double
turn at right angles from one surface to
another. For transitions from a sidewall
to ceiling or edge of door or window
trim. Twistout in cover adapts for use
with 700 series Raceway. Available in
ivory (5711LHA, 5711RHA) and white
(5711LHAWH, 5711RHAWH).

V5715, 5715WH
V5700F

Flexible Section

18" [457mm]
Overall

5701

For installing raceway around offsets,
side bends, twisted turns, and curved
surfaces. wire fill capacity is the same
as 500 & 700 series Raceways. Consult
factory for custom lengths. Maximum
painted length 3' [915mm].

7/8"
[22.2mm]

Tee

Connects branches of 700 series
Raceway at right angles. when used
with 700 series Raceway, break out
crescent twistout in cover.

2 1/2"
[64
mm]

V5719, 5719WH

Coupling

2"
[51mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

Corner Box

1 3/16"
[30mm]

Joins and supports lengths of 500 or
700 series Raceway. One coupling
included with each length of raceway.

Internal Twist Elbows

1 3/16"
[30mm]
1 5/16"
[33mm]

For feeding raceway from
ceiling or floor. Allows for
ample splice room. Base has
1/2" trade size KO.

2 1/2"
[64mm]

V5703, 5703WH

Supporting Clip

supports lengths of 500 and 700 series
Raceway.

2 1/2"
[64mm]

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

V717, 717WH

2 1/2"
[64mm]

27
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
500 & 700 Series Raceways Interconnectivity Fittings
CONNECTION REQuIRED
FROM

usE CATALO G NuMBER

TO

500 series, 700 series Raceway

1500 series Raceway

1517B

500 series Raceway

side of 2000 series Raceway

V2089

500 series Raceway

End of 2000 series Raceway

V2089E

Existing Outlet

500 or 700 series Raceway

V5751

Panel Box

500 or 700 series Raceway

V5786

1/2" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable

500 or 700 series Raceway

5782, V5784

3/4" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable

500 or 700 series Raceway

5782A

Boxes with 1/2" trade size KOs

500 or 700 series Raceway

5781, V5785

Boxes with 3/4" trade size KOs

500 or 700 series Raceway

5781A

3" [76mm] or 4" [102mm] Ceiling Boxes

500 or 700 series Raceway

single-Gang
Outlet Box

Two-Gang
surface Box

14/2, 14/3, 12/2, 12/3 Armored Cable

500 or 700 series Raceway

1/2" trade size EMT

5700 series Boxes

V5737, V5737A, V5739
V5735, V5744-2, V5744s-2,
V5747-2, V5748-2
5790B
5791

500 & 700 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

V5760

Blank Extension Box
Extension for existing flush switch
and receptacle boxes to blank original
outlet. Closed base version available as
a special order.

15/16"
[23.8mm]

4 5/8"
[118mm]

5782, 5782A
3/4"
[19.1mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

Conduit Connector (Galvanized)

Interior threaded female connector for
connecting raceway to conduit. when
used with 700 series Raceway, break
out crescent twistout in connector.
5782 has 1/2" trade size conduit
opening and 5782A has 3/4" trade
size conduit opening.

2 7/8"
[73mm]

V5783

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5780

Special Nipple (Galvanized)
For hanging either 3/8" [9.5mm] or 1/2"
[12.7mm] fixtures to wiremold fittings
with 1/2" trade size KOs. Has female
3/8" [9.5mm] pipe thread inside and
male 1/2" [12.7mm] pipe thread outside.

1/2"
[12.7mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

Box Connector (Galvanized)

Male connector for connecting raceway
to conduit boxes or panel boxes that have
KOs for conduit. Can also be used with
conduit type fittings. when used with
700 series Raceway, break out crescent
twistout in connector. 5781 has 1/2"
trade size conduit opening and 5781A
has 3/4" trade size conduit opening.

28
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Connects raceway at right angles
to conduit boxes or panel boxes
that have 1/2" trade size conduit
KOs. when used with 700 series
Raceway, break out crescent
twistout in cover.

2 1/8"
[54mm]

1 1/4"
[32mm]

V5784

5781, 5781A

Elbow Box Connector

2 1/8"
[54mm]

1 1/4"
[32mm]

Elbow Box Connector
1 1/4"
[32mm]

Connects raceway at right angles to
1/2" trade size conduit or armored
cable connectors. when used with
700 series Raceway, break out
crescent twistout in cover.

WIREMOLD

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
500 & 700 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

V5785, 5785WH

Combination Connector

Connects raceway, without offsetting, to any surface-mounted
1 5/16"
3 1/4" or 4" [83mm or 102mm]
[33mm]
outlet box with 1/2" trade size
conduit KOs. Base has two 1/2"
trade size KOs, one on end and
one on bottom. Included spring
3"
[76mm]
steel bushing eliminates need
for conduit nipple and locknut for end connection to box.
when used with 700 series Raceway, break off cover
extension.

5790B

Armored Cable Connector (Galvanized)

1 5/8"
[41mm]

2 7/16"
[62mm]

V5786, 5786WH
1 5/8"
[41mm]
3 7/16"
[87mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

2 3/8"
[61mm]
7/8"
[22.2mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
3 7/8"
[98mm]

1"
[25mm]
2"
[51mm]

5791

EMT Connector

Adjustable Offset Connector
1 3/4"
[44mm]

Eliminates need to offset raceway
when connecting to surface type
panel boxes. Adjustment from
surface to center of bushings is
5/8" [15.9mm] minimum to 1 3/8"
[35mm] maximum. when used
as adjustable offset connector,
break out metal between the two
holes. when used with 700 series
Raceway, break out crescent
twistout in cover. 1/2" trade
size chase nipple and locknut
furnished.

Connects 14/2, 14/3, 12/2, and 12/3 “MC”
and armored cable to wiremold fittings.
A short piece of 500 or 700 series
Raceway (1 5/8" [41mm] min.) must be
used between connector and wiremold
fittings. Not for use with 1/2” [12.7mm]
flex conduit.

Connects 1/2" trade size EMT to 5700
series rectangular and round device
boxes (except 5733). Derates the fill
capacity of the EMT.

500 & 700 Series Raceways Device Boxes Ordering Information
Blank Cover

1/4"
[6.4mm]

use with 5733 Outlet Box to convert box
into pull or junction box. Has 1/2" trade
size KO in center.

2 3/8" [61mm] Dia.

V5733
15/16"
[23.8mm]

3" Dia.
[76mm]

Outlet Box
For devices with mounting screw
centers of 1 15/32", 1 5/8", 1 11/16",
or 1 27/32" [37mm, 41mm, 44mm, or
46mm]. will accept any device that
mounts on “G” or “H” type conduit
fittings.

V5735

Distribution Box

Twistouts permit use of three parallel
raceway runs on each side. Base
has 1/2" and 1" concentric trade size
KOs and a 1 13/16" [46mm] x 2 7/8"
[73mm] rectangular KO to mount on
a one-gang in-wall outlet box. Cover
accepts devices with mounting screw
centers of 2 3/4", 3 1/2" or 4 1/16" [70mm, 89mm or
103mm], and canopy fixtures no larger than 4 5/8" [117mm]
in diameter. with 5736 Blank Cover, this fitting can be used
as junction box, pull box, etc.
1 3/8"
[35mm]

4 3/4" sq.
[121mm]

V5736, 5736WH
4 3/16"
[106mm]

NOTE: 500 & 700 Series Raceway Systems Device Boxes that are identified
with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards for sale
in Canada. When ordering these products (this page and the next
page), change the “V” color prefix to “VC” or the “WH” color suffix to
“WHC” to deNOTE the Canadian versions.

7/16"
[11.1mm]

Blank Cover

1/2" trade size KO in center. For
use with 5735, 5737, 5737A, 5738,
5738AF, 5739, 5739A or 2135 Device
Boxes. Converts these boxes into
pull or junction boxes or for hanging
lightweight pendant fixtures with 1/2"
trade size pipe stems.
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

V5731

29

WIREMOLD

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
500 & 700 Series Raceways Device Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

5737, 5739

Open Base Extension Box

A

1"
[25mm]

Mounts on 3 1/4" or 4" [83mm or
102mm] conduit boxes or other recessed outlets. Cover accepts devices
with mounting screw centers of 2
3/4", 3 1/2" or 4 1/16" [70mm, 89mm,
or 103mm]. Can be used with 5736
Blank Cover as a pull or junction box.
CAT. NO.

DIA. A.

V5737, 5737wH

4 3/4" [121mm]

V5737A, 5737AwH

5 1/2" [140mm]

V5739A

6 3/8" [162mm]

5738, 5738A, 5739

1"
[25mm]

used to hang fixtures. Cover accepts
devices with mounting screw centers
of 2 3/4", 3 1/2", and 4 1/16" [70mm,
89mm, and103mm]. Base has four
holes for fixture studs, four 1/2"
trade size KOs, and raised section for
no-bolt fixture-stud. use as a junction
or pull box with 5736 Blank Cover.
CAT. NO.

4 1/8"
[105mm]

2"
[51mm]

4 3/4" [121mm]

5738A, 5738AwH

5 1/2" [140mm]

5739, 5739wH

6 3/8" [162mm]

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
30

V57240

2 13/16"
[72mm]

4 5/8"
[117mm]

2"
[51mm]

1 3/8"
[35mm]

single pole switch included.
Accepts standard single-gang
switches including three-way. Cover
has twistouts for 500 or 700 series
Raceway on each end and sides.
Twistouts on ends of box permit
running raceway close to interior
trim. Base has 1/2" trade size KOs.

NOTE : One-gang device boxes accept NEMA single-gang standard
faceplates. Two-gang device boxes accept NEMA double-gang
standard faceplates.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

For shallow type switches (threeway, single, and double pole) and
receptacles, including three-wire
locking receptacles and single-gang
combination devices. Base has 1/2"
trade size KO. Position of twistouts
on ends permits running raceways
close to interior trim.

Extra Deep Switch & Receptacle Box
For deep devices such as
momentary contact, remote control
switches, and hospital signaling
system devices. Base has 1/2"
trade size KOs. Larger gang boxes
available by special order.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

L

15A, 125V Single Pole Switch & Box
1 3/8"
[35mm]

Switch & Receptacle Box

5744, 5744-2, 5744-3

W
4 1/8"
[105mm]

Accommodates 15A (NEMA 5-15R)
or 20A (NEMA 5-20R) duplex
devices in place of duplex grounding
receptacle included. Cover has
twistouts for 500 and 700 series
Raceway on each end and sides.
Twistouts on ends of box permit
running raceway close to interior
trim. Base has 1/2” trade size KOs.

V5741, 5741WH

Solid Base Fan Box

5 1/2"
[140mm]

1 3/8"
[35mm]

2"
[51mm]

V5738AF, 5738AFWH
Cover accepts fan bracket with
mounting centers of 3 3/16"
[81mm]. Base has six mounting
holes and 4 1/2" trade size KOs.
#10 mounting studs provided.
Rated for fans and fixtures up to
50 lbs.

Can be used as tee, cross, pull box,
junction box, or blank box. Cover
has 1/2" trade size KO and twistouts
for 500, and 700 series Raceway on
each end and sides. Twistouts on
ends of box permit running raceway
close to interior trim. Base has 1/2"
trade size KOs.

V57243G 15A, 125V
Duplex Grounding Receptacle (NEMA 5-15R) & Box

DIA. A.

V5738, 5738wH

1"
[25mm]

Utility Box
1 3/8"
[35mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Solid Base Fixture Box

A

V57242

CAT. NO.

L

w

GANGs

V5744,
5744-wH

4 5/8" [117mm]

2 7/8" [73mm]

1

V5744-2,
4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm]
5744-2wH

2

V5744-3

3

4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm]

NOTE: 500 & 700 Series Raceway Systems Device Boxes that are identified
with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards for sale
in Canada. When ordering these products (this page and the next
page), change the “V” color prefix to “VC” or the “WH” color suffix to
“WHC” to deNOTE the Canadian versions.

WIREMOLD

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
500 & 700 Series Raceways Device Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

5748, 5748-2, 5748-3, 5748-4,
5748-5, 5748-6 Switch & Receptacle Box

5744S, 5744S-2, 5744S-3
Deep Switch & Receptacle Box

Designed especially for use in the
installation of signal system and alarm
wiring. Base has 1/2" trade size KOs.
Larger gang boxes are available by
special order.

2 1/4"
[57mm]

L

For deep switches and receptacles. Base
has two 1/2" trade size KOs. Larger gang
boxes available by special order.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

L

W

CAT. NO.

L

w

GANGs

W

V5744s, 5744swH

4 5/8" [117mm]

2 7/8" [73mm]

1

CAT. NO.

L

w

GANGs

V5744s-2, 5744s-2wH

4 3/4" [121mm]

4 3/4" [121mm]

2

V5748, V5748wH

4 5/8" [117mm]

2 7/8" [73mm]

1

V5744s-3

4 5/8" [117mm]

6 1/2" [165mm]

3

V5748-2, V5748-2wH

4 3/4" [121mm]

4 3/4" [121mm]

2

V5748-3, V5748-3wH

4 5/8" [117mm]

6 1/2" [165mm]

3

V5748-4

4 5/8" [117mm]

8 11/32" [212mm]

4

V5748-5

4 5/8" [117mm]

10 5/32" [258mm]

5

V5748-6

4 5/8" [117mm]

11 31/32" [304mm]

6

V5745 , 5745WH

Combination Switch & Receptacle Box
1 3/4"
[44mm]

4 5/8"
[117mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

Connects to surface runs of 1/2" trade
size conduit. Cover has 1/2” trade
size KO and two raceway twistouts on
one end and three raceway twistouts
on opposite end, two 1/2" KOs and a
raceway twistout on each side. Base has
two 1/2" trade size KOs. Larger gang
boxes are available by special order.

V5748S, 5748SWH

Shallow Switch & Receptacle Box
For shallow type switch and duplex
receptacles. Base has 1/2" trade
size KOs.

15/16"
[23.8mm]
4 5/8"
[117mm]

5747, 5747-2, 5747-3

Shallow Switch & Receptacle Box

L
W

For standard shallow switches and
receptacles including single-gang
combination devices. Base has two
1/2" trade size KOs. Larger gang boxes
available by special order.
CAT. NO.

L

w

GANGs

V5747,
5747wH

4 5/8" [117mm]

2 7/8" [73mm]

1

V5747-2,
4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm]
5747-2wH

2

V5747-3

3

4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm]

5751, 5751-2, 5751-3
Flush Type Extension Adapter

For extensions from existing flush
switch and receptacle boxes.
Larger gang boxes available by
special order.

15/16"
[23.8mm]

L

CAT. NO.

W

V5751,
5751wH

L

w

GANGs

4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm]

1

V5751-2,
4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm]
5751-2wH

2

V5751-3

3

4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm]

NOTE: 500 & 700 Series Raceway Systems Device Boxes that are identified
with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards for sale
in Canada. When ordering these products (this page and the next
page), change the “V” color prefix to “VC” or the “WH” color suffix to
“WHC” to deNOTE the Canadian versions.

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1 3/8"
[35mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

31
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
500 & 700 Series Raceways Device Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

V5751A, 5751AWH

Deep Flush Type Extension Adapter
For deep extensions from existing
wall boxes.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

4 5/8"
[117mm]

V5752, R5752

3 1/4"
[83mm]

1 3/8"
[35mm]

V5753, R5753

CM-MMB-571

One Insert Multimedia Box

3 1/4"
[83mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

Accepts one CM2 wiremold Open
system Communications Module
or one Pass & seymour® Activate
series Insert. Compatible with
500 and 700 series Raceway.
ivory finish.

For surface mounting of alarm
devices and safety signals
designed to fit into 4" [102mm]
square back boxes. Cover has
three raceway twistouts on
each side. Base has 1/2" and 1"
concentric and single-gang box
KOs. R5752 has red finish.

4 11/16"
[120mm]

4 11/16"
[120mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

Two-Gang Alarm Device Box

Two-Gang Extra Deep
Alarm Device Box

4 11/16"
[120mm]

4 11/16"
[120mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

For surface mounting of alarm
devices and safety signals
designed to fit into 4" [102mm]
square back boxes. R5753 has
red finish. Cover is 2 3/4" [70mm]
deep and has three twistouts
for raceways on each side. Base
has 1/2" and 1" concentric and
single-gang box KOs.

NOTE: One-gang device boxes accept NEMA single-gang standard faceplates.
Two-gang device boxes accept NEMA double-gang standard
faceplates.

500 & 700 Series Raceways Tools

600B

Wiremold Bender

IWE-S

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

For making smooth, accurate bends,
saddles and offsets in wiremold 500 and
700 series Raceways. Two-piece handle
fits in tool box.

615

Wire Pulley
For fishing wires around inside corners
of 500 or 700 series Raceway. when
conductors are through the run, detach
pulley and snap on appropriate internal
elbow cover.
One 616 Fish Tape Leader included.

616

Fish Tape Leader
For pulling conductors through 500 or
700 series Raceways. Holes provided for
up to eight conductors.

32
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Spray Paint
used for touching up large areas. Contains
12 oz.of paint.
NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground transportation.

IWE-P

Touch-Up Paint Pen
used for touching up small areas. Contains
0.3 oz. of paint.
NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground transportation.

WIREMOLD

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY
500 & 700 Series Raceways Installation Details

Support Clip
2. Fasten support clips (V5703) to
surface at approximately 32"
[816mm] intervals. see the Technical
Raceway
Information section for surface
mounting methods. After support clips
are installed, snap raceway into clips.

3. As an alternate method of mounting
(especially if the surface is uneven),
504 or 704 straps can be used. Hold
raceway in position and fasten strap
to surface. straps should be spaced
no greater than 32" [816mm] O.C.

Strap

Strap

Raceway

4. For added support or to secure raceway
prior to installing straps, fasten
coupling to surface through clearance
holes (5701).
5. slide adjoining section of raceway
onto coupling (5701).
NOTE: If raceway has been field cut,
it must be deburred prior to coupling.
6. If ends of adjoining raceways are
not square, use 506 or 706 Cover
Connection to fill gap.

Abutting Raceways

Snap Over Cover

7. Couple raceway to fitting base by
slipping tongue of fitting under
the base of raceway. (use 502 or
702 Bushing to protect wires from
abrasion.) Do not mount more than one
fitting base at a time. sequence should
be base, raceway, base, raceway, etc.

Fitting Base

8. Fasten base of fitting to surface using proper
flat head fastener: #8 with V500 and V700
series. see Technical Information section for
surface mounting methods.
9. Determine desired location
of next fitting. Measure
and cut raceway as shown.
Install fitting base and
raceway as in steps 1
and 2.

Raceway
Length

5/8"
[15.9mm]

Distance
Between
Bases

5/8"
[15.9mm]

10. Pull wiring in. (use 502 or 702
Bushing to protect wires from
abrasion.)
11. Remove proper twistouts in fitting
cover(s) with pliers. Twist
Fitting Cover
inward as shown.
12. Install fitting cover(s) over raceway(s)
and fasten to fitting base with screws
provided.

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1. Each length of wiremold raceway is
furnished with a coupling. Push coupling
out to expose clearance hole (5701).

33
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

2000 SERIES® RACEWAY

Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal
for basic power or communication/low voltage installations

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

System Layout
R
O A

L
H
J
G

C

N

M

K
A

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

E
D

I

F

34

Q

L

B

P

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.

500 series Raceway
518 External Elbow Fitting
2006 Cover Clip
2010A3 Entrance End Fitting
2010A2 Entrance End Fitting
2010B Blank End Fitting

COLOR OPTIONS

G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.

2051H Flush Plate Adapter
2011 90° Flat Elbow Fitting
2015 Tee Fitting
2017TC Internal Corner Coupling
2018C External Elbow Cover
2048 single-Gang Device Box

M. 2048-2 Two-Gang Device Box
N. 20GB506 Plugmold strip
O. 2089A Flush Plate Adapter
P. 2089E End-Reducing Connector
Q. 5748 single-Gang Device Box

2000® series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an ivory finish.
Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have a gray finish. Part Numbers without a
prefix or suffix have a protective zinc finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

2000 SERIES® RACEWAY
2000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities For Communications 2000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities For Power
CABLE/wIRE sIZE
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

O.D. (APPROX. DIA.)
Inches
[mm]

40% FILL

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

11

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

(5.3)

9

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

(6.3)

6

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

(9.0)

3

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

(10.4)

2

COAXIAL

RG6/u

FIBER

ZipCord

0.270
0.118 x
0.236

[6.9]

5

[3 x 6]

11

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

11

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

6

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

O.D.
Inches
[mm]

14 AwG
12 AwG

0.111
0.130

[2.8]
[3.3]

NO. OF CONDuCTORs
wITHOuT
wITH PLuGMOLD
DEVICEs
RECEPTACLE
7
5
7
5

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information
Raceway Base & Cover

Packed ten (10) 5' [1.5m] lengths per
carton.

3/4"
[19.1mm]

W30/W30G

W30 – Common connection of two,
three, or four No. 12 or No.14 solid
copper conductors.
W30G – Connection of equipment
grounding of 2, 3, or 4 solid conductors
No. 14 or No. 12 AwG. 300V maximum;
20A 105° C maximum.

1 5/16"
[33mm]

1 9/32"
[33mm]

V2000B-5, G2000B-5, V2000B-10,
G2000B-10 Raceway Base
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed twenty
(20) 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.
10' [3m] lengths (V2000B-10,
G2000B-10) are also available.
Packed 100’ [30.5m] per carton.

1 9/32"
[33mm]

V2000BC, G2000BC

Pressure-Type Wire Connectors

NOTE: Not for use with aluminum conductors.

2000WC

Wire Clip (Galvanized)
Additional support for conductors.

1/2"
[12.7mm]

Raceway Base & Cover

.025" [.8mm] steel. Packed twenty
5' [1.5m] lengths per carton. shipped
without receptacle hole cuts.

2001

Coupling (Galvanized)
Connects lengths of 2000B
Raceway Base.

1 9/32"
[33mm]

620

2"
[51mm]

2000 Series Raceway Base & Cover Cutter
Portable cutter for both 2000 series
Raceway Base and Cover. Provides
clean and easy square cuts every
time.

620BCK

Replacement Blade Kit

V2003, 2003
2"
[51mm]

Supporting Clip
supports lengths of 2000 series
Raceway at any point desired.
Mounts to surface with No. 6
flathead screw. 2003 support
clip has plated finish. V2003 has
ivory finish.

Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for 620
Cutter.

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

V2000BC, G2000BC

35
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

2000 SERIES® RACEWAY
2000 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings
CONNECTION REQuIRED
FROM
TO

usE CATALOG
NuMBER

500 series Raceway side of 2000 series Raceway

V2089, V2048, V2048-2

500 series Raceway End of 2000 series Raceway

V2089E, V2048, V2048-2

Existing Outlet

2000 series Raceway

V2051H

1/2" trade size
Conduit or
Armored Cable

2000 series Raceway

V2010A2, V2010A3

Blank End Fitting
Closes off the open end of 2000
series Raceway.

3/4"
[19.1mm]

2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

V2006, G2006

Flat Elbow Fitting
For right angle turns on same
surface. Cover stop permits
neat butting of 2000C Cover. Two
couplings included.

2 1/2"
[64mm]
Each Leg

V2015, G2015

Ground Clamp
Connects equipment grounding
conductor. Provides an additional
ground for raceway.

1 13/64"
[30mm]

V2011, G2011

Cover Clip
Covers seam where two lengths
of 2000 series Raceway come
together.

3/4"
[19.1mm]

2009

V2010B, G2010B

Tee Fitting
For branching raceway at
right angles. Three couplings
included.

6"
[152mm]
4"
[102mm]

How 2009 is used.

1 1/2"
[38mm]

V2010A2, G2010A2
1 9/32"
[33mm]

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1 1/2"
[38mm]

2 1/8"
[54mm]

Entrance End Fitting

Connects 2000 series Raceway to
1/2" trade size conduit or armored
cable connectors. 1/2" trade size
KOs located on end, sides, and
bottom of fitting. Includes ground
screw. If more capacity is required,
use 2010A3.

2017TC

Internal Corner Coupling

1 1/2"
[38mm]

Can be used as inside corner coupling
or as coupling and straight thru fitting.
Furnished with one fiber bushing.
2017TC

2017TC

3"
[76mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]

V2010A3, G2010A3
2 7/64"
[53mm]

1 29/32"
[47mm]

Entrance End Fitting

1/2" trade size KOs located on end,
sides, and bottom of fitting. 3/4"
KOs on bottom and rear. Includes
ground screw.

V2018C, G2018C

36
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

2017TC used as a corner
coupling and a straightthrough fitting.

External Elbow Cover

Covers gap when external corner is made
by notching and bending 2000B Base.
Continues raceway runs around outside
corners.

2 1/8"
[54mm]
3"
[76mm]

2000B

2000B
2017TC used as a
corner coupling.

1 7/8"
[48mm]

Corner gap filler snapped
into place in 2018C

WIREMOLD

2000 SERIES® RACEWAY
2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

IWE-S, GWE-S

Spray Paint

V2051H, G2051H

Feeds 2000 series Raceway from an existing
wall outlet. Equipped with 1/2" trade size
threaded stud, toothed lock washer for
grounding, and conduit bushing.

used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz. of paint.
NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground transportation.

IWE-P, GWE-S

2 7/8"
[73mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

Single-Gang Device Box
Cover has twistouts for 2000, 500,
and 700 series Raceways. Base has
1/2" trade size KO and rectangular
KO for extension to wall box. Base
has #10 threaded hole for ground
connection.

V2048-2, G2048-2
4 3/4"
[121mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

2000 Raceway extended
from wall outlet using 2051H.

Side Reducing Connector
Connects 2000 series Raceway with
500 series Raceway through theside
of 2000 series Raceway.

3 1/4"
[83mm]

6"
[152mm]

V2089E

End Reducing Connector

Two-Gang Device Box

Cover has twistouts for 2000,
500, and 700 series Raceways.
Base has 1/2" trade size KO and
rectangular KO for extension to
wall box. Base has #10 threaded
hole for ground connection.

Connects 2000 series Raceway with
500 series Raceway through the end
of 2000 series Raceway.
3/4"
[19.1mm]

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1 3/4"
[44mm]

2051H fastened to
vertically mounted
wall box.

Touch-Up Paint Pen

V2089

4 5/8"
[117mm]

2051H fastened to
horizontally mounted
wall box.

4 1/2"
[114mm]

used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz. of paint.

V2048, G2048

Flush Plate Adapter

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to deNOTE
the Canadian versions.

37
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

single Channel Raceway . Easy-to-install and ideal for
basic power or communication/low voltage installations in
classrooms, hotels, and anywhere a low profile raceway
solution is needed.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

2400 Series Raceway System Layout for Power

KEY

U
K

L

G

R

N

Q

C

E

A
V

M

D

F

B

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

H

O

I

S
J
NOTE: Illustrations are for showing product applications only.

2400 Series Raceway System Layout for Communications
U

AA

K
X

L
BB
C
D

Z
N

CC

R

2407 Series
106 Frame

O

E

Q
A
DD

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
O.
P.
Q.
R.
S.
U.
V.
W.
X.
Y.
Z.
AA.
BB.
CC.
DD.

500 series Raceway
1500/2600 Raceway Feed
2400 series Raceway
2406 Cover Clip
2410C Entrance End Fitting
2411M Flat Elbow Fitting
2415M Tee Fitting
2417M Internal Elbow Fitting
2426 Lamp Holder
2686FO Transition Fitting
4089 Reducing Connector
2448 One-Gang Device Box
2418M External Elbow Fitting
2451H Back Feed Fitting
2448-2 Two-Gang Device Box
2475D Bridge Fitting
2489 Reducing Adapter
24DwND Downward Duplex Device Bracket
24DwNR Downward Decorator Device Bracket
24s7218GBX99IV 2400 series Plugmold strip
u4000 series Raceway
5747 shallow switch Box
2400BC 2400 series Raceway
2411FO Radiused Flat Elbow
2415H Back Feed Fitting
2415FO Radiused Tee Fitting
2417FO Radiused Internal Elbow
2418FO Radiused External Elbow
2686FO Transition Feed Fitting
5744 Extra Deep Device Box

COLOR OPTIONS

2400 series™ Raceway
Part Numbers with a
“V” prefix have an ivory
finish. Part Numbers with
a “-Fw” suffix have a fog
white finish.

Custom color options are also available.
Consult the factory for more information.

38
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY
2400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications 2000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities For Power
O.D. (APPROX. DIA.)
Inches
[mm]

CABLE/wIRE sIZE
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED PAIR

40%
FILL

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

19

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

[5.3]

16

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

[6.3]

11

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

[9.0]

5
4

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

[10.4]

COAXIAL

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

9

FIBER

ZipCord

0.118 x
0.236

[3 x 6]

20

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

20

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

10

2400 Series Raceways Ordering Information

V2400B, V2400B-10, 2400B-FW,
2400B-10FW Raceway Base
.040" [1.0mm] steel, 5' [1.5m] lengths.
Packed twenty 5' [1.5m] lengths per
carton (V2400B, 2400B-Fw) or ten 10'
[3m] lengths per carton (V2400B-10,
2400B-10Fw).

wIRE sIZE

O.D.

THHN/THwN
14 AwG
12 AwG
10 AwG

Inches
0.111
0.130
0.164

NO. OF CONDuCTORs (40%)
wITHOuT
wITH 2427
DEVICEs
RECEPTACLE
57
12
41
9
26
0

[mm]
[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernetmax allowed cable
diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

2400 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information

2400WC

Additional support for conductors.
(Nonmetallic)

1"
[25mm]

2401

Wire Clip

Coupling
2"
[51mm]

Joins lengths of 2400B Base together.

1 29/32"
[48mm]

Raceway Base & Cover

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed ten
5' [1.5m] lengths of base and cover
per carton.

7/8"
[22.2mm]

V2406, 2406-FW

Covers seams where two lengths of
2400 series Raceway come together
(nonmetallic).

1 29/32"
[48mm]

V2400C, 2400C-FW

Raceway Cover

.040” [1.0mm] steel; packed twenty 5’
[1.5m] lengths per carton.

1 1/2"
[38mm]

2409

Ground Clamp

1/2"
[2.7mm]

1 29/32"
[48mm]

624

Cover Clip

Connects equipment grounding conductor
to provide ground to 2400 series Raceway.
No. 10 ground screw provided.

2400 Series Raceway Base & Cover Cutter
Portable cutter for 2400 & 2400D series
Raceway Base and Cover. Provides a
clean and easy square cut every time.

624BCK

V2410A, 2410A-FW
2"
[51mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]

Replacement Blade Kit

1 3/16"
[30mm]

Entrance End Fitting
Connects 2400 series
Raceway with 1/2" trade
size conduit or armored
cable.

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

V2400BC, 2400BC-FW

39

Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for
624 Cutter.
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY
2400 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

V2410B, 2410B-FW

Blank End Fitting

V2411M, 2411M-FW

Right angle turns on same
surface.

1 29/32"
[49mm]

Closes off open end of 2400 series Raceway.

Flat Elbow

1 3/16"
[30mm]

V2410C, 2410C-FW
2 11/16"
[68mm]

1 7/8"
[48mm]

2 1/8"
[54mm]

Entrance End Fitting
Feeds 2400 series
Raceway. Includes 1/2"
and 3/4" trade size KOs on
end and bottom. Additional
1/2" trade size KOs on
each side.

V2410DFO, 2410DFO-FW

3 15/16"
[100mm]

V2415FO, 2415FO-FW

5 7/8"
[149mm]
4 7/8"
[124mm]

Divided Entrance End Fitting

Feeds 2400 & 2400D series
Raceway. Has 1/2", 3/4",
and 1" trade size KOs on
back and end. Removable
divider and radiused insert
included.

4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]

7 1/8"
[181mm]

For branches at right
angles. Provides 2"
[51mm] cable bend
radius control for fiber
optic and uTP/sTP cable
installations. Couplings
included.

8"
[203mm]

10"
[254mm]

V2415M, 2415M-FW

Radiused Tee

Tee

For branching raceway at right
angles. Two couplings included.

4"
[102mm]

V2410FC, 2410FC-FW

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Full Capacity Entrance End Fitting

2 1/4"
[57mm]

2 5/8"
[67mm]

Feeds 2400 series
Raceway. Has 3/4" and 1"
concentric trade size KOs
located on each side.

Radiused Internal Elbow
4"
[102mm]

3"
[76mm]

V2411FO, 2411FO-FW
3/8"
[9.5mm]

V2417FO, 2417FO-FW

6 1/2"
[165mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

Radiused Flat Elbow

90° flat corner elbow
provides 2" [51mm] cable
bend radius control for
fiber optic and uTP/sTP
cable installations. Ideal
for lay-in or pull-through
installations. Couplings
included.

40
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

90° internal corner elbow
provides 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius control for fiber optic and
uTP/sTP cable installations. Two
couplings included.

V2417M, 2417M-FW
1 3/4"
[45mm]

Internal Elbow

Inside 90° angle turns.

1 29/32"
[49mm]

WIREMOLD

2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY
2400 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

V2418FO, 2418FO-FW
Radiused External Elbow

90° external elbow provides
2” [51mm] cable bend radius
control for fiber optic and uTP/
sTP cable installations. Two
couplings included.

5"
[127mm]

V2418M, 2418M-FW

Downward Extron® MAAP Device Plate
Accepts two Extron®
Electronics MAAP single
space modules.

4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]

External Elbow

90° external corners.

1 1/4"
[32mm]

V24DWNU, 24DWNU-FW

V24DWNS, 24DWNS-FW

Downward Ortronics® Series II Device Plate
Accepts one Ortronics® series
II module.

4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]
3"
[76mm]

1 29/32"
[49mm]

Lamp Holder

Medium base lamp holder
660w, 250V. Black general
purpose phenolic.

1 9/16"
[40mm]

V24DWND, 24DWND-FW
Downward Duplex Device Bracket

2 1/8"
[54mm]

Labor saving, over-the-raceway
device bracket. Accepts 15A or
20A duplex receptacles or 106
style data frame.

Extra Deep Device Box

One-gang device box with extra
depth to allow installation of
cabling that requires greater bend
2 3/4"
[70mm] radius and storage. Cover has one
twistout for 2400 series Raceway
on each side and one twistout for
500 and 700 series Raceway on the
top and bottom. Accepts industry standard faceplates for
electrical and communication devices.
4 5/8"
[117mm]

5"
[127mm]

4 3/4"
[120mm]

V2444, 2444-FW
2 7/8"
[73mm]

V2444D, 2444D-FW

4 5/8"
[117mm]

V24DWNR, 24DWNR-FW

Device Box

One-gang labor saving, over-theraceway device box. Cover has
twistout on each side for 2400
series Raceway. Accepts industry
standard faceplates for electrical
and communication devices.

Downward Decorator Device Bracket
4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]

Labor saving, over-the-raceway
device bracket. Accepts 15A
or 20A decorator receptacles,
GFCI receptacle, or 106 style
data frame.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

NOTE: One-gang device boxes accept NEMA single-gang standard
faceplates. Two-gang device boxes accept NEMA double-gang
standard faceplates.
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”
to the color prefix to deNOTE the Canadian versions, i.e “CV2444”.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

V2426, 2426-FW

41

WIREMOLD

2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY
2400 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

V2451H, 2451H-FW

V2444-2, 2444-2FW
Extra Deep Device Box

Two-gang device box with extra
4 3/4"
depth to allow installation of
[121mm]
cabling that requires greater
bend radius and storage. Cover
2 3/4"
[70mm]
has twistout on all four sides for
2400 series Raceway. Base has
knockout to enable extension from
existing single-gang flush wall box and 1/2" and 1"
concentric trade size KOs. Accepts industry standard
faceplates for electrical and communication devices.

Feeds 2400 series Raceway
from an existing outlet box.
Includes 1/2" trade size male
bushing and lock nut washer
for grounding.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

V2444-2LS, 2444-2LSFW

Device Box

Two-gang labor saving, over-theraceway device box. Cover has
twistout on all four side for 2400
series Raceway. Accepts industry
standard faceplates for electrical
and communication devices.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

V2475D, 2475D-FW
5 9/16"
[140mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

V2489 Side Reducing Connector
2"
[51mm]

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
42

2 7/8"
[73mm]

V2448-2, 2448-2FW
4 3/4"
[121mm]

Connects 2400 series Raceway
with 500 series Raceway.

Device Box

One-gang device box. Cover has
twistout for 2400 series Raceway
on each side and one twistout
for 500 and 700 series Raceway
on the top and bottom. Base has
1 3/4"
[44mm]
knockout to enable extension from
existing single-gang, flush wall
box and 1/2" trade size KOs. Accepts industry standard
faceplates for electrical and communication devices.
4 5/8"
[117mm]

Bridge Fitting

Allows 2400 series Raceway
runs to bridge over existing
installations of 2400, 500, and
700 series Raceways.

1 7/8"
[48mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

V2448, 2448-FW

Back Feed Fitting

4 3/4"
[121mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

V2489TB
4 5/8"
[117mm]

Transition Box

2 7/8"
[173mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

2100

Device Box

Two-gang device box. Cover has
twistouts on all four sides for
2400 series Raceway. Base has
knockout to enable extension
from existing single-gang, flush
wall box and 1/2" trade size
KOs. Accepts industry standard
faceplates for electrical and
communication devices.

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”
to the color prefix to denote the Canadian versions, i.e “CV2444”.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Connects existing installations
of 2100 series Raceway to 2400
series Raceway.

2400

2686FO

Transition Feed Fitting

Eliminates need to offset
2400 series Raceway when
connecting with surface
panel boxes. Has 3/4" and 1"
3 5/8"
concentric trade size KOs with
[92mm]
1" trade size KO elongated so
adjustment from surface to
center of bushing is 1" [25mm]
minimum to 1 5/8" [41mm]
maximum. Has twistouts
for transition to 1500 and 2600 series Pancake Raceways.
2 1/2"
[63mm]

WIREMOLD

2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY
2400 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

2"
[51mm]

Reducing Connector
1 5/8"
[41mm]

V2427GT

20A Duplex Receptacle
3-wire 125V NEMA 5-20R
receptacle. Includes 10-1/2"
[267mm] pigtails and
inline splice connectors.
Also available in fog white
(2427GT-Fw).

Connects 4000 series Raceway
to 2400 series Raceway.

4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 1/16"
[52mm]

V2427GA

4 1/2"
[114mm]

15A Duplex Receptacle
3-wire 125V NEMA 5-15R
receptacle. Includes 10-1/2"
[267mm] pigtails and
inline splice connectors.
Also available in fog white
(2427GA-Fw).

V2407-2CM, 2407-2CMFW
106 Device Bracket & Frame

For installing two network
wiring keystone device modules
in 2400 series Raceway. Does
not accept Quad 106 Frame.

2 1/16"
[52mm]

IG2427GT

4 1/2"
[114mm]

20A Isolated Ground Duplex Receptacle

2 1/16"
[52mm]

3-wire 125V NEMA 5-20R
orange receptacle. Includes
10-1/2" [267mm] pigtails
and inline splice connectors.
Also available in fog white
(IG2427GT-Fw).

6"
[152mm]

V2407-2TJ, 2407-2TJFW
106 Device Bracket & Frame

For installing two Ortronics®
TracJack device modules in
2400 series Raceway. Does not
accept Quad 106 Frame.

2 1/16"
[52mm]

IG2427GA

4 1/2"
[114mm]

15A Isolated Ground Duplex Receptacle
3-wire 125V NEMA 5-15R
orange receptacle. Includes
10-1/2" [267mm] pigtails
and inline splice connectors.
Also available in fog white
(IG2427GA-Fw).

2 1/16"
[52mm]
6"
[152mm]

V2407-3TJ, 2407-3TJFW
106 Device Bracket & Frame

For installing three Ortronics®
TracJack device modules in
2400 series Raceway. Does not
accept Quad 106 Frame.
2 1/16"
[52mm]

2 1/16"
[52mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

IWE-S, DVWE-S

Spray Paint

used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint. Available in
ivory (IwE-s) and fog white (DVwE-s).
NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground transportation

6"
[152mm]

IWE-P, DVWE-P

Touch-Up Paint Pen

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

V4089

used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint. Available in
ivory (IwE-P) and fog white (DVwE-P).
43
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

2400D® SERIES RACEWAY

Dual channel version of 2400 series Raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic
power and communication/low voltage installations in classrooms, hotels, and
anywhere a low profile raceway solution is needed.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

2400D Series Raceway System Layout for Power & Data
E

H

C
L

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

F

44

A

J

K

I

D

B

A

G

NOTE: Illustrations are for showing product applications only.

KEY
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.

2400D 2400 series Divided Raceway
2411DFO Radiused Divided Flat Elbow
2410DFO Divided Entrance End Fitting
2415DFO Radiused Divided Tee
2417DFO Radiused Divided Internal Elbow
2418DFO Divided External Elbow
2444 One-Gang Extra Deep Device Box

COLOR OPTIONS

H. 2444D One-Gang Device Box
I. 2444D-2A Two-Gang Divided Device Box
J. 24DwND Downward Duplex Device Bracket
24DwNR Downward Decorator Device Bracket
K. 4089 Reducing Connector
L. u4000 series Raceway

2400 series™ Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an
ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “-Fw” suffix have a fog white
finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY
2400D Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications 2400D Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
CABLE/
wIRE sIZE

O.D.
(APPROX. DIA.)
Inches

[mm]

1/3 COMP
40% FILL

uNsHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AwG,
TwIsTED PAIR Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AwG,
Cat 5e

0.190

[4.8]

5

12

0.210

[5.3]

4

9

4-pair,24 AwG,
Cat 6

0.250

[6.3]

3

7

4-pair, 24 AwG,
Cat 6a*

0.354

[9.0]

1

3

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

[10.4]

1

2

COAXIAL

RG6/u

Fiber

ZipCord

2/3 COMP
40% FILL

0.270

[6.9]

2

6

0.118 x
0.236

[3 x 6]

5

12

Round 4 strand
Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

5

12

Round 6 strand
Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

2

6

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN
14 AwG
12 AwG
10 AwG

O.D.
Inches
0.111
0.130
0.164

[mm]
[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

NuMBER OF CONDuCTORs
(40%)
1/3 COMP
2/3 COMP
11
26
9
19
6
11

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

2400D Series Raceway Ordering Information
Divided Raceway Base

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Divided into two
compartments (1/3 and 2/3 capacity).
Packed ten 10' [3.0m] lengths per
carton.
1 29/32"
[48mm]

V2400C, 2400C-FW

624BCK

Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for 624
Cutter.

IWE-S, DVWE-S

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed twenty 5’
[1.5m] lengths per carton.

624

Spray Paint

used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint. Available
in ivory (IwE-s) and fog white
(DVwE-s).

Raceway Cover

1 29/32"
[48mm]

Replacement Blade Kit

NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground
transportation

IWE-P, DVWE-P
2400 Series Raceway Base & Cover Cutter

Touch-Up Paint Pen

used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint. Available
in ivory (IwE-P) and fog white
(DVwE-P).

Portable cutter for 2400 & 2400D
series Raceway Base and Cover.
Provides a clean and easy, square cut
every time.

2400D Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information

2400WC

Wire Clip
Additional support for conductors
(nonmetallic).

1"
[25mm]

2401D
2"
[51mm]

Divided Coupling
Joins lengths of 2400BD
Divided Base.

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

V2400BD, 2400BD-FW

45
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY
2400D Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

V2406, 2406-FW

Cover Clip
Covers seam where two
lengths of 2400D series
Raceway come together
(nonmetallic).

V2411DFO, 2411DFO-FW
Radiused Divided Flat Elbow
3/8"
[9.5mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

V2410BD, 2410BD-FW
Divided Blank End Fitting

Closes off open end of 2400D
series Raceway.

90° flat elbow with integral
dividers. Provides 2" [51mm]
full capacity cable bend
radius control for fiber
optic and uTP/sTP cable
installations. Ideal for lay-in
or pull-through installations.
Two couplings included.

V2415DFO, 2415DFO-FW
Radiused Divided Tee
8"
[203mm]

1 3/16"
[30mm]
10"
[254mm]

V2410D, 2410D-FW
Divided Entrance End Fitting

2 1/4"
[57mm]

3"
[76mm]

2 5/8"
[67mm]

Feeds 2400D series
Raceway. Back has two 1/2"
trade size KOs and two
rectangular KOs for
communication cabling.
Additional 1" and 3/4"
concentric trade size KO on
each side.

4 7/8"
[124mm]

5 7/8"
[149mm]

V2417D, 2417D-FW

For branching raceway at
right angles. Provides 2"
[51mm] cable bend radius
control for fiber optic and
uTP/sTP cable installations.
Couplings included.

Divided Internal Elbow
Internal 90° corners.

1 3/4"
[45mm]

1 29/32"
[49mm]

V2410DFO, 2410DFO-FW
STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Divided Entrance End Fitting
4 3/4"
[121mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

7 1/8"
[181mm]

Feeds 2400 & 2400D series
Raceway. Includes 1/2",
3/4", and 1" trade size
KOs on back and end.
Removable/ adjustable
divider and radiused
insert included

V2411D, 2411D-FW
1 29/32"
[49mm]

V2417DFO, 2417DFO-FW
Radiused Divided Internal Elbow
4"
[102mm]

Divided Flat Elbow

Right angle turns on the
same surface.

V2418DFO, 2418DFO-FW
Radiused Divided External Elbow
5"
[127mm]

3 15/16"
[100mm]

46
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

90° internal corner provides
2" [51mm] cable bend
radius control for fiber
optic and uTP/sTP cable
installations. Two couplings
included.

90° external elbow provides
2" [51mm] cable bend radius
control for fiber optic and
uTP/sTP cable installations.
Two couplings included.

WIREMOLD

2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY
2400D Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
Downward Duplex Device Bracket
4 3/4"
[120mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]

V2444D, 2444D-FW

Labor saving, over-theraceway device bracket.
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles or 106 style data
frame.

4 5/8"
[117mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

V24DWNR, 24DWNR-FW
Downward Decorator Device Bracket
4 3/4"
[120mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]

Labor saving, over-theraceway device bracket.
Accepts 15A or 20A decorator
receptacles, GFCI receptacle,
or 106 style data frame.

V2444D-2A, 2444D-2AFW
Divided Device Box

Divided, two-gang, labor saving
over-the-raceway device box.
Allows both power and low
voltage at a single point-of-use.
Accepts 5507 series Faceplates,
Ortronics® TracJack & series
II Modules (requires s2-EPL
Plate), Pass & seymour®
Activate series Inserts
(requires CM-EPLA Plate),
and wiremold Open system
Communication Modules
(requires CM-EPLA Plate).

2 3/4"
[70mm]

V24DWNU, 24DWNU-FW
Downward Device Plate

2 1/8"
[54mm]

Accepts two Extron®
Electronics MAAP single space
modules.

V2444D-2N, 2444D-2NFW
Divided Device Box

4 3/4"
[121mm]

V24DWNS, 24DWNS-FW

One-gang labor saving,
over-the-raceway box. Cover
has two twistouts for 2400
series Raceway. Accepts
industry standard faceplates
for electrical and
communication devices

2 7/8"
[73mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Device Box

2 3/4"
[70mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Labor saving, over-the-raceway
device box. Divided, two-gang
box allows both power and low
voltage at a single point-of-use.
For use with commercially
available faceplates.

Downward Ortronics® Series II Device Plate
4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]

Accepts one Ortronics® series
II module.

V2450, 2450-FW Device Bracket

4 5/8"
[118mm]

4 5/8"
[118mm]

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”
to the color prefix to denote the Canadian versions, i.e “CV2444” or
“C2444-FW”.

3/8"
[9.5mm]

For use with 2444D-2N. Allows
both power and low voltage at
a single point-of-use. Accepts
5507 series Faceplates,
Ortronics® TracJack & series
II Modules (requires s2-EPL
Plate), Pass & seymour®
Activate series Inserts
(requires CM-EPLA Plate),
and wiremold Open system
Communication Modules
(requires CM-EPLA Plate).
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

V24DWND, 24DWND-FW

47

WIREMOLD

2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY
2400D Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

V2475D, 2475D-FW

Bridge Fitting

Allows 2400D series Raceway
runs to bridge over existing
installations of 2400, 2400D, 500,
and 700 series Raceways.

5 9/16"
[140mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]

IWE-S, DVWE-S

Spray Paint

used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint. Available
in ivory (IwE-s) and fog white
(DVwE-s).
NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground
transportation

IWE-P, DVWE-P

2 7/8"
[74mm]

V4089
2"
[51mm]

Reducing Connector

1 5/8"
[41mm]

Connects 4000 series Raceway to
2400D series Raceway.

Touch-Up Paint Pen

used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz. of paint. Available
in ivory (IwE-P) and fog white
(DVwE-P).

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5507 Series Faceplates Ordering Information

5507AD, 5507AD-FW
Modular Furniture Adapter

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Covers Activate modular furniture
adapter and other modular
furniture adapters. Not for use
with decorator (rectangular) style
devices.

5507B, 5507B-FW

Blank Faceplate

Covers unused compartments in
the device bracket.

5507D, 5507D-FW

Duplex Faceplate

Covers duplex style devices
including 106 Frame.

48
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

5507R, 5507R-FW

Rectangular Faceplate

Covers rectangular decorator style
devices.

5507SW, 5507SW-FW

Switch Faceplate

Covers standard toggle switches.

5507T1, 5507T1-FW
Single Receptacle Faceplate

Covers single receptacles 1.59"
[40.4mm] diameter.

WIREMOLD

2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY
5507 Series Faceplates Ordering Information (continued)

5507AAP

Single Receptacle Faceplate

Extron® AAP Faceplate
Metal faceplate for use with two
Extron® Electronics AAP single space
modules. Also available in white (wH),
gray (G), black (BK) and fog white
(Fw).

Covers single receptacles 1.41"
[35.8mm] diameter.

5507MAAP

5507RJ, 5507RJ-FW

Dual RJ11/RJ45 Connector Faceplate

Extron® MAAP Faceplate
Metal faceplate for use with four
Extron® Electronics MAAP single
space modules. Also available in
white (wH), gray (G), black (BK) and
fog white (Fw).

Accepts one or two keystone device
modules. Has one keystone opening
and a KO for the other.

CM-EPLA, CM-EPLA-FW
5507FRJ, 5507FRJ-FW

Mounts Pass & seymour® Activate
and wiremold Open system
communication modules into
5507 opening. Includes two outlet
identification labels with clear covers
and two matching screw covers.

Flush Dual RJ11/RJ45 Connector Faceplate
Accepts one or two keystone device
modules, recessed to provide a flush
installation. Has one keystone opening
and a KO for the other.

5507-4TJ, 5507-4TJFW

S2-EPL, S2-EPL-FW

5507AVIP
Ortronics® Faceplate

Accepts six Ortronics® TracJack
Devices.

End Plates

Mounts Ortronics® series II modules
into 5507 opening. Includes two
outlet identification labels with clear
covers and two matching screw
covers.

Ortronics® Faceplate

Accepts four Ortronics® TracJack
Devices.

5507-6TJ, 5507-6TJFW

End Plates

Legrand AAVIP Faceplate
Metal faceplate for use with four
Legrand AVIP Interface Plates. Also
available in white (wH), gray (G),
black (BK) and fog white (Fw).
NOTE: All 5507 Series Faceplates have
standard dimensions of 4 1/4" x 1 7/8"
[108mm x 34mm].

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5507T2, 5507T2-FW

49
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

3000® SERIES RACEWAY

single-Channel Raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic
power or communication/low voltage installations. wellsuited for labs, hospitals, or anywhere that requires the
capacity of a medium size raceway.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

System Layout
M

N
L

D
H

K

0
O

J

A

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

G

50

F
I
B

E

C
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY
3010B Blank End Fitting
3011E 90° Flat Elbow
3015E Tee Fitting
3017TCE Internal Corner
Coupling
E. 3018AE External Corner
Coupling
A.
B.
C.
D.

COLOR OPTIONS

F. 3027AE single Receptacle
Cover
G. 3033JE single Receptacle
Cover
H. 3036HE Blank Cover
I. 3043GE Duplex Grounding
Receptacle & Cover

J. 3044-2 Extra Deep switch &
Receptacle Box
K. 3046KD Circuit Breaker
Housing
L. 3082 Conduit Connector

3000® series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an
ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have a gray finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

M. 4074A Take Off Connector –
4000 to 3000 series Raceway
N. 4000 series Raceway
O. CONDuIT 1/2" [12.7mm]
Flexible Metal Conduit

WIREMOLD

3000 SERIES® RACEWAY
3000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
O.D. (APPROX. DIA.)
Inches
[mm]

CABLE/wIRE sIZE
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED PAIR

40%
FILL

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

52

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

[5.3]

42

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

[6.3]

30

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

[9.0]

15

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

[10.4]

11

COAXIAL

RG6/u

Fiber

ZipCord

0.270

[6.9]

25

0.118 x
0.236

[3 x 6]

53

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

53

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

28

3000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN
14 AwG
12 AwG
10 AwG
8 AwG
6 AwG

O.D.
Inches
0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

wITHOuT
DEVICEs
152
111
70
40
29

[mm}
[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

NuMBER OF CONDuCTORs (40% FILL)
wITH suRGE/
LARGE sINGLE
wITH DuPLEX
GFCI DEVICEs
RECEPTACLEs
RECT. DEVICEs
2.30in.2 [1485mm2]
3.00in.2 [1935mm2]
1.59in.2 [1025mm2]
70
40
28
51
29
21
32
18
13
18
10
7
13
7
5

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI
TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

3000 Series Raceway Ordering Information

1 15/32"
[37mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

Raceway Base
.040" [1.0mm] steel, Packed in
ten 10' [3m] lengths, 100' [31m]
per carton. Base sections have
predrilled 1/2" and 3/4" trade
size entrance KOs and 9/32"
[7.1mm] diameter mounting
screw KOs on approx. 9 3/8"
[238mm] centers.

V3000CE, G3000CE

Raceway Cover

V3000C195, G3000C195

19.5" [495mm] Precut Raceway Cover
For mounting devices 24" [610mm]
on center using 3027AE,3033JE,
3036HE, 3040CE, 3043, 3046, 3048R,
and 3051LE series Device Plates.

630B

Raceway Base Cutter
Portable cutter for 3000 series
Raceway Base. Provides clean and
easy square cuts.

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed in
twenty 5' [1.5m] lengths, 100'
[31m] per carton.

V3000C075, G3000C075

7.5" [191mm] Precut Raceway Cover
For mounting devices 12"
[305mm] on center using
3027AE,3033JE, 3036HE,
3040CE, 3043, 3046, 3048R, and
3051LE series Device Plates.

630BDK

Replacement Blade Kit

Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for
630B Cutter.

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

V3000B, G3000B

51
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

3000 SERIES® RACEWAY
3000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

630C

Raceway Cover Cutter
Portable cutter for 3000 series
Raceway Cover. Provides clean and
easy square cuts.

G3007C

Device Bracket
Mounts standard after-market devices
into 3000 series Raceway. Accepts
single-gang devices with 3.281"
[95mm] mounting centers. use with
commercially available flush plates
(not included).

3 9/32"
[83mm]

4 1/2"
[115mm]

630CDK

Replacement Blade Kit

G3008C

C-Hanger

Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for
630C Cutter.

G3000WC

Wire Clip (Galvanized)

suspends 3000 series Raceway from
structural ceilings. Designed for
use with 3/8" [9.5mm] threaded rod.
Hangers should be installed no more
than 5' [1.5m] apart along raceway run.

5 5/16"
[135mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Holds conductors in place.

G3008C C-Hanger can
be mounted back-toback for double run of
3000 Series Raceway.

1"
[25mm]

G3008C
3000 Series
Raceway
G3008C

G3001

Coupling (Galvanized)

V3010AE, G3010AE
1 3/8"
[35mm]

Joins lengths of 3000 series Raceway.

2 3/4"
[70mm]
1 7/16"
[37mm]

5/8"
[15.9mm]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

G3001A

6"
[152mm]

Joins lengths of 3000 series Raceway
in installations where added rigidity
is required, such as when raceway is
suspended overhead.

3 7/16"
[87mm]
5/8"
[15.9mm]

V3010B, G3010B
1 3/8"
[35mm]
1 7/16"
[37mm]

V3003, G3003

Supporting Clip
supports lengths of 3000 series
Raceway at any point along length.
Mounts with #8 flat head fasteners.
Includes set screw for locking to
raceway.

3/4"
[19.1mm]

2 13/16"
[72mm]

V3006E, G3006E
2 13/16"
[72mm]

52

Rigid Inside Coupling (Galvanized)

1 3/8"
[35mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

Cover Clip

Covers seam where two pieces of
3000 series Raceway Cover come
together.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

1 7/8"
[48mm]

Entrance End Fitting
Connects 3000 series
Raceway to 1/2" trade
size conduit and armored
cable connectors. 1/2"
trade size KOs on end and
each side of fitting. Can
be connected to conduit
boxes by using 1/2"
chase nipple.

Blank End Fitting
Closes off open end of
3000 series Raceway. Has
concentric 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size KOs.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

V3010C, G3010C

Connects 3000 series
Raceway to rigid or flexible
conduit. Concentric 1/2",
3/4" and 1" trade size KOs
on end and each side.

2 1/8"
[54mm]
2"
[51mm]
1"
[25mm]
1 3/8"
[35mm]

Entrance End Fitting

4 1/4"
[108mm]
1 1/16"
[27mm]

WIREMOLD

3000 SERIES® RACEWAY
3000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

V3011E, G3011E

Right angle turns on the same
surface.

6" [152mm]
Each Leg

V3014C, G3014C

used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint. Available in
ivory (IwE-P) and gray (GwE-P).

V3018AE, G3018AE
Wall Box Connector

2 7/8"
[73mm]

External Corner Coupling

Right angle turns around external
corners.

1 1/4"
[32mm]

Connects 3000 series Raceway
from flushed-in wall box.

8"
[203mm]

Touch-Up Paint Pen

Use with G3017TCE to offset around columns
etc. (minimum 4" [102mm] offset).

2 3/4"
[70mm]
4"
[102mm]

V3015E, G3015E

V3027AE, G3027AE

Tee Fitting

For branching raceway at right
angles. Three couplings included.

8"
[203mm]

Single Receptacle Cover

Installs commercially available
straight blade and locking single
receptacles with face diameters of
1.38"-1.40" [35mm-36mm] into 3000
series Raceway. G3007C Device
Bracket included.

4 1/2"
[114mm]

1.41"
[36mm]
Dia.

10 1/4"
[260mm]

V3017TCE, G3017TCE

V3028, G3028

Internal Corner Coupling

For surfaces at right angles, or for
use as a straight-through fitting.
solid leg of base has concentric
1/2" and 3/4" trade size KOs.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

1 7/8"
[47mm]

G3017TCE
6 3/8" [162mm] Sq.
G3017TCE used as a
straight-through fitting.

Utility Box
used as a tee, cross, junction box, or
for branch circuit extensions in 3000
series Raceway. Cover has raceway
twistouts on all sides. Base has five
1/2” trade size KOs and four fixture
mounting holes.

V3033JE, G3033JE
Single Receptacle Cover

THHN, THwN

#6 AwG
13

#8 AwG
18

IWE-S, GWE-S

#10 AwG
24

#12 AwG
55

#14 AwG
75

4 1/2"
[114mm]

Spray Paint

used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint. Available in
ivory (IwE-s) and gray (GwE-s).
NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground
transportation

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote
the Canadian versions.

1.58"
[40mm]
Dia.

Installs commercially available
straight blade and locking single
receptacles with face diameters of
1.56"-1.57" (approximately [40mm])
into 3000 series Raceway. G3007C
Device Bracket included.

V3036HE, G3036HE
4 1/2"
[114mm]

Blank Cover

use as a blank cover or tap off KO
in center of plate for 1/2" trade size
conduit. G3007C Device Bracket
included.
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

4" [102mm]
Each Leg

IWE-P, GWE-P

Flat Elbow Fitting

53

WIREMOLD

3000 SERIES® RACEWAY
3000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

V3040CE, G3040CE
4 1/2"
[114mm]

Switch Cover

Installs commercially available singlepole, two-pole, three-way or four-way
switches into 3000 series Raceway.
G3007C Device Bracket included.

V3043BE, G3043BE

6"
[152mm]

1 15/16"
[49mm]

Installs commercially available 15A
and 20A duplex receptacles or 106
style data frame into 3000 series
Raceway. G3007C Device Bracket
included.

Installs commercially available
15A-125V (NEMA-15R) grounding
receptacles into 3000 series Raceway.
Grounding receptacle included.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

Extra Deep Switch & Receptacle Box

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

2 7/8"
[73mm]

54

6 3/8"
[162mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

Two-gang. For standard 30A, 50A, and
60A receptacles. Four sides of cover
have one set of combination twistouts
for 3000 series Raceway. Hole cut in
cover: 3 3/4" x 2 7/8" [95mm x 73mm].
Base has five 1/2" trade size KOs.

V3046BE, G3046BE

Duplex Receptacle Cover

Installs commercially available 15A
and 20A duplex receptacles or 106
style data frame into 3000 series
Raceway.
5 3/8"
[137mm]

V3046H-2, G3046H-2

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Mounts square D™ Quik-Gard QOB
bolt-on circuit breakers into 3000
series Raceway. Rated up to 50A
maximum capacity. Includes square
D QON3B Compact Base for single- to
three-pole circuit breakers. For GFI
breakers, use square D QOB-GFI
series.

V3046QOU, G3046QOU
Circuit Breaker Housing

V3044-2, G3044-2
3 3/4"
[121mm]

Single-pole circuit
breaker being mounted
on base of G3046KD.

Circuit Breaker Housing

Duplex Grounding Receptacle Cover
4 1/2"
[114mm]

Two-pole circuit
breaker being mounted
on base of G3046KD.

V3046KTSQ, G3046KTSQ
7 3/8"
[188mm]

V3043GE, G3043GE

Circuit Breaker Housing

Cover used as is with single-pole breaker.
KO is removed for two-pole. For twopole circuit breakers where the toggle is
center located, web is snipped or cut out.

For use with the following
breakers rated 50A maximum.
General Electric: THQC, THHQC
Westinghouse: Quicklag C, QCH.

Duplex Receptacle Cover
4 1/2"
[114mm]

V3046KD, G3046KD

Tap-Off Fitting

For feeding out of the bottom of
raceway. Has concentric 1/2" and
3/4" trade size KOs and twistout for
communication cables. Grommet
furnished for telephone KO.

7 3/8"
[187mm]

Mounts square D Type QOu one-,
two-, or three-pole breakers, rated up
to 50A maximum capacity, into 3000
series Raceway.
wire capacity of 3000 series Raceway with
G3046KD, KTsQO, QOu circuit breaker housings.

THHN, THwN

#6 AwG
6

#8 AwG
8

#10 AwG #12 AwG
10
18

#14 AwG
26

V3048R, G3048R

Rectangular Decorator Receptacle Cover
4 1/2"
[114mm]

1 5/16"
[33mm]

2 5/8"
[67mm]

Installs commercially available
15A and 20A rectangular
receptacles into 3000 series
Raceway. G3007C Device Bracket
included.

V3051LE, G3051LE
4 1/2"
[115mm]

2 7/8"
[67mm]

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards
for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change the “V” color
prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to deNOTE the Canadian versions.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

1 13/16"
46mm]

2"
[51mm]

Extension Cover

Accepts shallow-type 30A and
50A devices and flush plates.
Also Fustat devices sRu,
ssu, sRw, sOu and sOw, or
equivalent. Deeper devices can be
accommodated with a combination
of G3051LE and any of the V5700
series single-gang, open base
boxes. G3007C Device Bracket
included.

WIREMOLD

3000 SERIES® RACEWAY
3000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

V3046U, G3046U

Bump-Up Extron® MAAP Plate

1 13/32"
[36mm]
7 15/16"
[185mm]

Bump-Up Extron® AAP Plate
Device plate for use with
two Extron® Electronics
AAP single space modules.

1 13/32"
[36mm]

7 15/16"
[185mm]

V3046S, G3046S

Bump-Up Ortronics® Series II Plate

1 13/32"
[36mm]

2 13/16"
[72mm]

2 11/16"
[68mm]

Connects end of 3000 series Raceway
to 1 1/2" trade size conduit or
armored cable.

2 13/16"
[71mm]

V3046V, G3046V

2 13/16"
[72mm]

Conduit Connector

7 15/16"
[185mm]

Device plate for use with
three Ortronics® series
II modules. 6 TracJacks,
or wiremold CM series
inserts.

3000 Series Raceway Installation Details
1. Determine the method of feeding 3000 Series Raceway Base
raceway using an entrance end
fitting or through 1/2" or 3/4"
trade size KO in raceway
Conduit
base (shown).
Connector
2. To mount 3000 Base on surface:
Remove mounting screw KOs
(approx. 9 3/8" [238mm] O.C.
along base) as required.
Mount base with No. 8 3000 Series
Raceway Base
flathead fasteners.
3. For coupling lengths of 3000B,
insert either the G3001 or G3001A
(shown) into one base section
centered on joint. slide other length
of base onto coupling. Tighten
locking screws.

Mounting Screw KOs
Feed KOs

9 3/8" [238mm] Approx.
Base Sections

DRP20A-V

Colormatch Ivory Duplex Receptacle & Plate
specification grade rated 20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R receptacle with color
matched nylon faceplate. Receptacle
has nylon face and thermoplastic
base. One-piece brass triple-wipe
line contacts and double-wipe ground
contacts. Locked in wrap-around
steel yoke. Break off tab for two
circuit wiring. 2.7" w x 4.5" H [69mm
x 114mm]. Verified under Fed. spec.
#wC596F.

DR20A-V, DR20A-G

Colormatch Gray or Ivory Receptacle
specification grade rated 20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R receptacle. Receptacle
has nylon face and thermoplastic
base. One-piece brass triple-wipe
line contacts and double-wipe ground
contacts. Locked in wrap-around
steel yoke. Break off tab for two
circuit wiring. 2.7" w x 4.5" H [69mm
x 114mm]. Verified under Fed. spec.
#wC596F.
4. To install devices: Install device
bracket in 3000 Base. wire device
and assemble on bracket. Install
cover over 3000 Base and device
(if device has plaster ears,
break off before mounting
Device
on device bracket).
Bracket

3000 Base Break Off

5. Cut sections of 3000 Cover to
fit between device plates. snap
cover sections in place along
entire run as shown.

Device

Cover
Snap Cover
Onto Base

Engage One Side
Of Cover On Base

3001A

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

2 13/16"
[72mm]

Device plate for use with
four Extron® Electronics
MAAP single space
modules.

G3082

55
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY

Dual-channel raceway with increased capacity due to its unique
profile, integral divider and downward facing activations. Ideal
for any application that requires a high capacity metal raceway.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

System Layout

A

I
C

E

F

H

M

J

K

D

L

B

G

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

> 4" [102mm]
Bend Radius

56

universal Downward Facing Device
Bracket accommodates industry
standard power and data devices
while allowing the industry’s largest
termination radius.
2 1/4"
[57mm]

Adjust-to-Fit™ Couplings
Allows up to 4" [102mm] of
lateral adjustment of Raceway
Base to minimize cutting.

Obstacle Avoidance Fitting
bypasses existing conduits
and small raceways mounted
on supporting wall.

KEY
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.

Ds4010A Entrance End Fitting
Ds4010B Blank End Fitting
Ds4011 90° Flat Elbow Fitting
Ds4015 Divided Tee Fitting
Ds4017 Internal Elbow Fitting
Ds4018 External Elbow Fitting

COLOR OPTIONS

G. Ds4047C single-Channel
NEMA Device Plate
H. Ds4047D single-Channel
Duplex Device Plate
I. Ds4047MAB single-Channel
MAB Device Plate

J. Ds4047R single-Channel
Decorator Device Plate
K. Ds4075 small Obstacle
Transition Fitting
L. Ds4075A Offset Fitting

M. DsDwND Downward Duplex
Device Plate
DsDwNR Downward
Decorator Device Plate

Ds4000® Raceway Part Numbers with a “DV” suffix have a fog white finish. Part
Numbers with a “DG” suffix have a gray finish. Part Numbers with a “BK” suffix have
an black finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY
DS4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
O.D.

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN
14 AwG

NuMBER OF CONDuCTORs (40%) PER COMPARTMENT
wITH suRGE/
wITH LARGE sINGLE
wITH DuPLEX
GFCI DEVICEs
RECEPTACLEs
RECT. DEVICEs
2
2
2
2
2.30in. [1485mm ]
3.00in.2 [1935mm2]
1.59in. [1025mm ]

40% FILL
wITH DOwNwARD
ACTIVATION/CROssOVER

Inches

[mm}

wITHOuT
DEVICEs

0.111

[2.8]

206

141

111

83

46

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

150

103

81

60

33

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

95

64

51

38

21

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

54

37

29

22

12

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

39

27

21

15

8

DS4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
O.D. [Approx. Dia.]

uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

Prewired DS4000 Raceway Cover Wire
Fill Capacities with Downward Facing
Power & Communication Devices

CABLE/wIRE sIZE

Inches

[mm]

40% FILL EACH
COMPARTMENT

40% FILL
wITH DOwNwARD
ACTIVATION/
CROssOVER

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

70

28

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

Inches

[mm]

40%
FILL

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

[5.3]

57

23

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

31

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

23

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

14

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

8

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

6

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

[6.3]

40

16

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

[9.0]

20

8

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

[10.4]

15

6

COAXIAL

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

35

14

FIBER

ZipCord

0.118 x
0.236

[3 x 6]

72

29

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

73

29

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

38

15

NOTE : For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented [6a] cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda
No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

NOTE: Prewired downward facing covers are
punched in line for a sleek flush look.
Power conductors are provided in the
lower channel. Additional wires can be
added and should not exceed totals above.
Communications are to be installed in the
top channel refer to standard cable fill
chart for capacities.

DS4000 Series Raceway Fittings Wire Fill Capacities
Inches
14

THHN

[2.8]

Ds4010A*

Ds4011

Ds4015

Ds4017**

Ds4018**

Ds4075

Ds4075A**

40%

60%

40%

60%

40%

60%

40%

60%

40%

60%

40%

60%

40%

60%

125

187

171

256

62

93

160

238

142

213

106

160

142

213
156

12

0.130

[3.3]

91

137

125

187

45

68

116

175

104

156

78

116

104

10

0.164

[4.2]

57

86

78

118

28

43

73

110

65

98

49

73

65

98

8

0.216

[5.5]

33

50

45

68

16

25

42

63

38

57

28

42

38

57

6
uTP

0.111

[mm]

4-pair, 24 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

24

36

33

49

12

18

31

46

27

41

20

31

27

41

0.150

[4.8]

68

103

94

140

49

74

87

131

78

117

58

87

78

117

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

43

64

58

87

31

46

55

82

49

73

36

55

49

73

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

(5.3)

35

52

48

72

25

38

45

67

40

60

30

45

40

60

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

(6.3)

25

37

34

51

18

27

32

47

28

42

21

32

28

42

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

(9.0)

12

18

17

25

9

13

16

24

14

21

10

16

14

21

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

(10.4)

12

18

16

24

9

13

15

23

14

20

10

15

14

20

COAXIAL

RG6/u

FIBER

ZipCord

0.270
0.118 x
0.236

[6.9]

21

32

29

43

15

23

27

41

24

36

18

27

24

36

[3 x 6]

44

65

59

89

31

47

56

83

50

74

37

56

50

74

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

44

66

60

90

32

48

56

85

50

75

38

56

50

75

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

24

35

32

48

17

26

30

45

27

40

20

30

27

40

* Entrance end fitting fill rate is calculated using backfeed capability and radius inserts. Inserts are removable and fitting can obtain maximum raceway fill
from utilizing end fitting knockouts and removing radius control inserts.
** Calculated using radius control inserts. Inserts are factory installed and may be removed in order to obtain full raceway capacity if radius control is
not required.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

O.D. (APPROX. DIA.)
wIRE sIZE/THHN

57

WIREMOLD

DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY
DS4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

DS4000B

Raceway Base
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.
Each base section has mounting
holes, two 9/32" [7.1mm] diameter,
located every 4" [102mm] and
pass through KOs located every 8"
[203mm] along the entire length.
Packed four 10' [3.05m] sections
of base per carton. Two Ds4001
Couplings included with each
10' section.

2"
[51mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

DS4000C

DS4010A

Entrance End Fitting

5 3/4"
[146mm]
5 5/8"
[143mm]
3"
[76mm]

DS4010B

Blank End Fitting

Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.
Packed eight 5' [1.5m] lengths
per carton. Four 5' [1.5m] cover
sections required for each 10'
[3.05m] section of base. Available
in fog white (Ds4000C-DV), black
(Ds4000C-BK) and gray (Ds4000CDG).

2 7/8"
[73mm]

2 3/16"
[56mm]

DS4000WC

1 1/16"
[27mm]

DS4011

Holds conductors in place.
7"
[178mm]

DS4001

Adjust-to-Fit™ Coupling

7"
[178mm]

DS4014A

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
58

DS4006

10"
[254mm]

DS4015

Seam Clip

5 3/4"
[146mm]

1"
[25mm]

DS4006B

6"
[152mm]

Half Seam Clip/Blank Faceplate
Covers seams where two sections
of Ds4000C Cover come together.
Can also be used as a blank
faceplate. Available in fog white
(Ds4006B-DV), black (Ds4006BBK) and gray (Ds4006B-DG).

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Extra long coupling allows
attachment to a wall box or
to back feed Ds4000 series
Raceway from 1" or 1 1/4" trade
size conduit.

Divided Tee

Covers seam where two sections
of Ds4000C come together.
Available in fog white (Ds4006DV), black (Ds4006-BK) and gray
(Ds4006-DG).
8 1/2"
[216mm]

90° flat corner for new lay-in
or pull-through installations.
One pair of Ds4001 Couplings
included. Available in fog white
(Ds4011-DV), black (Ds4011-DV)
and gray (Ds4011-DG).

Backfeed Coupling

Joins lengths of Ds4000B together.
sold in pairs.
6"
[152mm]

Closes off open end of Ds4000B
Raceway Base Has two 3/4"
and 1" trade size KOs. Available
in fog white (Ds4010B-DV),
black (Ds4010B-BK) and gray
(Ds4010B-DG).

Flat Elbow

Wire Clip

1 5/8"
[41mm]

Full-capacity end fitting. Includes
four 3/4" and 1 1/4" concentric
trade size KOs and four 2 1/8"
large capacity KOs. Available
in fog white (Ds4010A-DV),
black (Ds4010A-BK) and gray
(Ds4010A-DG).

8 15/16"
[227mm]

For new lay-in or pull-through
installations. Two pair of Ds4001
Couplings included. Two pair
of Ds4001 Couplings included.
Available in fog white (Ds4015DV), black (Ds4015-BK) and gray
(Ds4015-DG).

WIREMOLD

DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY
DS4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
Internal Elbow
90° Full capacity divided internal
elbow that provides a 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius for fiber optic/
uTP/sTP installations. One pair
of Ds4001 Couplings included.
Available in fog white (Ds4017DV), black (Ds4017-BK) and
gray (Ds4017-DG).

5 3/4"
[146mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

DS4018

3 1/2"
[89mm]

3 1/2"
[89mm]

6"
[152mm]

Single-Channel Duplex Device Plate

Single-Channel NEMA Device Plate
For Turnlok® and most straight blade
devices up to 50 Amps. use with
commercially available flush plates.
Available in fog white (Ds4047CDV), black (Ds4047C-BK) and gray
(Ds4047C-DG).

DSDWND

Downward Duplex Device Plate

Installs 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles or 106 style data
frames into Ds4000 series
Raceway. Available in fog white
(Ds4047-DV), black (Ds4047-BK)
and gray (Ds4047-DG).

DS4047DQ

DS4047R

DS4047C

6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

90° full capacity divided external
elbow provides a 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius for fiber optic/
uTP/sTP installations. One pair
of Ds4001 Couplings included.
Available in fog white (Ds4018DV), black (Ds4018-BK) and gray
(Ds4018-DG).

Installs 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles or 106 style data frames
into Ds4000 series Raceway in a
downward facing, protected position.
Also available in fog white (DsDwNDDV), black (DsDwND-BK) and gray
(DsDwND-DG).

6"
[152mm]

Single-Channel Duplex Device Plate
with One Duplex Installed
Pass & seymour® 20A duplex
receptacle with 6" [152mm] lead
wires pre-installed on a bracket
into Ds4000 series Raceway. Also
available in fog white (Ds4047DQDV), black (Ds4047DQ-BK) and
gray (Ds4047DQ-DG).

Single-Channel Decorator Device Plate
Installs 15A or 20A decorator
style receptacles, GFCI and
surge devices into Ds4000 series
Raceway. Available in fog white
(Ds4047R-DV), black (Ds4047RBK) and gray (Ds4047R-DG).

DSDWNDQ

6"
[152mm]

DSDWNR

6"
[152mm]

Single-Channel MAB Device Plate
Installs communication devices into
Ds4000 series Raceway. Includes
CM-MAB Adapter for wiremold Open
system connectivity modules and
Pass & seymour® Activate inserts.
Also includes MAB2s2 Adapter for
Ortronics® series II inserts and
MAB6TJ Adapter for Ortronics®
TracJack connectors. Also available
in fog white (Ds4047MAB-DV),
black (Ds4047MAB-BK) and gray
(Ds4047MAB-DG).

External Elbow

DS4047D

6"
[152mm]

DS4047MAB

Downward Duplex
Device Plate with One Duplex installed
Pass & seymour® 20A duplex
receptacle with 6” [152mm] lead wires
pre-installed on a bracket into Ds4000
series Raceway in a downward facing,
protected position. Also available
in fog white (DsDwNDQ-DV),
black (DsDwNDQ-BK) and gray
(DsDwNDQ-DG).

Downward Decorator Device Plate
Installs 15A and 20A decorator style
receptacles, GFCI and surge devices
into Ds4000 series Raceway in a
downward facing, protected position.
Available in fog white (DsDwNRDV), black (DsDwNR-BK) and gray
(DsDwNR-DG).
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

DS4017

59

WIREMOLD

DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY
Ordering Information

DS4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

DSDWNX

Crossover Kit
Provides shielding when using
downward-facing activations.
Includes enclosures for power or
data crossover.

DS4075

Small Obstacle/Transition Fitting
Passes Ds4000 series Raceway
over previously installed conduit or
raceways as large as 2400 series
Raceway. Also creates transition to
500, 700 or 2400D series Raceway
from Ds4000 series Raceway.
Available in fog white (Ds4075DV), black (Ds4075-BK) and gray
(Ds4075-DG).

13 7/8"
[352mm]

DS4089

Adapter to 4000 Series Raceway
In-line transition from Ds4000
series Raceway to 4000 series
Raceway. Available in fog white
(Ds4089-DV), black (Ds4089-BK)
and gray (Ds4089-DG).

5 3/4"
[146mm]

DSTRK

Tamper-Resistant Kit

Kit includes 25 screws and special bit to secure covers for
fittings and raceway to Ds4000B Raceway Base.

640DS

DS4000 Series Raceway Cutter
Portable cutter provides clean
square cuts for Ds4000C
Raceway Cover.

DSDWNS

Downward Ortronics® Series II Device Plate
Accepts one Ortronics® series
II module, 2 TracJacks or 1 CM
series insert. Also available
in fog white (DsDwNs-DV),
black (DsDwNs-BK) and gray
(DsDwNs-DG).

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

DSDWNU

Downward Device Plate
Accepts two Extron® Electronics
MAAP single space modules.
Available in fog white (DsDwNuDV), black (DsDwNu-BK) and
gray (DsDwNu-DG).

DS4075A

Offset Fitting

11 1/2"
[292mm]

Mounts Ds4000 series Raceway
around wall offsets and columns
with maximum offset depth of
9" [229mm]. Minimum Offset: 3"
[76mm]. Maximum Offset: 9 3/4"
[235mm]. Available in fog white
(Ds4075A-DV), black (Ds4075ABK) and gray (Ds4075A-DG).

60
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

640DSBDK

Replacement Blade Kit

Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for 640Ds
Cutter.

650RT

Fitting Cover Removal Tool
Easy removal of installed Ds4000
series raceway and fittings’ covers
without scratching or damaging
their finish.

DVWE-S, DGWE-S, BKWE-S

Spray Paint

used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint. Available
in ivory (DVIwE-s), gray (DGwE-s)
or black (BKwE-s).
NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground
transportation.

DVWE-P, BKWE-P

Touch-Up Paint Pen

used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint. Available
in ivory (DIwE-P), gray (DGwE-P) or
black (BKwE-P).

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

single- and Dual-Channel, steel Raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for
basic power or communication/low voltage installations.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

System Layout
O

B

P
N
Q

F

E
L
I

K

G

J

R

D

A

M

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

H

KEY
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.

4010B Blank End Fitting
4010DFO Entrance End Fitting
4011 Flat Elbow
4015D Divided Tee
4017 Internal Elbow
4017FO Radiused Full
Capacity Internal Elbow

COLOR OPTIONS

G. 4018 External Elbow
H. 4018FO Radiused Full
Capacity External Elbow
I. 4047BX Duplex Receptacle
Device Plate
J. 4047JX single Receptacle &
Device Plate

K. 4047RF Rectangular
Receptacles and Modular
Furniture Device Plate
L. 4047RH Device Plate for
Rectangular Receptacle and
Mousehole
M. 4050 Device Mounting Plate
with 5507 series Faceplates

N.
O.
P.
Q.
R.

4075DA Bridge Fitting
500 series Raceway
5507D Duplex Faceplate
5785 Combination Connector
5507RJ Device Plate with two
RJ ports

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

C

4000® series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an
ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have a gray finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.

61
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY
4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
O.D. (APPROX. DIA.)
Inches
[mm]

CABLE/wIRE sIZE
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

DIVIDED
40% FILL

uNDIVIDED
40% FILL

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

49

101

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

(5.3)

40

83

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

(6.3)

28

58

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

(9.0)

14

29

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

(10.4)

10

21

COAXIAL

RG6/u

FIBER

ZipCord

0.270

[6.9]

24

50

0.118 x
0.236

[3 x 6]

50

103

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

51

104

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

27

55

4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

O.D.

NuMBER OF CONDuCTORs (40% FILL)
wITH suRGE/
LARGE sINGLE
wITH DuPLEX
GFCI DEVICEs
RECEPTACLEs
RECT. DEVICEs
1.59in.2 [1025mm2] 2.30in.2 [1485mm2] 3.00in.2 [1935mm2]

wITHOuT
DEVICEs

Inches

[mm}

undiv.

Divided

undiv.

Divided

undiv.

Divided

undiv.

Divided

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

296

127

165

78

107

49

49

20

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

216

93

120

57

78

36

36

15

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

136

58

76

36

49

22

22

9

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

78

33

43

20

28

13

13

5

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

56

24

31

15

20

9

9

3

4 AwG

0.324

[8.2]

34

15

0

0

0

0

0

0

3 AwG

0.352

[8.9]

29

12

0

0

0

0

0

0

2 AwG

0.384

[9.8]

24

10

0

0

0

0

0

0

4000 Series Raceway Fittings Wire Fill Capacities When using 4000 Radius Inserts
4011 FLAT ELBOw
40% FILL

O.D.

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

CABLE/wIRE sIZE

62

POwER
wIRING
THHN/THwN

Inches

4011DRI
DIV.

4011/15RI
uNDIV.

4017/18RI
DIV.

4017/18RI
uNDIV.

4015D & 4015 TEE FITTING
40% FILL
4015DRI
DIV.

4011/15RI
uNDIV.

2

0.384

[9.8]

11

21

6

11

6

16

4

0.324

[8.2]

15

30

8

15

9

23

6

0.254

[6.5]

24

48

13

25

14

37

8

0.216

[5.5]

34

67

18

35

20

51

10

0.164

[4.2]

68

136

36

71

40

104

12

0.130

[3.3]

107

214

56

112

63

163

0.111

[2.8]

145

288

75

151

85

220

0.190

[4.8]

44

88

23

46

26

67

14
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

[mm]

4017 & 4018 ELBOws
40% FILL

Cat. 3 uTP
Cat 5e uTP

0.210

[5.3]

36

72

19

38

21

55

Cat 6 uTP

0.250

[6.3]

23

47

12

24

13

36

Cat 6a uTP

0.354

[9.0]

16

31

9

15

10

24

25-pair

0.410

[10.4]

9

19

5

10

6

14

COAXIAL

RG6/u

FIBER

ZipCord

0.270

[6.9]

22

44

22

23

13

33

0.118 x 0.236

[3 x 6]

132

263

69

137

78

201

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

44

88

23

46

26

67

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

36

72

19

38

21

55

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernetmax allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY
4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information

1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]

Raceway Base

.054" [13.7mm] galvanized steel.
Packed five 10' [3m] lengths
per carton. Base has two 9/32"
[7.1mm] diameter KOs every 18"
[457mm] throughout length. No
KOs 1 1/4" [32mm] from each
end.

V4000C, G4000C Raceway Cover

G4000D

Divider
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.
Painted on one side only to provide
compartment identification. Packed
ten 5' [1.5m] lengths (50' [15.2m]) per
carton.

1 17/32"
[39mm]

NOTE: Not for use with stainless steel
S4000 Series Raceway.

640B

Base Cutter
Portable cutter for 4000 series
Raceway
Base. Provides clean and square end
cuts.

.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.
Packed ten 5' [1.5m] lengths
per carton. 4000C Cover is also
compatible with 6000B, 6000
series Raceway Base.

V4000C075, G4000C075

7.5" [191mm] Precut Raceway Cover
Mounts devices spaced 12"
[305mm] on center using 4047
series device plates.

NOTE: Not for use with stainless steel
S4000 Series Raceway.

640BDK

Replacement Blade Kit

Case hard steel replacement blade and die
set for 640B Cutter

640C

Cover Cutter
Portable cutter for 4000 and 6000
series Raceway Cover. Provides clean
and square end cuts.

V4000C135, G4000C135

13.5" [343 mm] Precut Raceway Cover
Mounts devices spaced 18"
[457mm] on center using 4047
series device plates.

NOTE: Not for use with stainless steel
S4000 Series Raceway.

640CDK

Replacement Blade Kit

Case hard steel replacement blade and die
set for 640C Cutter.

V4000C195, G4000C195

19.5" [495 mm] Precut Raceway Cover

G4000WC

Wire Clip (Galvanized)
Holds conductors in place.

Mounts devices spaced 24"
[610mm] on center using 4047
series device plates.

1"
[25mm]

4001A

Coupling (Galvanized)
Joins lengths of 4000B Raceway
Base. sold in pairs.

V4000C315, G4000C315

31.5" [800 mm] Precut Raceway Cover
Mounts devices spaced 36"
[915mm] on center using 4047
series device plates.

1 1/2"
[38mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

V4000B-10, G4000B-10

63
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY
4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

4001DA

Divider Clip (Galvanized)

V4011FO, G4011FO

Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow

Required for holding G4000D
Divider in place. use one every 2
1/2' [.762m].

1"
[25mm]

Full capacity 90° flat corner
used in divided or undivided
applications. 2" [51mm] bend
radius control for uTP, sTP and
fiber optic installations. Ideal
for new installations when the
cable is lay-in or pull-through.

4 1/2"
[114mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

8 3/4"
[222mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

V4006, G4006

V4012TX, G4012TX

Seam Clip
Covers seams where two
sections of 4000 series Raceway
covers come together.

V4010B, G4010B

1 1/8"
[29mm]

Blank End Fitting
Closes off open end of 4000
series Raceway. Has two 1/2”
trade size KOs to facilitate end
feeding.

1 1/4"
[32mm]

Internal or External 45° Elbow

1 1/2"
[38mm]

Internal or external 45° turns in a
run of 4000 series Raceway. Can
also be assembled as an inverted
45° elbow.
Assembled as an
external elbow.

Assembled as an
internal elbow.

V4014A, G4014A

Base has two concentric 1",
3/4", and 1/2" trade size KOs,
two concentric 1 1/4", and 1"
KOs (undivided only), and two
rectangular 2 9/16" x 1 11/16"
KOs.

12"
[305mm]

V4010DFO, G4010DFO
4 3/4"
[121mm]

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

2 3/4"
[70mm]
5 1/4"
[133mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

V4011, G4011
4 3/4"
[121mm]

Entrance End Fitting

Full capacity entrance end fitting.
Has concentric 3/4", 1", and 1
1/4" trade size KOs on end and
bottom for feeding 4000 series
Raceway. Includes removable
divider and 1 1/4" [32mm]
bend radius control insert for
uTP/sTP and fiber optic cable
installations.
Flat Elbow

Direct feeding.

V4015, G4015

12"
[305mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

V4015D, G4015D

Feeding from
wall box.

For branching raceway at right
angles. use with undivided
raceway only. Join to raceway
run with two pair of 4001A
Couplings (not included).

Divided Tee
For branching raceway at
right angles. use with divided
raceway only. Join to raceway
run with two pair of 4001A
Couplings (not included).

10"
[254mm]

12"
[305mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Direct feeding
with divider.

Tee

10"
[254mm]

Right angle turns on the same
surface.

64

Wall Box Connector

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY
4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

Full capacity, undivided tee
fitting. Provides 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius control
for uTP, sTP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for new
installations whether the cable
is lay-in or pull-through.

12 3/4"
[324mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

Radiused Full Capacity Tee

G4017TCA

Internal Corner Coupling (Plated)

4 1/2"
[114mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

V4015DFO, G4015DFO

Radiused Full Capacity Divided Tee

12 3/4"
[324mm]

V4017, G4017

V4018, G4018

Full capacity, divided tee fitting.
Provides 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius control for uTP, sTP and
fiber optic installations. Ideal
for new installations whether
the cable is lay-in or pullthrough.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

90° internal corners. Fiber
bushing included.

4 1/8"
[105mm]

V4018FO, G4018FO

Radiused Full Capacity External Elbow

1 1/2"
[38mm]

3 3/4"
[95mm]

V4017FO, G4017FO
Internal Full Capacity Elbow

Full capacity, divided internal
elbow. Provides 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius control
for uTP, sTP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for new
installations whether the cable
is lay-in or pull-through.

3 3/4"
[95mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

V4017N, G4017N
1 1/4"
[32mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Two required for
use with 4015.

Full capacity 90° external
corner. used in both divided and
undivided applications. Provides
2" [51mm] cable bend radius
control for uTP, sTP and fiber
optic installations. Ideal for new
installations whether the cable is
lay-in or pull-through.

6 1/2"
[165mm]

4011/15RI

Inverted Internal Elbow

Connects a vertical run of 4000 series
Raceway with a horizontal overhead
run with its cover facing up.

External Elbow
90° external corners.

4 11/16"
[119mm]

Internal Elbow

3 1/8"
[79mm]

Makes an internal corner while
continuing original run in a
straight line. May be used with
or without divider. Fiber bushing
included.

Radiused Corner Insert

Radiused insert for 4011 Flat Elbow and for
4015 undivided Tee. Provides 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius control for uTP, sTP and
fiber optic cable installations. Ideal for new
and retrofit applications whether the cable
installation is lay-in or pull-through.

4017N

4 21/32"
[118mm]

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

V4015FO, G4015FO

4000 Base

65
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY
4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

4017/18RI

Radiused Insert for Internal/External Elbow
Radiused insert for 4017
Internal Elbow and 4018
External Elbow in divided
or undivided applications.
Provides 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius control
for uTP, sTP and fiber
optic cable installations.
Ideal for new and retrofit
applications whether the
cable installation is lay-in
or pull-through.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

6"
[152mm]

4011DRI

6"
[152mm]

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS
66

Bridge Fitting

3 9/16"
[90mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
8 1/8"
[206mm]

Allows 4000 series
Raceway to cross over
existing installations of
4000 series Raceway.

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold CM2
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.
S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series
II inserts. To mount TracJack modules, use 55074TJ or 55076TJ
Faceplates.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Bridge Fitting
Allows 4000 series
Raceway to cross over
existing installations of
2400, 700, or 500 series
Raceway.

8 1/8"
[206mm]

V4074A, G4074A

Take-Off Connector (4000 to 3000 Series Raceway)

1 5/8"
[41mm]

90° tee connection at any
point along a run of 4000
series Raceway.

4 7/8"
[124mm]

V4086A, G4086A
5"
[127mm]

3"
[76mm]

Radiused Insert for Divided Tee

V4075D, G4075D

4 13/16"
[122mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Radiused Insert for Divided Flat Elbow

Radiused insert for 4015D
Divided Tee. Provides 2"
[51mm] cable bend radius
control for uTP/sTP or fiber
optic installations. Ideal for
new and retrofit applications
whether the cable installation
is lay-in or pull-through.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

3 9/16"
[90mm]

9 1/2"
[242mm]

Bend radius control insert
for 4011 Divided Flat Elbow.
Provides 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius control
for uTP, sTP and fiber optic
cable installations. Ideal for
new or retrofit applications
where cable installation is
lay-in or pull-through.

4015DRI

V4075DA, G4075DA

7/32"
[5.6mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]
5 5/32"
[131mm]

V4089

2"
[51mm]

Connects 4000 series
Raceway to surface type
panel boxes. Maintains
maximum wire capacity
of 4000 series Raceway.
separate C-shaped flange
fits around raceway to hide
irregularities made during
cutting into box.

Reducing Connector
1 5/8"
[41mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

Panel Connector

Reduces 4000 series
Raceway to either 2400 or
2400BD series Raceway.

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY
4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

IWE-P, GWE-P

V4050, G4050

Device Mounting Bracket
4 11/16"
[116mm]

6"
[152mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

7/16"
[11.1mm]

Touch-Up Paint Pen

used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz. of paint. Available in ivory
(IwEP-) and gray (GwE-P).

High impact plastic mounting
bracket and trim plate. Overlaps
raceway cover for a seamless
transition with cover fittings.
Accepts 5507 Faceplates, as
well as, wiremold Open system
communication modules,
Ortronics® TracJack and series
II inserts, and Pass & seymour®
Activate series inserts.
For faceplate options, see 5507 series™
Faceplates.

IWE-S, GWE-S

Spray Paint
used for touching up large
areas. Contains 12 oz. of paint.
Available in ivory (IwE-s) and
gray (GwE-s).
NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground
transportation.

4047 Series Faceplates Ordering Information

V4046H-2, G4046H-2
4 3/4"
[121mm]

Tap-Off Fitting

V4047BX, G4047BX

Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle

Four concentric 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size KOs.
4 3/4"
[121mm]

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frames when used for
communications outlets.

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047AX, G4047AX

Two-Gang Cover Single Round Opening

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Accepts straight blade and
locking single receptacles with
face diameters of 1.38" to 1.39"
[35mm to 36mm].

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047BB, G4047BB

Two-Gang Cover Two Duplex Receptacles

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Accepts15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and106 style
frames.

5 1/8"
[130mm]

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to deNOTE
the Canadian versions.
NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm] of overlap on each
side of plate.

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

4 17/32"
[115mm]

67
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY
4047 Series Faceplates Ordering Information (continued)

V4047BF, G4047BF

Two-Gang Cover Duplex & Modular Furniture
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles. Includes
combination twistout that can
accept either one Modular
Furniture adapter, 106 style
frame, or two Keystone RJ45s.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047BM, G4047BM

Two-Gang Cover & Pass & Seymour®
Activate 2A Mini Adapter

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

Accepts15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frames. Includes Mini adapter
that will accept Activate
series inserts and wiremold
Open system communication
modules.

V4047BS, G4047BS

Two-Gang Cover & Ortronics Series II Mini Adapter
®

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frames. Includes Mini adapter
that will accept one Ortronics®
series II insert.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

V4047C-1, G4047C-1
One-Gang Device Plate

Accepts commercially available
flush plates (not included).
4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047C-2, G4047C-2
Two-Gang Device Plate

Accepts commercially available
flush plates (not included).
4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047JX, G4047JX

Two-Gang Cover Single Round Opening

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047BT, G4047BT

Two-Gang Cover & Ortronics® TracJack Mini Adapter
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frames. Includes Mini adapter
that will accept two Ortronics®
TracJack inserts.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Accepts straight blade and
single locking receptacles with
face diameters of 1.56" - 1.58"
[39mm - 40mm].

5 1/8"
[130mm]

68
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

V4047RX, G4047RX

Two-Gang Cover with One Rectangular Opening

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

Accepts rectangular GFCI,
surge and Decorator style
devices. Does not accept 5507
series Faceplates.

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY
4047 Series Faceplates Ordering Information (continued)

V4047RF, G4047RF

Two-Gang Cover Rectangular Opening
& Modular Furniture

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Accepts rectangular GFCI,
surge and Decorator style
devices, modular furniture
adapters and RJ45s. Does not
accept 5507 series Faceplates.

5 1/8"
[130mm]

Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle Installed
Includes one Pass & seymour®
Duplex Receptacle with 12”
wire leads installed on bracket.

5 1/8"
[130mm]

Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle
Installed & One Modular Furniture Opening

5 1/8"
[130mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Includes one Pass & seymour®
20A Duplex Receptacle with
12” wire leads installed on
bracket. Has combination
twistout that can accept either
one Modular Furniture adapter
or two Keystone RJ45s.

Includes one Pass & seymour®
20A Duplex Receptacle with
12" wire leads installed on
bracket. Includes Mini adapter
that will accept one Ortronics®
series II insert.

V4047WT, G4047WT

Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle
Installed & TracJack Mini Adapter

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047WF, G4047WF

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle Installed &
Series II Mini Adapter

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047WX, G4047WX

4 3/4"
[121mm]

V4047WS, G4047WS

Includes one Pass & seymour®
20A Duplex Receptacle with
12” wire leads installed on
bracket. Includes Mini adapter
that accepts two Ortronics®
TracJack inserts.

V4047-2BBBB, G4047-2BBBB
Four-Gang Cover Four Duplex Openings

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frames.

9 1/2"
[241mm]

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

V4047WM, G4047WM

Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle Installed &
Activate Mini Adapter

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

Includes one Pass & seymour®
20A Duplex Receptacle with
12" wire leads installed on
bracket. Includes Mini adapter
that accepts Pass & seymour®
Activate inserts and wiremold
Open system communication
modules.

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to deNOTE
the Canadian versions.
NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm] of overlap on each
side of plate.

69
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY
4047 Series Faceplates Ordering Information (continued)

V4047-2BBFF, G4047-2BBFF
Four-Gang Cover Two Duplex &
Two Modular Furniture Openings

4 3/4"
[121mm]

9 1/2"
[241mm]

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style frame.
Includes combination twistouts
for either modular furniture
adapter or two keystone RJ45s.

V4047-2BBMM, G4047-2BBMM

Four-Gang Cover Two Duplex & Two Mini Adapters

4 3/4"
[121mm]

9 1/2"
[241mm]

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frame. Includes Mini adapter
that accepts Pass & seymour®
Activate inserts, or wiremold
Open system communication
modules.

V4047-2BBSS, G4047-2BBSS
Four-Gang Cover Two Duplex &
Two Series II Mini Adapters

4 3/4"
[121mm]

9 1/2"
[241mm]

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frame. Includes Mini adapter
that accepts one Ortronics®
series II insert.

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

V4047-2BBTT, G4047-2BBTT

70

Four-Gang Cover Two Duplex &
Two TracJack Mini Adapters

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frame. Includes Mini adapter
that accepts two Ortronics®
TracJack inserts.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

9 1/2"
[241mm]

V4047-2BBXX, G4047-2BBXX
Four-Gang Cover with Two Duplex Openings

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and 106 style
frames.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

9 1/2"
[241mm]

V4047-2RRXX, G4047-2RRXX

Four-Gang Cover with Two Rectangular Openings
Accepts rectangular, GFCI,
surge, and decorator style
devices. Does not accept 5507
series Faceplates.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

9 1/2"
[241mm]

V4047-2WWFF, G4047-2WWFF
Four-Gang Cover with Two Duplex &
Two Modular Furniture Openings

4 3/4"
[121mm]

9 1/2"
[241mm]

Includes two Pass &
seymour® 20A Duplex
Receptacles with 12” wire
leads installed on bracket.
Two combination twistouts
accept either modular
furniture adapters or
Keystone RJ45s.

V4047-2WWMM, G4047-2WWMM
Four-Gang Cover with Two Activate Mini Adapters

4 3/4"
[121mm]

9 1/2"
[241mm]

Includes two Pass &
seymour® 20A Duplex
Receptacles with 12" wire
leads installed on bracket.
Includes Mini adapter that
accepts Pass & seymour®
Activate inserts & wiremold
Open system communication
modules.

V4047-2WWSS, G4047-2WWSS

Four-Gang Cover with Two Series II Mini Adapters
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to deNOTE
the Canadian versions.
NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm] of overlap on each
side of plate.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

4 3/4"
[121mm]

9 1/2"
[241mm]

Includes two Pass &
seymour® 20A Duplex
Receptacles with 12” wire
leads installed on bracket.
Includes Mini adapter that
accepts one Ortronics® series
II insert.

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY
4047 Series Faceplates Ordering Information (continued)

V4047UX, G4047UX Bump-Up Device Plate

V4047-2WWTT, G4047-2WWTT

Four-Gang Cover with Two TracJack Mini Adapters

4 3/4"
[121mm]

9 1/2"
[241mm]

4 3/16"
[122mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]

V4047-2WWXX, G4047-2WWXX

V4047VX, G4047VX

Four-Gang Cover with Two Duplex
Receptacles Installed

Bump-Up Extron® AAP Device Plate

Includes two Pass & seymour®
20A Duplex Receptacles with 12"
wire leads installed on bracket.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Accepts four Extron® Electronics
MAAP single space modules.

7 5/16"
[185mm]

Includes two Pass & seymour®
20A Duplex Receptacles with
12" wire leads installed on
bracket. Includes Mini adapter
that accepts two Ortronics®
TracJack inserts.

Accepts two Extron® Electronics AAP
single space modules.

7 5/16"
[185mm]

9 1/2"
[241mm]

4 3/16"
[122mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]

4047 Configurable Cover Plates Number Logic

CONNECTION REQuIRED
TO

usE CATALOG
NuMBER

4000 series Raceway

Ds4000 series Raceway

Ds4089

4000 series Raceway

3000 (Tee Connection)

G4074A

4000 series Raceway

4000 (Tee Connection)

4015/4015FO

4000 series Raceway
w/Divider

4000 w/Divider
(Tee Connection)

4015D

4000 series Raceway

500 series Raceway

V5785

FROM

6000 series Raceway

4000 (Tee Connection)

1/2" or 3/4" trade size
Conduit or Armored Cable

Cover of 4000 series
Raceway

1/2" trade size Conduit or
Armored Cable

End of 4000 series
Raceway

3/4", 1", or 1 1/4" trade size
Conduit or Armored Cable

6074A
4064H-2

1. For “X”, Choose one of the following options:
V Ivory & uL Listed
CV Ivory & cuLus Listed (Canada only)
G Gray & uL Listed
CG Gray & cuLus Listed (Canada only)
2. Choose a Plate Configuration:
Two-Gang Plate:

X 4047 Y Y
1

2

1

Four-Gang Plate:

2

X 4047-2 Y Y Y Y
1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

3. For “Y”, Choose any combination of configurations from the options listed below:
1.41" [35.8mm] Diameter,
1.59" [40mm] Diameter,
A.
J.
Single Round Receptacle
Duplex Receptacle Opening

M.

Single Round Receptacle
Pass & Seymour Activate 2A Mini
Adapter Opening with Adapter

4010B

B.

Back, side or End of
4000 series Raceway

4010DFO

F.

Combination Modular Furniture &
2 Keystone Twist Out

R.

Rectangular Receptacle

1" or 1 1/4" trade size
Conduit or Armored Cable

Back or End of
4000 series Raceway

4010DFC

H.

Mouse Hole Twist Out & Grommet

S.

Ortronics® Series II 2A Mini Adapter
Opening with Adapter

1/2", 3/4", 1", or 1 1/4"
trade size Conduit or
Armored Cable

Back of 4000 series
Raceway

4014A

T.

Ortronics TracJack 2A Mini Adapter W.
Opening with Adapter

Flush Mounted
wall Box

Back of 4000 series
Raceway

4014A

X.

Blank

Z.

P&S Light Almond 20 Amp Receptacle
pre-pigtailed with 12" wire leads
installed on Bracket
3 Keystone Twist Out

4. Finished Part Number:

4047

4047-2

NOTE: JJ combination not available.
For additional colors or configurations, call 1-800-621-0049, option 2.
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian
Safety Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these
products, change the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color
prefix to “CG” to deNOTE the Canadian versions.
NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm]
of overlap on each side of plate.

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

4000 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings

71
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

S4000® SERIES RACEWAY

Easy-to-install and ideal for specialized power or
communication/low voltage installations.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

System Layout

E
C

H

G
F

J

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

D

L
K
I

M

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY
A. G4017TC Internal Corner Coupling (Plated)
B. s4007C-1R single Device Fitting
C. s4007C-2 Two-Gang Device Plate with
wallplates
D. s4010B2 Blank End Fitting
E. s4010D Entrance End Fitting
F. s4011 Flat Elbow Fitting
G. s4015D Divided Tee Fitting

s4017 Internal Elbow Fitting
s4018 External Elbow Fitting
s4048B Duplex Receptacle Device Plate
s4048J single Twistlock Receptacle Cover
s4048RF Rectangular Receptacles & AMP
Flexmode or ACO
M. V4050 Device Mounting Plate (Inserts
included)
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.

COLOR OPTIONS

s4000® series Raceway Part Numbers are available with a
brushed stainless steel finish unless otherwise indicated in the
part number description.

72

A
B

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

S4000® SERIES RACEWAY
S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
O.D. (APPROX. DIA.)
Inches
[mm]

CABLE/wIRE sIZE

DIVIDED
40% FILL

uNDIVIDED
40% FILL

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

49

101

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

(5.3)

40

83

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

(6.3)

28

58

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

(9.0)

14

29

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

(10.4)

10

21

COAXIAL

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

24

50

FIBER

ZipCord

0.118 x 0.236

[3 x 6]

50

103

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

51

104

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

27

55

uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

O.D.

wITHOuT
DEVICEs

NuMBER OF CONDuCTORs (40% FILL)
wITH suRGE/
LARGE sINGLE
wITH DuPLEX
GFCI DEVICEs
RECEPTACLEs
RECT. DEVICEs
2
2
2
2
1.59in. [1025mm ] 2.30in. [1485mm ] 3.00in.2 [1935mm2]

Inches

[mm}

undiv.

Divided

undiv.

Divided

undiv.

Divided

undiv.

Divided

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

296

127

165

78

107

49

49

20

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

216

93

120

57

78

36

36

15

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

136

58

76

36

49

22

22

9

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

78

33

43

20

28

13

13

5

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

56

24

31

15

20

9

9

3

4 AwG

0.324

[8.2]

34

15

0

0

0

0

0

0

3 AwG

0.352

[8.9]

29

12

0

0

0

0

0

0

2 AwG

0.384
[9.8]
24
10
0
0
0
0
0
0
NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
Raceway Base

1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]

S4000C-5

.050" [1.3mm] stainless steel.
Base has two 9/32" [7.1mm]
diameter KOs 1 1/4" [32mm]
from each end and every 18"
[457mm] on center throughout.
s4000B is available in 10'
[3m] lengths. Also available
in lengths precut to customer
specifications.

S4000C075

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.
snap-on cover for mounting
4 1/2" [114mm] device plates on
12" [305mm] centers.

S4000C090

9" [229mm] Precut Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.
snap-on cover for mounting
9" [229mm] device plates on
18" [457mm] centers.

Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.
s4000C-5 is available in 5' [1.5m]
lengths, packed ten 5' [1.5m]
lengths per carton. Also available
in lengths precut to customer
specifications. Max. 5' [1.5m)
length.

7.5" [191mm] Precut Raceway Cover

S4000C135

13.5" [343mm] Precut Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.
snap-on cover for mounting
4 1/2" [114mm] device plates on
18" [457mm] centers.
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

S4000B

73

WIREMOLD

S4000® SERIES RACEWAY
S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications (continued)

S4000C150 15" [381mm] Precut Raceway Cover

4001DA

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.
snap-on cover for mounting
9" [229mm] device plates on
24" [610mm] centers.

S4000C195

4 1/2"
[114mm]

S6008A

C-Hanger

27" [686mm] Precut Raceway Cover

31.5" [800mm] Precut Raceway Cover

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

43.5" [1105mm] Precut Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.
snap-on cover for mounting 4 1/2"
[114mm] device plates on
48" [1220mm] centers.

G4000D

1 17/32"
[39mm]

74

39" [990mm] Precut Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. snapon cover for mounting 9" [229mm]
device plates on 48” [1220mm]
centers.

S4000C435

suspends s4000, 4000 or 6000
series Raceway from a structural
ceiling. Designed for use with 3/8"
[9.5mm] rod. Hangers should be
installed no more than 5' [1.5m]
apart along raceway run. Can
be bolted back-to-back for dual
runs of 3000, 4000 or 6000 series
Raceway.

6 7/8"
[175mm]

7 7/8"
[200mm]

S4010B0

Divider
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. Packed
ten 5’ [1.5m] lengths (50' [15.20m])
per carton. Painted buff on one side
to provide compartment identification.
4001DA Divider Clips (not included) are
required to hold divider in place.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Blank End Fitting
1 3/4"
[44mm]

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.
snap-on cover for mounting 4 1/2"
[114mm] device plates on 36"
[915mm] centers.

S4000C390

Required for holding G4000D
Divider in place. use one every
2 1/2' [.762m].

19.5" [495mm] Precut Raceway Cover

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. snapon cover for mounting 9" [229mm]
device plates on 36" [915mm]
centers.

S4000C315

1"
[25mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.
snap-on cover for mounting 4 1/2"
[114mm] device plates on
24" [610mm] centers.

S4000C270

Divider Clip (Galvanized)

S4010B1
4 3/4"
[121mm]

S4010B2
4 3/4"
[121mm]

Closes off open end of s4000
Base. use when no end feeding is
required. Includes two No. 10-32
ground terminals.

Blank End Fitting
1 3/4"
[44mm]

Closes off open end of s4000 Base.
use when one end feed is required
in an undivided installation.
Includes one 1/2" - 3/4" trade
size KO and two No. 10-32 ground
terminals.

Blank End Fitting
1 3/4"
[44mm]

Closes off open end of s4000 Base.
use when end feeds are required
for an installation. Includes two
1/2" - 3/4" trade size KOs and two
No. 10-32 ground terminals.

WIREMOLD

S4000® SERIES RACEWAY
S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications (continued)

2 3/4"
[70mm]
3 3/4"
[95mm]

6 3/8"
[162mm]

S4011

S4017

Entrance End Fitting
Has concentric 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size KOs on end, sides,
and bottom for feeding s4000
series Raceway. use punch
kit to increase KO size up to 1
1/4". Removable divider and
two No. 10-32 ground terminals
included.

90° internal corners. No
couplings required.
3 1/8"
[79mm]

G4017TCA

Internal Corner Coupling
Creates internal corner while
continuing original run in
a straight line. Galvanized
finish. use with or without
divider. Fiber bushing
included. 4010B Blank
End Fitting required for
installation (not included).

Flat Elbow
4 3/4"
[121mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Right angle turns on the same
surface. No couplings required.

S4018
S4014A

Wall Box Connector

14"
[356mm]

Direct feeding
with divider.

3 1/4"
[83mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]

S6008A

C-Hanger (Galvanized)
suspends s4000, 4000 or
6000 series Raceway from a
structural ceiling. Designed
for use with 3/8" [9.5mm]
rod. Hangers should be
installed no more than 5'
[1.5m] apart along raceway
run. Can be bolted back-toback for dual runs of 3000,
4000 or 6000 series Raceway.

6 7/8"
[175mm]

7 7/8"
[200mm]

Divides s4000 series Raceway
at right angles. Only for use
with undivided raceway. use
two pair of G4001 Couplings
to attach to raceway (not
included).

S4015D

90° external corners.
Connect to raceway with
G4001 Couplings (not
included).

1 9/16"
[39mm]

Feeding from
wall box.

Tee

12"
[305mm]

External Elbow

5 5/8"
[143mm]

Base has two concentric 3/4",
and 1/2" trade size KOs, two
concentric 1 1/4" and 1" trade
size KOs (undivided only), and
two rectangular 2 9/16" x 1
11/16" [65mm x 43mm] KOs.
Includes cover and two No.
10-32 ground terminals.

Direct feeding.

S4015

Internal Elbow

S4007C-1

Divided Tee

3 3/4"
[95mm]

Divides s4000 series Raceway
at right angles. Only for use
with divided raceway. use
two pair of G4001 Couplings
to attach to raceway (not
included).

One-Gang Device Plate
1 9/16"
[40mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]

For horizontal mounting of
standard single-gang devices.
Accepts industry standard
single-gang faceplates for
electrical and communication
devices.

12"
[305mm]

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

S4010D

75
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

S4000® SERIES RACEWAY
S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications (continued)

S4007C-1R

Single Device Plate

1"
[25mm]

3"
[76mm]
1 25/32"
[45mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

S4007C-2

For horizontal mounting
of surge suppression
receptacles in s4000 Divided
or undivided Raceway. Also
accepts most manufacturers’
GFCI, large twistlock, and
rectangular faced single-gang
wiring devices and two-port
ACO. use with commercially
available flush plate (not
furnished).

1 9/16"
[39mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

For horizontal mounting of
two devices. Accepts industry
standard double-gang
faceplates for electrical and
communication devices.

4 1/2"
[115mm]

S4046DRJ

4 3/4"
[121mm]

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

S4046RRJ

76

S4046ARJ

4 3/4"
[121mm]

4 1/2"
[115mm]

S4046JRJ

4 3/4"
[121mm]

4 1/2"
[115mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Combination Device Cover

4 3/4"
[121mm]

4 1/2"
[115mm]

For installation of one twistlock
receptacle and two RJ11/45
type telephone connectors.
Complete with necessary
bridges.

1.6"
[41mm]
Dia.

Duplex Receptacle Device Cover

4 3/4"
[121mm]

For installation of one duplex
receptacle cover. Complete with
necessary bridges.

4 1/2"
[115mm]

S4048J

Double Duplex Device Cover
For installation of two duplex
style receptacles. Complete
with necessary bridges.

For installation of straight blade
and single locking receptacles
and two RJ11/45 type modular
connectors. Complete with
necessary bridges.

1.4"
[36mm]
Dia.

4 1/2"
[115mm]

Combination Device Cover
For installation of one
rectangular style device and
two RJ11/45 type modular
connectors. Complete with
necessary bridges.

Combination Device Cover

4 3/4"
[121mm]

S4048B

4 1/2"
[115mm]

For installation of two
duplex style receptacles and
four RJ11/45 type modular
connectors. Complete with
necessary bridges.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Combination Device Cover
For installation of one duplex
receptacle and two RJ11/45
type modular connectors.
Complete with necessary
bridges.

Double In-Line Device Cover

9"
[229mm]

Two-Gang Device Plate

3 3/4"
[95mm]

S4046B-2

S4046DRJ-2

TwistLock Receptacle Device Cover

4 3/4"
[121mm]

4 1/2"
[115mm]

For installation of one twistlock
receptacle.

WIREMOLD

S4000® SERIES RACEWAY
S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications (continued)

S4048R

S4048RF

Rectangular Receptacle Device Cover

4 3/4"
[121mm]

For installation of one
rectangular receptacle.
Complete with necessary
bridges.

Rectangular Receptacle Cover with
Modular Furniture Opening
For installing a rectangular style
device and a modular furniture
adapter for communications.

4 1/2"
[115mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 1/2"
[115mm]

S4048BF

Duplex Receptacle Cover with Modular
Furniture Opening

4 1/2"
[115mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

S4086A

For installing a duplex style
device and one modular
furniture adapter for
communications.

Panel Connector
To connect s4000 series
Raceway with surface type panel
boxes. Accommodates maximum
wire capacity of s4000 series
Raceway. separate C-shaped
flange fits around raceway,
covering any irregularities from
cutting into box. Cut 4 3/4" x
1 3/4" [121mm x 44mm] hole in
panel box.

1 1/2"
[38mm]

7/32"
[5.6mm]
5 5/32"
[131mm]

S4000 Series Raceway Made-to-Order Stainless Steel Device Plates

To keep pace with changing power and communication technology, wiremold offers a variety of openings available on a made-to-order basis.
Choose from the assortment of openings shown below to design your own device plates. Consult the factory if a special opening is desired.
To make ordering easier, a catalog number suffix has been included beside the description. Please send a sketch with your order
indicating the letter of the desired opening.
Example: S4046RRJ
4 1/2" [115mm] Device Plates
Cat. No.
Description of Device Opening

D

standard Duplex Receptacle

R

Decorator style Duplex Receptacle

RJ

Two RJ11/45 Modular Connectors

1

2
Qty.
1

A
J

single Receptacle
(1.4" [35.6mm] Dia.)
single Receptacle
(1.6" [40.6mm] Dia.)

K

One 1/2-3/4" [12.7-19.1mm] KO
with 1/2" [12.7mm] I.D. Grommet

M

One IBM style connector

MFB One Modular Furniture Adapter

R

One 2A Mini Adapter

NOTE: Necessary device brackets are supplied with all device plates.

Qty.

1

____ s4046 ____ _____

2

____

s4048

_____

RJ

____

s4048

_____

____ s4046 ____ _____

____

s4048

_____

____ s4046 ____ _____

____

s4048

_____

____ s4046 ____ _____

9" [229mm] Device Plates
1

Qty.

2

1

2

____ s4048 ____ _____

2A

1

1

2

3

4

Qty.

____ s4046

1

2

_____ _____ ____ ____

____ s4048 ____ _____

____ s4046

_____ _____ ____ ____

____ s4048 ____ _____

____ s4046

_____ _____ ____ ____

____ s4048 ____ _____

____ s4046

_____ _____ ____ ____

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Suffix

77

WIREMOLD

S4000® SERIES RACEWAY
S4000 Series Raceway Installation Details
Determine method of feeding
raceway: s4014A for back feed,
s4010D, s4010BO, s4010B1 or
s4010B2 for end feed.

For divided installations, place
divider into the strut on the
4001DA and snap into raceway.
Clips must be used every 30"
[762mm].

S4010B

1/2" [12.7mm] Flexible
Metal Conduit

To mount s4000B Base to surface,
remove mounting screw KOs (approx.
18" [457mm] centers along base) as
required. Mount base with No. 8 flat
head fasteners.
To join lengths of s4000B, insert the
pair of 4001A Couplings into one side
of each base. slide bases together
and tighten locking screws.

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Divider Clips

S4000 Base

1 3/4" [44mm]

18"
[457mm]
Approx.
S4000B Sections

4001A Couplings

78

S4000B Sections

To install device covers,
snap device straps into
base as shown. wire
device and assemble to
straps. snap device plate Bottom Inserts
First
over base and device.
Cut s4000C Cover to fit
between device plates. snap
in place as shown. Continue
along entire run.

Device
S4046B
Mounting Straps

Snap Cover
Onto Base

Engage One Leg
of Cover on Base

WIREMOLD

6000® SERIES RACEWAY

6000 series Raceway is ideal for all applications requiring
high cable capacity.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

System Layout

I
H

G

B
C

A

F
K
E

D
J

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY
A. 4050 Device Mounting Plate
Inserts included
B. 5507D Duplex Receptacle Faceplate
C. 5507sw switch Faceplate
D. 6007C-1 single-Gang Device Plate
E. 6007C-2 Two-Gang Device Plate
F. 6010B Blank End Fitting

COLOR OPTIONS

G. 6011TX Combination Flat Elbow
H. 6014A Connector Fitting
I. 6017TX Combination Internal External
Elbow
J. 6017TX Inverted to External Elbow
K. 6046KD Circuit Breaker Housing

6000® series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an
ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have an gray finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.

79
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

6000® SERIES RACEWAY
6000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
O.D. (APPROX. DIA.)
Inches
[mm]

CABLE/wIRE sIZE
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

DIVIDED
40% FILL

uNDIVIDED
40% FILL

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

101

225

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

(5.3)

83

184

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

(6.3)

58

130

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

(9.0)

29

65

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

(10.4)

21

48

0.270

[6.9]

50

111

0.118 x 0.236

[3 x 6]

103

230

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

104

233

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

55

124

COAXIAL

RG6/u

FIBER

ZipCord

6000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

O.D.

wITHOuT
DEVICEs

NuMBER OF CONDuCTORs (40% FILL)
wITH suRGE/
LARGE sINGLE
wITH DuPLEX
GFCI DEVICEs
RECEPTACLEs
RECT. DEVICEs
2
2
2
2
1.59in. [1025mm ] 2.30in. [1485mm ] 3.00in.2 [1935mm2]

Inches

[mm}

undiv.

Divided

undiv.

Divided

undiv.

Divided

undiv.

Divided

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

659

296

528

231

470

202

412

173

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

481

216

395

168

342

147

300

126

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

303

136

243

106

216

92

189

79

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

174

78

140

61

124

53

109

45

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

126

56

101

44

89

38

78

33

4 AwG

0.324

[8.2]

77

34

0

0

0

0

0

0

3 AwG

0.352

[8.9]

65

29

0

0

0

0

0

0

2 AwG

0.384

[9.8]

55

24

0

0

0

0

0

0

1AwG

0.446

[11.3]

40

18

0

0

0

0

0

0

1/0 AwG

0.496

[12.3]

34

15

0

0

0

0

0

0

2/0 AwG

0.532

(13.5)

28

12

0

0

0

0

0

0

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable
diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

6000 Series Raceway Ordering Information

80

V6000B-10, G6000B-10
3 9/16"
[90mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

V6000C, G6000C

Raceway Base

.054" [1.4mm] galvanized steel.
Base has two 9/32" dia. trade
size KOs, 1 1/4" [32mm] from
each end and on centers of
approximately 18" [457mm]
throughout. Packed 20' [6.1m]
per carton. 6000B-10 packed two
10' [3m] lengths.
Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.
Packed four 5' [1.5m] lengths
per carton. 4000 series Raceway
Cover is also compatible with
6000 series Raceway Base.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

G6000DA

3 1/4"
[83mm]

660B

Raceway Divider
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. One
side painted buff primer to provide
identification of compartments. Packed
four 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.

Raceway Base Cutter
Portable cutter for 6000 series Raceway
Base. Provides clean and easy square
cuts.

WIREMOLD

6000® SERIES RACEWAY
6000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

660BDK

Replacement Blade Kit

V6007C-1, G6007C-1
Single-Gang Device Plate
2 1/2"
[64mm]

For vertical mounting of singlegang devices. use with industry
standard faceplates for electrical and
communication devices. Can also be
used with 4000B Base.

Replacement blades and die set for 660B Cutter.
Raceway Cover Cutter
2 7/8"
[73mm]

Portable cutter for 4000 and 6000
series Raceway Cover. Provides
clean and easy square cuts.

1 7/8"
[48mm]

V6007C-2, G6007C-2

640CDK

Replacement Blade Kit

Replacement blades and die set for 640C Cutter.

G6000WC

Two-Gang Device Plate
3 7/8"
[98mm]

Wire Clip (Galvanized)

2 7/8"
[73mm]

For holding conductors in place.
4 5/16"
[110mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

6001A

G6008A

Coupling (Galvanized)
2 1/2"
[64mm]

C-Hanger (Galvanized)

6 7/8"
[175mm]

For joining lengths of 6000B.

3 5/16"
[84mm]

7 7/8"
[200mm]

G6001DA
3"
[76mm]

Divider Clip
2 3/8"
[60mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

G6001TX

use for holding G6000DA Divider
in place to divide raceway into
1/3, 1/2, or 2/3 compartments.
NOTE: 6000 Series Raceway divided into
1/3 compartments will not accept
devices.

Converter Coupling

3"
[76mm]

V6006, G6006
1 3/4"
[44mm]

For installation of two-gang devices
or two vertically mounted singlegang devices on undivided raceway.
use with industry standard doublegang faceplates for electrical and
communication devices. Can also be
used with 4000B Base.

use this coupling to convert
G6011TX or G6017TX into a tee or
cross. For tee, one required; for
cross, two required.

Connection Cover

1"
[25mm]

use where two sections
of 4000C or 6000C Cover,
not squarely cut, come
together.

For suspending 6000 or 4000 series
Raceway from structural ceiling.
Designed for use with 3/8" [9.5mm]
rod. Hangers should be installed
no more than 5' [1.5m] apart along
raceway run. Can be bolted back-toback for dual runs of 4000, 6000 or
3008C or for combined runs with 3000
series Raceway.

V6010B, G6010B

Blank End Fitting
For closing open end of 6000
series Raceway.

3 1/2"
[89mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

V6011TX, G6011TX
4 3/4"
[121mm]

Combination Flat Elbow

For use as a flat elbow. Can also be
used as a tee or cross (one G6001TX
required for tee; two for cross; not
included).
shown 6011TX with
6001TX to make tee.

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to deNOTE
the Canadian versions.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

640C

81

WIREMOLD

6000® SERIES RACEWAY
6000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

V6012TX, G6012TX

For making internal or external
45° turns in a run of 6000 series
Raceway. Can also be assembled
as an inverted 45° elbow.

4 1/4"
[108mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

Internal or External Elbow

V4047VX, G4047VX

Bump-Up Extron® AAP Device Plate
Accepts two Extron® Electronics
AAP single space modules.

7 5/16"
[185mm]

4 3/16"
[122mm]

V6014A, G6014A

Has 1 1/4", 1 1/2" and 2" trade
size KOs in back and on each
side.

12"
[305mm]

1 13/32"
[36mm]

Connector Fitting

IWE-S, GWE-S

Spray Paint

used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint. Available in
ivory (IwE-s) and gray (GwE-s).
NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground
transportation.

V6017TX, G6017TX

IWE-P, GWE-P

Combination Internal/External Elbow
3 1/2"
[89mm]

For use as internal or external
elbow, straight-through fitting,
tee, or cross (one G6001TX
required for tee or straight
through fitting; two for cross;
not included).

V6046KD, G6046KD

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

2 3/8"
[60mm]

82

4 9/16"
[116mm]

Circuit Breaker Housing

KOs in cover can be removed for
installation of three single-pole
breakers. For use with the following
breakers rated 100A maximum.
MANuFACTuRER
General Electric
westinghouse

V4047UX, G4047UX

Accepts four Extron® Electronics
MAAP single space modules.

7 5/16"
[185mm]

used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint. Available
in ivory (IwE-P) and gray (GwE-P).

V4050, G4050
4 3/4"
[121mm]

6"
[152mm]

7/16"
[11.1mm]

sERIEs
THQC, THHQC
Quicklag, C, QCH

Bump-Up Device Plate

4 3/16"
[122mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to deNOTE
the Canadian versions.

Touch-Up Paint Pen

Device Mounting Bracket

High impact plastic mounting bracket
and trim plate. Trim plate overlaps
raceway cover providing a seamless
transition between cover fittings. utilizes
5507 Faceplates, as well as wiremold
Open system communication modules,
Ortronics® TracJack and series II inserts,
and Pass & seymour® Activate series
inserts. For faceplate options, see 5507
Series Faceplates.

NOTE: When ordering to use with 6000 Series Raceway in Canada specify
CV6050 (ivory) or CG6050 (gray) as the grounding bracket provided is
larger than the one provided when using with 4000 Series Raceway.
CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold CM2
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.
S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series
II inserts. To mount TracJack modules, use 55074TJ or 55076TJ
Faceplates.

V6074, G6074
9 1/2"
[241mm]

Take-Off Connector (6000-6000)

4 7/8"
[124mm]

3 9/16"
[90mm]

For 90° tee connection at any
point along a run of 6000 series
Raceway.
G6074

6000 Base

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

6000® SERIES RACEWAY
6000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

V6074A, G6074A
9 1/2"
[241mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]
3 9/16"
[90mm]

Take-Off Connector (6000-4000)

V6086, G6086

For 90° tee connection at any
point along a run of 6000 series
Raceway.

5 3/16"
[132mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

Panel Connector Fitting
For connecting 6000 series
Raceway with surface type
panel boxes. Accommodates
maximum wire capacity of 6000
system. separate C-flange fits
around raceway, covering any
irregularities made when cutting
into box. Cut 4 3/4" x 3 9/16"
[121mm x 90mm] hole in panel
box.

6000 Series Interconnectivity Fittings
CONNECTION REQuIRED
FROM

usE CATALOG
NuMBER

TO

6000 series Raceway

4000 (Tee Connection)

6000 series Raceway

6000 (Tee Connection)

1/2", 3/4", 1" or 1 1/4" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable

Cover of 6000

1 1/4", 1 1/2", or 2" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable

Back and/or side of 6000

G6074A
G6074
G4046H-2
G6014A

6000 Series Raceway Installation Details

6000 Base
6086 C-Flange

6086

2. To mount 6000 Base to
surface: Remove mounting
screw KOs (approx. 18"
[457mm] O.C. along base) as
required. Mount base with
No. 8 flathead fasteners.
3. To join lengths of 6000B,
insert the pair of 6001A
Couplings into one side
of each base. slide bases
together and tighten locking
screws.

Mounting Screw KO
3 9/16"
[40mm]
18" [457mm]
Approx.
6000B Sections

6001A Couplings

4. For divided installations:
Install G6001DA Divider Clips
at 30" [762mm] intervals. snap
G6000DA Divider into place.

G6000DA
G6001DA

5. To install G6007C-1 or
G6007C-2 Device
Plates: snap into base
and tighten clamps as
Clamp
G6007C-1
shown. wire device and
assemble to bracket. Install flush plate (not furnished).
6. Cut 6000C Cover to fit between
device brackets. snap in place as
shown. Continue along entire run.
Engage One
Leg of Cover
on Base

Snap Cover
onto Base

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1. Determine method of
feeding raceway: 6014A for
backfeed, 6086 (shown) for
panel feed.

83
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY

Anysize™ Raceway is the ideal solution for applications
that require a specific size raceway. Available in a variety of
compartment sizes and finishes.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

AnySize Series Raceway Base Specifier
AnySize Base

where special lengths are required, provide a detailed bill of material, indicating the
various quantities, lengths and type of covers. Raceway must have a width greater than its
depth.

EXAMPLE 1: N1 834 212 3 2 wI

N

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

MAtERIAL
1 Painted steel
2 unpainted
satin Coat
3 unpainted
Galv (G90)
4 stainless steel
5 Anodized Alum
6 Painted Alum

DEpth
1"
[25mm] =
1 1/8" [29mm] =
1 1/4" [32mm] =
1 3/8" [35mm] =
1 1/2" [38mm] =
5"
[127mm] =

WIDth
2 1/2" [63mm] = 212
2 5/8" [66mm] = 258
2 3/4" [69mm] = 234
2 7/8" [73mm] = 278
3"
[76mm] = 300
10"
[254mm] = 999

=
=
=
=

This is a 8 3/4" [222mm] wide by 2
1/2" [63mm] deep raceway, with three
compartments and two covers, painted
“weathered Iron.”

# of Covers
MAX
Color Code**
BK Gloss Black (RAL 9005)
wH white (RAL 9003)
GY Gray (wiremold Gray)
IV Ivory (wiremold Ivory)
wI weathered Iron
wB weathered Bronze
CC Custom Color
(Provide paint chip
or number)

EXAMPLE 2: N1 612 300 2 2 IV
This is a 6 1/2" [165mm] wide by 3" [76mm]
deep raceway, with two compartments and
two covers, painted ivory.

** All colors are gloss finish
unless otherwise specified.

COVER
NE1C
NE1CW
NE1CT*
NE1CTW*

100
118
114
138
112
500

# of
Compartments
MAX 4

standard Cover
Cover for use when wire clips are used. wire clips are spaced 30" [762mm] on center only.
Tamper-Resistant Cover
Tamper-Resistant Cover for use when wire clips are used.
wire clips are spaced 30" [76mm] on center only.

*supplied with one tamper-resistant bracket.

COLOR OPTIONS
Anysize Raceway and components are available in a wide
range of sizes, colors and options.

84
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY
AnySize Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

O.D. (APPROX. DIA.)
Inches
[mm]

40% FILL

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

14.11

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

(5.3)

11.55

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

(6.3)

8.15

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

(9.0)

4.06

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

(10.4)

3.03

0.270

[6.9]

COAXIAL

RG6/u

FIBER

ZipCord

0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6]

6.98
14.38

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

14.57

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

7.77

AnySize Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN
14 AwG
12 AwG
10 AwG
8 AwG
6 AwG

O.D.
Inches
0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

[mm]
[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

40% FILL
41.24
30.08
18.96
10.93
7.89

NOTE: Values are per square inch of inside area. See
above to determine useful area of compartment.
Capacity range is calculated at 20% to 40% of
raceway area as stated in a proposed revision
to the Commercial Building Standard for
Telecommunications Pathways & Spaces, TIA/
EIA-569.

AnySize Series Raceway Ordering Information

NE1000TB

Tamper-Resistant Retaining Bracket

For retaining cover in enhanced tamperresistant systems. Order additional brackets
if field cutting cover for enhanced tamperresistant system.

NE1000WC

Wire Clip

For holding conductors in place.

Wire Fill Calculation: “Depth” and “width” refer to the measurements
of the compartment with the cover on and are measured from the
outside of the material. All measurements are in inches. Due to
loading issues, use maximum wire fill of 4" [102mm] deep raceway
for all raceways greater than 4" [102mm] deep.
1. Determine useable area of compartment.
useable area in square inches with no devices =
[width x (Depth -0.2)] - 0.6
useable area in square inches with standard 15A/20A devices =
[width x (Depth -0.7)] - 0.3
2. Determine wire fill for compartment.
Multiply the compartment area (from step 1) by the number of
wires per square inch, from the chart above wire Fill = Area (sq.
in.) x No. wires per sq. in. (Chart above)
3. Reduce fill by 20% if 2" [51mm] radiused fittings are not being
used. wire Fill for standard fittings = .8 x wire fill from step 2
4. Calculate fill for multi-compartment tees.
a) standard Tee wire Fill = (wire fill from step 2 or 3) / 2
standard Full Capacity Tee wire Fill = (wire fill from step 2 or
3) x 0.75
b) Radiused 2" Tee wire Fill = (wire fill from step 2 or 3) / (No. of
compartments) Radiused 2" Full Capacity Tee wire Fill = 1.5 x
(wire fill from step 2 or 3) / (No. of compartments)
Sample Wire Fill Calculation: Determine the number of Cat. 6
cables that will fit in a 2" [51mm] deep by 2.75" [70mm] wide
compartment for 40% fill. Fittings in the system have a 2" [51mm]
radius.
1 useful area = 2.75 x (2.0 - 0.2) -0.6 = 4.35 in2
2 wire Fill = 4.35 in2 x 8.15 cables / in2 (from chart) = 35 Cat.
6 cables
All wiremold electrical products, unless specifically NOTEd, are
listed by underwriters Laboratories Inc. and conform to u.s.
Federal specification w-C-582. They comply with the National
Electrical Code. Products designed primarily for use in telephone
or communications wiring and tools normally do not require uL
or cuL Listing. Most products are cuL Listed in compliance with
the Canadian Electrical Code. All products must be installed in
a manner consistent with applicable electrical codes. wiremold
surface Raceway is uL and cuL Listed by underwriters
Laboratories Inc. (File #E4376 [Raceway] & #E41751 [Fittings]). This
product is in compliance with the National Electrical Code and the
Canadian Electrical Code.

NE1000GC
2"
[51mm]

NE1001

Ground Clamp
For connection of equipment grounding
conductor to provide additional ground
to raceway.

Coupling
For joining lengths of Anysize Raceway.
(unpainted galvanized steel).

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

CABLE/wIRE sIZE

85
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY
AnySize Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

NE1008A

NE1011RFO, NE1011RFOT

C-Hanger

Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow

For supporting raceway from structural
ceiling. Designed for use with 3/8"
[9.5mm] threaded rod. Hangers should
be installed no more than 5' [1.5m] apart
along raceway run.

NE1008AW

Wall Bracket Hanger

For supporting raceway from structural
wall. use hardware capable of supporting
loaded raceway. Hangers should be
installed no more than 5' [1.5m] apart
along raceway run.

NE1010B, NE1010BK

same as NE1011FO but outside corner is
curved to a 2" [51mm] radius.

NE1011, NE1011T

Flat Elbow

For right angle turns on the same
surface.

Blank End Fitting

For closing open end of Anysize Base.
NE1010BK has knockouts available for
connection to adjacent wiring systems.
size and quantity of knockouts to be
specified by end user.

NE1010DFO, NE1010DFOT

NE1014, NE1014T

Wall Box Connector

Base is provided with ground terminal
for 10-32 screw and user specified
conduit knockouts and/or wall box
rectangular knockouts (2 9/16” x 1
11/16” [65mm x 43mm]).

Radiused Large Capacity Entrance End Fitting

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Has concentric conduit trade size KOs on
sides, end and bottom for feeding raceway.
useful where large conduits feed the
raceway. size of knockouts to be specified
by end user.

NE1010D, NE1010DT

Entrance End Fitting

Has concentric conduit trade size KOs
on sides, ends and bottom for feeding
raceway. size of knockouts to be specified
by end user.

NE1011FO, NE1011FOT
Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow

used in divided and undivided applications
to provide a 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius for new lay-in or pull-through
installations.

86
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

NE1015FO, NE1015FOT
Radiused Full Capacity Tee

Provides a 2” [51mm] cable bend radius
for new lay-in or pull-through
installations. Dual cover version not
available. single cover can be used in
all applications. Capacity is reduced in
multi-compartment applications.

NE1015, NE1015T

Tee

For branches at right angles. Dual cover
version not available. single cover can
be used in all applications. Capacity
is reduced in multi-compartment
applications.
NOTE:“T” at the end of part number indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

WIREMOLD

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY
AnySize Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
Radiused Large Capacity Tee

Provides a 2” [51mm] cable
bend radius new lay-in or pullthrough installations. Deeper
fitting provides 50% more fill
than the standard tee fitting.
useful for multi-compartment
installations. supplied with
special couplings. Dual cover
version not available. single
cover can be used in all
applications.

NE1015L, NE1015LT

Large Capacity Tee

For branches at right angles.
Deeper fitting provides 50%
more fill than the standard
tee fitting. useful for multicompartment installations.
supplied with special couplings.
Dual cover version not
available. single cover can be
used in all applications.

NE1017FO, NE1017FOT

Radiused Full Capacity Internal Elbow
Provides a 2” [51mm] cable
bend radius for new lay-in or
pull-through installations.

NE1018FO, NE1018FOT

Radiused Full Capacity External Elbow
A full capacity 90° external elbow
to provide a 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius for new lay-in or pull-through
installations. supplied with special
couplings.

NE1018, NE1018T

For 90° external corners.

NE1047, NE1047WC, NE1047T,
NE1047WCT Device Cover
Variable length from 6" to 60"
[152mm to 1.5m] long. specify
cutout type and location.
Eliminates frequent seams when devices are located close
together along the raceway. supplied with appropriate
brackets.

NE1407, NE1407T
NE1017, NE1017T

Internal Elbow

For 90° internal corners.

NE1017P, NE1017PT

Compact Internal Elbow

For 90° internal corners.
Compact size is useful when
going around columns.

External Elbow

Deep Device Plate

used to minimize or eliminate
fill reduction at activations.
Mounts on top of raceway and
helps maintain recommended
bend radii at activation. specify
depth required between 5/8"
[15.9mm] and 3" [76mm].
supplied with appropriate
brackets.

NE1046H, NE1046HT

Custom Tap-Off Fitting

Provided with user-specified
trade size KOs. supplied with
appropriate brackets.

NOTE:“T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

NE1015LFO, NE1015LFOT

87
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY
AnySize Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

NE1046AP

Tamper–Resistant Access Plate
Required on an entrance point to
allow cover removal on tamperresistant systems. One plate is
required on every run between
opposing walls. Provides 1/4"
[6.4mm] overlap flange for improved
aesthetics at cover edge. supplied
with appropriate brackets.

NE1046APN

V4050, G4050
6"
[152mm]

7/16"
[11.1mm]

Tamper-Resistant Notch Tool
Required to create tamper-resistant
notches in raceway covers that are
field cut during installation.

NE610C

Raceway Cover Cutter
Portable Cutter for Anysize Raceway
Covers for clean and easy square
cuts every time.

Tamper–Resistant Access Plate
Required on an entrance point to
allow cover removal on tamperresistant systems. One plate is
required on every run between
opposing walls. NE1046APN does
not have a flange to overlap adjacent
covers. use for access at end of run.

4 11/16"
[116mm]

NE610

NE1046, NE1046T

Provides 1/4” [6mm] overlap flange
for improved aesthetics at cover
edge. supplied with appropriate
brackets.

Device Mounting Bracket

High impact plastic mounting bracket
and trim plate which overlap raceway
cover providing a seamless transition
between cover fittings. For use with:
5507 series™ Faceplates, Ortronics®
TracJack and series II modules,
Pass & seymour® Activate series
inserts, and wiremold Open system
communication modules.

NOTE: For use only with 4 3/4” [121mm] wide
raceway.
Three Compartment Plate Shown.

NE1046-2, NE1046-2T
12" [305mm] Device Plate

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

NOTE: For use only with 4 3/4" [121mm] wide
raceway.

NE1086A

Panel Connector
Two Compartment Plate Shown.

To connect Anysize Raceway
with surface type panel boxes.
Accommodates maximum wire
capacity of Anysize system used.
separate C-shaped flange fits around
raceway, covering any irregularities
made when cutting into box.

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to deNOTE
the Canadian versions.

88
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

6' [152mm] Device Plate

Allows high density activations.
Provides 1/4" [6.4mm] overlap
flange for improved aesthetics
at cover edge. supplied with
appropriate brackets.
NOTE: For use only with 4 3/4"
[121mm] wide raceway.

WIREMOLD

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY
AnySize Series Raceway Device Plate Configurator
The following represent various cutouts available for Anysize Raceway.
The corresponding letter designations used to create the device plate part number are also shown.

Standard Duplex
(D)

2 RJ11/45
(RJ)

Decorator Duplex
(R)

1.4" [35.5mm] Dia.
Single (A)

1.6" [40.6mm] Dia.
Single (J)

4007C-1 Cutout *
(C1)

4007C-1R Cutout *
(CIR)

AMp Flex/single
ACO (F)

Accommodates:
Wiremold Open System
communications, Ortronics
tracJack & Series II (LV6)

Accommodates:
Wiremold Open System
communications (MFB)

1/2" – 3/4"
[12.7mm – 19.1mm]
KO & Grommet (K)

Accommodates:
Wiremold Open System
communications, Ortronics
tracJack & Series II (LV2)

* These openings also require the use of commercially available faceplates.

Device Plate Design and Part Numbers
2
3
4

to specify type of device plate, and cutout locations:
1) specify device plate type above.
2) Add the suffix(es) (in parentheses above) that corresponds to the cutout type
required, beginning from the top compartment. For 12" [305mm] device plates,
indicate if the second column of cutouts is the same as the first. If it is not, please
send sketch. For NE1047 Covers sketch to indicate quantity and spacing of devices.
For other special cutouts, contact factory.
Sample Plate: NE1046DJLV2

Sample Part Number:
prefix
1
NE1046

D

2

3

4

J

LV2

______

2nd. col.
(yes/no or N/A)
N/A

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1

89
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY
AnySize Raceway Installation Details
see the typical basic system (illustrated below) for installation details.
In general, the following procedure for installing Anysize Raceway is recommended.
End Blank
1. starting at feed connection,
install base sections over
entire run. Butt ends of
sections and install couplings
as shown below. Cut base
sections to length as required
for connection of bases
Base
of fittings. Determine the
Conduit
method of feeding raceway:
raceway
base or wall box connector for back feed, end blanks
(shown), entrance end fittings, or panel connector for
end feed.

4. Assemble devices and
device covers in base.
To install device plates,
snap device straps in
base as shown. wire
device and assemble
to straps. snap device
plate over base and
device. For deep device
plates or offset
device plates fasten to raceway
base by screwing into device
brackets in raceway base.

2. To mount base to surface:
Remove mounting knockouts as
required. Mount base with No. 8
flathead fasteners.

Snap Cover onto Base
5. Cut cover sections to length as
necessary and snap onto base.
It is recommended that covers
overlap base joint. use pre-cut
cover, or cut cover to fit between
device plates. snap in place as
shown. Continue along entire run. Engage One Leg of

Depth

24" [610mm]
(approx.)

Bottom
Inserts
First

Device Mounting Straps

Cover on Base

3. Install wiring in base and wire
devices. To couple lengths of base
or fittings, butt the adjacent base
sections together and insert one
coupling centered over the splice.
Tighten the set screws. Repeat the
process on the other side of the
base.

AnySize Raceway – Typical Tamper-Resistant Installation

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

A. Complete instructions 1 to 3.
B. Add covers progressively from
access point to other end, utilizing
instructions 4 and 5 as needed. see
Illustrations below.
C. Repeat (ii) and (iii) as required.
D. Any cut covers will require
replacement of the tamper-resistant
notch using NE610 tool.

(i)

E. Tighten all screws securely.

NE1407 Deep Device
plate Installation

90
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

WIREMOLD

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Wiremold® Overfloor Raceway Systems provide unique solutions to solve
specific installation issues when access to floors and ceilings is not an option
for installers, building owners, and designers.

OFR Series
Overfloor Raceway

1200/1400/1600
Series Raceway

105

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

94

91
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Table of Contents

Multiple-Channel Overfloor Raceway Systems
94
OFR Series
Overfloor Raceway
System

Steel Pancake Overfloor Raceway Systems
98

102

1500 Series™
Raceway

2600 Series™
Raceway

Nonmetallic Pancake Overfloor Raceway Systems
105

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1200/1400/1600
Series™ Raceways

92
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Quick Selection Guide

Multiple-Channel Overfloor Raceway Systems

OFR Series Overfloor Raceway

Device Boxes
OFR48-4

OFRB-8 & OFRC-8

6 7/8"
[175mm]

Transition Fittings
OFR89-DS4000

1/2"
[12.7mm]

Two-Piece Steel Single-Channel Overfloor Raceway Systems

1500 Series™ Raceway

2600 Series™ Raceway

11/32"
[8.8mm]

23/32"
[18.3mm]
1 9/16"
39mm]

2 7/32"
[56.6mm]

One-Piece Nonmetallic Single-Channel Overfloor Raceway Systems

1200 Series™ Raceway

1400 Series™ Raceway
1/2"
[12.7mm]

26/32"
[20.1mm]
14/32"
[11.4mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

20/32"
[16.5mm]

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

3"
[76mm]

1600 Series™ Raceway
1 1/32"
[26mm]
30/32"
[23.4mm]

3 11/32"
[85mm]

93
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

Wiremold® OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System provides four-channels
of capacity and access to a wide range of data and A/V connectivity
options in the smallest, lowest, narrowest, ADA compliant profile
available in over floor raceway systems.

CODE REFERENCE
OFR Series Overfloor Raceway
System is cETLus Listed.

OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System Layout

H

G
F
E

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

A

94

D

C

B
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY
A.
B.
C.
D.

OFRBC-8 Overfloor Raceway Base & Cover
OFR11 90° Flat Elbow
OFR48-2 Two-Gang Device Box
OFR48-4 Four-Gang Device Box

E.
F.
G.
H.

OFR89-2400 Series Raceway Transition Fitting
OFR89-4000 Series Raceway Transition Fitting
2400D Series Divided Raceway
4000 Series Raceway

COLOR OPTIONS
OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System is available with a
black powder coat finish that is also paintable.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

Ordering Information

OFR Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
[mm]

wIRE
CROSS-SECTIONAL
AREA

# OF wIRES PER
OuTER CHANNEL
(40% FILL)

# OF wIRES PER
OuTER CHANNEL
w/OFR1 (40% FILL)

# OF wIRES PER
OuTER CHANNEL
w/OFR9 (40% FILL)

# OF wIRES PER
INNER CHANNEL
(40% FILL)

[2.8]

0.010

18

13

10

19

[3.3]

0.013

13

10

7

14

0.164

[4.2]

0.021

8

3

2

9

0.216

[5.5]

0.037

4

4

3

5

O.D.

wIRE SIZE
THHN/THwN

Inches

14 AwG

0.111

12 AwG

0.130

10 AwG
8 AwG

OFR Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
# OF wIRES
PER OuTER
CHANNEL
(40% FILL)

# OF wIRES
PER OuTER
CHANNEL
with OFR1
(40% FILL)

# OF wIRES
PER OuTER
CHANNEL
with OFR9
(40% FILL)

# OF wIRES
PER INNER
CHANNEL
(40% FILL)

CABLE/wIRE SIZE

Inches

[mm]

wIRE
CROSSSECTIONAL
AREA

uNSHIELDED
TwISTED
PAIR

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]

0.028
0.035
0.049
0.098

6
5
3
1

4
3
2
1

3
2
2
1

6
5
3
2

COAXIAL

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

0.057

3

2

1

3

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

0.025
0.027
0.051

7
6
3

5
4
2

3
3
1

7
6
3

O.D.
(APPROX. DIA.)

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

Overfloor Raceway Base

OFRBC-8

Overfloor Raceway Base & Cover

Base: 0.080” [2.0mm] aluminum.
Divided into four channels.
Packed four (4) 8’ [2.4m] lengths
per carton.
6"
[152mm]

OFRC-8

NOTE: Not recommended for use in high
traffic areas.

7/16"
[11.1mm]

Overfloor Raceway Cover
Cover: 0.040” [1.0mm] steel.
Durable black powder coat
finish. Packed four (4) 8’ [2.4m]
lengths of cover per carton.

6 7/8"
[175mm]

NOTE: Not recommended for use in high
traffic areas.

1/2"
[12.7mm]

6 7/8"
[175mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]

OFR6

Cover: 0.040" [1.0mm] steel.
Base: 0.080" [2.0mm] aluminum.
Durable black powder coat
finish. Divided into four
channels. Packed one (1) 8'
[2.4m] length of base and cover
per carton.
NOTE: Not recommended for use in high
traffic areas.

Overfloor Raceway Seam Clip
Covers seam where two sections
of OFR Series Overfloor Raceway
cover come together.

19/32"
[15.1mm]

7 5/32"
[182mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

OFRB-8

95
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

Ordering Information

OFR10A

Overfloor Raceway Entrance End Fitting
Feeds OFR Series Raceway,
Has two (2) concentric 1/2” and
1 1/4” trade size KOs on end.
Includes removable divider that
can be positioned to feed any
raceway channel. Can be used
to feed raceway from wall or
into furniture.

4 1/2"
[114mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]
6 15/16"
[176mm]

3 1/2"
[89mm]

OFR10IW

3 1/4"
[83mm]

5 7/16"
[138mm]

3 15/32"
[88mm]
5/32"
[4mm]

Feeds OFR Series
Overfloor Raceway
from behind wall.
Configurable to provide
one or two channels
of power. Has 1/2"
trade size KO for single
channel and 3/4" trade
KO for two channel.

Overfloor Raceway 2-Gang Box

2 1/4"
[57mm]

13"
[330mm]

6 15/16"
[176mm]

Divided two-gang device box.
Allows multiple services (power,
data, A/V) at a single point-ofuse. Side facing device mounting
provides low profile, with space
for large cable bend radius.
Accepts OFR Series device plates.
Removable divider can be aligned
with any of the raceway channels.

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

OFR48-4 Overfloor Raceway 4-Gang Box
2 1/4"
[57mm]

18"
[457mm]

7"
[178mm]

12 1/2"
[318mm]

Divided four-gang device box.
Allows multiple services (power,
data, A/V) at a single point-ofuse. Side facing device mounting
provides low profile, with space
for large cable bend radius.
Accepts OFR Series device
plates. Removable divider can be
aligned with any of the raceway
channels.

OFR48-4GX OFR Crossover Kit
6 3/4"
[171mm]

Allows access to power and
data on both sides of OFR48-4
4-Gang Device Box.
2 1/8"
[54mm]

96

3/8"
[9.5mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

OFR89-2400 OFR 2400 Raceway Transition

OFR In-Wall Entrance End Fitting

7 23/32"
[196mm]

7"
[178mm]

For holding conductors in place.
Packed twelve (12) per pack.

7 3/16"
[183mm]

9 15/32"
[241mm]

OFR48-2

OFRWC Overfloor Raceway Wire Clips

12 1/2"
[318mm]

4"
[102mm]

3 1/4"
[83mm]

OFR89-4000

OFR 4000 Raceway Transition

7 3/16"
[183mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]

2 9/16"
[65mm]

For connecting vertical runs
of 4000 Series Raceway with
OFR Series Raceway. Includes
removable divider than can be
positioned to feed any raceway
channel.

3 15/16"
[100mm]

OFR89-DS4000 OFR DS4000 Raceway Transition
7 3/16"
[183mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]

2 9/16"
[65mm]

For connecting vertical runs of
DS4000 Series Raceway with
OFR Series Raceway. Includes
removable divider than can be
positioned to feed any raceway
channel

3 15/16"
[100mm]

OFR89-VIS Overfloor Vista Point5 Transition
5 1/16"
[129mm]

9 3/16"
[233mm]

For connecting OFR Series
Raceway to Vista Point5
Architectural Columns.
6 1/4"
[159mm]

1/4"
[6.4mm]

6 15/16"
[176mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

2 9/16"
[65mm]

For connecting vertical runs of
2400 & 2400D Series Raceway
with OFR Series Raceway.
Includes removable divider than
can be positioned to feed any
raceway channel.

7 9/16"
[192mm]

WIREMOLD

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

Ordering Information

OFR89-VFL Overfloor Large Vista Transition
9 3/16"
[233mm]

5 1/16"
[129mm]

For connecting OFR Series
Raceway to Vista Architectural
Columns.

OFR47-D

OFR11 OFR Flat Elbow
8 11/16"
[221mm]

8 11/16"
[221mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

OFR47-R

7 9/16"
[192mm]

6 15/16"
[176mm]

For covering duplex style
devices in OFR48-2 and
OFR48-4 Device Boxes. Accepts
106 Frame.

2"
[51mm]

6 1/4"
[159mm]

1/4"
[6.4mm]

OFR Duplex Device Plate

OFR Decorator Device Plate
For covering rectangular
decorator style devices in
OFR48-2 and OFR48-4 Device
Boxes.

2"
[51mm]

For making right angle turns on
the same surface.

5 1/2"
[140mm]

OFR47-U

1/2"
[12.7mm]

OFR Extron® MAAP-2A Device Plate
8 1/16"
[205mm]

8 1/16"
[205mm]

2"
[51mm]

OFR1 OFR Coupling

5 1/2"
[140mm]

Joins lengths of OFRB-8 OFR
Series Raceway Base together.
Sold in pairs.

1 3/8"
[35mm]

Device plate that will accept up
to four (4) Extron® Electronics
MAAP style plates in OFR48-2 and
OFR48-4 Device Boxes.

OFR47-V OFR Extron

®

Device plate that will accept two
(2) Extron® Electronics AAP single
space modules.

2"
[51mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]

AAP Device Plate

5 1/2"
[140mm]

1 3/8"
[35mm]

Connects equipment grounding
conductor to provide ground to
OFR Series Raceway. No. 10
ground screw provided.

OFR47-2A OFR Communications Device Plate
2"
[51mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

OFR47-B

5 1/2"
[140mm]

OFR Duplex Device Plate
For covering unused
compartments in OFR48-2 and
OFR48-4 Device Boxes.

2"
[51mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

Device plate that will accept up to
four (4) ports of communications
devices. Includes adapters for
Ortronics® TracJack, Series II,
Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts
and wiremold Open System
communication modules.

OFR47-U2A

OFR Extron® MAAP-2A Combo Device Plate

2"
[51mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

Combination device plate that
will accept up to two (2) Extron®
Electronics MAAP style plates
and up to two (2) ports of
communications devices. Includes
adapters for Ortronics® TracJack,
Series II, Pass & Seymour® Activate
inserts and wiremold Open System
communication modules.
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

OFR9 OFR Grounding Clip

97

WIREMOLD

1500 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

Wiremold® 1500 Series™ Steel Pancake Raceway provides permanent
protection for overfloor cabling in high traffic areas.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceways:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

1500 Series Raceway System Layout
L
J

K

O

M

C

N

A
N

D

N

I

H

B

E

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

G

98

F

N

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY
A. V1517B Adapter Fitting
B. 1528 utility Box
C. 1585 Combination Connector
D. 1546A Single Receptacle Box
E. 1546B Duplex Receptacle Box
F. 1511 90° Flat Elbow

G. 1517 Internal Elbow
H. 1518 External Elbow
I. 2642D Junction Box
J. 2686FO Transition Feed Fitting
K. 2600 Series Pancake Overfloor
Steel Raceway

COLOR OPTIONS
1500 Series™ Raceway components are available in
galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated in the part
number description.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

L. 2400 Series Raceway
M. V500 500/700 Series Raceway
N. 1500 Raceway Base & Cover
O. 1/2” Conduit or Armored Cable

WIREMOLD

1500 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
Ordering Information

1500 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

1500 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
O.D. (Approx. dia.)
CABLE/wIRE SIZE

Inches

[mm]

40% FILL

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AwG

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

3
2
1
0
0

COAXIAL

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

1

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

3
3
1

uNSHIELDED
TwISTED PAIR

wIRE SIZE
THHN/THwN

O.D. (Approx. dia.)
Inches
[mm]

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

9

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

6

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

4

NO. OF CONDuCTORS
40% FILL

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable
diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

1500-10

Raceway Base & Cover
.040” [1.0mm] galvanized steel.
Packed ten 10’ [3m] lengths per
carton. Base has 9/32” [7.1mm]
diameter mounting holes on
centers of approximately 8”
[203mm].

11/32"
[8.8mm]
1 9/16"
39mm]

90° Flat Elbow
2 5/8"
[6.7mm]
Ea. Leg

For right angle turns on the
same surface.

1 3/4"
[44mm]
Ea. Leg

Cover Removal Tool

8 1/4"
209mm]

1500WC

1517 Internal Elbow
For internal 90° corners.

2 1/2"
[64mm]

Wire Clip
For holding conductors in place.
Not uL Listed.

3/8"
[9.5mm]

1502

For removing cover of 1500
and 2600 Series Overfloor
Raceways.

V1517B Adapter Fitting
2 15/16"
[75mm]

Fiber Bushing

2 11/16"
[68mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]

Protects wires from abrasion.
Slips into open end of 1500
Series Raceway where it enters
a fitting.

To feed to or from 500 or
700 Series Raceway on wall
to 1500 Series Raceway on
floor. Ivory finish.

1518 External Elbow
For external 90° corners.

1504
1/2"
[12.7mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]
Ea. Leg

Strap
Two-hole strap. use to fasten
1500 Series Raceway to
surfaces at any point desired.

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

656

1511

99
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

1500 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
Ordering Information

1528 Utility Box

1546B

1 21/32"
[42mm]

5/8"
[15.9mm]

3 1/4"
[83mm]

1542D

Base and cover each
have 1/2” trade size KO.
May be used as a cross,
tee, straight through
or to terminate run.
Two 1500wC wire Clips
included.

23/32"
[18.3mm]

May be used as a cross, tee or
elbow. Cover has 1/2” trade
size KO. Base has 1/2” and 3/4”
concentric trade size KOs to
enable connection to floor outlet
boxes or underfloor duct systems
(use Chase nipple – not included).
Two 1500wC wire Clips included.

1543GL

Grounding Duplex Receptacle 15A-125V
NEMA 5-15R & Cover
5 1/16"
[129mm]

1 5/16"
[33mm]

3 1/16"
[78mm]

1546A

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1 5/16"
[33mm]

3 1/16"
[78mm]

Cover has twistouts for 1500 and
2600 Series Raceway on all four
sides. Base has 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size concentric KOs. Two
1500wC wire Clips included.
Gray finish.

Single Receptacle Box

5 1/16"
[129mm]

1.405"
[36mm]
Dia.

5 1/16"
[129mm]
1 5/16"
[33mm]

3 1/16"
[78mm]

will accommodate commercially
available 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles. Base has 1/2" and
3/4" concentric trade size KOs.
Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and
2600 Series Raceway twistouts
on all four sides. Two 1500wC
wire Clips included. Side wiring
recommended. Gray finish.

NOTE: Box covers are manufactured of UL Listed Noryl plastic, gray textured
finish.

Junction Box
4"
[102mm]
Dia.

Duplex Receptacle Box

1546T

Telephone Outlet Box

5 1/16"
[129mm]

1 5/16"
[33mm]

3 1/16"
[78mm]

1585

Furnished with 1/2" [12.7mm]
rubber stem. Designed to accept
modular connecting blocks
within the fitting. Nonmetallic
cover has 1500 and 2600 Series
Raceway twistouts on both ends
and both sides. Two 1500wC wire
Clips included. Not uL Listed.
Gray finish.

Combination Connector
3/4"
[19.1mm]

1 5/8"
[41mm]

1 21/32"
[42mm]

3 1/4"
[83mm]

For connecting 1/2" trade
size conduit or armored
cable to 1500 Series
Raceway.

27/32"
[21.4mm]

will accommodate commercially
available straight blade and
locking single receptacles with
face diameters of 1.38-1.40"
[35-36mm]. Base has 1/2" and
3/4" trade size concentric KOs.
Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and
2600 Series Raceway twistouts
on all four sides. Two 1500wC
wire Clips included. Gray finish.

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”
prefix to part number to denote the Canadian version, i.e “C1546A”.

100
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

1500 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
Ordering Information

500 & 700 Series Raceways Installation Details
6. Cut lengths of cover to fit between
fittings. (Cover must be shorter than
mating base: 3/8" [9.5mm] shorter
for 1500, 9/16" [14.3mm] shorter for
2600.) Snap covers onto base, latching
one side under the base bead and
striking cover with a rubber mallet.

1. Determine method of feeding raceway
with 1517B, 1585 (shown), 2186 or
through a junction box or receptacle
box (i.e., 1542, 1546B).
2. Determine length of raceway base
to first fitting location. Cut base to
desired length.

4. Slip fitting tongue over raceway
base and fasten fitting base to
surface. Repeat steps 2-4 until
fitting and raceway bases are
installed along entire run.
5. Lay conductors in raceway base
using 1500wC or 2600wC wire
Clips to hold conductors in place.
wire and install devices along run.

2600 or 1500 Base

7. when raceway bases are butted,
cover must be installed so that it
overlaps joint.
8. Remove proper twistouts in fitting
cover making sure that mounting
holes line up with fitting base.
Install cover with screws furnished.

2602 or 1502 Bushing

Wire clip

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

3. Mount raceway base to surface using
No. 8 flathead fasteners through all
mounting holes provided.

101
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

2600 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

2600 Series™ Raceway uL Code Reference, Color Options, System Layout,
wire Fill Capacity Charts, Ordering Information, Installation Details and
Interconnectivity Options.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceways:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

2600 Series Raceway System Layout

J
K

G
H

F

A
B
E

C

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

I

102

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

I
A
L

D

KEY
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.

2642D Junction Box
1543GL Grounding Duplex Receptacle & Cover
1546A Single Receptacle Box
2611 90° Flat Elbow
2686FO Transition Feed Fitting
2400 wiremold 2400 Series Raceway

G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.

1500 wiremold 1500 Series Raceway
V1517B Adapter Fitting
2600 wiremold 2600 Series Overfloor Steel Raceway
500 wiremold 200, 500 or 700 Series Raceway
Conduit 1/2" [12.7mm] Flexible Conduit
Conduit 1/2" or 3/4" Conduit to underfloor Duct
System

COLOR OPTIONS
2600 Series™ Raceway components are available in galvanized
steel unless otherwise indicated in the part number
description.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

2600 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
Ordering Information

2600 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

2600 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
O.D. (Approx. dia.)
CABLE/wIRE SIZE
uNSHIELDED
TwISTED
PAIR

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AwG

COAXIAL

RG6/u

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

Inches

[mm]

40% FILL

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

10
8
5
2
2

0.270

[6.9]

5

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

10
10
5

NO. OF CONDuCTORS
40% FILL

wIRE SIZE
THHN/THwN

O.D. (Approx. dia.)
Inches
[mm]

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

29

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

21

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

13

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable
diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

23/32"
[18.3mm]

656

Raceway Base & Cover

2 7/32"
[56.6mm]

Cover: .050" galvanized steel.
Base: .040" [1.0mm] galvanized
steel. Packed five 10' [3m]
lengths per carton. Base
has 9/32" [7.1mm] diameter
mounting holes on centers of
approximately 8" [203mm].

Cover Removal Tool
For removing cover of 1500 and
2600 Series Overfloor Raceways.

2611

90° Flat Elbow

2 5/8"
[67mm]

2642D

Junction Box
1"
[25mm]

8 1/4"
209mm]

2600WC

Wire Clip
For holding conductors in place.
3/4"
[19.1mm]

2602

5"
[127mm]
Dia.

2686FO

Fiber Bushing
Protects wires from abrasion.
Slips into open end of 2600
Series Raceway where it enters
a fitting.

NOTE: Box covers are manufactured of UL Listed Noryl plastic, gray
textured finish.
NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”
prefix to part number to denote the Canadian version, i.e. “C1546A”.

For right angle turns on the
same surface.

4"
[102mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

3 5/8"
[92mm]

May be used with 1500 and/or 2600
Series Raceway as a cross, tee,
or elbow. Cover has 1/2" trade
size KO. Base has 1/2" and 3/4"
concentric KO to enable connection
to floor, outlet boxes or under floor
duct systems (use Chase nipple –
not included). Two 2600wC wire
Clips included.
NOTE: Box covers are manufactured of UL
Listed Noryl plastic, gray textured
finish.

Transition Feed Fitting
Eliminates offsetting 2400 Series
Raceway in connecting with
surface panel boxes. Has 3/4"
and 1" concentric trade size KOs
with 1" trade size KO elongated so
adjustment from surface to center
of bushing is 1" [25mm] to 1 5/8"
[41mm] maximum. Has twistouts
for transition to 1500 and 2600
Series Raceway.

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

2600-10

103
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

2600 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
Ordering Information

2600 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings
CONNECTION REQuIRED
FROM
TO

uSE CATALOG NuMBER

2600 Series Raceway

1500 Series Raceway

2642D, 1543GL, 1546A,
1546B, 1546T

2600 Series Raceway

2400 Series Raceway

2686FO

1/2" trade size Conduit or
Armored Cable

End of 1500 Series Raceway

1585

1/2" trade size Conduit or
Armored Cable

Bottom of 1500 Series
Raceway

1528

1/2" or 3/4" trade size
Conduit or Armored Cable

Bottom of 1500 or 2600
Series Raceway

2642D

1/2" or 3/4" trade size
Conduit or Armored Cable

Bottom of 1500 Series
Raceway

1542D

1543GL

Grounding Duplex Receptacle 15A-125V
NEMA 5-15R & Cover

5 1/16"
[129mm]

1 5/16"
[33mm]

Cover has twistouts for 1500 and
2600 Series Raceway on all four
sides. Base has 1/2" and 3/4" trade
size concentric KOs. Two 1500wC
wire Clips included. Gray finish.

3 1/16"
[78mm]

1546A

Single Receptacle Box

5 1/16"
[129mm]

1 5/16"
[33mm]

1.405"
[36mm]
Dia.

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

3 1/16"
[78mm]

will accommodate commercially
available straight blade and
locking single receptacles with
face diameters of 1.38-1.40"
[35-36mm]. Base has 1/2" and
3/4" trade size concentric KOs.
Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and
2600 Series Raceway twistouts on
all four sides. Two 1500wC wire
Clips included. Gray finish.

1546B

Duplex Receptacle Box

5 1/16"
[129mm]
1 5/16"
[33mm]

3 1/16"
[78mm]

1546T

Telephone Outlet Box

5 1/16"
[129mm]

1 5/16"
[33mm]

3 1/16"
[78mm]

will accommodate commercially
available 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles. Base has 1/2" and
3/4" concentric trade size KOs.
Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and
2600 Series Raceway twistouts
on all four sides. Two 1500wC
wire Clips included. Side wiring
recommended. Gray finish.

Furnished with 1/2" [12.7mm]
rubber stem. Designed to accept
modular connecting blocks
within the fitting. Nonmetallic
cover has 1500 and 2600 Series
Raceway twistouts on both ends
and both sides. Two 1500wC
wire Clips included. Not uL
Listed. Gray finish.

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”
prefix to part number to denote the Canadian version, i.e “C1546A”.

104
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

1200/1400/1600 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAYS

Wiremold® 1200/1400/1600 Series Overfloor Raceway Systems
provide permanent or temporary protection for overfloor cabling
in high traffic areas.

CODE REFERENCE

1200, 1400, and 1600 Series
Raceway is not uL Listed
and is designed for use in
protecting wiring and cabling.

1200 Series — Channel Capacity Up to 5/16" [7.9mm] Cable Diameter
COLOR

LENGTH

BE1200-5

Beige

5'

[1.5m]

BE1200-5R

Beige

5'

[1.5m]

BE1200-10

Beige

10'

[3.0m]

BE1200-50

Beige

50'

[15.2m]

BK1200-5

Black

5'

[1.5m]

BK1200-10

Black

10'

[3.0m]

BK1200-50

Black

50'

[15.2m]

BR1200-5R

Brown

5'

[1.5m]

BR1200-5

Brown

5'

[1.5m]

BR1200-10

Brown

10'

[3.0m]

BR1200-50

Brown

50'

[15.2m]

GR1200-5

Gray

5'

[1.5m]

GR1200-5R

Gray

5'

[1.5m]

GR1200-10

Gray

10'

[3.0m]

GR1200-50

Gray

50'

[15.2m]

YL1200-50

High Visibility Yellow

50'

[15.2m]

COLOR OPTIONS

1/2"
[12.7mm]
14/32"
[11.4mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

CATALOG NuMBER

1200/1400/1600 Series Raceways are available in gray, black,
beige, brown and high visibility yellow.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

105

WIREMOLD

1200/1400/1600 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAYS
Ordering Information

1400 Series — Channel Capacity Up To 1/2" [12.7mm] Cable Diameter
CATALOG NuMBER

COLOR

LENGTH

BE1400-5

Beige

5'

[1.5m]

BE1400-10

Beige

10'

[3.0m]

BE1400-50

Beige

50'

[15.2m]

BK1400-5

Black

5'

[1.5m]

BK1400-10

Black

10'

[3.0m]

BK1400-50

Black

50'

[15.2m]

BR1400-5

Brown

5'

[1.5m]

BR1400-10

Brown

10'

[3.0m]

BR1400-50

Brown

50'

[15.2m]

GR1400-5

Gray

5'

[1.5m]

GR1400-10

Gray

10'

[3.0m]

GR1400-50

Gray

50'

[15.2m]

YL1400-50

High Visibility Yellow

50'

[15.2m]

26/32"
[20.1mm]
20/32"
[16.5mm]

3"
[76mm]

1600 Series — Channel Capacity Up To 3/4" [19.1mm] Cable Diameter

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

CATALOG NuMBER

COLOR

LENGTH

BE1600-5

Beige

5'

[1.5m]

BE1600-10

Beige

10'

[3.0m]

BE1600-25

Beige

25'

[7.6m]

BK1600-5

Black

5'

[1.5m]

BK1600-10

Black

10'

[3.0m]

BK1600-25

Black

25'

[7.6m]

BR1600-5

Brown

5'

[1.5m]

BR1600-10

Brown

10'

[3.0m]

BR1600-25

Brown

25'

[7.6m]

GR1600-5

Gray

5'

[1.5m]

GR1600-10

Gray

10'

[3.0m]

GR1600-25

Gray

25'

[7.6m]

YL1600-25

High Visibility Yellow

25'

[7.6m]

DST2

DOuBle-SiDeD Tape
For long term installation.
2" wide x 17 yds.

106
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

1 1/32"
[26mm]
30/32"
[23.4mm]

3 11/32"
[85mm]

WIREMOLD

NoNmetallic Surface raceway SyStemS

Wiremold® Nonmetallic surface Raceway systems are the industry leaders in
quality, ease of installation, and for providing pathway solutions for all types
of installations. For over 50 years, wiremold Nonmetallic surface Raceway
systems have provided the highest quality, most dependable solutions for
installers, building owners, and designers.

139

Eclipse™ Series
Raceway

119

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

CableSmart™ 40N2
Series Raceway

107
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

NoNmetallic Surface raceway SyStemS

Table of Contents

Low Voltage Single-Channel Raceways
111
uniduct® 2700,
2800, 2900 series
Raceway

Power-Rated Single- and Dual-Channel Raceways
119

124

Eclipse™ PN03,
PN05, PN10
series Raceway

400, 800,
2300/2300D
™
series Raceway

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Large Capacity Multiple-Channel Raceways
133

139

142

Access® 5000
series Raceway

Cablesmart™ 40N2
series Raceway

5400 series™
Raceway

149

154

5500 series™
Raceway

5507 series™
Faceplates

Hide Cord Raceway
157
300 series™ Duct

108
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

NoNmetallic Surface raceway SyStemS

Quick selection Guide

Low Voltage Single-Channel Raceway Profiles

Uniduct® Raceway
Capacity: 0.869 in.2 [530mm2]

Capacity: 0.337 in.2 [217mm2]

Capacity: 0.163 in.2 [105mm2]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

3/8"
[9.5mm]

Uniduct 2700 Raceway

2900 series

2800 series

2700 series

3/4"
[19.1mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

1"
[25mm]

Power-Rated Single- & Dual-Channel Raceway Profiles

Eclipse™ Series Raceway*
Eclipse PN03*

Eclipse PN05*

Capacity: 0.285 in.2 [184mm2]
1/2"
[12.7mm]

Capacity: 0.99 in.2 [638.7mm2]

5/8"
[15.9mm]

13/16"
[20.6mm]

13/16"
[20.6mm]

1 1/8"
[29mm]

400 Series™ Raceway*

1 11/16"
[43mm]

800 Series™ Raceway*
800BAC Raceway

400BAC Raceway

Capacity: 0.272 in.2 [175mm2]

Capacity: 0.130 in.2 [83.9mm2]

7/16"
[11.1mm]

7/16"
[11.1mm]
1 5/16"
[33mm]

7/8"
[22.2mm]

2300 Series™ Raceway*

2300D Series™ Raceway*
2300BACD Raceway

2300BAC Raceway

Capacity: 0.426 in.2 [275mm2]
Each Compartment

Capacity: 0.852 in.2 [550mm2]
11/16"
[17.5mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]

11/16"
[17.5mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]

* UL Listed for up to 600V.

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PN05L08 Raceway

Eclipse PN10*

Capacity: 0.538 in.2 [347mm2]

109
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

NoNmetallic Surface raceway SyStemS

Quick selection Guide

High Capacity Multiple Channel Raceway Profiles

Access® 5000 Series Raceway

5400 Series™ Raceway

5000B Raceway Base

Capacity: Compartment A: 1.39 in.2 [849mm2]
Compartment B: 1.94 in.2 [1250mm2]
A

5400TB Raceway

Capacity: Each Compartment:
3.72 in.2 [2400mm2]

B

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1"
[25mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

5 1/4"
[133mm]

CableSmart® 40N2 Series Raceway
40N2B08 Raceway Base
Capacity: Each Compartment:
3.22 in.2 [2080mm2]

5500 Series™ Raceway
5500BD3 Raceway

Capacity: Each Compartment:
2.64 in.2 [67mm2]
1 3/4"
[44mm]

2"
[51mm]
6 11/16"
[170mm]

4"
[102mm]

Hide Cord Raceway Profiles

300 Series™ Duct
300 Duct

Capacity: .900 in.2 [581mm2]

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

12/32"
[8.9mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

110
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

uNiDuct® SerieS racewayS

single-Channel

One-piece, latching single-channel raceway available in three profiles.
Easy-to-install and ideal for basic communication installations.

CODE REFERENCE
uniduct series Raceway is not uL
Listed and is only designed for use
in protecting electrical cords, low
voltage wiring and cabling.

Uniduct 2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways System Layout
G

H

A
B

F

E
D

D

I

C

NOTE: Illustration is for
showing product
applications only.

KEY
A.
B.
C.
D.

2706, 2806, 2906 Cover Clip
2710B, 2810B, 2910B Blank End Fitting
2711, 2811, 2911 Flat Elbow
2715, 2815, 2915 Tee Fitting

COLOR OPTIONS

E. 2717, 2817, 2917 Internal Elbow
F. 2718, 2818, 2918 External Elbow
G. 2786, 2886, 2986 Drop Ceiling
Connector

H. CM2, series II, TracJack
Communication Devices
I. CM-MMB-293 Multimedia Box
J. NM2048 Device Box

uniduct® series Raceway Part Numbers with a “-wH” suffix
have a white finish. Part Numbers with a “-Fw” suffix have a fog
white finish. Part Numbers without a suffix have an ivory finish.
uniduct Raceway can also be painted using latex paint.

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

J

111
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

uNiDuct® 2700 SerieS racewayS

Ordering Information

Uniduct® 2700 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities
for Communications
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

2700, 2700L8

CABLE/wIRE sIZE

Inches

[mm]

40%
FILL

uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AwG

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

2
1
1
0
0

COAXIAL

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

1

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 strand Fiber
Round 6 strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

2
2
1

One-Piece Latching Raceway Cover

Makes right angle turns in 2700 series
Raceway on same surface. Also available
in white (2711-wH).
1 1/2"
[38mm]
Each Leg

2715

Tee
For branching of raceway running at
right angles. Also available in white
(2715-wH).

11/16"
[17.5mm]

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.
2 3/16"
[56mm]

2700, 2700L8
3/4"
[19.1mm]

3/8"
[9.5mm]

PVC-1

One-Piece Latching Raceway Cover
Co-extruded design, smooth
plastic 2700L8 finish with adhesive
backing. Available in [1.8m] length,
packed 120' [36.6m] per carton.
2700L8 available in 8' [2.44m]
length, packed 160' [48.8m] per
carton. Also available in white
(2700-wH, 2700L8-wH).

PVC Raceway Cutter

2717

Internal Elbow
1 1/4"
[32mm]
Each Leg

2718

External Elbow

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use
with small nonmetallic raceways.

2706

Makes right angle turns around
internal corners. Also available in
white (2717-wH).

Makes right angle turns around
external corners. Also available in
white (2718-wH).
1"
[25mm]
Each Leg

Cover Clip
1"
[25mm]

Covers seam where two pieces of
2700 series Raceway Cover come
together. Also available in white
(2706-wH).

2786

Drop Ceiling Connector
1 7/16"
[37mm]

Conceals cables dropped from
ceiling into the 2700 series
Raceway. Also available in white
(2786-wH).

2 1/8"
[54mm]

2710B

Blank End Fitting

1"
[25mm]

Closes off open end of 2700 series
Raceway. Also available in white
(2710B-wH).
NOTE: Device Boxes for Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway can be found on
pages located at the end of this product section.

112
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

uNiDuct® 2800 SerieS racewayS

Ordering Information

Uniduct® 2800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities
for Communications
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

2811

CABLE/wIRE sIZE

Inches

[]

40%
FILL

uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AwG

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

4
3
2
1
1

COAXIAL

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

2

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 strand Fiber
Round 6 strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

4
4
2

Flat Elbow
Makes right angle turns in 2800
series Raceway on same surface.
Also available in white (2811-wH).

2"
[51mm]
Each leg

2811FO

Radiused Flat Elbow
Makes right angle turns in 2800
series Raceway on same surface.
Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm] bend
radius when installing uTP and
fiber optic cable. Also available in
white (2811FO-wH).

3"
[76mm]
(Each leg)

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

One-Piece Latching Raceway

1"
[25mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

PVC-1

Co-extruded design, smooth
ivory plastic finish with adhesive
backing. 2800 available in 6'
[1.8m] lengths, packed 120'
[36.6m] per carton. 2800L8
available in 8' [2.44m] length,
packed 160' [48.8m] per carton.
Also available in white (2800wH, 2800L8-wH).

PVC Raceway Cutter
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for
use with small nonmetallic
raceways.

2815

Tee
For branching of 2800 series
Raceway running at right angles.
Also available in white (2815wH).

7/8"
[22.2mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

2815FO

Radiused Tee
5"
[127mm]

1 15/16"
[49mm]

1 1/4"
[32mm]

2806

3 1/2"
[89mm]

Cover Clip
1 1/2"
[38mm]

2810B

Covers seam where two pieces
of 2800 series Raceway Cover
come together. Also available in
white (2806-wH).

2817

For branching of 2800
series Raceway running
at right angles. Maintains
1 1/4" [32mm] cable bend
radius when installing uTP
and fiber optic cable. Also
available in white (2815FOwH).

Internal Elbow
For right angle turns around
internal corners. Also available in
white (2817-wH).

1 1/2"
[38mm]
Each leg

Blank End Fitting
1 3/8"
[35mm]

Closes off end of 2800 series
Raceway. Also available in white
(2810B-wH).

NOTE: Device Boxes for Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway can be found on
pages located at the end of this product section.

2817FO

Radiused Internal Elbow
3 1/4"
[83mm]
(Each leg)

2 1/2"
[64mm]

Makes right angle turns around
internal corners of 2800 series
Raceway. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]
bend radius when installing
uTP and fiber optic cable. Also
available in white (2817FO-wH).

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

2800, 2800L8

2 1/4"
[57mm]

113

WIREMOLD

uNiDuct® 2800 & 2900 SerieS racewayS

Ordering Information

2818

2886

External Elbow
Makes right angle turns around
external corners. Also available
in white (2818-wH).

1 9/16"
[40mm]

2 3/8"
[60mm]

1 1/8"
[29mm]
Each Leg

2818FO

Drop Ceiling Connector

Radiused External Elbow

2889

Makes right angle turns around
external corners of 2800 series
Raceway. Maintains 1 1/4"
[32mm] cable bend radius when
installing uTP and fiber optic
cable. Also available in white
(2818FO-wH).

3"
[76mm]
(Each leg)

Conceals dropped cables
from ceiling into 2800 series
Raceway. Also available in white
(2886-wH).

Reducing Connector (2800 – 2700)
For transitioning from 2800
series Raceway to 2700 series
Raceway. Also available in white
(2889-wH).

3/4"
[19.1mm]

3 3/4"
[95mm]

NOTE: Device Boxes for Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway can be found on
pages located at the end of this product section.

Uniduct® 2900 Series Raceway Ordering Information

2900, 2900L8
1 1/2"
[38mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PVC-1

One-Piece Latching Raceway

PVC Raceway Cutter
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for
use with small nonmetallic
raceways.

Co-extruded design, smooth
plastic finish with adhesive
backing. Available in 6' [1.8m]
length, packed 120' [36.6m]
per carton. 2900L8 available
in 8' [2.44m] length, packed
160' [48.8m] per carton. Also
available in white (2900-wH,
2900L8-wH).

2906

Cover Clip
2"
[51mm]

Uniduct® 2900 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities
for Communications
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
CABLE/wIRE sIZE

Inches

[]

40%
FILL

uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AwG

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[8.9]
[10.4]

12
10
7
3
2

COAXIAL

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

6

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 strand Fiber
Round 6 strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

12
12
6

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

2910B

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

For closing open end of 2900 series
Raceway. Also available in white
(2910B-wH).

Flat Elbow
For right angle turns on same
surface. Also available in white
(2911-wH).

2 3/4"
[70mm]
Each Leg

114

Blank End Fitting
1 3/4"
[44mm]

2911

For covering joint where two
pieces of 2900 series Raceway
Cover come together. Also
available in white (2906-wH).

WIREMOLD

uNiDuct® 2900 SerieS racewayS

Ordering Information

2911FO

Radiused Flat Elbow
3 1/2"
[89mm] (Each
leg)

2918

External Elbow
For right angle turns around
external corners. Also available
in white (2918-wH).

For right angle turns on same
surface. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]
bend radius when installing
uTP and fiber optic cable. Also
available in white (2911FO-wH).
1 7/8"
[48mm]
Each Leg

2 3/4"
[70mm]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

2915

2918FO

Tee

3"
[76mm]
(Each Leg)

For branching of 2900 series
Raceway running at right angles.
Also available in white (2915wH).

1 1/8"
[29mm]

Radiused External Elbow
For right angle turns around
external corners. Maintains
1 1/4" [32mm] bend radius
when installing uTP and fiber
optic cable. Also available in
white (2918FO-wH).

3 7/8"
[98mm]

2915FO

3 3/4"
[95mm]

Radiused Tee
5 1/2"
[140mm]

1 15/16"
[49mm]

4"
[102mm]

Drop Ceiling Connector
2"
[51mm]

For dropping cables from
ceiling into the raceway. Also
available in white (2986-wH).

2 7/8"
[73mm]

Internal Elbow
2 1/4"
[57mm]
Each Leg

2917FO

For right angle turns around
internal corners. Also available in
white (2917-wH).

Radiused Internal Elbow
3 1/4"
[83mm]
(Each leg)

2 1/2"
[64mm]

2986

For right angle turns
around internal corners.
Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]
bend radius when
installing uTP and fiber
optic cable. Also available
in white (2917FO-wH).

2989

Reducing Connector
For transitioning from 2900
series Raceway to 2800 series
Raceway. Also available in white
(2989-wH).

15/16"
[24mm]

2989A

Reducing Connector
For transitioning from 2900
series Raceway to 2700 series
Raceway. Also available in white
(2989A-wH).

15/16"
[24mm]

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

2917

1 1/4"
[32mm]

For branching of raceway
running at right angles.
Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]
bend radius when
installing uTP and fiber
optic cable. Also available
in white (2915FO-wH).

115
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

uNiDuct® SerieS raceway

Device Box Ordering Information

Uniduct 2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways Interconnectivity Fittings
CONNECTION REQuIRED
FROM

uniduct 2700 series Raceway

2889

uniduct 2900 series Raceway

uniduct 2700 series Raceway

2989A

uniduct 2900 series Raceway

uniduct 2800 series Raceway

2989

Drop Ceiling

uniduct 2800 series Raceway

2786

Drop Ceiling

uniduct 2800 series Raceway

2886

Drop Ceiling

uniduct 2900 series Raceway

NM2000

uniduct 2700, 2800, or 2900 series Raceway

NM2044

Extra Deep Device Box
3"
[76mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

NM2044-2
2 3/4"
[70mm]

Two-Gang Deep Device Box

4 7/8"
[124mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

For mounting multiple voice/
data devices when additional
depth is required. Has
combination twistouts for
uniduct 2700, 2800, 2900 and
NM2000 series Raceways.
Accepts industry standard NEMA
faceplates. Also available in
white (NM2044-2wH).

3 1/4"
[83mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

For mounting deep voice/
data devices. Has combination
twistouts for uniduct 2700,
2800, 2900,and NM2000 series
Raceways. Accepts industry
standard NEMA faceplates. Also
available in white (NM2048-wH).

3 1/4"
[83mm]

CM-MMB-292

5 3/16"
[132mm]

CM-MMB-293

116
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Fiber storage loop. Accepts two
2A size wiremold® Open system
Communication Modules or Pass
& seymour® Activate series
Inserts. Compatible with uniduct
2700, 2800, and 2900 series
Raceways. Also available in
white (CM-MMB-292-wH).

Three Insert Multimedia Box

1 1/2"
[38mm]

5 3/16"
[132mm]

Accepts one 2A size wiremold
Open system Communication
Module or Pass & seymour®
Activate series Insert.
Compatible with uniduct 2700
and 2800 series Raceways. Also
available in white (CM-MMB291-wH).

Two Insert Multimedia Box

1 1/2"
[38mm]

5 3/16"
[132mm]

For mounting multiple voice
data devices. Has combination
twistouts for uniduct 2700,
2800, 2900, and NM2000 series
Raceways. Accepts industry
standard NEMA faceplates. Also
available in white (NM20482wH).

One Insert Multimedia Box

1 1/2"
[38mm]

Deep Device Box
3"
[76mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

NM2048-2

Two-Gang Extra Deep Device Box

4 7/8"
[124mm]

NM2048

For mounting voice/data
devices when additional depth
is required. Has combination
twistouts for uniduct 2700, 2800,
2900 and NM2000 series
Raceways. Accepts industry
standard NEMA faceplates. Also
available in white (NM2044-wH).

2986
NM2044, NM2044-2, NM2048, NM2048-2

CM-MMB-291

4 3/4"
[121mm]

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

usE CATALOG NuMBER

TO

uniduct 2800 series Raceway

Fiber storage loop. Accepts
three 2A size wiremold® Open
system Communication Modules
or Pass & seymour® Activate
series Inserts. Compatible with
uniduct 2700, 2800, and 2900
series Raceways. Also available
in white (CM-MMB-293-wH).

WIREMOLD

uNiDuct® 2700, 2800, 2900 SerieS racewayS

Installation Details

2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways Installation Details
1. Cover Clip: 2706/2806/2906
To join two pieces of uniduct Raceway
in line. Install the uniduct Raceway
butted as shown. snap the cover clip
(2706/2806/2906) onto the uniduct
Raceway, leaving no gap.

7. Internal Elbow: 2717/2817/2917
To go around internal corner. Install
uniduct 2700, 2800, or 2900 series
Raceway butted as shown. snap
internal elbow (2717/2817/2917) onto
the uniduct Raceway, leaving no gap.

2. Blank End Fitting: 2710B/2810B/2910B
To cover the open end of uniduct
Raceway. snap the blank end fitting
(2710B/2810B/2910B) onto the open
end of 2700, 2800, or 2900 series
uniduct Raceway.

8. Bend Radius Internal Elbow:
2817FO/2917FO
To make internal corner connection
and maintain 1 1/4" [32mm] bend
radius. Mount the fitting base to the
wall by using screws or the adhesive
strip supplied. Butt the uniduct
Raceway as shown and snap the
fitting cover over the base after the
cabling has been completed.

4. Bend Radius 90° Flat Elbow:
2811FO/2911FO
To make right angle turn on same
surface and maintain 1 1/4" [32mm]
bend radius. Mount the fitting base
to the wall by using screws or the
adhesive strip supplied. Butt the
uniduct Raceway as shown and snap
the fitting cover over the base after
the cabling has been completed.
5. Tee: 2715/2815/2915
For branching at right angles.
Install the uniduct Raceway butted
as shown. snap tee (2715/2815/2915)
onto the uniduct Raceway, leaving
no gap.
6. Bend Radius Tee: 2815FO/2915FO
To branch at right angles and
maintain a 1 1/4" [32mm] bend
radius. Mount the fitting base to the
wall by using screws or the adhesive
strip supplied. Butt the uniduct
Raceway as shown and snap the
fitting cover over the base after the
cabling has been completed.

9. External Elbow: 2718/2818/2918
To go around external corner. Install
uniduct 2700, 2800, or 2900 series
Raceway butted as shown. snap
external elbow (2718/2818/2918)
onto the uniduct Raceway, leaving
no gap.
10. Bend Radius External Elbow:
2818FO/2918FO
To make external corner connection
and maintain 1 1/4" [32mm] bend
radius. Mount the fitting base to the
wall by using screws or the adhesive
strip supplied. Butt the uniduct
Raceway as shown and snap the
fitting cover over the base after the
cabling has been completed.
10. Drop Ceiling Connector:
2786/2886/2986
For bringing cables from ceiling to
raceway. Cut a hole in the ceiling tile
right next to metal grid. Drop the
cables from the ceiling into the uniduct
Raceway. Push the drop ceiling
connector (2786/2886/2986) through
the hole so that the notch in the large
end of the connector butts with the
metal grid. snap the drop ceiling
connector onto the uniduct Raceway.

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

3. 90° Flat Elbow: 2711/2811/2911
To make right angle turn on same
surface. Install the uniduct Raceway
butted as shown. snap 90° flat elbow
(2711/2811/2911) onto the uniduct
Raceway, leaving no gap.

117
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

uNiDuct® 2700, 2800, 2900 SerieS racewayS

Installation Details

2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways Device Box Installation Details
Base Front View
2800
NM2048 Cover

2900

Faceplate

NM2048 Base
2700, 2800, 2900
uniduct Raceway

2700
Cover side View

1. Remove proper tongue on the
device box (NM2048) base.

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

4. Mount raceway to box.
Install cables.

118
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

2. Notch proper knockout in cover
using knife. use pliers to remove
knockout inward for cleaner edge.
(Trimming may be necessary.)
5. snap device box cover onto base.

3 . Fasten device box base to wall
using screws (not provided).
6. Mount device and faceplate.

WIREMOLD

eclipSe™ SerieS racewayS

single Channel

One-piece, latching, single-channel raceway available in three profiles.
Easy-to-install and ideal for demanding communication designs.
Accommodates communication or power wiring.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability requirements of
uL-5A.
Fittings:
File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
uL Listed for up to 600V.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

Eclipse Series PN03, PN05, PN10 Raceways System Layout

J

B
D
N

E

A
L

G

H
E
M

O

K

I

C
F
NOTE:

COLOR OPTIONS

A. PN03L08, PN03L10, PN05L08, PN05L10,
PN10L08, PN10L10 Latching Raceway
B. PN03F06, PN05F06, PN10F06 Cover Clip
C. PN03F11, PN05F11, PN10F11
90° Flat Elbow Fitting
D. PN03F15, PN05F15, PN10F15 Tee Fitting
E. PN03F17, PN05F17, PN10F17
Internal Elbow Fitting
F. PN03F18, PN05F18, PN10F18
External Elbow Fitting
G. PN03F19, PN05F19, PN10F19
Bend Radius External Elbow Fitting
H. PN03F20, PN05F20, PN10F20
Blank End Fitting
I. PN10F21 Entrance End Fitting
J. PN05F86, PN10F86 Drop Ceiling Connector
K. PN153R Reducer Adapter
L. PsB1 One-Gang Device Box
M. PsB2 Two-Gang Device Box
N. PsB3 Three-Gang Device Box
O. PBB2s2, PBB4TJ, PDB1CM, PDB1s2,
PDB2CM, PDB2s2, PDB4TJ
Communication Box

Illustration is for showing product applications only.

Eclipse™ series Raceway Part Numbers with a “-wH” suffix
have a white finish. Part Numbers with a “-Fw” suffix have a
fog white finish. Part Numbers with a “-V” suffix have an ivory
finish. Eclipse series Raceways are paintable using latex paint.

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

KEY

119
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

eclipSe™ SerieS racewayS

Ordering Information

Eclipse Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
O.D. (APPROX. DIA.)
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

40% FILL

CABLE/wIRE sIZE

Inches

[mm]

PN03

PN05

PN10

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

3

5

13

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

(5.3)

2

5

11

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

(6.3)

1

3

8

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

(9.0)

0

1

4

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

(10.4)

0

1

3

COAXIAL

RG6/u

FIBER

ZipCord

0.270

[6.9]

1

3

6

0.118 x 0.236

[3 x 6]

3

6

14

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

3

6

14

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

1

3

7

Eclipse Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN
14 AwG
12 AwG
10 AwG

O.D.
Inches
0.111
0.130
0.164

[mm]
[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

NO. OF CONDuCTORs
PN03
PN05
PN10
8
16
15
7
14
20
0
0
19

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PN03L08, PN03L10, PN05L08, PN05L10, PN10L08, PN10L10
One-piece latching raceway with
co-extruded hinge and adhesive
backing. Available in 8' [2.44m]
and 10' [3.0m] lengths.

A

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

B

PN03F06, PN05F06, PN10F06
1"
[12.7mm]

Cover Clip

For covering joint where two
pieces of Eclipse PN03, PN05,
or PN10 series Raceway Cover
come together. Available in fog
white (PN03F06-Fw, PN05F06-Fw,
PN10F06-Fw), white (PN03F06wH, PN05F06-wH, PN10F06-wH),
and ivory (PN03F06-V, PN05F06-V,
PN10F06-V).

120
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

CAT. NO.

Latching Raceway
A

B

PN03L08-Fw, -V, -wH

1/2" [12.7mm]

13/16" [20.6mm]

PN03L10-Fw, -V, -wH

1/2" [12.7mm]

13/16" [20.6mm]

PN05L08-Fw, -V, -wH

5/8" [15.9mm]

1 1/8" [29mm]

PN05L10-Fw, -V, -wH

5/8" [15.9mm]

1 1/8" [29mm]

PN10L08-Fw, -V, -wH

3/16" [20.6mm]

1 11/16" [43mm]

PN10L10-Fw, -V, -wH

3/16" [20.6mm]

1 11/16" [43mm]

PN03F11, PN05F11, PN10F11
A

Flat Elbow

For right angle turns on the same
surface. 1" [25mm] bend radius.

CAT. NO.

A

PN03F11Fw, -V, -wH

2 11/16" [68mm]

PN05F11Fw, -V, -wH

2 15/16" [75mm]

PN10F11Fw, -V, -wH

3 11/16" [94mm]

WIREMOLD

eclipSe™ SerieS racewayS

Ordering Information

PN03F20, PN05F20, PN10F20

Tee

Blank End Fitting

For branches of raceway running
at right angles. 1" [25mm] bend
radius.

For closing open end of Eclipse
PN03, PN05, or PN10 series
Raceway. Available in fog white
(PN03F20-Fw, PN05F20-Fw,
PN10F20-Fw), white (PN03F20wH, PN05F20-wH, PN10F20-wH),
and ivory (PN03F20-V, PN05F20-V,
PN10F20-V).

A
B

CAT. NO.

A

B

PN03F15-Fw, -wH, -V

2 11/16" [68mm] 4 5/16" [110mm]

PN05F15-Fw, -wH, -V

2 15/16" [75mm]

PN10F15-Fw, -wH, -V

3 11/16" [94mm] 5 5/16" [135mm]

11/16"
[17.5mm

4 3/4" [121mm]

PN153R

Reducer Adapter Fitting
For adapting PN03 or PN05 series
Raceway to a PN10 series Raceway
trunking through the PN10F15
Tee Fitting. Available in fog white
(PN153R-Fw), white (PN153R-wH),
and ivory (PN153R-V).

PN03F17, PN05F17, PN10F17
Internal Elbow
2 1/8"
[54mm]
Each Leg

For right angle turns around
internal corners. 1" [25mm] bend
radius. Available in fog white
(PN03F17-Fw, PN05F17-Fw,
PN10F17-Fw), white (PN03F17wH, PN05F17-wH, PN10F17-wH),
and ivory (PN03F17-V, PN05F17-V,
PN10F17-V).

11/16"
[17.5mm

PN05F86, PN10F86

For dropping cables from ceiling
into the raceway. Has 1/2" and
3/4" concentric trade size KOs.
Includes PN153R Reducer Adapter
for use with PN03 series Raceway.

A
B

PN03F18, PN05F18, PN10F18
External Elbow

Drop Ceiling Connector

CAT. NO.

For right angle turns around
external corners. Available in fog
white (PN03F18-Fw, PN05F18-Fw,
PN10F18-Fw), white (PN03F18wH, PN05F18-wH, PN10F18-wH),
and ivory (PN03F18-V, PN05F18-V,
PN10F18-V).

1 5/8"
[41mm]
Each Leg

Radiused Extruded Elbow

For right angle turns around
external corners. 1" [25mm] bend
radius.

A

B

1 5/16" [33mm]

4 3/8" [111mm]

PN10F86-Fw, -wH, -V

2 1/2" [64mm]

4 3/8" [111mm]

PN10F21
7/8"
[22mm]

PN03F19, PN05F19, PN10F19

A

PN05F86-Fw, -wH, -V

Entrance End Fitting
3 7/8"
[98mm]

For feeding raceway with 1/2" and
3/4" trade size conduit or armored
cable. Has 1/2 and 3/4" concentric
trade size KOs. Includes PN153R
Reducer Adapter for use with
PN03 and PN05 series Raceway.
Available in fog white (PN10F21Fw), white (PN10F21-wH), and
ivory (PN10F21-V).

B
Each Leg

A

B

PN03F19-Fw, -wH, -V

CAT. NO.

15/16" [23.8mm]

3 1/8" [79mm]

PN05F19-Fw, -wH, -V

1 3/16" [30mm]

3 1/8" [79mm]

PN10F19-Fw, -wH, -V

1 3/16" [30mm]

3 3/8" [116mm]

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PN03F15, PN05F15, PN10F15

121
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

eclipSe™ SerieS racewayS

Ordering Information

PSB1

One-Gang Device Box
Accepts all standard single-gang
NEMA faceplates and keystone
jacks. Twistouts on all four sides
for PN03, PN05, and PN10 series
Raceways. Designed for use with
Ortronics® wiJack™ wireless
Access Point. Available in fog
white (PsB1-Fw), white (PsB1wH), and ivory (PsB1-V).

4 3/4"
[121mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

3"
[76mm]

PSB2

Two-Gang Device Box
Accepts all standard two-gang
NEMA faceplates and keystone
jacks. Twistouts on all four sides
for PN03, PN05, and PN10 series
Raceways. Has 1/2" and 3/4"
concentric trade size KOs, as
well as rectangular KO for wall
box mounting. Designed for use
with Ortronics® wiJack™ wireless
Access Point. Available in fog
white (PsB2-Fw), white (PsB2wH), and ivory (PsB2-V).

4 3/4"
[121mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]

PSB3

Three-Gang Device Box

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

4 3/4"
[121mm]

7"
[178mm]

PDB1S2

1 3/4"
[44mm]

Accepts all standard three-gang
NEMA faceplates and keystone
jacks. Twistouts on all four
sides for PN03, PN05, and PN10
series Raceways. Has 1/2" and
3/4" concentric trade size KOs.
Designed for use with Ortronics®
wiJack™ wireless Access Point.
Available in fog white (PsB3Fw), white (PsB3-wH), and ivory
(PsB3-V).

Series II Data Box

2 7/8"
[73mm]

3 5/8"
[92mm]

surface mount box for use with
Eclipse Raceway or standalone
application. Accepts one
front-loaded downward facing
Ortronics® series II insert.
Available in fog white (PDB1s2Fw), white (PDB1s2-wH), and
ivory (PDB1s2-V).

1 7/16"
[36mm]

122
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

PDB1CM

CM Data Box

2 7/8"
[73mm]

3 5/8"
[92mm]
1 7/16"
[36mm]

PDB2S2

Series II Data Box

5"
[127mm]

3 3/4"
[95mm]
1 7/16"
[36mm]

PDB2CM

surface mount box for use with
Eclipse Raceway or standalone
application. Has two 1/2"
trade size KOs. Accepts two
front-loaded downward facing
Ortronics® series II inserts.
Available in fog white (PDB2s2Fw), white (PDB2s2-wH), and
ivory (PDB2s2-V).

CM Data Box

5"
[127mm]

3 3/4"
[95mm]

1 7/16"
[36mm]

PDB2TJ

surface mount box for use with
Eclipse Raceway or standalone
application. Has one 1/2" trade
size KO. Accepts one frontloaded downward facing Pass &
seymour® Activate or wiremold®
Open system communication
module. Available in fog white
(PDB1CM-Fw), white (PDB1CMwH), and ivory (PDB1CM-V).

surface mount box for use with
Eclipse Raceway or standalone
application. Has two 1/2" trade
size KOs. Accepts two frontloaded downward-facing Pass &
seymour® Activate or wiremold®
Open system communication
modules. Available in fog white
(PDB2CM-Fw), white (PDB2CMwH), and ivory (PDB2CM-V).

TracJack Data Box

2 7/8"
[73mm]

3 11/16"
[94mm]
1 7/16"
[36mm]

surface mount box for use with
Eclipse Raceway or standalone
application. Has one 1/2" trade
size KO. Accepts two front-loaded
downward facing Ortronics®
TracJack inserts. Available
in fog white (PDB2TJ-Fw),
white (PDB2TJ-wH), and ivory
(PDB2TJ-V).

WIREMOLD

eclipSe™ SerieS racewayS

Ordering Information

TracJack Data Box

5"
[127mm]

3 3/4"
[95mm]
1 7/16"
[36mm]

PBB2S2

surface mount box for use with
Eclipse Raceway or standalone
application. Has two 1/2" trade
size KOs. Accepts four frontloaded downward facing Ortronics®
TracJack inserts. Available
in fog white (PDB4TJ-Fw),
white (PDB4TJ-wH), and ivory
(PDB4TJ-V).

PBB4TJ

Bezel Box

3"
[76mm]

3 1/4"
[83mm]

surface mount box for use with
Eclipse Raceway or standalone
application. Accepts four frontloaded outward facing Ortronics®
TracJack inserts. Available
in fog white (PBB4TJ-Fw),
white (PBB4TJ-wH), and ivory
(PBB4TJ-V).

Bezel Box

2 7/8"
[73mm]

3 5/8"
[92mm]

surface mount box for use with
Eclipse Raceway or standalone
application. Accepts two frontloaded outward facing Ortronics®
series II inserts. Available
in fog white (PBB2s2-Fw),
white (PBB2s2-wH), and ivory
(PBB2s2-V).

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PDB4TJ

123
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Two-Piece, single- and Dual-Channel, Low Profile

Two-piece, single- and dual-channel, low profile raceway. Easy-toinstall and ideal for power or communication installations.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability
requirements of uL-5A.
Fittings:
File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
uL Listed for up to 600V.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series Raceways System Layout

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

E

124

G

H
C

A

F

D

E

B

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY
A.
B.
C.
D.

406, 806, 2306 Cover Clip
411, 811, 2311, 2311DFO Flat Elbow Fitting
810A2, 2310A, 2310DFO Entrance End Fitting
415, 815, 2315 Tee

E.
F.
G.
H.

417, 817, 2317, 2317DFO Internal Elbow
418, 818, 2318, 2318DFO External Elbow
2337A, 2338A Round Device Boxes
2344, 2347, 2348 sure-snap Device Boxes

COLOR OPTIONS
400, 800, 2300 series Raceway Part Numbers with a “-wH” suffix
have a white finish. Part Numbers without a suffix have an ivory finish.
400, 800, 2300 series Raceways are paintable using latex paint.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for
more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Ordering Information

400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
CABLE/wIRE sIZE
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AwG

COAXIAL

RG6/u

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 strand Fiber
Round 6 strand Fiber

Inches

[mm]

40% FILL

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

1
1
1
0
0

[6.9]

0

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

1
1
1

0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

O.D.

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

Inches

[mm]

NO. OF
CONDuCTORs

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

5

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

3

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

0

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter
per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

400BAC

Raceway Base and Cover

7/16"
[11.1mm]
7/8"
[22.2mm]

PVC-1

Low-profile, two-piece raceway
with durable, textured PVC ivory
or white finishes. Available in
5' [1.52m] lengths. Packed 100'
[30.5m] per carton. supplied
with wide adhesive tape along its
entire length. Also available in
white (400BAC-wH).

PVC Raceway Cutter

410B

Blank End Fitting
1/2"
[12.7mm]

3/8"
[9.5mm]

For closing open end of
400BAC series Raceway. Also
available in white (410B-wH).

13/16"
[20.6mm]

411

Flat Elbow
For right angle turns on same
surface. Also available in white
(411-wH).

2 1/16"
[52mm] Ea.
Leg

1 3/8"
[35mm]
Ea. Leg

400WC

Wire Clip

415
For holding conductors in place.

Tee
2"
[51mm]

3 3/16"
[81mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

406

For branching of raceway
running at right angles. Also
available in white (415-wH).

Cover Clip
For covering joint where two
pieces of 400BAC series Raceway
Cover come together. Also
available in white (406-wH).
13/16"
[20.6mm]

417

Internal Elbow
1 1/2"
[38mm]
Ea. Leg

For right angle turns around
internal corners. Also available
in white (417-wH).

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use
with small nonmetallic raceways.

125
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Ordering Information (continued)

418

810A2

External Elbow

1 1/2"
[38mm]
Ea. Leg

For right angle turns around
external corners. Also available
in white (418-wH)

Entrance End Fitting
For connecting 400 or 800
series Raceway with 1/2" trade
size conduit or armored cable.
1/2" trade size KO on end and
bottom. Also available in white
(810A2-wH).

1 1/2"
[38mm]

1 7/16"
[37mm]

4 1/4"
[108mm]

NOTE: Device Boxes for 400 Series Raceway can be found on pages located
at the end of this product section.

800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED PAIR

CABLE/wIRE sIZE

Inches

[mm]

40% FILL

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AwG

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

3
3
2
1
0

[6.9]

1

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

3
3
2

COAXIAL

RG6/u

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 strand Fiber
Round 6 strand Fiber

0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

O.D.

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

Inches

[mm]

NO. OF
CONDuCTORs

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

6

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

5

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

4

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable
diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

800BAC

126

7/16"
[11.1mm]

Raceway Base & Cover

1 5/16"
[33mm]

PVC-1

Low-profile, two-piece raceway
with durable, textured PVC ivory
or white finishes. Available in
5' [1.52m] lengths. Packed 100'
[3.05m] per carton. supplied with
wide adhesive tape along its entire
length. Also available in white
(800BAC-wH).

806

Cover Clip
For covering joint where
two pieces of 800BAC series
Raceway Cover come together.
Also available in white
(806-wH).

1 3/8"
[35mm]

1"
[25mm]

810A2

Entrance End Fitting

PVC Raceway Cutter
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use
with small nonmetallic raceways.

For connecting 400 or 800
series Raceway with 1/2" trade
size conduit or armored cable.
1/2" trade size KO on end and
bottom. Also available in white
(810A2-wH).

1 1/2"
[38mm]

1 7/16"
[37mm]

4 1/4"
[108mm]

800WC

810B

Blank End Fitting

Wire Clip
1"
[25mm]

For holding conductors in place.

3/8"
[9.5mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

1 1/4"
[32mm]
1"
[25mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

For closing open end of
800BAC series Raceway.
Also available in white
(810B-wH).

NOTE: Device Boxes for 800 Series Raceway can be found on pages
located at the end of this product section.

WIREMOLD

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Ordering Information

811

818

Flat Elbow
2 1/2"
[64mm]
(Each leg)

External Elbow

For right angle turns on same
surface. Also available in white
(811-wH).

For right angle turns around
external corners. Also available
in white (818-wH).
2"
[51mm]
Ea. Leg

815

Tee

889A
2 3/4"
[70mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

For branching of raceway
running at right angles. Also
available in white (815-wH).

Reducing Connector

1 1/2"
[38mm]

For transitioning from 800 series
Raceway to 400 series Raceway.
Also available in white (889AwH).
2"
[51mm]

Internal Elbow
2"
[51mm]
Ea. Leg

NOTE: Device Boxes for 800 Series Raceway can be found on pages located
at the end of this product section.

For right angle turns around
internal corners. Also available
in white (817-wH)

2300 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

2300 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
CABLE/wIRE sIZE
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AwG

COAXIAL

RG6/u

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 strand Fiber
Round 6 strand Fiber

Inches

[mm]

40% FILL

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

11
9
6
3
2

0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

[6.9]

5

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

12
12
6

Inches

[mm]

40% FILL
(Ea. Comp.)

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AwG

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

5
4
3
1
1

COAXIAL

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

2

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 strand Fiber
Round 6 strand Fiber

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

6
6
3

CABLE/wIRE sIZE
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED PAIR

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

Inches

[mm]

NO. OF CONDuCTORs

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

15

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

12

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

12

2300D Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

2300D Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

O.D.

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

O.D.

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

Inches

[mm]

NO. OF CONDuCTORs
(Each Compartment)

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

12

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

8

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

5

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical
Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet –
max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/
EIA 568-B.2.

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

817

127
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Ordering Information

2300/2300D Series Raceway Ordering Information

2300BAC

Raceway Base and Cover
Low-profile, two-piece raceway
with durable, textured PVC ivory
or white finishes. Available in
5' [1.52m] lengths. Packed 50'
[15.2m] per carton. supplied
with wide adhesive tape along its
entire length. Also available in
white (2300BAC-wH).

11/16"
[17.5mm]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

2300BACD

11/16"
[17.5mm]

Blank End Fitting

1"
[25mm]

27/32"
[21mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]

2311

Low-profile, two-piece raceway
with durable, textured PVC ivory
or white finishes. Available in 5'
[1.52m] lengths. supplied with
wide adhesive tape along its
entire length. Also available in
white (2300BACD-wH).

4 3/16"
[106mm]
Ea. Leg

2315

For right angle turns on same
surface. Also available in white
(2311-wH).

Tee
4 1/8"
[105mm]

6"
[152mm]

PVC Raceway Cutter
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use
with small nonmetallic raceways.

2300WC

2317

For branching of raceway
running at right angles. Also
available in white (2315-wH).

Internal Elbow
2 1/2" [64mm]
Ea. Leg

Wire Clip

For closing open end of
2300BAC and 2300BACD series
Raceways. Also available in
white (2310B-wH).

Flat Elbow

Divided Raceway Base and Cover

2 1/4"
[57mm]

PVC-1

2310B

For right angle turns around
internal corners. Also available
in white (2317-wH).

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

For holding conductors in place.

128

2318

1"
[25mm]

2306

For right angle turns around
external corners. Also
available in white (2318-wH).

Cover Clip
For covering joint where
two pieces of 2300BAC and
2300BACD series Raceway Cover
come together. Also available in
white (2306-wH).

2"
[51mm]

2310A

2 1/2"
[64mm]
Ea. Leg

2389

Reducing Connector

Entrance End Fitting

4 1/2"
[114mm]
2 7/16"
[62mm]

External Elbow

1 15/16"
[49mm]

For connecting 2300 series
Raceway with 1/2", 3/4", or 1"
trade size conduit or armored
cable. 1/2" and 3/4" trade size
KO on end, 1/2" , 3/4", and 1"
trade size KOs on bottom. Also
available in white (23120A-wH).

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

3"
[76mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]

For transitioning from 2300
series Raceway to 800 series
Raceway. Also available in
white (2389-wH).

NOTE: Device Boxes for 2300 and 2300D Series Raceway can be found on
the next page of this product section.

WIREMOLD

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Ordering Information

2389A
3"
[76mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

2310DFO

2.2"
[56mm]

•
•

2311DFO

For transitioning from 2300
series Raceway to 400 series
Raceway. Also available in
white (2389A-wH).

Radiused Divided Internal Elbow
3 1/4"
[83mm]
Ea. Leg

A 90° internal corner with
integral dividers provide 2"
[51mm] cable bend radius for
uTP and fiber optic installations.
Also available in white
(2317DFO-wH).

3 1/2"
[89mm]

Radiused Divided Entrance End Fitting
6.5"
[165mm]

4.0"
[102mm]

2317DFO

Reducing Connector

2318DFO

Divided fitting to feed 2300 and
2300 Divided series Raceway.
Includes 1/2", 3/4", and 1"
trade size KOs on back and
top. Also available in white
(2310DFO-wH).

3 3/4"
[95mm]
Ea. Leg

A 90° external corner with
integral dividers provide 2"
[51mm] cable bend radius for
uTP and fiber optic installations.
Also available in white
(2318DFO-wH).
5"
[127mm]

Radiused Divided Flat Elbow
5 1/2"
[140mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

3 1/4
[83mm]

Radiused Divided External Elbow

A 90° flat corner with integral
dividers provide 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius for uTP and
fiber optic installations. Also
available in white (2311DFOwH).

400/800/2300/2300D Series Raceway Device Box Ordering Information

2338A

Blank Cover

4 1/2"
[114mm]
Dia.

use with any nonmetallic round device
box to convert into a junction box. Also
available in white (2336-wH).

Fixture Box
For hanging fixtures, smoke/fire
alarms and other security devices
with 3 1/2" [89mm] or 4 1/16"
[103mm] mounting centers. Has
1/2" trade size KO. Not for use
with fans. Also available in white
(2338A-wH).

5 1/2"
[140mm]
Dia.

1" [25mm]

2337A
5 1/2"
[140mm]
Dia.

1"
[25mm]

Round Box Extension
For hanging fixtures, smoke/fire alarms
and other security devices with 3 1/2"
[89mm] or 4 1/16" [103mm] mounting
centers. 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter with
open base. Not for use with fans. Also
available in white (2337A-wH).

2344, 2344-2

Extra Deep Device Box

W

L

2344 one-gang, 2344-2 two-gang.
Two-gang base has rectangular
KO to enable extension from
existing single-gang flush
wallbox and 1/2" and 1" trade size
concentric KOs. Accepts industry
standard faceplates for switch and
communication devices.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

CAT. NO.

L

w

GANG

2344
2344-wH

4 3/4" [121mm]
4 3/4” [121mm]

3" [76mm]
3” [76mm]

1
1

2344-2
4 3/4" [121mm] 4 7/8" [124mm]
2344-2-wH 4 3/4” [121mm] 4 7/8” [124mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

2
2

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

2336

129

WIREMOLD

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Ordering Information

400/800/2300/2300D Series Raceway Device Box Ordering Information

2347, 2347-2
W

1 3/8"
[35mm]
L

2348AMP

Device Box

2347 one-gang, 2347-2 two-gang. For
standard switches and devices. 2347
Base has rectangular KO. 2347-2
Base has rectangular KO to enable
extension from existing flush wall
box and 1/2" and 1" concentric KOs.
Accepts industry standard faceplates
for switch and communication devices.

CAT. NO.

L

w

GANG

2347
2347-wH

4 3/4" [121mm]
4 3/4” [121mm]

3" [76mm]
3” [76mm]

1
1

4 7/8 [124mm]
4 7/8 [124mm]

2
2

2347-2
4 3/4" [121mm]
2347-2-wH 4 3/4” [121mm]

2348, 2348-2, 2348-3
W

1 3/4"
[44mm]

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

L

2348S/51

3"
[76mm]

For deeper switches and devices,
and has magnetic backing. Base
has rectangular KO. Also available
1 3/4" in white (2348AMP-wH).
[44mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

2348D

Device Box

1 3/4"
[44mm]

3"
[76mm]

Deep Device Box

2348 one-gang, 2348-2 two-gang,
2348-3 three-gang. For deeper
switches and devices. 2348 Base has
rectangular KO. 2348-2 and 2348-3
Bases have rectangular KO to enable
extension from existing flush wall
box and 1/2" and 1" concentric KOs.
Accepts industry standard faceplates
for switch and communication devices.

CAT. NO.

L

w

GANG

2348
2348-wH

4 3/4" [121mm]
4 3/4” [121mm]

3" [76mm]
3” [76mm]

1
1

2348-2
4 3/4" [121mm] 4 7/8" [124mm]
2348-2-wH 4 3/4” [121mm] 4 7/8” [124mm]

2
2

2348-3
4 3/4" [121mm]
2348-3-wH 4 3/4” [121mm]

3
3

7" [178mm]
7” [178mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

2344D
2 3/4"
[70mm]

3"
[76mm]

1"
[25mm]

For shallow switches and
receptacles. Base has
rectangular KO. Also available
in white (2348s/51-wH).

4 3/4"
[121mm]

2344SD-2A
2 1/4"
[57mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]

For use with 2300D series
Divided Raceway. For mounting
standard switches, receptacles,
and industry standard faceplates
for communication devices. Also
available in white (2348D-wH).

Extra Deep Device Box

Shallow Device Box/Extension Box

3"
[76mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Magnetic Deep Device Box (with Grommet)

4 3/4"
[121mm]

For use with 2300D series
Divided Raceway when additional
depth is required. For mounting
standard switches, receptacles
and industry standard faceplates
for communication devices. Also
available in white (2344D-wH).

Two-Gang Deep Divided Device Box
Divided two-gang box for use with
2300D series Divided Raceway.
Provides the ability to have both
power and low voltage at a single
point of use. utilizes 5507 series™
faceplates, as well as wiremold
Open system communication
modules, Ortronics® TracJack,
series II, and Pass & seymour®
Activate series inserts. For
faceplate options, see 5507 series™
Faceplates. Also available in white
(2344sD-2A-wH).

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold CM2
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.
S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series
II inserts. To mount TracJack modules, use 55074TJ or 55076TJ
Faceplates.

130
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Ordering Information

400/800/2300 Series Raceway Device Box Ordering Information

CM-MMB-231

One Insert Multimedia Box

1 1/2"
[38mm]

3 1/4"
[83mm]

3 1/4"
[83mm]

CM-MMB-232

5 3/16"
[132mm]

Three Insert Multimedia Box
1 1/2"
[38mm]

5 3/16"
[132mm]

Two Insert Multimedia Box

1 1/2"
[38mm]

5 3/16"
[132mm]

Accepts one CM2 size
wiremold Open system
communication module or
Pass & seymour® Activate
series insert. Compatible with
wiremold 400 and 800 series
Raceways. Also available in
white (CM-MMB-231-wH).

CM-MMB-233

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Fiber storage loop.
Accepts three CM2 size
wiremold Open system
communication modules or
Pass & seymour® Activate
series inserts. Compatible
with wiremold 400, 800, and
2300 series Raceways. Also
available in white (CM-MMB233-wH)

Fiber storage loop. Accepts
two CM2 size wiremold
Open system communication
modules or Pass & seymour®
Activate series inserts.
Compatible with wiremold
400, 800, and 2300 series
Raceways. Also available in
white (CM-MMB-232-wH)

400/800/2300 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings
CONNECTION REQuIRED

TO
400 series Raceway

usE CATALOG
NuMBER
889A

2300 series Raceway

400 series Raceway

2389A

2300 series Raceway

800 series Raceway

2389

Existing Outlet

400, 800, 2300 series Raceways

1/2" Trade size Conduit

400, 800 series Raceways

2348s/51
810A2

1/2" or 3/4" Trade size Conduit

2300 series Raceway

2310A

3" [76mm] or 4" [102mm] Ceiling Boxes

400, 800, 2300 series Raceways

2337A

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

FROM
800 series Raceway

131
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SerieS™ racewayS
Installation Details

400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways Installation Details
Raceway Base
1. Bring in and
Tap
Raceway
Fitting
Cover
connect feed
Base
wires using
1/2" & 3/4"
trade size KOs
approved
Conduit
connection
Attachment
method.
Fitting
Assemble
Use Washer for
Cover
1/2" trade size KO
raceway cover
Bottom Side Only
to butt against
the fitting base. snap fitting cover onto base.

(400) 7/8" [22.2mm]
(800) 1 3/8" [35mm]
(2300) 1 1/2" [38mm]

4. Notching for External Elbow:
A. Cut side of base to be
notched.
B. Break clean with pliers.
418/818/2318
External Elbow Cover

5. Notching for Flat Elbow:
A. Cut side of base to be notched. Notch to equal width of
base. Break clean with pliers.
B. Butt 400BAC
A. (800) 1 1/16" [27mm]
B. 3/4" [19.1mm]
(2300) 1 1/2" [38mm]
Raceway
Base to base
Base
of 411 Flat
Elbow. screw
811/2311
flat elbow
Elbow
411
base to wall. FlatCover
90º Flat
Cut 400BAC
Elbow Cover
Raceway
Cover 3/8" [9.5mm] shorter than base. snap on 411 Flat
Elbow Cover.

Install Base:
400BAC, 800BAC, 2300BAC
The adhesive on the 400BAC, 800BAC,
2300BAC and 2300BACD is intended to be
used as an installation aid for positioning the
product. Applications with power wire, screw fasteners
must be used in addition to the adhesive. Applications
with communication cable only, screw fasteners are
recommended in addition to the adhesive.
For low-voltage applications – 400BAC can be mounted
with adhesive only (screw fasteners may be required
depending on the cable quantity and size); 800BAC and
2300BAC require screw fasteners at 18" [457mm] intervals 6. Notching for Internal Elbow:
A. Cut side of base to be notched.
in addition to the adhesive.
B. Break clean with pliers.
Peel release paper from adhesive strip and mount
1"
1"
immediately to surface. Adhesive-backed raceway should
[25mm]
[25mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]
be mounted to a clean, dry, grease-free, smooth surface.
Apply pressure along entire raceway base to insure proper
adhesion.

(800) 1 3/8" [35mm]
(2300) 1 3/8" [35mm]
Butt or
Notch

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

2. To install runs of raceway cover:
Cover
Measure distance from
Clip
fitting to fitting. Cut
required length of cover.
when two raceway sections
Raceway Cover
butt together, cover sections
should span base joints for maximum rigidity. when two
raceway cover sections butt together, use cover clip as
shown (406/806/2306).

3. Notching for Tee:
A. Make two cuts on side of base to be notched. Notch to
equal width of base. Break clean with pliers.
B. Butt 400BAC Raceway Base to base of 415 Tee. screw
tee fitting base to wall. Cut 400BAC Raceway Cover 3/8"
[95mm] shorter than base. snap on 415 Tee.
A. (800) 1 3/8" [35mm]
(2300) 1 1/2" [38mm]

815 Tee
2315 Tee

B.
3/8"
[9.5mm]

Base

415 Tee Cover

132
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

417 Internal Elbow Cover

Butt or Notch

817/2317 Internal Elbow Cover

7. All sure-snap device
Sure-Snap Device Boxes
boxes are packaged
unassembled for easy
installation. During
Figure 1
shipment the base and
cover pieces may snap
together. To unsnap the cover from
base, place the blade of a screwdriver into the locking tab
(Figure 1). Push downward and gently pry the cover from
the base. Repeat at each corner if necessary.
®

8. Mount the cover to the base by
aligning key on the inside of the cover
with one of the grooves on the base.
Assemble with four screws. (Tap
screws to seat.)
9. Pull wiring through the center
knockout and attach the base
directly to in-ceiling box.

2338A Round
Device Box

2337A Round
Device Box

WIREMOLD

acceSS® 5000 raceway

Baseboard Molding

Attractive baseboard molding that organizes and conceals electrical
wiring and communications cabling.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability requirements of uL-5A.
Fittings: File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
uL Listed for up to 600V.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

Access 5000 Series Raceway System Layout

F, G

E

J

D

B

K
C

H, I
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY
A. 5007C-1A Device Bracket
B. 5007C-2AB/5007C-2RT
Deep Device Bracket
C. 5010A Entrance End Feed
D. 5010L Left End Cap

COLOR OPTIONS

E.
F.
G.
H.

5010R
5017B
5017C
5018B

Right End Cap
Internal Base Elbow
Internal Cover Elbow
External Base Elbow

I. 5018C External Cover Elbow
J. CM2, series II, TracJack
Communication Devices
K. Back Feed Position

Access® 5000 series Raceway Part Numbers with a “wH” suffix are available with
a white PVC finish. Part Numbers with a “BK” suffix are available with a black PVC
finish. Part Numbers with a “GY” suffix are available with a gray PVC finish. Part
Numbers with a “w” suffix are available in a real maple veneer finish. Part Numbers
with a “OA” suffix are available with a real oak veneer finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

A

133

WIREMOLD

acceSS® 5000 raceway

Ordering Information

Access 5000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
CABLE/wIRE sIZE

Inches

[mm]

TOP
BOTTOM
COMP.
COMP.
40% FILL 40% FILL
19
16
11
5
4

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AwG

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

27
22
15
7
5

COAXIAL

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

13

9

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 strand Fiber
Round 6 strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6]
0.187
[4.8]
0.256
[6.5]

27
28
15

20
20
10

uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED PAIR

Access 5000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities
for Power
O.D.

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

Inches

[mm]

NO. OF CONDuCTORs
TOP COMPARTMENT

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

24

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

20

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

12

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter
per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

5000B

Raceway Base

5"
[127mm]

7/8"
[22mm]

5000C

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5000T

15/16"
[24mm]

Cover Clip
For covering joint where two
pieces of Access 5000 series
Raceway Cover come together.
Available in white (5006wH),
black (5006BK), or gray (5006GY)
PVC finishes.

5 13/32"
[137mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

5000C Cover is available standard in
white (5000CwH), black (5000CBK),
or gray (5000CGY) PVC or maple
(5000Cw) and oak (5000COA) veneer
finishes. Covers supplied in 8' [2.44m]
lengths.

Quarter-Round Trim

3/4"
[19.1mm]

5001

5000B Base has an integral divider
forming two channels for power and
low-voltage separation. Base supplied
in 8' [2.44m] lengths, packed 80'
[24.4m] per carton. (Base is not visible
in a typical finished installation.)

Raceway Cover

5 1/4"
[133mm]

5006

Trim Cover available in white
(5000TwH), black (5000TBK), or gray
(5000TGY) PVC or maple (5000Tw) and
oak (5000TOA) veneer finishes. Trim
covers supplied in 8' [2.44m] lengths.

5006A

Internal Wire Guard
4 19/32"
[117mm]

use inside the base. Protects
inside wires and cables from gap
behind butted cover sections.
Installed when the 5006 Cover
Clips are not used.

23/32"
[18.3mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]

5010A

Entrance End Fitting

3 9/16"
[90mm]

5 1/16"
[129mm]

Overall Assembled Depth is 1 15/16" [49mm].

Base Coupling

2 13/16"
[71mm]

use for aligning base sections.

4 9/16"
[116mm]

134

5010R

5 29/32"
[150mm]

1 3/16"
[30mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

used to connect Access 5000
to 1/2" or 3/4" trade size
conduit. Has one 1/2" or 3/4"
concentric KO for both channels
in end only. Available in white
(5010AwH), black (5010ABK), or
gray (5010AGY) PVC finishes.

Right End Cap

5/16"
[7.9mm]

For closing right end of Access
5000 series Raceway Base.
Available in white (5010RwH),
black (5010RBK), or gray
(5010RGY) PVC finishes.

WIREMOLD

acceSS® 5000 raceway

Ordering Information

5010L

Left End Cap
For closing left end of Access 5000
series Raceway Base. Available in
white (5010LwH), black (5010LBK),
or gray (5010LGY) PVC finishes.

5 29/32"
[150mm]

1 3/16"
[30mm]

5018C

External Cover Elbow

5 1/4"
[133mm]

11/16"
[17.5mm]

5/16"
[7.9mm]

5017B

Internal Elbow Base

1 5/16"
[33mm]

For mounting cover and trim cover
at 90° external corners. Available in
white (5018CwH), black (5018CBK),
or gray (5018CGY) PVC finishes.

2 1/2"
[64mm]

5018WG

External Elbow Wire Guard

For mounting base at 90° internal
corners.

Installs at a mitered external elbow
joint behind the covers to protect
sharp objects from being inserted.
Not needed when the external cover
elbow is used.

4 3/16"
[106mm]
5 1/16"
[129mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

5017C

Internal Elbow Cover
2 21/32"
[67mm]

5 5/16"
[135mm]

For mounting cover and trim cover
at 90° internal corners. Available in
white (5017CwH), black (5017CBK),
or gray (5017CGY) PVC finishes.

5007C-1A

Device Plate

9/16"
[14.3mm]

6 3/8"
[162mm]

5 3/16"
[132mm]

External device cover; for
mounting one standard device
and up to two communication
connections. Available in
white (5007C-1AwH), black
(5007C-1ABK), or gray
(5007C-1AGY) PVC finishes.

For faceplate options, see 5507 Series™ Faceplates. (For power side only.)

5017WG

Internal Elbow Wire Guard
Protects wiring at mitered internal
cover; snaps into 5017B Base Elbow.
Not needed when 5017C Internal
Cover Elbow is used.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5018B

External Base Elbow

1"
[25mm]
7/8"
[22.2mm]

For mounting base at 90° external
corners.

5007C-2AB

Deep Device Plate

6 3/8"
[162mm]
5 3/16"
[132mm]

15/16"
[23.8mm]

For mounting deeper devices such
as TVss receptacles, GFCI devices,
and Pass & seymour® Activate
inserts. Accepts 5507 series™
Faceplates, 2A size Activate inserts,
and Open system communication
modules. Bezels included.
Available in white (5007C-2ABwH),
black (5007C-2ABBK), or gray
(5007C-2ABGY) PVC finishes.

For faceplate options, see 5507 Series™ Faceplates.

5 1/16"
[129mm]

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1 5/8"
[41mm]

135
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

acceSS® 5000 raceway

Ordering Information

5007C-2RT

Deep Device Plate

6 3/8"
[162mm]
5 3/16"
[132mm]

15/16"
[23.8mm]

For mounting deeper devices
such as TVss receptacles, GFCI
devices, and Pass & seymour®
Activate inserts. Accepts 5507
series™ Faceplates, Ortronics®
TracJack, and series II Inserts.
Bezels included. Available
in white (5007C-2RTwH),
black (5007C-2RTBK), or gray
(5007C-2RTGY) PVC finishes.
For faceplate options, see 5507 Series™
Faceplates.

5007C

21/32"
[16.7mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

For use as a blank; has KO
to accept an “F” type coax
connector. snaps into lowvoltage slots on device plates.
For use with 5007C-1AXX
only. Available in white
(5004wH), black (5004BK) and
gray (5004GY) PVC or maple
(5004w) or oak (5004OA)
veneer finishes.

2700WC, 2800WC, 2900WC

2"
[51mm]

Low-Voltage Blank Plate

1 1/2"
[38mm]

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

4 7/32"
[107mm]

Blanks entire low-voltage recess
in device plate. For use with
5007C-1AXX only. Available in
white (5005wH), black (5005BK),
or gray (5005GY) PVC finishes.

136
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Wire Clip

Holds and secures wiring and cabling
inside raceway. Mounts with adhesive
backing. 2700wC is used for small
bundles. 2800wC is used for bigger
bundles. 2900wC is used for larger
bundles in the top section only.

1 1/2"
[38mm]
W

3 11/16"
[94mm]

5005

Blank/Coax Adapter

Electrical Device Bracket
For mounting standard devices.
snaps into top section of base
wherever an outlet is needed.

1 1/8"
[29mm]

5004

CAT. NO.

Inches

wIDTH
mm

2700wC

3/4"

[19.1]

2800wC

1"

[25]

2900wC

1 1/2"

[38]

WIREMOLD

acceSS® 5000 raceway

Installation Details

Access 5000 Series Raceways Installation Details
Trim Cover
Trim
Corners must be 90 degrees to
5018C*
Cover
ensure proper installation. The
5000T*
Fitting
Base
5018B External Base Elbow
Shoulder
5000B
and 5018C External Cover
Cover
Elbow are installed as
5000C
Mounting
shown. Butt the 5000B
Grooves
Base against the 5018B External Cover
Snap-on
Fitting shoulder before Elbow 5018C*
Cover
mounting. The 5000T Trim
External Elbow
Base 5018B
Cover is installed first, then
the 5000C is snapped in place,
aligning both with the 5018B fitting shoulder. The 5018C External
Cover Elbow is installed by engaging the right-hand side of the
cover with the 5018B Base and sliding until the left side top and
bottom snap in. The 5018C External Cover Elbow is then snapped
in place overlapping the 5000T Trim Covers and interlocking
under the 5018C External Cover.

2. For Mitered Corners:

External
Base Elbow
5018B

The 5018wG External
Mitered Trim
Elbow wire Guard is Base 5000B
Cover 5000T
Snap-on
installed as shown
Cover
inside the 5018B
External Base Elbow
when the covers are
mitered instead of
Mitered
Cover 5000C
using the 5018C
Mitered Cover
External Elbow Wire Guard
External Cover Elbow.
5018WG (Slide Wire Guard into 5000C
It is recommended
Cover/Base Assembly)
that the covers be mitered
first and fitted before cutting to proper length to minimize waste.
For ease of installation, the covers should be installed starting at
the mitered corners. As with the corner fittings, install the 5000T
Trim Cover first, then snap the 5000C Covers in place.
3. This illustration shows
an example of a back
feed using a nonmetallic
sheathed cable. Punch
or drill up to 3/4" trade
size hole in the top
compartment for feeding
power or communication
wiring. Make sure to allow
space between the bottom
of the 5000B Base if on a
subfloor to allow for the
finished floor or carpeting.

5000B Base

Strain Relief
Fitting
(Strip Sheathed Cable
Back to Connector)

4. The 5006 Cover Clip is
installed between two
covers to hide an uneven
joint. snap one cover onto
the Base, slide the 5006
Cover Clip over the end
of the other cover, butt
up against the installed
cover and snap into place.

Base
5000B

Left
End Cap
5010L
Slide Cover
into End
Cap

Base Coupling
5001

Cover
5000C
Cover
5000C

Internal Wire
Guard 5006A

The 5006A Internal wire Guard is
Cover Clip
used behind the covers as shown where
5006
two pieces of cover butt together instead
of using the 5006 Cover Clip. This option is primarily used when a
wood veneer finish is used and the look of an exposed cover clip is
not wanted.
A 5010L or 5010R Left or Right End Cap is installed as shown at
the end of a base run before mounting. The 5000T Trim Cover and
the 5000C Cover are installed by partially snapping them in place
onto the 5000B Base, installing the 5000T first, and sliding them
to the end of the end caps. The rest of the cover is then snapped
progressively onto the base.
An optional 5001 Base Coupling can be installed as shown to assist
alignment when butting two 5000B Bases together.
5. For Corners Using Molded Fittings:
Internal Cover
Corners must be 90° to ensure
Elbow 5017C*
Fitting
proper installation. The 5017B
Internal Elbow
Shoulder
Internal Base Elbow is
Base 5017B
Trim Cover
installed as shown, using
Trim Cover
5000T*
5000T
a spacing shim to allow
Base
Snap-on
for the finished floor. The 5000B
Cover
Cover
5000B Base butts up to
5000C 
the 5017B Base Elbow at
Locking
shoulder before mounting.
Spacing
Tab
Shim
The 5000T Trim Cover is
Internal Elbow
Cover 5017C*
installed first, then the 5000C
Cover is snapped in place aligning
both with the 5017B Base Elbow. The
5017C Internal Elbow Cover Trim is snapped in place, overlapping
the 5000T Trim Cover pieces. The 5017C Internal Elbow Cover is
then snapped onto the 5017B Base Elbow, overlapping the 5000C
Cover pieces. The locking tab on the 5017C Cover Elbow will snap
into slots in the back of the 5017B Base Elbow.

Spaced for
Carpeting

NOTE: If baseboard 5000 is to be used without trim covers (5000T), cover
(5000C) should be mitered.

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1. For Corners Using Molded Fittings:

137
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

acceSS® 5000 raceway

Installation Details

Access 5000 Series Raceways Installation Details (continued)
6. For Mitered
Corners:

Mitered Trim

Fitting
Shoulder

Internal Elbow
Base 5017B
Mitered Trim

Cover 5000T
The 5017wG
Cover 5000T
Internal Elbow wire Base
Guard is snapped
5000B
Snap-on
into the 5017B Base
Mitered
Mitered
Cover
Elbow when the
Cover
covers are mitered 5000C
Snap-on Internal
Wire Guard
instead of using the
5017WG
5017C Cover Elbow.
It is recommended that the covers be mitered and fitted first
before cutting to proper length to minimize waste. For ease of
installation the covers should be installed starting at the mitered
corners. As with the corner fittings, install the 5000T Trim
Covers first and then snap the 5000C Covers in place.

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

NOTE: If baseboard 5000 is to be used without trim covers (5000T),
cover (5000C) should be mitered and assembled as shown.

138

9. The 5007C-1A Device Plate assembles by engaging the hooks
on back side of device plate to the bottom lip on the 5000B
Base and rotating toward wall. secure to base using 5507D
or 5507R Faceplate. This illustration shows the procedure for
installing the 5000T Trim Cover. For deep devices such as GFCI
and surge receptacles, or the use of wiremold Open system
communication modules and Pass & seymour® Activate series
inserts, the 5007C-2A should be used. For Ortronics® series II or
Ortronics® TracJack inserts, the 5507C-2R7 should be used.
Trim Cover,
Rotate into
Position
Device
Plate

5507R

Device Plate –
Hook to Lip
of Base

5507D
5007C-1A

Baseboard Cover 5000C
7. The illustration
10. use 5007C-2AB/5007C5000T
Trim Cover 5000T
5007C-2AB
shows a typical
2RT for deep devices
5007C
installation of a
such as Ground Fault
5507R
duplex outlet in the
Circuit Interrupters,
Duplex
2900WC
top compartment
Faceplate
surge Protection Outlets
5507D
and a telephone 2800WC
and/or communication
Wire Clips
and coax
devices, and may be
Baseboard Base
Blank
connection in the
5000B
utilized in the wiremold
Spacer
Plate
Device Plate
lower compartment.
5005
5007C-1A
Access
5000
Raceway
Coax
5000C
To install an outlet in the top
Adapter
system using this
5004 Telephone/Data
compartment, a 5007C Device Bracket
5007C-2AB/5007C-2RT
Connections
must be installed. The raceway will
Deep Device Plate.
accommodate a device up to 1 1/16" [27mm] in depth. A 5507R
Twist off the two spacers attached to the 5007C Device Bracket.
Rectangular Faceplate can be used instead of the 5507D Faceplate to
snap the 5007C Device Bracket into the base channel provided.
accommodate decorative type devices.
Assemble the device to the device bracket, utilizing the spacers.
The 2900wC, 2800wC, and 2700wC wire Clips are used to hold wires
Assemble the deep device plate to the raceway base. Engage the
and cables within the raceway. Remove the adhesive and mount to the
hooks, located next to the double window opening, to the lower
5000B Base. suggested spacing between wire clips is 48" [14.6m].
(large) lip of the raceway base. Rotate the device plate toward the
The 5000C Cover is to butt up against the tabs on the 5007C Device
wall snapping it into place. Assemble the desired 5507 Faceplate
Brackets as shown.
with wiremold Open system communication modules, Ortronics®
TracJack and series II inserts, or Pass & seymour® Activate
The 5007C-1A Device Plate accommodates up to two RJ11 or RJ45
series inserts.
voice or data connectors in the lower compartment. The 5004 Blank/

Coax Adapter is used as a blank when only one opening is needed
or to adapt an “F” type coax connector. This is done by knocking out
the center of the adapter which accepts the “F” connector. The wires
are then connected to the 5007C-1A assembly. If no low-voltage
connections are needed, the 5005 Blank Plate is used to cover the
openings. The 5007C-1A assembly is then mounted to the 5000B
Base.
8. The 5007C Device Bracket is installed
as shown. Insert the bracket in the
top compartment, place the blade
of a screwdriver on the left bottom
tab of the bracket and strike with a
hammer. Repeat on the right side.
5007C Device Brackets are mounted
anywhere a device is needed, in upper
compartment only.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Base 5000B Device Bracket
5007C

11. The 5010A Entrance End Feed
provides an end feed to Access
5000 Raceway with 1/2" or 3/4"
trade size conduit. Install with
side walls of the fitting base
and raceway base aligned.
Access 5000 Raceway
installed at baseboard
level should be spaced a
minimum of 1/8" [3.2mm]
above the floor level.
Entrance End
Feed (Cover)
This will facilitate the
5010A
assembly/disassembly of
the end fitting cover.

Entrance End
Feed (Base)
5010A
Raceway
Base

Raceway Cover

WIREMOLD

cableSmart® 40N2 SerieS raceway

Two-Piece, Dual-Channel, Large

Two-piece, dual-channel, large raceway. Lightweight and easy-to-install.
Ideal for both power and communication installations.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability requirements of uL-5A.
Fittings: File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
uL Listed for up to 600V.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

CableSmart 40N2 Series Raceway System Layout
I

C

G

A

B
L

F
H
D

E

K
M

K

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.

40N2B08
40N2C08
40N2F05
40N2F06
40N2F11

Raceway Base
Raceway Cover
Base Clip
Cover Clip
Bend Radius Flat Elbow

COLOR OPTIONS

F.
G.
H.
I.

40N2F15
40N2F17
40N2F19
40N2F20

Bend Radius Tee
Bend Radius Internal Elbow
Bend Radius External Elbow
Blank End Fitting

40N2F21 Divided Entrance End Fitting
40N2F31 Twin Cover Device Bracket
40N2F74 Divided Transition Fitting
PsB1 One-Gang Device Box

J.
K.
L.
M.

Cablesmart® 40N2 series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” suffix are available in an
ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “wH” suffix have a white finish. 40N2 series Raceway
is paintable using latex paint or stain.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

J

139

WIREMOLD

cableSmart® 40N2 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

40N2 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

CABLE/wIRE sIZE
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED PAIR

COAXIAL
FIBER

sECTION C
40% FILL

sECTION D
40% FILL

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a**
25-pair, 24 AwG

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

45
37
26
13
9

24
19
13
6
5

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

22

11

ZipCord
Round 4 strand Fiber
Round 6 strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

103
46
25

55
24
13

Section A
3.22 in.2
[2080mm2]

Section B
1.71 in.2
[1100mm2]

4.0"
[102mm]

Section C
3.22 in.2
[2080mm2]

2.0"
[51mm]

Section D
1.71 in.2
[1100mm2]

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* 40% fill is the maximum designed cable fill based on TIA/EIA 569-A.
** Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter
per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

40N2 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[]

COMP. A

COMP. B

MAX NuMBER OF
CONDuCTORs
BOTH COMPARTMENTs

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

20

20

28

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

18

18

36

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

17

17

24

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

5

15

20

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

5

5

10

40N2B08

Two-Compartment Raceway Base

2"
[51mm]

4"
[102mm]

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

NuMBER OF
COMPARTMENTs

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

8'
[2.45m]

40N2C08

Two equal compartments. use with
40N2 Cover only. Available in 8'
[2.4m] lengths with pre-punched
mounting holes, packed 48' [14.6m]
per carton. Available in ivory
(40N2B08V) or white (40N2B08wH).

Full Width Raceway Cover
1/2"
[12.7mm]

2 3/16"
[56mm]

use with 40N2B08 Base. Available
in 8' [2.4m] lengths, packed 48'
[14.6m] per carton. Available in ivory
(40N2C08V) or white (40N2C08wH).

40N2F05

Covers seams between sections of
40N2B08 Raceway Base. Available
in ivory (40N2F05V) or white
(40N2F05wH).
5/8"
[15.9mm]

40N2F06

Wire Clip
used to retain cables in raceway
during installation.

2 5/8"
[67mm]

140
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Cover Clip
Covers seams between sections of
40N2C08 Raceway Cover. Available
in ivory (40N2F06V) or white
(40N2F06wH).

8'
[2.45m]

40N2FWC

Base Clip

5/8"
[15.9mm]

WIREMOLD

cableSmart® 40N2 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

CONNECTION REQuIRED
FROM

TO

usE CATALOG
NuMBER

1/2" or 3/4" trade size Conduit

40N2 series
Raceway

40N2F20

3/4", 1", 1 1/4" & 1 1/2" trade
size conduit or armored cable

40N2 series
Raceway

40N2F21

40N2 series Raceway

PN03, PN05, PN10
series Raceways

40N2F74

40N2F11 Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow
A 90° flat corner with integral
dividers to provide 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius for uTP
and fiber optic installations.
Ideal for lay-in or pull-through
installations. Available in
ivory (40N2F11V) or white
(40N2F11wH).

6 5/8"
[168mm]
(Each leg)

40N2F15

Radiused Full Capacity Tee
For branches at right angles.
A full capacity tee fitting
that provides separation of
services and 2" [51mm] cable
bend radius for uTP and fiber
optic installations. Available
in ivory (40N2F15V) or white
(40N2F15wH).

8 9/16"
[217mm]

12 15/16"
[329mm]

40N2F17

Radiused Full Capacity Internal Elbow
A 90° internal corner with
integral dividers to provide
2" [51mm] cable bend radius
for uTP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for lay-in
or pull-through installations.
Available in ivory (40N2F17V) or
white (40N2F17wH).

4 1/2" [114mm]
(Each leg)

40N2F19

4 1/2"
[114mm]
(Each leg)

40N2F20
11/16"
[17.5mm]

40N2F21

Blank End Fitting
Closes off raceway end runs. Can
be used to feed raceway using
1/2" or 3/4" trade size conduit.
Holes for conduit must be drilled.
use a step drill or other means.
Available in ivory (40N2F20V) or
white (40N2F20wH).

Divided Entrance End Fitting
FiberReady divided fitting to
feed 40N2 series Raceway.
Includes 3/4", 1", 1 1/4",
and 1 1/2" trade size KOs
on back and top. Available
in ivory (40N2F21V) or white
(40N2F21wH).

6"
[152mm]

7 5/16"
[186mm]

40N2F31

Twin Cover Device Bracket

used for power or communications devices in a single
compartment. Accepts 5507
series™ Faceplates. For use
with Ortronics® TracJack
5 1/4"
[133mm]
Individual Jack system,
Ortronics® series II FrontLoading, Module system
wiremold Open system Communication Modules. Available
in ivory (40N2F31V) or white (40N2F31wH).
2 3/16"
[56mm]

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® inserts. S2-EPL
End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II inserts.
To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.

40N2F55

High Capacity Device Box

6 3/8"
[162mm]
1 3/16"
[30mm]

Required for mounting power
or datacom devices into a
divided raceway application.
One used per device location.

Radiused Full Capacity External Elbow

2 11/16"
[68mm]

A 90° external corner with
integral dividers to provide
2" [51mm] cable bend radius
for uTP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for lay-in
or pull-through installations.
Available in ivory (40N2F19V) or
white (40N2F19wH).

40N2F74

2 15/16"
[74mm]

Divided Transition Fitting

6 1/8"
[156mm]

Makes transition from 40N2
series Raceway to PN03,
PN05, and PN10 series
Raceways. Available in
ivory (40N2F74V) or white
(40N2F74wH).

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Cablesmart 40N2 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings

141
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

5400 SerieS™ raceway

Large Capacity, Multiple Channel

Large capacity, multiple channel raceway. Lightweight and
easy-to-cut. Ideal for power or communication installations that
require multiple services.

CODE REFERENCE
Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability requirements of uL-5A.
Fittings: File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
uL Listed for up to 600V.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

5400 Series Raceway System Layout
P
H

K

C

F
B

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

D

142

L

Q

J

O
A
R

M

G
E
N

I

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.

5400C Raceway Cover
5400TwC Twin Cover wire Clip
5400TB Two Compartment Base
5400TC Twin snap Cover
5406A Cover Clip
5406T Twin Cover seam Clip

COLOR OPTIONS

G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.

5410 Entrance End Fitting
5410DFO Entrance End Feed
5411FO Flat Elbow
5415 Tee
5417FO Radiused Internal Elbow
5418 standard External Elbow

M.
N.
O.
P.
Q.
R.

5418FO Radiused External Elbow
5450 In-Line Device Bracket
5450A3 Multiple Device Bracket
5450T Twin snap Device Bracket
5474 Transition Fitting
Communication Device

5400 series™ Raceway Part Numbers with a “-wH” suffix have a white finish. Part
Numbers without a suffix are only available in an ivory finish. 5400 series Raceway is
paintable using latex paint or stain.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

5400 SerieS™ raceway
Ordering Information

5400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
Inches

[]

sECTION
EACH COMPARTMENT
40% FILL*

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
CABLE/wIRE sIZE
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AwG

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

52
42
30
15
11

COAXIAL

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

26

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 strand Fiber
Round 6 strand Fiber

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

53
54
28

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

Total Raceway Capacity:
7.44 sq. in. [4800mm2]

3.72 sq. in.
[2400mm2]

3.72 sq. in.
[2400mm2]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

5 1/4"
[133mm]

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* wire capacity is reduced to allow for proper conductor bend radius and maximum
permissible heat rise.
** Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter
per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

5400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
Inches

[]

NuMBER OF
CONDuCTORs
EACH COMPARTMENT

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

50

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

34

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

60

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

21

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

19

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

50

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

34

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

60

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

21

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

19

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN
POwER
wIRING
wITHOuT
DEVICEs

POwER
wIRING
wITH
DEVICEs

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

5400TC

Twin Snap Raceway Cover

2 9/16"
[116mm]
Each

5400TWC

use with 5400 series Raceway
in Twin snap applications. Order
cover for each compartment.
Available in 8' [2.4m] lengths.
Available in standard ivory
(5400TC) and white (5400TC-wH).

Twin Snap Cover Wire Clip

2"
[51mm]

Retains wires in raceway.

2 5/8"
[67mm]

5400TB

Two-Compartment Raceway Base

1 11/16"
[43mm]

5 1/4"
[133mm]

5400C

Two equal compartments – Base
accepts single or Twin snap Cover.
5400 series raceway is available in
8' [2.4m] lengths with pre-punched
mounting holes, packed 48' [14.6m]
per carton. Available in standard
ivory (5400TB) and white
(5400TB-wH).

Full-Width Raceway Cover

5"
[127mm]

use with 5400 series Raceway.
Available in 8' [2.4m] lengths,
packed 48' [14.6m] per carton.
Available in standard ivory (5400C)
and white (5400C-wH).

5406A

Cover Clip
For covering joint where two
pieces of 5400C Raceway Cover
come together. Available in
standard ivory (5406A) and
white (5406A-wH).

5 3/32"
[129mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

5406T

Twin Cover Clip

2 5/8"
[67mm]
1"
[25mm]

For covering joint where two
pieces of 5400TC Cover come
together. Available in standard
ivory (5406T) and white
(5406T-wH).

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

* Total raceway capacity not to exceed capacity specified in Compartment.

143
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

5400 SerieS™ raceway
Ordering Information

5406TB

Base Seam Clip
7/8"
[22mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

5408L

For covering joint where two
pieces of 5400TB Base come
together. One clip per package.
Available in standard ivory
(5406TB) and white (5406TB-wH).

Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow

7 3/16"
[183mm]
7 25/32"
[198mm]
(Each leg)

Transition Fitting
For transitioning from MXN2A08
Corner Drop to a horizontal run of
5400TB series Raceway to the left.
Available in standard ivory (5408L)
and white (5408L-wH).

10"
[254mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

5408R

5411FO

5415

Tee
For branching raceway at right
angles. Available in standard ivory
(5415) and white (5415-wH).

4 27/32"
[123mm]

6 9/16"
[167mm]

Transition Fitting
10"
[254mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

For transitioning from MXN2A08
Corner Drop to a horizontal run
of 5400TB series Raceway to the
right. Available in standard ivory
(5408R) and white (5408R-wH).

5415FO

Radiused Full Capacity Tee
14 1/4"
[362mm]

9 7/8"
[251mm]

9 1/8"
[232mm]

13"
[330mm]

5410

Blank End Fitting

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1 7/8"
[48mm]
1 25/32"
[45mm]

5 15/32"
[139mm]

5410DFO
3 1/2"
[89mm]

7 1/8"
[181mm]
7 1/2"
[191mm]

For closing open end of 5400
series Raceway. Has four 1/2"
trade size KOs for end feed.
Available in standard ivory (5410)
and white (5410-wH).

5417FO

5418
3 1/2"
[89mm]
(Each leg)

A full capacity tee fitting for
branching raceway at right angles.
Provides separation of services
and 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius for uTP and fiber optic
installations. Available in standard
ivory (5415FO) and white
(5415FO-wH).

Radiused Full Capacity Internal Elbow

4"
[102mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]
(Each leg)

Radiused Divided Entrance End Cap
FiberReady divided fitting to feed
5400 series Raceway. Includes 1",
1 1/4", 1 1/2", and 2" trade size
KOs on back and top. Available
in standard ivory (5410DFO) and
white (5410DFO-wH).

For right angle turns on the same
surface. Integral dividers provide
2" [51mm] cable bend radius for
uTP and fiber optic installations.
Ideal for lay-in or pull-through
installations. Available in standard
ivory (5411FO) and white
(5411FO-wH).

For right angle turns around
internal corners. Integral dividers
provide 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius for uTP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for lay-in
or pull-through installations.
Available in standard ivory
(5417FO) and white (5417FO-wH).

External Elbow
For right angle turns around
external corners.
5 9/32"
[134mm]

1 13/16"
[46mm]

144
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

5400 SerieS™ raceway
Ordering Information

5418FO

Radiused Full Capacity External Elbow

4"
[102mm]

For right angle turns around
external corners. Integral
dividers provide 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius for uTP and
fiber optic installations. use
the 5418FO for a alternative to
5418. Available in standard
ivory (5418FO) and white
(5418FO-wH).

6 7/8"
[175mm]
(Each leg)

5450

5450A3

Three Device Mounting Bracket
7 5/16"
[185mm]

7 19/32"
[193mm]

7 1/2"
[191mm]

Device Bracket

5 5/32"
[131mm]

6"
[152mm]
7/16"
[11.1mm]

For mounting power and
communication devices in-line
with 5400 series Raceway.
utilizes 5507 series™
Faceplates, as well as wiremold
Open system communication
modules, Ortronics® TracJack
and series II inserts, and Pass
& seymour® Activate series
inserts. For faceplate options,
see 5507 series™ Faceplates.
Available in standard ivory
(5450) and white (5450-wH).

For mounting up to three power
or communication devices at
one location inline and offset
from 5400 series Raceway.
For use with 5507 series™
Faceplates, Ortronics® TracJack
& series II Modules, Pass
& seymour® Activate series
Inserts, and wiremold Open
system Communication Modules.
Available in standard ivory
(5450A3) and white (5450A3-wH).

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold
communication modules. S2-EPL End Plates are required when using
Ortronics® Series II inserts. To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ
or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.

5450-ORAP

Wireless Bracket

5 1/2"
[140mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

used to mount Ortronics®
wi-Jack™ wireless Access
Points to 5400 series Raceway.

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Twin Snap Device Bracket
4 5/8"
[117mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]

For power or communication
devices in a single
compartment. For use with
5507 series™ Faceplates,
Ortronics® TracJack & series
II Modules, Pass & seymour®
Activate series Inserts, and
wiremold Open system
Communication Modules.
Available in standard ivory
(5450T) and white (5450T-wH).

5474
7 9/16"
[192mm]

3 3/16"
[81mm]

Transition Fitting
Makes transition from
5400 series Raceway to the
400/800/2300, or PN03, PN05,
and PN10 series Latching
Raceways. Available in standard
ivory (5474) and white (5474-wH).

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.
S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II
inserts. To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ
Faceplates.

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5450T

145
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

5400 SerieS™ raceway
Ordering Information

MXN Series RACEWAY Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
Inches

[]

sECTION
EACH COMPARTMENT
40% FILL*

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
CABLE/wIRE sIZE
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*
25-pair, 24 AwG

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

19
16
11
5
4

COAXIAL

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

9

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 strand Fiber
Round 6 strand Fiber

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

20
20
10

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per
addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

MXN Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[]

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

MXN2F21

NO. OF CONDuCTORs
EACH COMPARTMENT

For feeding corner drop raceway
from large conduits. Has concentric
3/4", 1", and 1 1/2" trade size
KOs. Available in standard ivory
(MXN2F21) and white (MXN2F21wH).

50

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

34

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

60

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

21

Entrance End Fitting

6 1/8"
[156mm]

3 5/8"
[92mm]

MXN2A08

Corner Drop Raceway Base and Cover

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

2"
[51mm]

3 5/16"
[84mm]

used as a vertical corner feed drop
to horizontal runs of 5400 series
Raceway. Two compartments.
Packaged with base and cover.
MXN2A08 available in 8' [2.44m]
lengths. Available in standard ivory
(MXN2A08) and white (MXN2A08wH). use 5408L or 5408R to
transition to 5400 series Raceway.

146
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

MXN2FWC

Wire Clip
Retains wires in MXN2A08 Corner
Drop Raceway.

WIREMOLD

5400 SerieS™ raceway
Installation Details

Access 5400 Series Raceways Installation Details
1. Mount raceway base to wall by
using appropriate screws. use
two screws every 18" [457mm]
using the ribs on the outermost
compartments of the raceway as
guides.

6. snap 5450T Bracket to raceway
base, engage sidewall first then
divider side. Install wiremold
Open system communication
modules, Ortronics® TracJack
or series II inserts, or Pass
& seymour® Activate series
inserts, or 5507 Faceplates.
snap raceway cover to base
and finish with 5450T Trim
Plate (engaging raceway
sidewall first then
divider side).

5400TB

18"
[457mm]

2. Place the 5400TwC wire Clips
in base as shown to contain the
wires in place while installing.

5450T

5400TWC

5450T
5406TB

5400C

5406A

7. End cap may be used as a blank
to cap off the raceway at the
end-of-run, or to feed wires
from a 1/2" trade size pipe;
punch out the proper KO. Mount
endcap to raceway base
using appropriate screws.

5410

8. Feeding raceway from conduit.
1. Line up base of the fitting with
the raceway base using the
5406T
tongues as guides.
5400TC
2. Fasten the base of the fitting
to the wall using screws.
4. sequence for installing devices:
3. Remove the proper KO.
1. snap bracket in raceway base.
4. Attach conduit using proper
2. Fasten devices to bracket.
fitting.
Communication devices snap
5. Feed the necessary cables.
onto bracket.
6. slide the dividers (two provided)
3. snap raceway covers to
into the mounting guides if
base, butting against
needed.
5450
bracket.
7. snap the raceway cover on
4. Assemble trim ring.
the base.
5. Insert CM-EPLA or
8. snap fitting cover onto the
NOTE: The 5400TB Base can
NOTE: Use blank plates to cover
s2-EPL, if required.
be rotated 90° to allow
any unused slots in bracket.
base using guiding keyslots
6. Install wiremold
feed from back instead
in base.
Open system communication modules,
of side.
Ortronics® TracJack or series II inserts, or Pass & seymour®
Activate series inserts required.
9. Mount flat elbow as shown; assemble
7. Or install 5507 Faceplates, if required.
raceway covers first, then elbow cover.
5. Install bracket to raceway base first,
mount to the wall with screws,
5450A3
and mount device. After
installing raceway cover,
snap box cover to bracket
and assemble faceplates.
Install wiremold Open
system Communication
Modules, Ortronics® TracJack
or series II inserts, or Pass &
seymour® Activate series Inserts, or 5507 Faceplates. use
5407A3 with 5400TB to install three devices at one location.

5411FO

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

3. slide the 5406A and 5406T seam
Covers on the uninstalled section
of raceway cover as shown; snap
cover to the base overlapping
the seam cover over the
installed section. 5406TB
Base seam Clip used for
base seams.

147
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

5400 SerieS™ raceway
Installation Details

5400 Series Raceways Installation Details
10. Punch out appropriate hole in
the tee fitting base and snap to
raceway base; screw down to
wall. Assemble raceway covers
to base and then snap tee cover,
overlapping raceway covers.

12. Punch out appropriate hole in fitting base and snap to the
raceway base; screw down to the wall. Remove proper twistout
from the insert by first scoring with a knife. slide the insert onto
fitting cover. Assemble raceway covers to base and then snap
fitting cover, overlapping raceway covers.

5415

11. Install one corner base first,
then measure to other corner
(measure from edges of fittings).
Mount raceway base and
cover; assemble fitting
cover last.

5474

5417FO

5418 or 5418FO

5400 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

FROM

CONNECTION REQuIRED

TO

5400 series Raceway

400, 800, 2300 series Raceways

5400 series Raceway

PN03, PN05, PN10 series Raceways

5400 series Raceway

MXN2A08

1/2" Trade size Conduit or Armored Cable

side of 5400 series Raceway

3/4", 1", 1 1/2" & 2" Trade size Conduit or Armored Cable

Back or side of 5400TB

148
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

usE CATALOG NuMBER

5474
5474
5408L/5408R
5410 or 5410DFO
5410DFO

WIREMOLD

5500 SerieS™ raceway

Large Capacity, Multiple Channel

Large capacity, multiple channel raceway. Lightweight and easy to cut.
Ideal for power or communication installations where flexibility for future
moves and changes is important.

CODE REFERENCE
Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability requirements of uL-5A.
Fittings: File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
uL Listed for up to 600V.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

5500 Series Raceway System Layout

G

B

H

N
C

I

F

A
J

D

L

M
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.

5510 End Cap/Entrance End Fitting
5510D Entrance End Fitting
5506 Cover Clip
5550 In-Line Device Bracket
5518 External Elbow
5514A Back Connector Feed

COLOR OPTIONS

G. 5517FO Radiused Full Capacity
Internal Elbow
H. 5515 Tee Fitting/Take-Off Connector
I. 5550A4 Multiple Device Bracket
J. 5574 or 5574A Inline Transition Fitting
K. 5500wCA wire Clip

L. 5511FO Radiused Full Capacity
Flat Elbow
M. 5518FO Radiused Full Capacity
External Elbow
N. Communication Devices

5500 series™ Raceway Part Numbers with a “-wH” suffix have a white finish. Part
Numbers without a suffix are only available in an ivory finish. 5500 series Raceway is
paintable using latex paint.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

K

E

149

WIREMOLD

5500 SerieS™ raceway
Ordering Information

5500 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

sECTION 40% FILL*

CABLE/wIRE sIZE

Inches

[]

A

B

C

uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a**
25-pair, 24 AwG

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[8.9]
[10.4]

114
94
66
33
24

37
30
21
10
8

71
58
41
20
15

COAXIAL

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

56

18

35

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 strand Fiber
Round 6 strand Fiber

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

117
118
63

37
38
20

72
73
39

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

8.14 Sq. In.
[5252mm2]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

A
6 11/16"
[170mm]

2.64
Sq. In.
[1703mm2]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

6 11/16"
[170mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

2.64
Sq. In.
[1703mm2]
B

5500 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

POwER
wIRING
wITHOuT
DEVICEs

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

POwER
wIRING wITH
DEVICEs

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[]

14 AwG

0.111

12 AwG

0.130

10 AwG

C

B

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* wire capacity is reduced to allow for proper conductor bend radius and maximum
permissible heat rise.
** Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter
per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

5.29 Sq. In.
[3413mm2]

2.64
Sq. In.
[1703mm2]

2.64
Sq. In.
[1703mm2]

B

B

6 11/16"
[170mm]

NuMBER OF CONDuCTORs
COMP A

COMP B

COMP C

[2.8]

64

41

50

[3.3]

60

25

44

0.164

[4.2]

90

46

70

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

65

18

40

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

45

15

34

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

64

35

50

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

60

25

44

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

90

16

70

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

65

8

36

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

45

5

25

5500 Series Raceway Ordering Information

5500BD3

Divided Raceway Base

1 11/16"
[43mm]

6 11/16"
[170mm]

5500C

Three equal compartments –
use for separate services in one
raceway. Breakaway dividers enable
compartment configurations.
Available in 8' [2.4m] lengths.
Packed 48' [14.6m] per carton.
Available in ivory (5500BD3) and
white (5500BD3-wH).

Raceway Cover

6 3/8"
[162mm]

5500WCA

use with 5500BD3. Available in 8'
[2.4m] lengths. Packed 48' [14.6m]
per carton. Available in ivory (5500C)
and white (5500C-wH).

150

2"
[51mm]

Retains wires in raceway.

6 1/16"
[154mm]

5506

6 1/2"
[165mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Wire Clip

Cover Clip
For covering seam where two
pieces of 5500C Cover come
together. Available in ivory (5506)
and white (5506-wH).

WIREMOLD

5500 SerieS™ raceway
Ordering Information

7/8"
[22.2mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

5510

5517FO

Base Seam Clip
For covering seam where two
pieces of 5500BD3 Base come
together. Available in ivory (5506B)
and white (5506B-wH)

1 13/16"
[46mm]

For closing open end of 5500BD3
Raceway. Three 1/2" trade size
KOs for end feed. Available in ivory
(5510) and white (5510-wH).

6 7/8"
[175mm]

4"
[102mm]
Each Leg
4 1/2"
[114mm]

1 13/16"
[46mm]

Blank End Fitting

Bend Radius Full Capacity Internal Elbow

5518

6 7/8"
[175mm]

External Elbow
For right angle turns around
external corners. Available in ivory
(5518) and white (5518-wH).

1 1/4"
[32mm]

3/8"
[9.5mm]

5510D

Entrance End Fitting
5 13/16"
[148mm]

3 1/4"
[83mm]

6 7/8"
[175mm]

5511FO

For feeding raceway from larger
conduits. Has concentric 3/4", 1",
1 1/2", and 2" trade size KOs on end
and back. Two removable dividers
are included. Available in ivory
(5510D) and white (5510D-wH).

Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow

6 7/8"
[175mm]

9 3/16"
[233mm]
Each Leg

5514A

Backfeed Connector

8"
[203mm]

6 11/16"
[170mm]

5515

use when a is needed. Has
three rectangular KOs for use
with existing wall box and three
1/2", 3/4", and 1" trade size KOs.
Available in ivory (5514A) and white
(5514A-wH).

6 7/8"
[175mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
Each Leg

5518FO

Bend Radius Full Capacity External Elbow
4"
[102mm]

6 7/8"
[175mm]

90° external corner with integral
dividers that provide a 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius for uTP and
fiber optic installations. use the
5518FO for a alternative to the
5518. Available in ivory (5518FO)
and white (5518FO-wH).

3 1/2"
[89mm]
Each Leg

5574
2 3/8"
[60mm]

9"
[229mm]

Transition Fitting
Makes transition from 5500 series
Raceway to the 400, 800, 2300,
PN03, PN05 and PN10 Latching
series Raceways. Available in
ivory (5574) and white (5574-wH).

3 3/16"
[81mm]

Tee/Take-Off Connector
3 1/16"
[78mm]

9 1/8"
[232mm]

8 9/16"
[217mm]

90° flat corner with integral
dividers that provides a 2"
[51mm] cable bend radius
for uTP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for lay-in
or pull-through installations.
Available in ivory (5510D)
and white (5510D-wH).

90° internal corner with integral
dividers that provides a 2"
[51mm] cable bend radius for
uTP and fiber optic installations.
Ideal for lay-in or pull-through
installations. Available in ivory
(5517FO) and white (5517FO-wH).

For branching raceway at right
angles. Available in ivory (5515)
and white (5515-wH).

8 3/16"
[208mm]

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5506B

151
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

5500 SerieS™ raceway
Ordering Information

5550

5574A

Device Inline Bracket
5"
[127mm]

2 7/8" x 1 3/4"
[73mm x 44mm]
cutout

6 5/8"
[168mm]

6"
[152mm]

7/16"
[11.1mm]

For mounting up to three
power and communication
devices with the 5500 series
Raceway. utilizes 5507 series™
Faceplates, wiremold Open
system communication
modules, Ortronics® TracJack
and series II inserts, and Pass
& seymour® Activate series
inserts. For faceplate options,
see 5507 series™ Faceplates.
Available in ivory (5550) and
white (5550-wH).

Transition Fitting
Makes transition from 5500 series
Raceway to 5400 series Raceway.
Available in ivory (5574A) and white
(5574A-wH).

9 1/8"
[231mm]

6 9/16"
[167mm]

ARA-S2

Angled Raceway Adapter
Provides angled exit in multi-channel
raceway systems. snaps into standard
4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31 and
wallsource Device Brackets. Angled
exit provides additional mounting depth
required for A/V connections as well as
ensuring the required bend radius for
uTP and fiber optic cabling. Holds two
Ortronics® series II modules. Fits 5507
series Faceplate opening.

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.
S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II
inserts. To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or
5507-6TJ Faceplates.

5550A4
2 1/2"
[64mm]

Offset Mounting Device Bracket

7 1/2"
[191mm]

7 5/16"
[186mm]

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

9 5/8"
[244mm]

For mounting up to four power
and communication devices
at one location. utilizes 5507
series™ Faceplates, wiremold
Open system communication
modules, Ortronics® TracJack
and series II inserts, and Pass &
seymour® Activate series inserts.
For faceplate options, see 5507
series™ Faceplates. Available in
ivory (5550A4) and white (5550A4wH).

CM-ARA

Angled Raceway Adapter

2"
[51mm]

4 5/16"
[110mm]

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.
S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II
inserts. To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ
Faceplates.

Provides angled exit in multi-channel
raceway systems. snaps into standard
4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31
and wallsource Device Brackets. No
CM-EPLA End Plates required. Accepts
two CM2 series wiremold Open system
communication modules or Pass &
seymour® Activate series inserts.

5500 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings
FROM

CONNECTION REQuIRED

5500BD3 series Raceway

TO

400BAC, 800BAC, 2300BAC

usE CATALOG
NuMBER

5574

5500BD3 series Raceway

PN03, PN05, PN10 series Raceway

5500BD3 series Raceway

5400TB series Raceway

5574A

Existing Outlet

5500BD3 series Raceway

5514A

1/2", 3/4", & 1" Trade size
Conduit or Armored Cable

Back of 5500BD3 series Raceway

5514A or 5510D

1/2" Trade size Conduit or
Armored Cable

side of 5500BD3 series Raceway

5510 or 5510D

3/4", 1", 1 1/2" & 2" Trade size
Conduit or Armored Cable

Back or side of 5500BD3 series Raceway

152
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

5574

5510D

WIREMOLD

5500 SerieS™ raceway
Installation Details

5500 Series Raceway Installation Details
1. Integral dividers of the 5500BD3 may
be removed by tearing off at the score
mark. Mount raceway base to wall by
using appropriate screws. use two
screws every 18" [457mm], using the
ribs on the outermost compartments of
the raceway as guides.

5500BD3

5500C

2. Place the 5500wCA wire Clips in base
as shown to contain the wires in place
while installing.

7. Feed raceway from larger conduit.
1. Line up base of the fitting with
the raceway base using the tongues
as guides.
2. Fasten the base of the fitting to
the wall using screws.
3. Remove the proper KO.
4. Attach conduit using proper fitting.
5. Feed the necessary cables.
6. slide the dividers (two provided)
into the mounting guides if needed.
7. snap the raceway cover on the base.
8. snap fitting cover onto the base
using guiding keyslots in base.

5510D

8. Mount flat elbow as shown; assemble
raceway covers first, then elbow cover.

5500WCA

3. slide the 5506 Cover Clip on the
uninstalled section of raceway cover as
shown; snap cover to the base overlapping
the seam cover over the installed section.
5511FO

4. Sequence for installing devices:
1. snap bracket in raceway base.
2. Fasten devices to bracket.
Communication devices snap
onto bracket (see Communication
Connectivity section).
3. snap raceway covers to base,
butting against bracket.
5550
4. Assemble trim ring.
5. Insert CM-EPLA or s2-EPL,
Note: Use blank plates to cover
if required.
any unused slots in bracket.
6. Install wiremold Open system
®
communication modules, Ortronics TracJack or series II
inserts, or Pass & seymour® Activate series inserts required.
7. Or install 5507 faceplates, if required.

10. Punch out appropriate hole in the
tee fitting base, and snap to raceway
base; screw down to wall. Assemble
raceway covers to base and then
snap to tee cover overlapping
raceway covers.

5515

11. Install one corner base first, then
measure to other corner (measure
from edges of fittings). Mount
raceway base, and cover;
assemble fitting
cover last.

5. Install bracket to raceway base first,
mount to the wall with screws,
and mount device. After installing
raceway cover, snap box cover
to bracket and assemble
device plate.
5550A4

6. End cap may be used as a blank
to cap off the raceway at the endof-run, or to feed wires from a
1/2" trade size pipe (punch out
the proper KO). Mount endcap to
raceway base using appropriate
screws. slide raceway cover
Screw
Locations
under the upper lip of the end
cap as shown, before snapping
to base.

5514A

5510

5517FO

12. Punch out appropriate hole in fitting base
and snap to the raceway base; screw down
to the wall. Remove proper twistout from
the insert by first scoring with a knife and
then twisting. slide the insert onto fitting
cover. Assemble raceway covers to base
and then snap fitting cover, overlapping
raceway covers.

5518 or
5518FO

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5506

9. use this fitting to back
feed from existing wall
box, or to feed from 1/2",
3/4" and 1" trade size
conduit: score KO with
knife, then punch out.

5574

153
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

5507 SerieS™ faceplateS
Ordering Information

5507 series™ Faceplates accept a wide assortment of power, A/V
and datacom devices from leading manufacturers. Faceplates can
be used in nonmetallic device brackets for 2300BACD, 400BAC, 5000,
5400TB, 5500BD3, 40N2 series Raceways, 4050 Device Bracket for steel
Raceways, and wallsource™ Boxes.

CODE REFERENCE
Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability requirements of uL-5A.
Fittings: File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
uL Listed for up to 600V.
Meets section 12-1600 of CEC.

NOTE: All 5507 Series™ Faceplates have a standard measurement of
4 1/4" x 1 7/8" [108mm x 34mm].

COLOR OPTIONS

5507 series™ faceplate Part Numbers without a suffix are available in an
ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “-wH” suffix have a white finish. Part
Numbers with a “-G” suffix have a gray finish. Part Numbers with a “-BK”
suffix have a black finish. Part Numbers with a “-Fw” suffix have a fog
white finish. Part numbers with a “-GY” suffix have a light gray finish.

5507 Series Faceplates Ordering Information

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5507AD

Modular Furniture Adapter

5507D

Duplex Receptacle Faceplate
For covering duplex style devices.
Accepts 106 Frame. Available in ivory
(5507D), white (5507D-wH), gray
(5507D-G), black (5507D-BK), light gray
(5507D-GY) and fog white (5507D-Fw).

For mounting Activate and other
modular furniture bezels and other
modular furniture adapters. Not for
use with rectangular (decorator) style
devices. Available in ivory (5507AD),
white (5507AD-wH), gray (5507AD-G)
and fog white (5507AD-Fw).

5507B

Blank Faceplate
For covering unused compartments in
the device bracket. Available in ivory
(5507B), white (5507B-wH), gray (5507BG), light gray (5507B-GY) and fog white
(5507B-Fw).

154
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

5507FRJ

Flush Dual RJ Connector Faceplate
For mounting one or two keystone
device modules, recessed to provide a
flush installation. Has one opening and
one KO. Available in ivory (5507FRJ),
white (5507FRJ-wH), gray (5507FRJ-G),
light gray (5507FRJ-GY) and fog white
(5507FRJ-Fw).

WIREMOLD

5507 SerieS™ faceplateS
Ordering Information

Rectangular Receptacle Faceplate

5507-4TJ

Ortronics® Faceplate

For covering rectangular decorator style
devices. Available in ivory (5507R), white
(5507R-wH), gray (5507R-G) and fog
white (5507R-Fw).

5507RJ

Dual RJ11/RJ45 Connector Faceplate

For mounting Ortronics® datacom
inserts. Accepts four TracJack devices.
Available in ivory (5507-4TJ), white
(5507-4TJ-wH), gray (5507-4TJ-G) and
fog white (5507-4TJ-Fw).

5507-6TJ

Ortronics® Faceplate
For mounting Ortronics® datacom
inserts. Accepts six TracJack devices.
Available in ivory (5507-6TJ), white
(5507-6TJ-wH), gray (5507-6TJ-G) and
fog white (5507-6TJ-Fw).

For mounting one or two keystone device
modules. Has one opening and one
KO. Available in ivory (5507RJ), white
(5507RJ-wH), gray (5507RJ-G), light gray
(5507RJ-GY) and fog white (5507RJ-Fw).

5507S

Rectangular Spacer

5507MAAP

Accepts four AVIP and Extron®
Electronics MAAP single space
modules. Available in ivory (5507MAAP),
white (5507MAAP-wH), gray
(5507MAAP-G), black (5507MAAP-BK),
light gray (5507MAAP-GY) and fog white
(5507MAAP-Fw).

For mounting commercial device plates.
Installs between the device bracket and
a device. Available in ivory (5507s), white
(5507s-wH), black (5507s-BK), fog white
(5507s-Fw), light gray (5507s-GY) and
gray (5507s-G).

5507SW

Switch Faceplate

5507AAP

Single Receptacle Faceplate
For covering single receptacles 1.59"
[40mm] diameter. Available in ivory
(5507T1), white (5507T1-wH), gray
(5507T1-G) and fog white (5507T1-Fw).

5507T2

Single Receptacle Faceplate
For covering single receptacles 1.41"
[36mm] diameter. Available in ivory
(5507T2), white (5507T2-wH), gray
(5507T2-G) and fog white (5507T1-Fw).

Extron® AAP Faceplate
Accepts two Extron® Electronics AAP
single space modules. Available in
ivory (5507AAP), white (5507AAP-wH),
gray (5507AAP-G), black (5507AAP-BK),
light gray (5507AAP-GY) and fog white
(5507AAP-Fw).

For covering standard toggle switches.
Available in ivory (5507sw), white
(5507sw-wH), gray (5507sw-G) and
fog white (5507sw-Fw).

5507T1

Extron® MAAP Faceplate

ARA-S2

Angled Raceway Adapter

Provides angled exit in multi-channel raceway
systems. snaps into standard 4050, 5450,
5450T, 5550, 40N2F31 and wallsource Device
Brackets. Angled exit provides additional
mounting depth required for A/V connections
as well as ensuring the required bend radius
for uTP and fiber optic cabling. Holds two
Ortronics® series II modules.Fits 5507 series
Faceplate opening. Available in ivory
(ARA-s2-IV), fog white (ARA-s2-Fw), black
(ARA-s2 -BK), gray (ARA-s2-G), light gray
(ARA-s2-GY) and white (ARA-s2-wH).

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5507R

155
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

5507 SerieS™ faceplateS
Ordering Information

CM-EPLA

End Plate
For mounting Pass & seymour®
Activate and wiremold Open system
communication modules into 5507
openings. Includes two outlet
identification labels with clear covers
and two matching screw covers.
Available in ivory (CM-EPLA), white
(CM-EPLA-wH), gray (CM-EPLA-G) and
fog white (CM-EPLA-Fw).

CM-ARA

Angled Raceway Adapter

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Provides angled exit in multi-channel
raceway systems. snaps into standard
4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31
and wallsource Device Brackets.
No CM-EPLA End Plates required.
Accepts two CM2 series wiremold
Open system communication modules
or Pass & seymour® Activate series
inserts. Available in ivory (CM-ARA),
white (CM-ARA-wH), gray (CM-ARA-G),
light gray (CM-ARA-GY) and fog white
(CM-ARA-Fw).

156
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

S2-EPL

End Plate

For mounting Ortronics® series II modules into
5507 opening. Includes two outlet identification
labels with clear covers and two matching
screw covers. Available in ivory (s2-EPL), white
(s2-EPL-wH), gray (s2-EPL-G) and fog white
(s2-EPL-Fw).

WIREMOLD

300 SerieS™ Duct

300 series™ Duct conceals electrical cords and low voltage wiring. with a
full complement of fittings and adhesive backing, 300 series Duct is easyto-install and paintable so that it blends with any decor.

CODE REFERENCE
300 series Duct is not uL Listed
and is designed only for use in
protecting electrical cords, low
voltage wiring and cabling.

COLOR OPTIONS

300 series™ Duct is available in an ivory finish and is
paintable using latex paint.

300 Series Faceplates Ordering Information

317

Duct
One-piece latching duct. 5' [1.5m]
strip extruded from rigid natural
PVC. Adhesive back. smooth
texture ivory.

12/32"
[8.9mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]

306

For right angle turns around
internal corners.
1 5/8"
[41mm]

318

Coupling

Internal Elbow

External Elbow
For right angle turns around
external corners.

For joining strips of 300 series
duct.
1 5/8"
[41mm]

1"
[25mm]

311
1 5/8"
[41mm]

PVC-1

Flat Elbow
For right angle turns on the same
surface.

Raceway Cutter
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use
with small nonmetallic raceways.

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

300

157
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

WIREMOLD

158

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Aluminum SurfAce rAcewAy SyStemS

Wiremold® Aluminum surface Raceway systems are the industry leaders in quality, ease of installation, and for
providing pathway solutions for all types of installations. For over 50 years, wiremold surface Raceway systems have
provided the highest quality, most dependable solutions for installers, building owners, and designers.
with the introduction of ALDs4000 series Raceway system, we’re again pushing the envelope and expanding the
capacity, capabilities, and aesthetics of surface raceway systems.

ALDS4000 Series
Raceway

173

Small Single- & Dual-Channel Raceways

162

166

169

AL2000 series

AL2400 series

AL3300 series

ALDS400 Series Raceway

173

Large Single- & Dual-Channel Raceways
177

181

185

ALA3800 series

ALA4800 series

AL5200 series

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

Table of Contents

159

WIREMOLD

Aluminum SurfAce rAcewAy SyStemS

Quick selection Guide

Two-Piece Small Single- & Dual-Channel Raceway Profiles

AL2000 Series™ Raceway
AL2000B & AL2000C

AL2400 Series™ Raceway
AL2400B & AL2400C

CApACITy: 1.1 in.2 [710mm2]

capacity: 1.7 in.2 [1097mm2]

1 1/8"
[29mm]

1 9/32"
[33mm]

1 7/16"
[37mm]

2"
[51mm]

AL3300 Series™ Raceway
AL3300B & AL3300C

capacity: 4.40 in.2 [2389mm2]

1 7/8"
[48mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

AL3300 w/Half Divider

2.20 in 2
[1419mm 2]

2.20 in 2
[1419mm 2]

AL3300 w/Offset Divider
1.35 in 2
[871mm 2]

2.20 in 2
[1419mm 2]

AL3300 with Offset Divider
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Capacity with Offset Divider –
1.35 sq. in. [871mm2]
Capacity with 1/2 Divider –
2.2 sq. in. [1419mm2]

1 7/16"
[36.5mm]

Capacity Undivided –
4.4 sq. in. [2839mm2]

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

Two-Piece Large Single- & Dual-Channel Raceway Profiles

ALA3800 Series™ Raceway
ALA3800B & ALA3800C

ALA4800 Series™ Raceway

capacity: 5.96 in.2 [3842mm2]

ALA4800B & ALA4800C

capacity:
Each Compartment
5.93 in.2 [3826mm2]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

3"
[76mm]
6"
[152mm]

capacity as Shown –
3.90 sq. in./4.5 sq. in.
[2526mm2/2903mm2]
capacity three compartments –
2.85 sq. in./2.40 sq. in./2.85 sq. in.
[1839mm2/1548mm2/1839mm2]
capacity Undivided –
8.5 sq. in. [5484mm2]

160
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

NOTE: see the AL5200
series Raceway
section for additional
raceway compartment
configurations.

WIREMOLD

Aluminum SurfAce rAcewAy SyStemS

Quick selection Guide

Two-Piece Large Single- & Dual-Channel Raceway Profiles (continued)

AL5200 Series™ Raceway
AL5200B & AL5200C

capacity:
Each Compartment: 8.5 in.2 [5484mm2]
2"
[51mm]

2 3/16"
[56mm]
5"
[127mm]

Large Dual-Channel Raceway Profile

ALDS4000® Series Raceway
CApACITy:
Each Compartment - 4.85 in2 (3192 mm2)

2 1/8"
[54mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

ALDS4000B & ALDS4000C

161
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Al2000™ SerieS rAcewAy

Two-piece, single-channel raceway. satin anodized finish complements decor in
commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJpR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJpR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.

AL2000 Series Raceway System Layout

KEY
D
B

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

A

C

F
E

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

COLOR OPTIONS
AL2000 series™ Raceway is available with a
satin anodized finish.

162
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

G

A. supply conductors may be fed
from 1/2" trade size KO in base,
or through AL2010A Feed End
Fitting. This system is designed
with capacity for additional feed or
circuitry conductors.
B. Attach base section to mounting
surface with AL2003 spring
Mounting Clips, or by drilling 9/32"
[7.1mm] holes in the base and use
#8 flathead screws.
C. Connect circuit wires with
connectors.
D. Additional multiple outlet sections
or AL2000 Raceway sections may
be attached at ends with AL2001
Coupling.
E. Close ends with blank end fitting
(AL2010B), or with feed end fittings
(AL2010A).
F. snap in cover section.
G. In-line receptacle AL2043.

WIREMOLD

Al2000™ SerieS rAcewAy
AL2000 Series Raceway Wire
Fill Capacities for Communications

AL2000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
NuMBER OF CONDuCTORs
O.D. (Approx Dia.)

uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
pAIR

COAXIAL
FIBER

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

Inches

O.D.

[mm]

wITHOuT
DEVICEs

wITH pLuGMOLD
RECEpTACLEs

CABLE/wIRE sIZE

Inches

[mm]

40%
FILL

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

51

8

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

3

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

38

6

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

[5.3]

3

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

24

3

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

[6.3]

2

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

12

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

[9.0]

1

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

8

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

[10.4]

0

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

17

ZipCord

0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6]

3

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

2

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

2

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

AL2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information

Raceway Cover
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm]
nominal thickness. packed (12) 5’
[1.5m] lengths per carton.

1 7/16"
[37mm]

W30/W30G

AL2000WC

Wire Retainer (Plastic)
Holds conductors in place in
raceway base.

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm]
nominal thickness. packed (12) 5’
[1.5m] lengths (AL2000B-5) or six 10’
[3m] lengths (AL2000B10) per carton.

1 7/16"
[37mm]

AL2000C-5

Raceway Base

3/4"
[19.1mm]

AL2001

Coupling (Galvanized Steel)

1 1/2"
[38mm]

Joins lengths of AL2000B Base.

1 3/16"
[30mm]

Pressure-Type Wire Connectors

1 5/16"
[33mm]

NOTE: Not for use with
aluminum conductors.

w30 – For common connection of two,
three, or four No. 12 or No.14 solid
copper conductors. packed 24 pieces
per carton (16 w30 and 8 w30G).
w30G – For connection of
equipment grounding of 2, 3, or 4
solid conductors No. 14 or No. 12
AwG. 300V maximum; 20A 105° C
maximum.

AL2003

Mounting Clip (Spring Steel)
supports lengths of AL2000
Raceway at any point desired.
Mount to surface with No. 8
flathead screw.

1 7/16"
[37mm]

AL2006

Cover Clip (Spring Steel)
Covers seam where lengths of
cover or base come together.
1"
[25mm]

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

AL2000B-5, AL2000B-10

163
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Al2000™ SerieS rAcewAy
AL2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

AL2009

Ground Clamp (Galvanized Steel)
Connects of equipment grounding
conductor to provide an additional
ground to raceway.

1 1/2"
[38mm]

AL2018

External Elbow
Makes 90° external corners. Two
AL2001 Couplings included

3"
[76mm]
3"
[76mm]

1 7/8"
[48mm]

#10 Ground stud
with Cup washer.

AL2010A

Feed Fitting
End fitting with 1/2" [12.7mm] hub
adapter.

1 3/16"
[30mm]

AL2038

Round Fixture Box (Solid Base)

4 13/16"
[122mm]

1 3/8"
[35mm]

1 1/6"
[27mm]

AL2010B

Blank End Fitting

AL2011
3"
[76mm]

single-pole 120V switch. Two
couplings furnished.
6"
[152mm]

1 1/16"
[27mm]

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

In-Line Single Pole Switch

Closes off end of raceway.

1 3/16"
[30mm]

Flat Elbow

AL2043

In-Line Receptacle
Two 15A, 120V u-ground factory
wired receptacles. Two couplings
furnished.

Right angle turn on same surface.
Two AL2001 Couplings included.

3"
[76mm]

6"
[152mm]

1 9/16"
[40mm]

AL2015

AL2043IG

4"
[102mm]
1 7/16"
[37mm]

Branch connection of two runs of
AL2000 series Raceway. Three
AL2001 Couplings included

1 5/16"
[33mm]

AL2017

In-Line Isolated Ground Receptacle

Tee

Internal Elbow

3"
[76mm]

164

AL2040A

Designed for use in hanging
fixtures. Cover takes any device
with mounting screw centers
of 2 3/4", 3 1/2" and 4 1/16"
[70mm, 89mm, 103mm]. Base has
concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade size
KOs.

Makes 90° internal corners. Two
AL2001 Couplings included

3"
[76mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

6"
[152mm]

Two 15A, 120V factory wired,
isolated ground, orange
receptacles. Two couplings
furnished.

WIREMOLD

Al2000™ SerieS rAcewAy
AL2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

AL2044, AL2044-2

D

W

L

AL2051H

Deep Device Box

For larger receptacles and deep
devices such as those of signal
and alarm systems. Base has
open back plate for mounting to
existing wall box and solid back
plate insert with 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size KOs to close opening.
Accepts industry standard
faceplates for communication
devices.

CAT NO.

L

w

D

GANG

AL2044

4 5/8" [117mm]

3 1/16" [78mm]

2 1/4" [57mm]

1

AL2044-2

4 5/8" [117mm] 4 27/32" [123mm] 2 1/2" [64mm]

2

Box Adapter
used to feed raceway from
existing wall outlet box.

4 1/2"
[114mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

AL2047, AL2047-2

Shallow Switch & Receptacle Box

W

L

Designed for standard shallow
switches and receptacles.
Base has open back plate for
mounting to existing wall box
and solid back plate insert with
1/2" and 3/4" trade size KOs to
close opening.

CAT NO.

L

w

D

GANG

AL2047

4 5/8" [117mm]

3 1/16" [78mm]

1 3/8" [35mm]

1

AL2047-2

4 5/8" [117mm] 4 27/32" [123mm] 1 3/8" [35mm]

2

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

D

165
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Al2400™ SerieS rAcewAy

Two-piece, single-channel raceway. satin anodized finish complements decor in
commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJpR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJpR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.

AL2400 Series Raceway Wire
Fill Capacities for Communications
CABLE/wIRE sIZE

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED
pAIR

AL2400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

40%
FILL

NuMBER OF CONDuCTORs
wITHOuT
DEVICEs

wITH pLuGMOLD
RECEpTACLEs

[2.8]

78

16

0.130

[3.3]

58

12

0.164

[4.2]

37

8

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

23

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

O.D.
Inches
[mm]

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

[5.3]

19

14 AwG

0.111

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

[6.3]

13

12 AwG

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

[9.0]

6

10 AwG

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

[10.4]

5

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

18

4

COAXIAL

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

11

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

13

3

FIBER

ZipCord

0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6]

24

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

24

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

13

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

COLOR OPTIONS
AL2400 series™ Raceway is available with a
satin anodized finish.

166
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Al2400 SerieS™ rAcewAy
AL2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information

AL2400B-5, AL2400B-10

Raceway Base

AL2410B
2"
[51mm]

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm]
nominal thickness. packed (12) 5’
[1.5m] lengths (AL2400B-5) or six
10’ [3m] lengths (AL2400B10) per
carton.

2"
[51mm]

AL2400C

Raceway Cover

Closes off open end of raceway.

1 1/4"
[32mm]

AL2410B2

Feed Fitting

2"
[51mm]

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm]
nominal thickness. packed (12) 5’
[1.5m] lengths per carton.

2"
[51mm]

Blank End Fitting

End fitting with plastic 1/2" trade
size KO.

1 1/4"
[32mm]

AL2400WC

Wire Retainer (Plastic)
Holds conductors in place in
raceway base.

AL2411

Flat Elbow

4"
[102mm]

Right angle turn on same
surface. Two AL2401 Couplings
included.

4"
[102mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

Coupling (Galvanized Steel)

2 3/4"
[70mm]

Joins lengths of AL2400B Base.

AL2415

Tee
6"
[152mm]

4"
[102mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

AL2406

Branch connection of two runs of
AL2400 series Raceway. Three
AL2401 Couplings included.

2"
[51mm]

Cover Clip (Spring Steel)
Covers seam where lengths of cover
or base come together.

AL2416

Cross Fitting

6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

Cross connection of two runs of
AL2400 series Raceway. Four
AL2401 Couplings included.

1"
[25mm]

AL2409
1 1/2"
[38mm]

2"
[51mm]

Ground Clamp (Galvanized Steel)
Connects of equipment grounding
conductor to provide an additional
ground to raceway.
#10 Ground Stud
with cup Washer

AL2417

Internal Elbow

4"
[102mm]

Makes 90° internal corners. Two
AL2401 Couplings included.

4"
[102mm]

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

AL2401

2"
[51mm]

167
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Al2400™ SerieS rAcewAy
AL2400 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

AL2418

External Elbow

5"
[127mm]

5"
[127mm]

Box Adapter
Feeds raceway from existing wall
outlet box.

Makes 90° external corners. Two
AL2401 Couplings included.
3"
[76mm]

AL2446P-D

AL2451H

Duplex Receptacle Cover Plate
For in-line mounting of
commercially available duplex
receptacle.

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

6"
[152mm]

168
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

4 1/2"
[114mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

WIREMOLD

Al3300™ SerieS rAcewAy

Two-piece, single-channel raceway. satin anodized finish complements decor in
commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJpR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJpR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.

AL3300 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
CApACITy OF CROss sECTIONAL AREA
wITHOuT DEVICE

wITHOuT
DIVIDER
4.40 in2
[2839mm2]

wITH HALF
DIVIDER
2.20 in2
[1419mm2]

wITH OFFsET
DIVIDER
1.35 in2
[871mm2]

wITHOuT
DIVIDER
4.40 in2
[2839mm2]

wITH HALF
DIVIDER
2.20 in2
[1419mm2]

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

Inches

[mm]

wITH OFFsET
DIVIDER
1.35 in2
[871mm2]

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

59

136

39

59

193

96

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

40

93

27

40

132

66

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

25

58

17

25

83

41

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

14

33

9

14

48

24

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

10

24

7

10

34

17

O.D.

COLOR OPTIONS

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

wITH DupLEX DEVICE

AL3300 series™ Raceway is available with a
satin anodized finish.

169
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Al3300™ SerieS rAcewAy
AL3300 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
CABLE TypE

CABLE/wIRE sIZE

uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED pAIR

O.D.

wITHOuT DIVIDER

wITH OFFsET DIVIDER

wITH HALF DIVIDER

(Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

1.35in [871mm ]
20% FILL 40% FILL

4.40 in [2839mm ]
20% FILL 40% FILL

2.20 in2 [1419mm2]
20% FILL 40% FILL

2

2

2

2

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

30

61

9

19

15

30

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

[5.3]

25

50

7

15

12

35

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

[6.3]

17

35

5

10

8

17

4-pair,24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

[9.0]

8

17

2

5

4

8

25-pair,24 AwG

0.410

[10.4]

6

13

2

4

3

6

COAXIAL

RG6/u 20 Gage

FIBER

2 stranded ZipCord

0.270

[6.9]

15

30

4

9

7

15

0.118 x
0.236

[3 x 6]

31

63

9

19

15

31

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

32

64

9

19

16

32

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

17

34

5

10

8

17

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

AL3300 Series Raceway Ordering Information

AL3300B10

1 7/8"
[48mm]

6063-T5 extruded aluminum,
satin anodized finish. Nominal
wall thickness .060" [1.5mm].
packed eight 5’ [1.5m] lengths
per carton.

AL3300D5

Holds wires and cables in
raceway base. use with
undivided raceway, snaps into
grooves in base.

AL3301

Raceway Cover

2 3/4"
[70mm]

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

Wire Clip (Spring Steel)

6063-T5 extruded aluminum,
satin anodized finish. Nominal
wall thickness .060" [1.5mm].
packed four 10’ [3m] lengths
per carton.

2 7/8"
[73mm]

AL3300C5

AL3300WC

Raceway Base

Base Coupling (Galvanized Steel)
set screw coupling used for
attaching in-line raceway
sections.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

AL3301D

Divider

Divider Clip (Galvanized Steel)
Required for holding AL3300D5
Divider in place. use one every
30" [762mm].

Divider is 0.040" [1.0mm]
galvanized steel. packed eight
5’ [1.5m] lengths per carton.
AL3301D Divider Clip sold
separately.

3"
[76mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]

Section a-a
B

Section B-B

a

Section c-c

c
c

Optional
Divider

AL3309
2 3/4"
[70mm]

Ground Clamp (Galvanized Steel)
Connects equipment grounding
conductor to raceway.

B

170

Device plate

a

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

#10 Ground Stud
with cup Washer

WIREMOLD

Al3300™ SerieS rAcewAy
AL3300 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

AL3310B

Blank End Fitting
Closes off open end of AL3300
series Raceway.

1 13/16"
[46mm]

AL3318

External Elbow
For making external corners.
Two AL3301 Couplings
included.

4 7/8"
[124mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]
3"
[76mm]

AL3310B1

End Fitting

2 7/8"
[73mm]

AL3311

90° Flat Elbow
6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

Tee
6"
[152mm]

9"
[229mm]

90° tee connection of two runs
of AL3300 series Raceway.
Three AL3301Couplings
included.

AL3346E
6"
[152mm]

3 1/16"
[78mm]

Cross Fitting

9"
[229mm]

9"
[229mm]

90° cross-through connection
of two runs of raceway. Four
AL3301Couplings included.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

AL3346G
6"
[152mm]

3 1/16"
[78mm]

AL3317

Mounts standard duplex
devices to cover. Can also be
used with 106 communication
frames.

AL3346DO

Right angle turns on same
surface. Two AL3301Couplings
included.

3 1/8"
[79mm]

AL3316

Duplex Receptacle Cover

2 3/4"
[70mm]

6"
[152mm]

AL3315

AL3346D

Internal Elbow
2 3/4"
[70mm]

6"
[152mm]

For making 90° internal
corners. Two AL3301 Couplings
included.

Offset Duplex Receptacle Cover Plate
(For Divided Raceway)
Installs duplex devices in
divided aluminum raceway.
6" [152mm] offset divider
included. Can also be used with
106 communication frames.
provided with offset divider.

Single Receptacle Cover Plate
(1.40" diameter)
Installs straight blade and
locking single receptacles with
face diameters of 1.38"-1.39"
[35mm-36mm].

Rectangular Device Cover Plate
Installs rectangular devices
including surge receptacles,
GFCI, and other rectangular
faced single-gang wiring
devices. Can also be used with
106 communication frames.

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

End feeds raceway with 1/2"
or 3/4" trade size conduit or
armored cable.

1 13/16"
[46mm]

171

6"
[152mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Al3300™ SerieS rAcewAy
AL3300 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

AL3346GO

Offset GFCI Receptacle Cover Plate
(For Divided Raceway)
Installs rectangular devices
including surge receptacles,
GFCI and other rectangular
faced single-gang wiring
devices in divided aluminum
raceway. 6" [152mm] offset
divider included. Can also be
used with 106 communication
frames. provided with
offset divider.

6"
[152mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

AL3356ABRT

Ortronics® Cover Plate
Accepts only Ortronics®
datacom inserts. supplied with
both adapters to accommodate
two TracJack™ devices or one
series II device.

6"
[152mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

AL3356Z

Grommeted Cover Plate

6"
[152mm]

AL3356-ACTLPB

For exiting of communication
cable. Grommet furnished.

Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate
6"
[152mm]

Installs communication
connectivity devices. Includes
cover and low profile adapter
cover (6A opening).

2 3/4"
[70mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

AL33562A*
6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

Cover Plate (with 2" x 2 7/8"
[51mm x 73mm] Hole cut)

6"
[152mm]

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

AL3356-LPB3S2

Ortronics® Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate

AL3356R

172

2 3/4"
[70mm]

Installs communication
connectivity devices utilizing
the industry standard singlegang faceplates. Hole cut is
2" x 2 7/8" [51mm x 73mm].
Faceplates must be ordered
separately.

2A Mini Adapter Cover Plate
Installs a single 2A size
communication connectivity
device (2A opening). Includes
cover and 2A mini adapter.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this product Guide for
information on CM2 series modules.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

2 3/4"
[70mm]

Accepts only Ortronics®
datacom inserts, three series
II devices. Low profile adapter
included.

WIREMOLD

AlDS4000® SerieS rAcewAy

Dual-channel raceway. provides 1/3 more capacity in sleek, innovative design.
Meets or exceeds industry standards.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJpR.

NOTE: Downward activations only available prewired.

Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJpR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.

ALDS4000 Raceway System Layout
B
H

J

E
G

A

D

K

L

I

F

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

M

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

C

KEY
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.

ALDs4011 Flat Elbow
ALDs4010A Entrance End Fitting
ALDs4047E 1.41 Dia. Device plate
ALDs4047-2A Mini adapter Device plate
ALDs4047F 1.59 Dia. Device plate
ALDs4018 External Elbow
ALDs4017 Internal Elbow

H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.

ALDs4047D Duplex Device plate
ALDs4047MAB MAB Device plate
ALDs4047R Decorator Device plate
ALDs4015 Tee
ALDs4047C One-Gang Device plate
ALDs4010B Blank End Fitting

COLOR OPTIONS
ALDs4000® series Raceway is available
with a satin anodized finish.

173
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AlDS4000® SerieS rAcewAy
ALDS4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
O.D. (Approx Dia.)
CABLE/wIRE sIZE
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED pAIR

Inches

40% FILL

[mm]

1/2 COMpARTMENT

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

68

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

[5.3]

56

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

[6.3]

40

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

[9.0]

22

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

[10.4]

19

COAXIAL

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

34

FIBER

ZipCord

0.118 x 0.236

[3 x 6]

70

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

71

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

38

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per
addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

ALDS4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
NO. OF
CONDuCTORs
40%

w/DupLEX
RECT. DEVICEs

w/suRGE
GFCI DEVICEs

LARGE sINGLE
RECEpTACLE

[2.8]

200

134

105

76

[3.3]

146

98

77

56

0.164

[4.2]

92

62

48

35

0.216

[5.5]

53

36

28

20

0.254

[6.5]

38

26

20

158

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

Inches O.D. [mm]

14 AwG

0.111

12 AwG

0.130

10 AwG
8 AwG
6 AwG

ALDS4000 Designer
Designer Series
Series Raceway
Raceway Fittings
Fittings Wire
Wire Fill
Fill Capacities
Capacities
ALDS4000
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

wIRE sIZE/THwN

174

THHN

uTp

COAXIAL
FIBER

14 AwG

Inches

(mm)

0.111

[2.8]

ALDs4011
40% 60%
122

182

ALDs4015
40% 60%
49

73

ALDs4017
40% 60%
75

112

ALDs4018
40% 60%
133

199

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

89

133

35

53

54

82

97

145

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

56

84

22

34

34

51

61

92

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

32

48

13

19

20

30

35

53

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

23

35

9

14

14

21

25

38

4-pair, 24 AwG

0.150

[4.8]

67

100

27

40

41

61

73

109

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

42

62

17

25

25

38

45

68

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

[5.3]

34

51

14

20

21

31

37

56

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

[6.3]

24

36

10

14

15

22

26

39

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

[9.0]

13

20

6

8

8

12

15

22

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

[10.4]

12

17

6

7

7

11

13

19

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

21

31

8

12

13

19

22

34

ZipCord

0.118 x 0.236

[3 x 6]

42

64

17

25

26

39

46

69

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

43

64

17

26

26

40

47

70

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

23

34

9

14

14

21

25

38

NOTE: 40% and 60% Wire fill capacities are calculated using radius control inserts. Inserts are factory installed and may be removed
if not required to obtain full raceway capacity.
* Entrance end fitting fill rate is calculated using backfeed capability and radius inserts. Inserts are removable and fitting can obtain
maximum raceway fill from utilizing end fitting knockouts and removing radius control inserts.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AlDS4000® SerieS rAcewAy
ALDS4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information

ALDS4000B

Raceway Base

ALDS4010B

Blank End Fitting

.060" [1.52mm] satin anodized
finish. packed four 10’ [3.05m]
lengths per carton.

2 1/16"
[52mm]

Closes off open end of
ALDs4000B Base.
5 3/4"
[146mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

ALDS4000C

Raceway Cover
.060 [1.52mm] satin anodized
finish. packed eight 5’ [1.5m]
lengths per carton. Two covers
per base.

2 7/8"
[73mm]

2 1/8"
[54mm]

ALDS4011
8 1/4"
[210mm]

Flat Elbow

8 1/4"
[210mm]

Flat corner for new lay-in or
pull-through applications.
Includes one pair of Ds4001
Couplings.

2 1/8"
[54mm]

DS4000WC

Wire Clip

DS4014A

Backfeed Coupling

Holds conductors in place.

Extra long coupling allows
attachment to wall box or back
fed to 1" or 1 1/4" trade size
conduit.

10"
[254mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]

Adjust-to-Fit™ Coupling
Joins lengths of ALDs4000B
together. sold in pairs.

ALDS4015

Divided Tee
8 3/4"
[222mm]

10 3/4"
[273mm]

Divided Tee fitting. For new layin or pull-through installations.
Includes two pairs of Ds4001
Couplings.

6"
[152mm]

ALDS4006

Seam Clip
Covers seam where two
sections of ALDs4000C come
together.

ALDS4017
6"
[152mm]

Internal Elbow
Internal corner for new lay-in
or pull-through installations.
Includes one pair of Ds4001
Couplings.

6"
[152mm]

1"
[25mm]

ALDS4010A

Entrance End Fitting

ALDS4018

External Elbow

Full capacity End Fitting. Has
two 1/2" & 3/4" concentric
trade size KOs.

External corner for new lay-in
or pull-through installations.
Includes one pair of Ds4001
Couplings.

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

DS4001

5 3/4"
[146mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]

6"
[152mm]

175

6"
[152mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AlDS4000® SerieS rAcewAy
ALDS4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

ALDS4047C

Single-Channel One-Gang Device Plate

ALDS4047R

Single-Channel Decorator Device Plate

use with commercially-available
single-gang flush plate.

6"
[152mm]

For 15A and 20A decorator
receptacles.

6"
[152mm]

ALDS4047D

Single-Channel Duplex Device Plate

ALDS4047-2A*

Single-Channel 2A Mini Adapter Device Plate
2A opening. Includes adapters
for Ortronics TracJack, series
II, wiremold CM2 series inserts,
pass & seymour Activate and
other manufacturers.

For 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles, or 106 style data
frames.
6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

ALDS4047E

Single-Channel 1.41" Diameter Device Plate

ALDS4047MAB*

Single-Channel MAB Device Plate

For straight blade and locking
receptacles.

For installing wiremold CM2
series inserts and Activate
connectivity inserts. provides
flush installation. Includes 6A
CM-MAB adapter and Ortronics®
MAB3s2 and MAB6TJ adapters.

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

6"
[152mm]

176

6"
[152mm]

ALDS4047F

Single-Channel 1.59" Diameter Device Plate
For straight blade and locking
receptacles.

6"
[152mm]

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this product Guide for information on CM2 series modules.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AlA3800 SerieS™ rAcewAy

CODE REFERENCE

single-channel raceway. satin anodized finish complements decor in commercial
offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.

cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJpR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJpR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.

AL3800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities
for Communications
uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED pAIR

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

40%
FILL
pOwER wIRING
wITHOuT
DEVICEs

14 AwG

Inches
0.111

O.D.

[mm]

40%
FILL

[2.8]

214

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

86

4 -pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

[5.3]

70

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

[6.3]

50

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

[9.0]

25

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

56

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

[10.4]

24

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

41

0.270

[6.9]

COAXIAL

RG6/u

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 strand Fiber
Round 6 strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6]
0.187
0.256

[4.8]
[6.5]

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

43
88
89
47

pOwER wIRING
wITH DEVICEs
2.04 sq. In.
[51.82mm]

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

156

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

98

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

159

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

116

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

73

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

42

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

30

COLOR OPTIONS

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

CABLE/wIRE sIZE

AL3800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

O.D. (Approx Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

AL3800 series™ Raceway is available with a
satin anodized finish.

177
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AlA3800 SerieS™ rAcewAy
ALA3800 Series Raceway Ordering Information

ALA3800B-10

Single Compartment Raceway Base
2 1/4"
[57mm]
3"
[76mm]

ALAC-5

satin Anodized finish. Nominal
wall thickness of .078" [1.99mm].
packed eight 5’ [1.50m] lengths
per carton. ALAC-5 is compatible
with ALA3800 and ALA4800
series Raceways.

ALAWC

1 3/8"
[35mm]

ALA3811

Holds conductors in place in long
raceway runs. snaps into grooves
on base.

Flat Elbow

6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

ALA3815

Wire Clip

Cover Clip
Covers seam where lengths of
raceway come together.

satin Anodized finish. Nominal
wall thickness of .078" [1.99mm].
packed four 10’ [3m] lengths per
carton.

Raceway Cover

3"
[76mm]

ALA3806

For making a 90° flat turn in a
raceway run. Includes two ALA01
Couplings.

Tee

6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

For branch connections of two
runs of ALA3800 series Raceway.
Includes three ALA01 Couplings.

1"
[25mm]

ALA01

ALA3817

Couplings

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

Joins lengths of inline
ALA3800B-10 Raceway Base
together.

6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

For making a 90° internal turn
in a raceway run. Includes two
ALA01 Couplings.

4"
[102mm]

2 13/16"
[71mm]

ALA3810B

Blank End Fitting

3"
[76mm]

ALA3817N

Closes off open end of raceway.

2 1/4"
[57mm]

6"
[152mm]

ALA3810B1
2 1/4"
[57mm]

Internal Elbow

Entrance End Fitting
For feeding raceway, has
concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade
size knockouts.

178
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

ALA3818
6"
[152mm]

Inverted Internal Elbow
For connecting a vertical run of
ALA3800 series Raceway with
a horizontal run with its cover
facing up. Includes two ALA01
Couplings.

External Elbow
For making a 90° external turn
in a raceway run. Includes two
ALA01 Couplings.

WIREMOLD

AlA3800 SerieS™ rAcewAy
ALA3800 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

12"
[305mm]

ALA-E
12"
[305mm]

ALA-F
12"
[305mm]

ALA-G
12"
[305mm]

ALA-J
12"
[305mm]

Duplex Receptacle Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]

Mounts standard duplex device
to the cover.

Single Receptacle Cover Plate
(1.40" [35.40mm])
3"
[76mm]

Installs commercially available
straight blade and locking
single receptacle with face
diameters of 1.38"-1.39"
[36mm-37mm].

Single Receptacle Cover Plate
(1.59" [38.90mm])

3"
[76mm]

Installs commercially available
straight blade and locking
single receptacle with face
diameters of 1.56"-1.58"
[38mm-39mm].

GFCI/Surge/Decorator Cover Plate

3"
[76mm]

Mounts commercially available
GFCI or surge suppression
receptacles.

Single Receptacle Cover Plate
3"
[76mm]

Mounts commercially available
straight blade or locking
single receptacles with face
diameters of 2.13" [52mm].

ALA-N

Toggle Switch Cover Plate
Mounts toggle switch in line.

12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

ALA-LPB*

Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate
Accepts three (3) wiremold
CM2 series communication
connectivity inserts. Includes
cover and low profile adapter,
(6A-opening).

12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

ALA-LPB3S2

Ortronics® Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate
Accepts three Ortronics® series
II datacom inserts. Low profile
adapter included.

12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

ALA-MAB*

6A Mini Adapter Cover Plate
Accepts three (3) wiremold
CM2 series communication
connectivity inserts. provides
a flush installation. Includes
cover and 6A mini adapter,
(6A-opening).

12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

ALA-MABRT

Ortronics® Cover Plate

12"
[305mm]
3"
[76mm]

Accepts six Ortronics®
TracJack or three series II
datacom inserts. Both adapters
included.

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

ALA-DR

NOTE: All device plates are 3" x 12" [76mm x 305mm]. These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.
* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this product Guide for information on CM2 series modules.

179
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AlA3800 SerieS™ rAcewAy
ALA3800 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

ALA-SG

Cover Plate with 1 3/4" x 2 15/16" Opening

12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

ALA-2A*

Installs communication connectivity
devices utilizing industry standard
single-gang faceplates. Hole cut is
1 3/4" x 2 15/16" [44mm x 75mm].
Faceplates must be ordered
separately.

ALA-Z

3/4" [19.1mm] Grommet/Mouse Hole Device Cover Plate
12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

Facilitates the exit of communication
cabling. Grommet included.

2A Mini Adapter Cover Plate

12"
[305mm]

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

3"
[76mm]

Accepts one (1) wiremold CM2
series communication connectivity
device. Includes cover and 2A mini
adapter, (2A-opening).

NOTE: All device plates are 3" x 12" [76mm x 305mm]. These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.

180

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this product Guide for information on CM2 series modules.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AlA4800 SerieS™ rAcewAy

Dual-channel raceway. satin anodized finish complements decor in commercial
offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJpR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJpR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.

AL4800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities
for Communications
uNsHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
TwIsTED pAIR
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e

COAXIAL
FIBER
(Each
Compartment)

0.190

[4.8]

86

0.210

[5.3]

70

pOwER wIRING
wITHOuT DEVICEs

wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

Inches

14 AwG

O.D.

[mm]

40%
FILL

0.111

[2.8]

214

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

156

0.164

[4.2]

98

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

[6.3]

50

10 AwG

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

[9.0]

25

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

56

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

41

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

159

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

116

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

73

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

42

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

30

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

[10.4]

24

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

43

ZipCord
Round 4 strand Fiber
Round 6 strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6]
0.187
0.256

[4.8]
[6.5]

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

88
89
47

pOwER wIRING
wITH DEVICEs
(2.04 sq. In.
[51.82mm])
(Each
Compartment)

COLOR OPTIONS
ALA4800 series™ Raceway is available with
a satin anodized finish.

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

CABLE/wIRE sIZE

ALA4800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

O.D. (Approx Dia.) 40%
Inches
[mm] FILL

181
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AlA4800 SerieS™ rAcewAy
ALA4800 Series Raceway Ordering Information

ALA4800B-10

Dual Compartment Raceway Base
6063-T5 extruded aluminum,
satin anodized finish, .078"
[1.98mm] wall thickness. Base
has integral divider for separation
of service. packed 40' [12m] per
carton.

6"
[152mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]

ALAC-5

Raceway Cover
6063-T5 extruded aluminum,
satin anodized finish, .078"
[1.98mm] wall thickness. Two
covers per base. Allows only one
compartment to be accessed
at a time. packed 40' [12m] per
carton. ALAC-5 is compatible with
ALA4800 series and ALA3800
series Raceways.

3"
[76mm]

ALAWC

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

For covering ends of raceway.

6"
[152mm]

ALA4810B2

Entrance End Fitting
For feeding raceway, has two
concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade
size KOs.

2 3/16"
[56mm]

6"
[152mm]

ALA4811

Flat Elbow
9"
[229mm]

Wire Clip

1"
[25mm]

9"
[229mm]

Couplings

4"
[102mm]

2 13/16"
[71mm]

ALA4806

ALA4815

Joins lengths of inline
ALA4800B-10 Raceway Base
together. Two required per
section of base.

Cover Clip

Makes 90° flat turn in a raceway
run. Includes four ALA01
Couplings.

Tee
9"
[229mm]

For branch connections of two
runs of ALA4800 series Raceway.
Includes six ALA01 Couplings.

ALA4817 Internal Elbow
6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

To make an internal turn in a
raceway run. Includes four ALA01
Couplings.

stainless steel clip to cover
joint where lengths of cover or
base come together.
1 3/8"
[35mm]

ALA09

ALA17A

Grounding Adapter
For connection of equipment
grounding conductor to provide
additional ground to raceway.

NOTE: These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Internal Corner Coupling

4"
[102mm]

#10 Ground Stud
with cup Washer

182

Blank End Fitting

2 3/16"
[56mm]

9"
[229mm]

For holding conductors in place
in long raceway runs. snaps into
grooves in base.

ALA01

ALA4810B

2"
[51mm]

For butting two raceway sections
to form an internal 90° turn in a
raceway run.

WIREMOLD

AlA4800 SerieS™ rAcewAy
ALA4800 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

ALA4817N

6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

ALA4818

External Elbow

6"
[152mm]

For making a 90° external turn in a
raceway run. Includes four ALA01
Couplings.

ALA-ABRT

3"
[76mm]

12"
[305mm]

12"
[305mm]

ALA-F
12"
[305mm]

For two Ortronics® TracJack or
one series II datacom insert. Both
adapters included.

ALA-G
12"
[305mm]

12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

Installs commercially available
straight blade and locking single
receptacle with face diameters of
1.38"-1.39" [36mm-37mm].

Single Receptacle Cover Plate
(1.59" [38.90mm])

3"
[76mm]

Installs commercially available
straight blade and locking single
receptacle with face diameters of
1.56"-1.58" [38mm-39mm].

GFCI/Surge/Decorator Cover Plate

3"
[76mm]

Mounts commercially available GFCI
or surge suppression receptacles.

Blank Cover Plate

3"
[76mm]

To cover a 12" [305mm] section of
raceway.

ALA-J
12"
[305mm]

ALA-DR

Single Receptacle Cover Plate
(1.40" [35.40mm])

Ortronics® Cover Plate

12"
[305mm]

ALA-BL

For connecting a vertical run of
ALA4800 series Raceway with a
horizontal run with its cover facing
up. Includes four ALA01 Couplings.

ALA-E

Single Receptacle Cover Plate

3"
[76mm]

Mounts commercially available
straight blade or locking single
receptacles with face diameters of
2.13" [52mm].

Duplex Receptacle Cover Plate

3"
[76mm]

Mounts standard duplex device to
the cover.

ALA-N
12"
[305mm]

Toggle Switch Cover Plate

3"
[76mm]

Mounts toggle switch in line.

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

6"
[152mm]

Inverted Internal Elbow

NOTE: All device plates are 3" x 12" [76mm x 305mm]. These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.
*Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this product Guide for information on CM2 series modules.

183
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AlA4800 SerieS™ rAcewAy
ALA4800 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

ALA-LPB*

Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate

12"
[305mm]

Accepts three (3) wiremold CM2
series communication connectivity
inserts. Includes cover and low profile
adapter, (6A-opening).

3"
[76mm]

ALA-LPB3S2

Ortronics® Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate
Accepts three Ortronics® datacom
inserts for three series II devices.
Low profile adapter included.

12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

ALA-MAB*

6A Mini adapter Cover Plate

12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

ALA-MABRT
12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

ALA-SG

Accepts three (3) wiremold CM2
series communication connectivity
inserts. provides a flush installation.
Includes cover and 6A mini adapter,
(6A-opening).

3"
[76mm]

2A Mini Adapter Cover Plate
Accepts three (3) wiremold CM2 series
communication connectivity devices.
Includes cover and 2A mini adapter,
(2A-opening).

12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

ALA-Z

3/4" [19.1mm] Grommet/Mouse Hole Device Cover Plate
12"
[305mm]

Facilitates the exit of communication
cabling. Grommet included.

3"
[76mm]

ALA11RI

Radiused Insert
A radiused insert for the ALA3811 and
ALA4811 flat elbow to provide a bend
radius of 2" [51mm] for Fiber Optic/
Category 5e installations. The insert is
ideal for new and retrofit applications
whether the cable installation is lay-in
or pull-through.

Ortronics® Cover Plate
Accepts six Ortronics® TracJack or
three series II datacom inserts. Both
adapters included.

Cover Plate with 1 3/4" x 2 15/16" Opening

12"
[305mm]

ALA-2A*

ALA17/18RI

Radiused Insert

A radiused insert for ALA3817, ALA4817,
ALA3817N, ALA4817N, ALA3818, and
ALA4818 fittings to provide a bend
radius of 2" [51mm] for Fiber Optic/
Category 5e installations. The insert is
ideal for new and retrofit applications
whether the cable installation is lay-in
or pull-through.

Installs communication connectivity
devices utilizing industry standard
single-gang faceplates. Hole cut is
1 3/4" x 2 15/16" [44mm x 75mm].
Faceplates must be ordered
separately.

NOTE: All device plates are 3" x 12" [76mm x 305mm]. These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.

184

*Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this product Guide for information on CM2 series modules.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Al5200 SerieS™ rAcewAy

Two-piece raceway. Field-installed divider provides for numerous raceway channel
configurations. satin anodized finish complements decor in commercial offices,
laboratories, and health care facilities.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJpR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJpR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.

AL5200 Raceway System Layout
B
A
D

F
E

Snap-in Divider
(Optional)

A provide electrical feed
through 1/2" or 3/4"
[12.7mm or 19.1mm] KOs
in AL5210B2 End Cap.
B Attach base section to
mounting surface by drilling
9/32" [7.1mm] holes in the
base, and using #8 flathead
screws.
C secure conductors in place
with AL5200wC wire Clip.
D Join additional raceway
sections with two AL5201
Couplings.
E Close ends with AL5210B2
Blank End Fittings.
F snap cover into base to
complete installation.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

COLOR OPTIONS
AL5200 series™ Raceway is available
with a satin anodized finish.

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

KEY
C

185
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Al5200 SerieS™ rAcewAy
AL5200 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power
NuMBER OF CONDuCTORs (40% FILL)
wITHOuT DEVICEs
wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

O.D
Inches
[mm]

14 AwG

0.111

12 AwG
10 AwG

2.40in.2
[1550mm2]

2.85in2
1840[mm2]

3.50 in.2
[2260mm2]

3.90 in.2
[2520mm2]

4.50 in.2
[2900mm2]

4.80 in.2
[3100mm2]

5.50 in.2
[3550mm2]

8.50 in.2
[5480mm2]

[2.8]

98

117

144

160

185

197

226

350

0.130

[3.3]

72

85

105

117

135

144

165

255

0.164

[4.2]

45

54

66

73

85

90

104

161

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

26

31

38

42

49

52

60

92

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

18

22

27

30

35

37

43

67

wITH DupLEX RECTANGuLAR DEVICEs
1.59IN.2 [1025MM2]
wIRE sIZE
THHN/THwN

O.D
Inches
[mm]

2.85in2
1840[mm2]

3.50 in.2
[2260mm2]

3.90 in.2
[2520mm2]

4.50 in.2
[2900mm2]

4.80 in.2
[3100mm2]

5.50 in.2
[3550mm2]

8.50 in.2
[5480mm2]

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

54

78

95

120

132

161

284

12 AwG
10 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

39

57

69

87

96

117

207

0.164

[4.2]

24

36

43

55

60

74

130

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

14

20

25

31

35

42

75

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

10

15

18

22

25

30

54

AL5200 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
40% FILL CApACITy CROss sECTIONAL AREA
CABLE/wIRE sIZE

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

uNsHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3
TwIsTED
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 5e
pAIR
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6

O.D
Inches

2.40in.2
2.85in2
3.50 in.2
3.90 in.2
4.50 in.2
4.80 in.2
5.50 in.2
8.50 in.2
[mm] [1550mm2] 1840[mm2] [2260mm2] [2520mm2] [2900mm2] [3100mm2] [3550mm2] [5480mm2]

0.190

[4.8]

33

40

49

55

63

67

77

119

0.210

[5.3]

27

32

40

45

51

55

63

98

0.250

[6.3]

19

23

28

31

36

39

44

69

4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

[9.0]

9

11

14

15

18

19

22

34

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

[10.4]

7

8

10

11

13

14

16

25

0.270

[6.9]

16

19

24

27

31

33

38

59

34

41

50

56

64

69

79

122

COAXIAL

RG6/u

FIBER

ZipCord

0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6]

Round 4 strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

34

41

51

56

65

69

80

123

Round 6 strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

18

22

27

30

34

37

42

66

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
*Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANsI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

186
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Al5200 SerieS™ rAcewAy
AL5200 Series Raceway Ordering Information

AL5200B-5, AL5200B-10
2"
[51mm]

5"
[127mm]

Raceway Base

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .080" [2.03mm]
wall thickness. Base has four ribs
for snap-in divider. AL5200B-5 is
packed eight 5' [1.5m] lengths and
AL5200B-10 is packed four 10' [3m]
lengths per carton.

AL5200C-5, AL5200C-10

Raceway Cover

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .075" [1.9mm] wall
thickness. AL5200C-5 is packed eight
5' [1.5m] lengths and AL5200C-10
is packed four 10' [3m] lengths per
carton.

4 7/8"
[124mm]

AL5200D-5, AL5200D-10

NOTE: Cross-sectional
area of each
compartment
indicated.

5"
[127mm]
2 3/16"
[56mm]

1 5/8"
[42mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

4.80 in.2
[3100mm2]

AL5206

4.50 in.2
[2900mm2]

1 7/16"
[37mm]

3.50 in.2
[2260mm2]

2.85 in.2
[1840mm2]

2.40 in.2
[1550mm2]

2.85 in.2
[1840mm2]

Cover Clip (Spring Steel)

1 1/2"
[38mm]

Wire Clip

For holding conductors in place
in long raceway runs. snaps into
grooves in raceway. AL5200wC Full,
AL5200wC2 3/4, and AL5200wC3 1/2.

AL5209
1 1/2"
[38mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

Coupling
set screw couplings. use two for
attaching in-line raceway sections.
3"
[76mm]

Grounding Adapter
Connects equipment grounding
conductor to provide an additional
ground to raceway.
#10 Ground
Stud with cup
Washer

AL5210B

Blank End Fitting
Closes off open ends of raceway.

1 9/16"
[49mm]

5"
[127mm]

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

Covers seam where lengths of cover
or base come together.

AL5200WC, AL5200WC2, AL5200WC3

1 9/16"
[40mm]

3.90 in.2
[2520mm2]

5.50 in.2
[3550mm2]

2.85 in.2
[1840mm2]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

AL5201

8.5 in.2
[5840mm2]

2"
[51mm]

Divider

Extruded .050" [1.8mm] thick
aluminum. AL5200D-5 is packed
eight 5' [1.5m] lengths and
AL5200D-10 is packed four 10' [3m]
lengths per carton.

1 13/16"
[46mm]

Raceway may be configured in single or multiple channels
in several versatile ways to accommodate power or
communications wiring.

187
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Al5200 SerieS™ rAcewAy
AL5200 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

AL5210B1, AL5210B2, AL5210B3
Entrance End Fitting

with single or multiple concentric
1/2" and 3/4" trade size KOs for
conduit connections. (AL5210B1
and AL5210B3, not shown,have
one and three double KOs
respectively.)

1 9/16"
[49mm]
5"
[127mm]

AL5211

Makes a 90° flat turn in a raceway
run. Includes two pairs of AL5201
Couplings.

5"
[127mm]

AL5214

3 3/8"
[86mm]

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

Feeds raceway from a wallmounted outlet box. Rectangular
hole cut or concentric 1/2" and
3/4" trade size KOs. Couplings
included.

3 5/16"
[84mm]

4 13/16"
[122mm]

AL5217N

Inverted Internal Elbow

10"
[254mm]

Connects a vertical run of
AL5200 series Raceway with a
horizontal overhead run with its
cover facing up.

5"
[127mm]

5"
[127mm]

3"
[76mm]

External Elbow

8"
[203mm]

8"
[203mm]

Makes a 90° external turn in a
raceway run. Includes two pair of
AL5201 Couplings.

6"
[152mm]

AL5246-B

Tee

9"
[229mm]

188

Connects two raceway sections
to form an internal 90° turn in a
raceway run.

1 1/2"
[38mm]

AL5218

Wall Box Connector

12"
[305mm]

AL5215

Internal Corner Coupling

Flat Elbow
10"
[254mm]

10"
[254mm]

AL5217A

Branch connection of two runs of
AL5200 series Raceway. Includes
three pairs of AL5201 Couplings.

Blank Cover
4 7/8"
[124mm]

Covers a 12" [305mm] section of
raceway.

12"
[305mm]
2"
[51mm]

AL5216

AL5246-D

Cross Fitting
15"
[381mm]

9"
[229mm]

Cross through connection in a
raceway run. Includes four pairs of
AL5201 Couplings.

5"
[127mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]

Double Duplex Cover Plate

Internal Elbow
4 7/8"
[124mm]

7"
[178mm]

Makes 90° internal corner in a
raceway run. Includes two pairs of
AL5201 Couplings.

7"
[178mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Mounts standard duplex devices
to cover.

12"
[305mm]

AL5246-DD

2"
[51mm]

AL5217

Duplex Receptacle Cover Plate

12"
[305mm]

Installs I5A and 2OA duplex
receptacles or duplex style
communication devices.

WIREMOLD

Al5200 SerieS™ rAcewAy
AL5200 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)
Single Receptacle Device Cover Plate

4 7/8"
[124mm]

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-DACT*

Duplex & 6A Mini Adapter Cover Plate

Installs commercially available
straight blade and locking single
receptacles with face diameters
of 1.56"-1.58" [39.2mm-39.3mm].

4 7/8"
[124mm]

12"
[305mm]

AL5246-G

GFCI Device Cover Plate

4 7/8"
[124mm]

Mounts commercially available
GFCI or surge suppression
receptacles.

AL5256-GACT*

GFCI & 6A Mini Adapter Cover Plate

12"
[305mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]

AL5256-ACTLPB*

12"
[305mm]

Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate

4 7/8"
[124mm]

Accepts three (3) wiremold CM2
series communication connectivity
devices. Includes cover and low profile
adapter (6A-opening).

Duplex Receptacle & 2A Mini Adapter Cover Plate
4 7/8"
[124mm]

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-ACT2LP*
4 7/8"
[124mm]

Accepts three (3) wiremold CM2
series communication connectivity
devices. Includes cover and two low
profile adapters (6A-openings).

12"
[305mm]

For installation requiring a
GFCI or surge suppression
receptacle and accepts three
(3) wiremold CM2 series
communication connectivity
devices. Cover includes 6A mini
adapter (6A-opening).

AL5256-D2A*

12"
[305mm]

Device Cover Plate with Two Low Profile Adapters

For installation requiring a 15A
or 20A duplex receptacle and
accepts three (3) wiremold
CM2 series communication
connectivity devices. Cover
includes 6A mini adapter
(6A-opening).

Duplex receptacle cover
accepts one (1) wiremold CM2
series and 2A mini adapter (2A
opening).

AL5256-DZ

Duplex Receptacle & Mouse Hole Device Cover Plate
4 7/8"
[124mm]

Grommeted cable access at
duplex receptacle location (2A
opening).

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-ACTMAB

Device Cover Plate with 6A Mini Adapter

4 7/8"
[124mm]

Installs communication connectivity
devices. Includes cover and 6A mini
adapter (6A-opening).

AL5256-ABRT
4 7/8"
[124mm]

12"
[305mm]

Ortronics® Cover Plate
Accepts only Ortronics®
datacom inserts. supplied with
both adapters to accommodate
two TracJack devices or one
series II device.

12"
[305mm]

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

AL5246-F

189

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this product Guide for information on CM2 series modules.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Al5200 SerieS™ rAcewAy
AL5200 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

AL5256-DABRT

AL5256-GMABRT

Duplex & Ortronics® Cover Plate

GFCI & Ortronics® Cover Plate

Accepts only Ortronics® datacom
inserts. supplied with both
adapters to accommodate two
TracJack devices or one series II
device.

4 7/8"
[124mm]

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-GABRT

GFCI & Ortronics® Cover Plate

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-2A*

Accepts only Ortronics® datacom
inserts. supplied with both
adapters to accommodate two
TracJack devices or one series II
device.

4 7/8"
[124mm]

12"
[305mm]

12"
[305mm]

GFCI sized hole cut accepts one (1)
wiremold CM2 series and 2A mini
adapter (2A opening).

Accepts Ortronics® datacom inserts.
Accepts three series II devices. Low
profile adapter included.

4 7/8"
[124mm]

12"
[305mm]

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-GZ

GFCI & Mouse Hole Device Cover Plate
4 7/8"
[124mm]

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems

Accepts one (1) wiremold
CM2 series 2A communication
connectivity device. Includes cover
and 2A mini adapter (2A opening).

4 7/8"
[124mm]

Ortronics® Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate

GFCI & 2A Mini Adapter Cover Plate

190

AL5256-2LPB3S2

Ortronics® Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate

Grommeted cable opening at GFCI
receptacle location.

Accepts Ortronics® datacom inserts.
Accepts six series II devices. Two
low profile adapters included.

4 7/8"
[124mm]

12"
[305mm]

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-MABRT
4 7/8"
[124mm]

12"
[305mm]

Ortronics® Cover Plate

Accepts Ortronics® datacom
inserts. supplied with both
adapters to accommodate six
TracJack devices or three series II
devices.

AL5256-Z

1 1/4"
[32mm] Dia.

AL5260

AL5256-DMABRT

Mouse Hole Device Cover Plate

4 7/8"
[124mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]

Accepts Ortronics datacom
inserts. supplied with both
adapters to accommodate six
TracJack devices or three series
II devices.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Facilitates exit of voice or data
communication cabling. Grommet
furnished.

Offset Divider

Duplex & Ortronics® Cover Plate

12"
[305mm]

2A Mini adapter Cover Plate

AL5256-LPB3S2

AL5256-G2A*
4 7/8"
[124mm]

Accepts Ortronics® datacom inserts.
supplied with both adapters to
accommodate six TracJack devices
or three series II devices.

4 7/8"
[124mm]

®

9 9/16"
[243mm]

used to allow device offsets and
to extend over ribs in the raceway
base. snap fits into base.

1 9/16"
[40mm]

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this product Guide for
information on CM2 series modules.

WIREMOLD

Prewired raceway SyStemS

when time is an issue, Wiremold® Prewired Raceway gives you the option of
letting our experts do the work for you. wiring is labeled, wrapped and ready for
termination at the job site. All you need to do is mount the raceway on the wall
and connect the feed wires. use our new Prewired Connectors, and you’ll get off
the job even faster. save installation time, labor and money with raceway that’s
ready for work before it even gets on the job.

207

ALDS4000 Series
Raceway

219

Prewired Select
Series™
Raceways

229
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

AL4000 Series™
Raceway

191
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Prewired raceway SyStemS

Table of Contents

Why Prewired?
194

Single Channel, Single Cover Aluminum
Raceway Systems
202

203

AL3000 series
Raceway

ALA3800 series
Raceway

Single/Dual Channel, Single Cover Aluminum
Raceway Systems
205

207

209

AL3300 series
Raceway

AL4000 series
Raceway

AL4400 series
Raceway

211

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

AL4750 series
Raceway

Dual Channel, Dual Cover Aluminum
Raceway Systems
213

215

217

AL4320 series
Raceway

AL4520 series
Raceway

ALA4800 series
Raceway

XX
219
ALDs4000 series
Raceway

192
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Prewired raceway SyStemS

Table of Contents

Three Channel, Dual Cover Aluminum
Raceway Systems
221

223

AL7320 series
Raceway

AL7450 series
Raceway

Prewired Steel Raceway Systems
225
3000® series,
4000® series,
Ds4000® & 6000®
series Raceways

Prewired Nonmetallic Raceway Systems
227
5400 series™,
5500 series™
& Cablesmart™
40N2 series Raceways

Prewired Select Series™ Teacher Drops
229

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Prewired select
series™ Raceways

193
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Prewired raceway SyStemS
At wiremold®, our goal for Prewired Raceway is to enhance
the value to the end user and installer by providing
value-added services to their projects, i.e. specific wiring
configurations, labeling and special services.
wiremold® has been setting the standard in the engineering
and manufacturing of Prewired Raceway solutions over
the last 20 years. wiremold has the knowledgeable sales,
project management and engineering resources to provide
you with assistance in:
•	 Defining	bills	of	material	and	project	quotes.
•	 	Interpreting	project	specifications,	electrical	drawings	
and elevation plans to produce detailed submittal and
installation drawings.
•	 	Coordinating	production,	packaging	and	shipping	
schedules	to	meet	your	job	site	requirements.
As a leader in the electrical industry wiremold continues to
look for new and innovative ways to simplify the installation
of our Prewired Raceway systems. Over the last 5 years
wiremold has:
•	 	Redesigned	our	submittal	and	installation	documentation	
to more clearly depict design intent and ease installation.

•	 I	 ntroduced	Wiremold	“Prewired	Connectors”.	The		
only uL and cuL listed modular connector for Prewired
Raceway	systems	available	on	the	market.	“Prewired	
Connectors”	have	been	shown	to	decrease	installation	
time and eliminate miswiring in the field that can lead to
costly callbacks.
•	 	Introduced	UL	and	cUL	listed	Commercial	Outlet	Centers	
(Cord-Ended) that are optimal for mounting to semipermanent structures such as shelving and rack displays
found in many Lab applications.
when deadlines are looming and skilled labor is in short
supply	Wiremold	has	the	expertise	and	quality	solutions	to	
help you complete your project on time. wiremold Prewired
Raceway solutions will:
•	 	Save	up	to	67%	of	the	installation	time	needed	for	field	
install of component raceway parts.
•	 	Provide	maximum	flexibility	for	adding	or	relocating	
power	and	communication	requirements	during	
renovations	or	equipment	changes.
•	 	Provide	you	with	an	established	project	team	who	has	the	
knowledge and experience from successfully completing
work on thousands of projects for the educational,
pharmaceutical, hospital, retail and military markets.

Ordering Process for Prewired Applications
Detailed Submittal
The detailed submittal shows exactly how each raceway run will be built (lengths, number and type of receptacles,
wiring schematics, circuiting information, etc.). The contractor and/or distributor must review and correct any
information not clearly indicated on the drawings or specs, approve and return before production can be scheduled.
Submittal Free
The Prewired Express Building Plan Checklist is filled out by the contractor or distributor and sent along with plans,
casework,	and	specs.	No	submittal	is	required	and	the	project	is	scheduled	for	production	upon	receipt	of	all	
information.
PhASe 1

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Documents to Rep
•	Electrical	Plans
•	Data	Plans
•	Legends	&	
schedules
•	Specifications

PhASe 2

Within 48 hours*
Quote
•	Take-Off	
Completed
•	Quote	Delivered

*Based on Complexity

Prewired Raceway gets
installers off the job in 1/3
less time than conventional
raceway installations.

Within 24 hours
Project Launch

Purchase Order
•	Place	contractor	
order with
authorized Prewired
Distributor.
•	All	bid	and	order	
documents to
wiremold Project
services.

wiremold Prewired Raceway
is available in a wide range
of capacity and configuration
options.

194
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

•	Wiremold	
Project Manager
assigned and PO
acknowledged.
•	Documents	
reviewed for
completeness.

Prewired Connectors provide
contractors with peaceof-mind. Connectors are
factory wired and tested so
errors, backtracking and
troubleshooting are virtually
eliminated.

PhASe 3
Within 2 Weeks
Submittals
•	Includes	Material	
Product sheets,
material list,
Engineered
raceway details,
product placement
drawings and
release forms.

Within 2-4 Weeks
Shipment
Approval & Release
•	Return	approved	
submittal package
with	required	
revisions and
requested	on	
site date.
•	Drawings	revised.

Commercial Outlet Centers
(Cord-Ended) that are
optimal for mounting to
semi-permanent structures
such as shelving and rack
displays found in many Lab
applications.

•	Material	
packaged &
marked per
area, and
shipped with
“as	built”	
drawings and
documents.

WIREMOLD

Prewired raceway SyStemS
The Process
1. Raceway is wired and assembled per customer
specifications.
2		 Finished	raceway	is	quality	tested	to	insure	
performance and accuracy of wiring
3. Raceway is labelled and packed per job and job
site	requirements.	
4. Detailed project drawings are included with
every project.
5. Raceway is shipped to arrive at job site per
production schedule and project specifications.

Prewired Connectors
Introducing Faster, More Reliable Connections for
Prewired Raceway Systems
New wiremold Prewired Connectors offer the fastest, most reliable
connectivity solution available for prewired raceway system
installations. Independent testing has shown that when using new
Prewired Connectors in prewired raceway installations, installers
can get off the job up to eighteen times faster than when using
conventional installation methods… while virtually eliminating any
callbacks for wiring errors.
Supportsfollowing NeMA NeMA configurations:

5-15R
5-20R
5-30R

L5-15R
L5-20R
L5-30R

6-15R
6-20R
6-30R

L6-15R
L6-20R
L6-30R

Prewired Connectors provide fast and
reliable connectivity and are available
in 3-, 6- and 8-wire configurations.

NOTe: Consult factory for other configurations.

Specification Guidelines:

Prewired Connector Applications:
Current Rating:
30A maximum
Voltage Rating:
250V maximum
wire Gauge:
10AwG maximum
wire Type:
stranded Copper

3-Wire

6-Wire

8-Wire

Prewired Testimonials
For the Contractor:
Getting a complete
package of detailed
drawings helps my
guys know where
every carton and piece
of raceway go.

For the Lab:
Cord-ended Prewired
gives me the flexibility
I need to reconfigure
my lab.

For the Contractor:
Prewired Connectors
increase my productivity.
Installs are ultra fast and
there are no miswiring or
troubleshooting issues.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

•	 Maximum	of	one	(1)	device	per	foot	of	raceway.
•	 Harnesses	from	multiple	feeds	may	not	cross	in	duct	
when feeding from different directions.
•	 Maximum	base	segment	length	of	ten	(10)	feet.
•	 No	downstream	protection	on	GFCI	or	Surge	devices.

195
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Prewired raceway SyStemS

Aluminum

Isoduct® Aluminum Prewired Raceway systems are manufactured to specific job
lengths, completely assembled and shipped to the jobsite ready to install.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:
File	E15191	Guide	PVGT.
Surface Metal Raceway:
File	E4376	Guide	RJBT.
Fittings: File	E41751	Guide	RJPR.
Meet Article 380 of NEC.

Prewired Aluminum Raceway Features
FeATUReS
Communication Devices
Electrical Devices
Cover Length
Body Length
Installation
Finish
Fittings
wire Type
wiring splices
Grounding Conductors

Ortronics & Activate Connectivity system
Devices
Pass & seymour
12" [305mm] or 18" [457mm]
Longest = 10' [3.05m], shortest = 1' [305mm]
surface mounted
Architectural Class II Clear Anodized
Mitered
THHN	Stranded
Insulation displacement connectors
wire gauge per National Electrical

Other manufacturers
Other manufacturers
24" [610mm], 36" [914mm], custom or continuous

Gray self-adhesive polyester label
with black letters
shared neutral
12" [305mm] feeds and receptacle leads
Raceway drilled at job site with hole saw
Mounted to cover with 2 counter-sunk #6-32

Record Drawings

3 sets and 2 copies of marked-up blueprints

Per	job	requirements

submittal services

Detailed submittal

Express	Submittal	or	Submittal	Free	

Neutrals
Pigtails
Conduit	Feeds
Device Mounting

screws

* Paint chip required for custom colors.

COLOR OPTIONS

Aluminum Prewired Raceway systems are available with an
anodized aluminum finish.

196

OPTIONS

Flush	mounted	(recessed)
Custom colors available, consult factory.*
Butt joints or custom
Options per specification
Continuous wiring or twist-on wire connector
Oversized and/or separate grounding wires
Code (NEC) and shared grounding wires
Engraved covers, self-adhesive engraved
nameplate, screw mounted engraved nameplate
Oversized and/or separate neutral wires
Per specification
Entrance end cap
Device mounting brackets

Device Identification

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

STANDARD

Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.

www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Prewired raceway SyStemS

Quick	Selection	Guide

Single Channel - Single Cover Raceway Profiles

ALA3000 Series Raceway
1 25/32"
[45mm]

ALA3800 Series Raceway

Capacity: 1.1 in2 [710mm2]
Cover Options: AL3000C

2 5/8"
[67mm]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

Capacity: 6.10 in2 [3963mm2]
Cover Options: ALA-C

3"
[76mm]

Single/Dual Channel - Single Cover Raceway Systems
NOTe: These profiles are available as either a single channel raceway or as a divided dual channel raceway.

AL3300 Series Raceway
1 7/8"
[36mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

AL4000 Series Raceway

Capacity:
1/2 Divided: 2.20 in2 [1419mm2]
Offset Divided: 1.35 in2 [871mm2]
Undivided: 4.40 in2 [2389mm2]
Cover Options: AL3300C

Barrier

1 3/4"
[44mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Capacity:
Divided: 3.10 in2 [2000mm2]
Undivided: 7.20 in2
[4645mm2]
Cover Options: AL4000C

Available with Barrier removed.

AL4400 Series Raceway
Barrier

2 1/4"
[57mm]

AL4750 Series Raceway

Capacity:
Per Compartment:
4.72 in2 [3045mm2]
Cover Options: AL4000C

Capacity:
Small: 2.22 in2 [1536mm2]
Large: 3.75 in2 [2950mm2]

1 7/8"
[48mm]

3 1/4"
[83mm]

Cover Options: AL4750C

4 3/4"
[121mm]
Available with Barrier removed.

AL3320 Series Raceway
1 3/4"
[44mm]

Capacity:
Per Compartment:
4.45 in2 [2970mm2]
Cover Options: AL3000C

5 1/4"
[133mm]

ALA4800 Series Raceway
2 1/4"
[57mm]

6"
[152mm]

AL4520 Series Raceway
2 1/4"
[57mm]

5 1/4"
[133mm]

Cover Options: AL3000C

ALDS4000 Series Raceway

Capacity:
Per Compartment:
5.93 in2 [3026mm2]
Cover Options: ALA-C

Capacity:
Per Compartment:
5.90 in2 [3818mm2]

2 1/8"
[54mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

Capacity:
Per Compartment:
4.85 in2 [3129mm2]
Cover
Options: ALDs4000C

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Dual Channel - Dual Cover Raceway Systems

197

WIREMOLD

Prewired raceway SyStemS

Quick	Selection	Guide

Three Channel - Dual Cover Raceway Systems

AL7320 Series Raceway
Barrier

AL7450 Series Raceway

1 3/4"
[44mm]

7 3/8"
[187mm]

Capacity:
Per Compartment:
4.31 in2 [2797mm2]

Barrier

Cover Options:
AL3000C, AL4000C

Available with Barrier removed.

Capacity:
Single: 5.02 in2
[3239mm2]
Dual: 4.72 in2
[3045mm2]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

7 3/8"
[187mm]

Cover Options:
AL3000C, AL4000C

Available with Barrier removed.

Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems Wire Fill Capacities for Data/Communications
AL3000

AL4000

AL4320**

O.D.
CABLe/WIRe TyPe
UNSHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

COAXIAL
FIBER	OPTIC

AL7320
No Barrier
Single
40%
40%

ALDS4000

Inches

[mm]

40%

40%

40%

4-pair,

24 AwG Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

53

48

53

81

43

40%

4-pair,

24 AwG Cat 5e

0.210

[5.3]

43

39

43

66

35

56

4-pair,

24 AwG Cat 6

0.250

[6.4]

31

28

31

47

25

40

4-pair,

24 AwG Cat 6a*

68

0.354

[9.0]

15

14

15

23

12

20

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.360

[9.1]

15

13

15

23

12

19

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

26

24

26

40

21

34

[3 x 6]

54

48

54

83

44

70

Round	4	Strand	Fiber

ZipCord

0.118 x 0.236
0.187

[4.7]

55

49

55

84

44

71

Round	6	Strand	Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

29

26

29

45

24

38

Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems Wire Fill Capacities for Data/Communications (continued)
AL4400

AL4520**

ALA4750

ALA3800

ALA4800**

O.D
CABLe/WIRe TyPe

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

UNSHIELDED
TwIsTED
PAIR

COAXIAL
FIBER	OPTIC

40%

Top
40%

AL7450
Bottom
40%

Inches

[mm]

40%

40%

40%

40%

4-pair,

24 AwG Cat 3

0.190

[4.8]

66

84

69

86

86

71

66

4-pair,

24 AwG Cat 5e

0.210

[5.3]

55

69

57

70

70

58

55

4-pair,

24 AwG Cat 6

0.250

[6.4]

38

48

40

50

50

41

38

4-pair,

24 AwG Cat 6a*

0.354

[9.0]

19

24

20

25

25

20

19

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.360

[9.1]

19

23

19

24

24

20

19

RG6/u

0.270

[6.9]

33

41

34

43

43

35

33

0.118 x 0.236

[3 x 6]

68

85

70

88

88

72

68

Round	4	Strand	Fiber

ZipCord

0.187

[4.7]

69

87

71

89

89

73

69

Round	6	Strand	Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

37

46

38

47

47

39

37

NOTe: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/eIA 568-B.2.
** each compartment.

198
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Prewired raceway SyStemS

Quick	Selection	Guide

Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems Wire Fill Capacities for Power (40% fill factor)
ThhN/ThWN
(STRANDeD)

AL4000*

AL4320*

6 AwG

30

27

30

31

56

–

8 AwG

41

37

42

42

78

53

10 AwG

72

64

73

74

135

92

12 AwG

114

102

115

117

214

146

14 AwG

156

140

158

161

294

200

6 AwG

14

10

14

14

40

–

POwER wIRING
WITHOUT	DEVICES

POwER wIRING
WITH	GFCI
DEVICEs
(2.04	SQ.IN.)

AL7320
Single
Dual*

AL3000

ALDS4000*

8 AwG

19

15

19

20

55

27

10 AwG

33

25

34

35

96

47

12 AwG

53

41

54

56

153

75

14 AwG

72

56

74

77

210

102

Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems Wire Fill Capacities for Power (40% fill factor) (continued)
ThhN/ThWN
(STRANDeD)

POwER wIRING
WITH	GFCI
DEVICEs
(2.04	SQ.IN.)

AL4400*

AL4520*

AL4750*

8 AwG

41

50

54

35

53

49

ALA4800
41

10 AwG

56

87

110

61

108

101

56

12 AwG

98

139

172

97

170

159

98

14 AwG

156

190

232

133

229

215

156

8 AwG

30

28

32

13

31

27

30

10 AwG

42

49

65

22

64

57

42

12 AwG

73

77

102

35

100

89

73

14 AwG

116

106

137

49

135

121

116

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

POwER wIRING
WITHOUT	DEVICES

AL7450
Single
Dual*

ALA3800*

199
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Prewired raceway SyStemS

Quick	Selection	Guide

Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems Device Opening
Opening

Single Receptacle

Device Compatibility

Raceway Profile Compatibility

15A and 20A straight Blade and Locking

AL3000
AL3300
ALA3800
AL4000

AL4400
AL4750
AL4320
AL4520

ALA4800
ALDs4000
AL7320
AL7450

AL3000
AL3300*
ALA3800
AL4000

AL4400
AL4750*
AL4320
AL4520

ALA4800
ALDs4000
AL7320
AL7450

5-15R
5-20R
6-15R
6-20R
10-20R
14-20R

1.40"
[35.6mm]

Single Receptacle

15-20R
18-20R
L5-15R
L6-15R
L7-15R

NEMA Locking Devices.
Accommodates all NEMA
Locking Devices except
L5-15R, L6-15R and L7-15R.

* Raceway profile will accommodate opening and
device when undivided.

1.59"
[40mm]

Single Receptacle

30A and 50A straight Blade
5-30R
7-30R
5-50R
7-50R
6-30R
10-30R
6-50R
10-50R

AL3000*
AL3300**
ALA3800
AL4000*

Decorator	Style,	Rectangular	GFCIs,	
and Rectangular surge Protection
Receptacles

AL3000
AL3300
ALA3800
AL4000

2.13" [52mm]

Rectangular Openings
1.3"
[33mm]

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

2.62"
[64mm]

AL4400*
AL4750**
AL4320*
AL4520*

ALA4800
ALDs4000*
AL7320*
AL7450*

*	 Raceway	profile	requires	installation	of	an	adapter	
box to accommodate device.
**	Raceway	profile	requires	removal	of	barrier	and	
installation of an adapter box to accommodate
device.

AL4400
AL4750*
AL4320
AL4520

ALA4800
ALDs4000
AL7320
AL7450

* Raceway profile will accommodate opening and
device when undivided.

Duplex

5-15R
5-20R
6-15R
6-20R

Single-Gang Switch

NOTe: Custom openings are also available –
consult factory for more information.

200
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

L5-15R
L6-15R
L7-15R

AL3000
AL3300
ALA3800
AL4000

AL4400
AL4750
AL4320
AL4520

ALA4800
ALDs4000
AL7320
AL7450

AL3000
AL3300
ALA3800
AL4000

AL4400
AL4750
AL4320
AL4520

ALA4800
ALDs4000
AL7320
AL7450

WIREMOLD

Prewired raceway SyStemS

Quick	Selection	Guide

Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems Data/Communications Opening
Opening

Device Compatibility

Wallplate Openings
6-32
Tapped hole

Accommodates a wide
range of standard
size commercially
available wall plates.

1.75"
[44mm]

Opening

Device Compatibility

Duplex for Data

Accommodates
standard Duplex 106
Style	Frames.

2.75"
[70mm]

Opening

Device Compatibility

Rectangular Openings

Opening

Device Compatibility

Grommet Openings

Accommodates
standard Decorator
Style	Frames.

1/4" [6.4mm] Inner Diameter
1/2" [12.7mm] Inner Diameter
3/4" [19.1mm] Inner Diameter
Standard
1" [25mm] Inner Diameter

1.3"
[33mm]

Accommodates
commercially available
Grommets

2.62"
[64mm]

Opening

Device Compatibility

AB Adapter Openings

Accommodates 2A size Activate and Ortronics® Bezels.

1.18"
[30mm]

CM-2AB – Accepts
One series II Module

Low or high Profile Adapter
Openings

AB2TJ	–	Accepts	One	
Activate 2A Module

Accommodates Activate and Ortronics® Low Profile Adapters.

1 13/16"
[46mm]

Low Profile Adapter (LPB)
LPB – Accepts 3 Pass & seymour Activate Inserts
LPB3s2 – Accepts 3 Ortronics series II Inserts

3 3/8"
[86mm]

Modular Adapter Opening

ABs2 – Accepts Two
TracJack	Modules

Accommodates MAB Activate and Ortronics® Adapters.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1.98"
[50mm]

NOTe: Custom openings are also
available – consult factory
for more information.
MAB

MAB3S2

MAB6TJ

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

201

WIREMOLD

aL3000 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

4 19/32 sq. in.
[289 sq. cm]

1 25/32"
[45mm]

AL3000 series Raceway is a single-channel, single-cover raceway that is a cost
effective, highly aesthetic solution to provide access to communication cabling
or electrical wiring systems. The raceway is designed to meet most installation
requirements	for	UTP,	fiber	optic	and	electrical	wiring.
Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thic ess: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

2 5/8"
[67mm]

AL3010B

AL3017

Blank end Cap

Internal elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

AL3011

90° Flat elbow
5 5/8""
[143mm]

5 5/8""
[143mm]

90°

AL3010B1
PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

entrance end Cap
For	3/4"	[19.1mm]	
conduit connector

AL3001

Slide Coupling

AL3018

external elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

45° external elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

AL3015

6"
[152mm]

AL3012A

Flat Tee

5 5/8"
[143mm]

202

6"
[152mm]

AL3012B

45° Internal elbow with Coupling
5 5/8"
[143mm]

6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

WIREMOLD

aLa3800 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

3"
[76mm]

ALAWC

2 1/4"
[57mm]

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

Wire Clip

ALA17A

Internal Corner Coupling
Forms	an	internal	90°	turn	in	a	run	of	
ALA3800 series Raceway.

Holds	conductors	in	place	in	long	runs	
of ALA3800 series Raceway. snaps into
grooves on base.

ALA01

Slide Coupling

ALA3806

Cover Clip

Connects adjoining sections of
ALA3800 series Raceway base.

ALA09

Grounding Adapter
Connects	equipment	grounding	
conductor to ALA3800 series Raceway.

Covers seams where sections of ALAC-5
Cover come together.

ALA3810B
2 1/4"
[57mm]

entrance end Cap
Closes off open ends of ALA3800 series
Raceway

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

CAPACITy:
5.96 i n.2 [3842mm2]

ALA3800 series Aluminum Raceway system meets the demands of commercial
spaces,	directing	power	or	communications	services	where	required.	The	lowprofile surface mounted raceway is easy to install and because of its two-piece
design, wiring is always accessible.

203
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aLa3800 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

ALA3810B1

entrance end Cap
For	feeding	raceway,	has	concentric	
1/2" and 3/4" knockouts.

2 1/4"
[57mm]

ALA3811
6"
[152mm]

90° Flat Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

ALA3815

Makes branch connections of two
runs of ALA3800 series Raceway.
Includes three (3) ALA01 Couplings.

ALA3817 Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

external Mitered elbow with Coupling
Makes	90°	external	turns	in	runs	of	
ALA3800 series Raceway. Includes
two (2) ALA01 Couplings.

ALA11R1

2" [51mm] Bend Radius Control Insert for Flat elbow
Installs in ALA3811	Flat	Elbow.	For	
new and retrofit applications whether
the cable installation is lay-in or pullthrough.

Flat Tee with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

Makes	90°	turns	in	runs	of	ALA3800	
series Raceway. Includes two (2)
ALA01 Couplings.

ALA3818

6"
[152mm]

ALA3817N

Makes	90°	internal	turns	in	runs	of	
ALA3800 series Raceway. Includes
two (2) ALA01 Couplings.

Inverted Internal elbow
Connects vertical runs with horizontal
runs of ALA3800 series Raceway
with its cover facing up. Includes two
ALA01 Couplings.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

6"
[152mm]

204
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

ALA17/18R1

2" [51mm] Bend Radius Control
Insert for Internal and external elbows
Inserts into ALA3817, ALA3817N,
and ALA3818	fittings.	For	new	and	
retrofit applications whether the cable
installation is lay-in or pull-through.

WIREMOLD

aL3300 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

AL3300 series Raceway’s low profile, divided aluminum raceway meets the
demands of today's laboratories, healthcare facilities and upscale office
locations, providing a compact and effective method of consolidating power and
communication cabling.

2 7/8"
[73mm]

1 7/8"
[36mm]

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

AL3300WC

Wire Clip
For	holding	wires	and	cables	in	
raceway base. use with undivided
raceway, snap into grooves of
base.

AL3301

Coupling
set screw coupling used for
attaching in-line raceway sections.

Ground Clamp
For	connection	of	equipment	
grounding conductor to provide
additional ground to raceway.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

AL3310B

Blank end
For	closing	open	end	of	AL3300	
series Raceway.

1 7/8"
[48mm]

3"
[76mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]

AL3301D

Divider Clip

3"
[76mm]

Required	for	holding	AL3300D5
divider in place. use one every 30"
[76.2m].

AL3310B1

end
For	end	feeding	raceway	with	1/2"	
[12.7mm] or 3/4" [19.1mm] trade
size conduit or armored cable.

1 7/8"
[48mm]

3"
[76mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

2 3/4"
[70mm]

AL3309

205
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aL3300 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

AL3311
6"
[152mm]

90° Flat elbow
6"
[152mm]

AL3317

For	right	angle	turns	on	same	
surface. Two (2) couplings
included.

6"
[152mm]

9"
[229mm]

AL3318

Tee
6"
[152mm]

For	90°	tee	connection	of	two	
runs of AL3300 series Raceway.
Three (3) couplings included.

3 1/8"
[79mm]

AL3316
9"
[229mm]

For	making	90°	internal	corners.	
Couplings included.

6"
[152mm]

3 1/8"
[79mm]

AL3315

Internal elbow

4 7/8"
[124mm]

9"
[229mm]

For	90°	cross-through	connection	
of two runs of raceway. Couplings
included.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

3"
[76mm]

206
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

For	making	external	corners.
Couplings included.
4 7/8"
[124mm]

3"
[76mm]

Cross

external elbow

WIREMOLD

aL4000 SerieS™ raceway

Ordering Information

AL4000 series Raceway is a two-channel, single-cover,
highly aesthetic, raceway solution designed to provide
access to communication cabling and electrical wiring
systems.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

3.61 sq. in
[2330mm2]

AL4010B

3.61 sq. in
[2330mm2]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

Blank end Cap

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

AL4011

90° Flat Mitered elbow with Coupling

Closes off open end of raceway.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

7 3/4"
[197mm]

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Makes	90°	turns	in	runs	of	
AL4000 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4001 Couplings.

AL4010B2
1 3/4"
[44mm]

AL4001

End Cap with two connections for
3/4" conduit.

AL4012A

45° Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

Makes	45°	internal	turns	in	
runs of AL4000 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4001 Couplings.

Slide Coupling
Connects adjoining sections of
AL4000 series Raceway base.
Includes two (2) couplings

AL4012B

45° external Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

Makes	45°	external	turns	in	
runs of AL4000 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4001 Couplings.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

entrance end Cap with two 1 1/16" Provisions

207
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aL4000 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

AL4015

Flat Tee with Coupling

7 3/4"
[197mm]

7 3/4"
[197mm]

AL4017
6"
[152mm]

Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

AL4018

Makes	90°	internal	turns	in	runs	of	
AL4000 series Raceway. Includes
two (2) sets of two (2) AL4001
Couplings.

external Mitered elbow with Coupling

6"
[152mm]

Makes	90°	external	turns	in	
runs of AL4000 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4001 Couplings.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

6"
[152mm]

Makes branch connections of two
runs of AL4000 series Raceway.
Includes three (3) sets of two (2)
AL4001 Couplings.

208
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aL4400 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

4 3/4"
[121mm]

4.75 in.2
[3061mm2]

AL4410B

AL4400 series Raceway is a two-channel, single-cover, cost
effective solution for providing access to communication
cabling and electrical wiring systems.
4.75 in.2
[3061mm2]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

Blank end Cap
Closes off open end of
raceway.

2 1/4"
[57mm]

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

AL4411

90° Flat Mitered elbow with Coupling
7 3/4"
[197mm]

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Makes	90°	turns	in	runs	of	
AL4400 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two
(2) AL4401 Couplings.

90°

entrance end Cap with Two 1 1/16" Provisions
End Cap with two
connections for 3/4" conduit.

2 1/4"
[57mm]

AL4012A
6"
[152mm]

45° Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling

6"
[152mm]

Makes	45°	internal	turns	
in runs of AL4400 series
Raceway. Includes two (2) sets
of two (2) AL4401 Couplings.

135°

AL4401

Slide Coupling
Connects adjoining sections
of AL4400 series Raceway
base. Includes two (2)
couplings.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

AL4410B2

209
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aL4400 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

AL4412B

45° external Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

Makes	45°	external	turns	
in runs of AL4400 series
Raceway. Includes two
(2) sets of two (2) AL4401
Couplings.

6"
[152mm]

AL4417
6"
[152mm]

Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

Makes	90°	internal	turns	in	
runs of AL4400 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4401 Couplings.

90°

135°

AL4415

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Makes branch
connections of two runs of
AL4400 series Raceway.
Includes three (3) sets of
two (2) AL4401 Couplings.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Flat Tee with Coupling

210
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

AL4418
6"
[152mm]

external Mitered elbow with Coupling
Makes	90°	external	turns	in	
runs of AL4400 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4401 Couplings.

WIREMOLD

aL4750 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

AL4750 series Raceway is a cost effective, highly aesthetic
two-channel, single cover raceway solution to provide access
for communication cabling and electrical wiring systems.

3 1/4"
[83mm]

1 1/4"
[32mm]

2"
[51mm]

15.36 sq. cm
2.22 sq. in.

24.5 sq. cm
3.75 sq. in.

Blank end Cap
Closes off open end of raceway.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

AL4710B2
1 3/4"
[44mm]

AL4701

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

AL4711

90° Flat Mitered elbow with Coupling
8 1/4"
[210mm]

8 1/4"
[210mm]

Makes	90°	turns	in	runs	of	
AL4750 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two
(2) AL4701 Couplings.

90°

entrance end Cap
End Cap with two connections
for 1/2" conduit.

Slide Coupling

AL4712A
6"
[152mm]

45° Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

Makes	45°	internal	turns	
in runs of AL4750 series
Raceway. Includes two
(2) sets of two (2) AL4701
Couplings.

135°

Connects adjoining sections of
AL4750 series Raceway base.
Includes two (2) Couplings.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

AL4710B

1 7/8"
[48mm]

211
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aL4750 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

AL4712B

45° external Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

AL4715

Flat Tee with Coupling
6 1/4"
[159mm]

Makes branch connections
of two runs of AL4750 series
Raceway. Includes three
(3) sets of two (2) AL4701
Couplings.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

6 1/4"
[159mm]

Makes	45°	external	turns	
in runs of AL4750 series
Raceway. Includes two
(2) sets of two (2) AL4701
Couplings.

6"
[152mm]

212
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

AL4717

Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling

6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

AL4718

external Mitered elbow with Coupling

6"
6"
[152mm] [152mm]

Makes	90°	internal	turns	in	
runs of AL4750 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4701 Couplings.

Makes	90°	external	turns	in	
runs of AL4750 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4701 Couplings.

WIREMOLD

aL4320 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

AL4320 series Raceway is a two-channel, dual-cover, highly
aesthetic, raceway solution designed to provide access to
communication cabling and electrical wiring systems.

5 1/4"
[133mm]

3.99 in.2
[2579mm2]

3.99 in.2
[2579mm2]

AL4310B

1 3/4"
[44mm]

Blank end Cap
Closes off open end of AL4320
series Raceway.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

AL4311

90° Flat Mitered elbow with Coupling
8 1/4"
[210mm]

8 1/4"
[210mm]

Makes	90°	turns	in	runs	of	
AL4320 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two
(2) AL4301 Couplings.

90°

entrance end Cap with Two 1 1/16" Provisions
1 3/4"
[44mm]

End Cap with two connections
for 3/4" conduit.

AL4312A
6"
[152mm]

45° Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

Makes	45°	internal	turns	
in runs of AL4320 series
Raceway. Includes two
(2) sets of two (2) AL4301
Couplings.

135°

AL4301

Slide Coupling
Connects adjoining sections of
AL4320 series Raceway base.
Includes two (2) couplings.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

AL4310B2

213
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aL4320 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

AL4312B

45° external Mitered elbow with Coupling
Makes	45°	external	turns	in	
runs of AL4320 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4301 Couplings.

6"
6"
[152mm] [152mm]

AL4317
6"
[152mm]

Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]    

Makes	90°	internal	turns	in	
runs of AL4320 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4301 Couplings.

90°

135°

AL4315

8 1/4"
[210mm]

Makes branch connections
of two runs of AL4320 series
Raceway. Includes three (3) sets
of two (2) AL4301 Couplings.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

8 1/4"
[210mm]

Flat Tee with Coupling

214
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

AL4318
6"
[152mm]

external Mitered elbow with Coupling
Makes	90°	external	turns	in	
runs of AL4320 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4301 Couplings.

WIREMOLD

aL4520 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

AL4520 series Raceway is a two-channel, dual-cover, highly
aesthetic, raceway solution designed to provide access to
communication cabling and electrical wiring systems.

5 1/4"
[135mm]

5.25 in.2
[3888mm2]

2 1/4"
[58mm]

Blank end Cap
Closes off open end of AL4520
series Raceway.

2 1/4"
[58mm]

entrance end Cap with Two 1 1/16" Provisions

AL4501

AL4511

90° Flat Mitered elbow with Coupling

8 1/4"
[210mm]

8 1/4"
[210mm]

Makes	90°	turns	in	runs	of	
AL4520 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two
(2) AL4501 Couplings.

90°

AL4510B2

End Cap with two connections
for 3/4" conduit.

2 1/4"
[58mm]

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

AL4512A

45° Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

Makes	45°	internal	turns	
in runs of AL4520 series
Raceway. Includes two
(2) sets of two (2) AL4501
Couplings

135°

Slide Coupling
Connects adjoining sections of
AL4320 series Raceway base.
Includes two (2) couplings

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

AL4510B

5.25 in.2
[3888mm2]

215
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aL4520 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

AL4512B
6"
[152mm]

45° eXternal Mitered elbow with Coupling

6"
[152mm]

Makes	45°	external	turns	
in runs of AL4520 series
Raceway. Includes two
(2) sets of two (2) AL4501
Couplings.

AL4517
6"
[152mm]

Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

Makes	90°	internal	turns	in	
runs of AL4520 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4501 Couplings.

135°

AL4515
8 1/4"
[211mm]

Flat Tee with Coupling
8 1/4"
[211mm]

Makes branch connections
of two runs of AL4520 series
Raceway. Includes three
(3) sets of two (2) AL4501
Couplings.

Why Wiremold…

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

It took planning and coordination to fit out new lab
space with flexible power and data for the university
Health	Network	in	Toronto.	What's	more,	everyone	
was under a tight timetable. That's why the team
specified wiremold Prewired Aluminum Raceway.
Prewired raceway is manufactured to exact job
specifications with all circuits and devices exactly
as shown on the drawings. Numerous projects have
shown that prewired raceway installs significantly
faster and saves cost.

216
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

AL4518
6"
[152mm]

external Mitered elbow with Coupling
Makes	90°	external	turns	in	
runs of AL4520 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
AL4501 Couplings.

WIREMOLD

aLa4800 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

ALA4800 series Aluminum Raceway’s two-channel,
dual-cover aluminum raceway meets the demands of
laboratories, healthcare facilities and upscale office
locations by providing an effective method of consolidating
power and communications cabling.

6.04in2
[3895mm2]

ALAWC

6.04in2
[3895mm2]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

ALA17A

Wire Clip

Internal Corner Coupling
Makes	internal	90°	turn	in	a	
raceway run.

Holds	conductors	in	place	
along raceway. snaps into
grooves on base.

ALA01

ALA4806

Slide Coupling

Cover Clip

Connects adjoining sections of
ALA4800 series Raceway base.
Includes two (2) couplings.

ALA09

Grounding Adapter
Connects	to	equipment	
grounding conductor.

Covers seam where two
sections of ALAC-5 Cover come
together.

ALA4810B
2 1/4"
[57mm]

Blank end Cap
Closes off open end of ALA4800
series Raceway.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

6"
[152mm]

217
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aLa4800 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

ALA4810B2

entrance end Cap
For	feeding	raceway.	Has	
two concentric 1/2" and 3/4"
knockouts.

2 1/4"
[57mm]

ALA4811

90° Flat Mitered elbow with Coupling

9"
[229mm]

9"
[229mm]

Makes	90°	turns	in	runs	of	
ALA4800 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
ALA01 Couplings.

ALA4812A

45° Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

Makes	45°	internal	turns	in	
runs of ALA4800 series
Raceway. Includes two (2) sets
of two (2) ALA01 Couplings.

ALA4817
6"
[152mm]

Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

Makes	90°	internal	turns	in	runs	
of ALA4800 series Raceway.
Includes two (2) sets of two (2)
ALA01 Couplings.

ALA4817N

Inverted Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling
For	connecting	a	vertical	run	of	
ALA4800 series Raceway with a
horizontal run of ALA4800 series
Raceway with its cover facing up.
Includes four (4) ALA01 Couplings.
6"
[152mm]
90°

ALA4818
6"
[152mm]

external Mitered elbow with Coupling
Makes	90°	external	turns	in	runs	
of ALA4800 series Raceway.
Includes four (4) ALA01 Couplings.

135°

ALA4812B

45° external Mitered elbow with Coupling
Makes	45°	external	turns	
in runs of ALA4800 series
Raceway. Includes two (2) sets
of two (2) ALA01 Couplings.

6"
6"
[152mm] [152mm]

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

135°

ALA4815
9"
[229mm]

Flat Tee with Coupling
9"
[229mm]

Makes branch connections of
two runs of ALA4800 series
Raceway. Includes three
(3) sets of two (2) ALA01
Couplings.

218
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

ALA11R

12" [51mm] Bend Radius Control Insert for Flat elbow
Installs	in	ALA3811	Flat	Elbow.	
For	new	and	retrofit	applications	
whether the cable installation is
lay-in or pull-through.

ALA17/18R 12" [51mm] Bend Radius Control
Insert for Internal & external elbows
Inserts into ALA3817, ALA3817N,
and ALA3818	fittings.	For	new	and	
retrofit applications whether the
cable installation is lay-in or pullthrough.

WIREMOLD

aLdS4000 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

4.85"
[3129mm2]

4.85"
[3129mm2]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

Wire Clip

ALDS4010A

entrance end Fitting

For	holding	conductors	in	place.

1 5/8"
[41mm]

DS4001

Full-capacity	end	fitting.	
Includes two 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size KOs.
5 3/4"
[146mm]

1 1/8"
[29mm]

Adjust-to-fit™ Coupling

For	joining	lengths	of	ALDs4000B
together. sold in pairs.

ALDS4010B

Blank end Fitting

For	closing	open	end	of	
ALDs4000B Raceway Base.

6"
[152mm]

ALDS4006

Seam Clip

For	covering	seams	where	two	
sections of ALDs4000C come
together.

5 3/4"
[146mm]

ALDS4011

1 1/8"
[29mm]

Flat elbow

1"
[25mm]
8 1/4"
[210mm]

8 1/4"
[210mm]

90°	flat	corner	for	new	lay-in	or	
pull-through installations.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

DS4000WC

2 1/8"
[54mm]

ALDs4000 series Raceway offers a variety of innovative features and
fittings that save installation time, cost less to specify, and provide 1/3
more wiring capacity than conventional box-style raceway profiles.

219
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aLdS4000 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

DS4014A

Backfeed Fitting
Extra long coupling allows
attachment to wall box or
back fed 1" or 1 1/4" trade size
conduit.

10"
[254mm]

ALDS4015

8 3/4"
[222mm]

For	new	lay-in	or	pull-through	
installations.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

10 3/4"
[273mm]

Divided Tee Fitting

220
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

ALDS4017
6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

ALDS4018
6"
[152mm]

90° Internal elbow
Internal corner for new lay-in or
pull-through installations.

90° external elbow
External corner for new lay-in or
pull-through installations.

WIREMOLD

aL7320 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

AL7320 series Raceway’s three-channel, dual-cover
profile is a cost-effective, highly aesthetic solution to
provide access to your communication cabling and
electrical wiring systems.

3.99 in.2
[2579mm2]

AL7301

3.67 in.2
[2370mm2]

3.61 in.2
[2330mm2]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

AL7311

Slide Coupling
Connects adjoining
sections of AL7320 series
Raceway base. Includes
three (3) couplings.

AL7310B

90° Flat Mitered elbow with Coupling

10 3/8"
[266mm]

AL7312A

Blank end Cap

1 3/4"
[44mm]

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

Closes off open end of
AL7320 series Raceway.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

6"
[152mm]

10 3/8"
[266mm]

Makes	90°	turns	in	runs	of	
AL7320 series Raceway.
Includes six (6) AL7301
Couplings.

45° Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

45°	internal	turns	in	runs	
of AL7320 series Raceway.
Includes six (6) AL7301
Couplings.

AL7310B3

entrance end Cap with Two 1 1/16" Provisions
1 3/4"
[44mm]

End Cap with three
connections for 3/4"
conduit.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

7 3/8"
[187mm]

221
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aL7320 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

AL7312B

45° external Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

AL7315

Makes	45°	external	turns	
in runs of AL7320 series
Raceway. Includes six (6)
AL7301 Couplings.

Flat Tee with Coupling
10 3/8"
[266mm]

Makes branch connections
of two runs of AL7320 series
Raceway. Includes nine (9)
AL7301 Couplings.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

10 3/8"
[266mm]

6"
[152mm]

222
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

AL7317
6"
[152mm]

AL7318
6"
[152mm]

Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

Makes	90°	internal	turns	
in runs of AL7320 series
Raceway. Includes six (6)
AL7301 Couplings.

external Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

Makes	90°	external	turns	
in runs of AL7320 series
Raceway. Includes six (6)
AL7301 Couplings.

WIREMOLD

aL7450 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

7 3/8"
[187mm]

4.83 in2
[3114m2]

5.25 in2
[3388m2]

AL7450 series Raceway’s three-channel, dual-cover
profile is a cost-effective, highly aesthetic solution
for providing access to communication cabling and
electrical wiring systems.
4.75 in2
[3061m2]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy
Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]
Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

AL7411

Slide Coupling
Connects adjoining sections of
AL7450 series Raceway base.
Includes three (3) couplings.

AL7410B

Blank end Cap
Closes off open end of AL7450
series Raceway.

90° Flat Mitered elbow with Coupling

10 3/8"
[263.5mm]

10 3/8"
[263.5mm]

AL7412A
6"
[152mm]

Makes	90°	turns	in	runs	of	
AL7450 series Raceway.
Includes six (6) AL7401
Couplings.

45° Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling

6"
[152mm]

Makes	45°	internal	turns	
in runs of AL7450 series
Raceway. Includes six (6)
AL7401 Couplings.

AL7410B3

entrance end Cap with Two 1 1/16" Provisions

End Cap with three
connections for 3/4" conduit.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

AL7401

223
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aL7450 SerieS raceway

Ordering Information

AL7412B

45° external Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

AL7415

Makes	45°	external	turns	
in runs of AL7450 series
Raceway. Includes six (6)
AL7401 Couplings.

Flat Tee with Coupling
7 3/4"
[197mm]

Makes branch connections
of two runs of AL7450 series
Raceway. Includes nine (9)
AL7401 Couplings.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

7 3/4"
[197mm]

6"
[152mm]

224
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

AL7417

Internal Mitered elbow with Coupling
6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

AL7418
6"
[152mm]

Makes	90°	internal	turns	
in runs of AL7450 series
Raceway. Includes six (6)
AL7401 Couplings.

external Mitered elbow with Coupling
Makes	90°	external	turns	
in runs of AL7450 series
Raceway. Includes six (6)
AL7401 Couplings.

WIREMOLD

Prewired raceway SyStemS

steel

CODE REFERENCE

steel Prewired Raceway systems offer the lowest installed cost for
communications cabling or electrical wiring. Raceways come completely
assembled and ready to install, significantly reducing on-site labor costs.

cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:
File	E15191	Guide	PVGT.
Surface Metal Raceway:
File	E4376	Guide	RJBT.
Fittings: File	E41751	Guide	RJPR.
Meet Article 380 of NEC.

Steel Prewired Raceway Features and Benefits

•	 Accommodates high-density
communication cabling for networks and
phone systems. Features	communication	
connectivity devices. Raceway is
compatible with other manufacturers’
activation devices. Blank openings also
available.
•	 Accommodates most electrical wiring
devices or communication faceplates
including single outlets, duplex outlets,
NeMA-locking outlets, GFCI outlets, and
surge protected outlets. (Refer to the
raceway device compatibility chart in the
3000, 4000, and 4000 Designer series
Raceway sections of this catalog.)

Broad range of standard fittings available
Accommodates every possible site
situation, from internal and external
elbows to flat tees. All fittings are
made from galvanized steel to ensure
continuity.
•	 Removable cover. Provides maximum
flexibility for adding or relocating
circuits, data openings or electrical
devices.
•	 Ivory ScuffCoat™ finish and gray baked
enamel finish. Assures durability. Can be
overpainted to complement decor.
•	 Communication and electrical device
identification with self-adhesive
polyester or self-adhesive phenolic
labels are available as options. No
guesswork or time-consuming tracing
of circuits. speeds circuit additions and
renovations.

•	 Jobs can be packaged by room, area,
floor or building, and shipped per your
job site requirements.
•	 Datacom Connectivity Options. Accepts
industry standard and proprietary devices
from a wide range of manufacturers to
provide a seamless and aesthetically
pleasing interface for voice, data, audio,
and video applications at the point of use.
•	 UL Listed commercial outlet centers.
File	E317375	Multioutlet	assemblies	
rated to 20A maximum can be provided
with listed cord and plug assemblies.
These assemblies are optimal for
mounting to semi-permanent structures
such as shelving and rack displays found
in many lab applications.

COLOR OPTIONS

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

•	 Prewired raceway offers the lowest
installed cost. Manufactured to specified
job site lengths, electrically prewired and
assembled – ready to install. Reduces
on-site	installation	time	and	costs.	For
lowest installed cost, specify factory
mounted and labeled comunication
connectivity devices.

steel Prewired Raceways are available with an ivory scuffCoat™ finish or a gray enamel finish.
Ds4000® series Raceway available in Designer Ivory, Designer Gray, Designer Black, and Designer Bronze.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

225
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SteeL Prewired raceway SyStemS

Ordering Information

Steel Prewired Raceway Profiles

3000 Series Raceway
3.51	sq.	in.	
[89.15mm2]

1 17/32"
[31mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

4000 Series Raceway
1 3/4"
[44mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Divided:
3.7	sq.	in.	[93.98mm2]
undivided:
7.5	sq.	in.	[190.5mm2]

DS4000® Series Raceway
5 3/4"
[146mm]

Each Compartment –
5.01 in.2 [3235mm2]

2 1/8"
[54mm]

6000® Series Raceway
Divided:
7.20 in.2 [4645mm2]
undivided:
16.00 in.2 [10320mm2]

3 9/16"
[90mm]

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Consult	your	local	Wiremold	representative	for	price,	quotation	and	delivery	information.

226
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Prewired raceway SyStemS

Nonmetallic

Nonmetallic Prewired Raceway systems offer the lowest installed cost for
communications cabling or electrical wiring. Raceways come completely
assembled and ready to install, significantly reducing on-site labor costs.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:
File	E15191	Guide	PVGT.
Surface Metal Raceway:
File	E4376	Guide	RJBT.
Fittings: File	E41751	Guide	RJPR.
Meet Article 380 of NEC.

Nonmetallic Prewired Raceway Features and Benefits

•	 Accommodates high-density
communication cabling for networks and
phone systems.	Features	communication	
connectivity devices. Raceway is
compatible with other manufacturers’
activation devices. Blank openings also
available.
•	 Accommodates most electrical wiring
devices or communication faceplates
including single outlets, duplex outlets,
NeMA-locking outlets, GFCI outlets, and
surge protected outlets. (Refer to the
raceway device compatibility chart in the
5400 and 5500 series Raceway sections
of this catalog.)

•	 Broad range of standard fittings
available. Accommodates every possible
site situation, from internal and external
elbows to flat tees. All fittings are
made from galvanized steel to ensure
continuity.
•	 Removable cover. Provides maximum
flexibility for adding or relocating
circuits, data openings or electrical
devices.

•	 Jobs can be packaged by room, area,
floor or building, and shipped per your
job site requirements.
•	 Datacom Connectivity Options. Accepts
industry standard and proprietary devices
from a wide range of manufacturers to
provide a seamless and aesthetically
pleasing interface for voice, data, audio,
and video applications at the point of use.

•	 Communication and electrical device
identification with self-adhesive
polyester or self-adhesive phenolic
labels are available as options. No
guesswork or time-consuming tracing
of circuits. speeds circuit additions and
renovations.

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

•	 Prewired raceway offers the lowest
installed cost. Manufactured to specified
job site lengths, electrically prewired and
assembled – ready to install. Reduces
on-site	installation	time	and	costs.	For	
lowest installed cost, specify factory
mounted and labeled communication
connectivity devices.

COLOR OPTIONS

Nonmetallic Prewired Raceways are available with an ivory
finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.

227
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

NoNmetaLLic Prewired raceway SyStemS

Ordering Information

Nonmetallic Prewired Raceway Profiles

CableSmart 40N2 Series Raceway
2"
[51mm]

Each Compartment:
3.22 in.2 [2080mm2]

4"
[102mm]

5400 Series Raceway
Each Compartment:
3.72	sq.	in.	[2400mm2]
Full:
7.31	sq.	in.	[4716mm2]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

5 1/4"
[133mm]

5500 Series Raceway
Each
Compartment:
2.64	sq.	in.	
[1703mm2]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

6 11/16"
[170mm]

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Consult	your	local	Wiremold	representative	for	price,	quotation	and	delivery	information.

228
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Prewired SeLect SerieS™ racewayS

Ordering Information

Prewired select™ Raceway systems are designed to be installed in classrooms
to facilitate power and low voltage needs for teacher workstations.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:
File	E15191	Guide	PVGT.
Surface Metal Raceway:
File	E4376	Guide	RJBT.
Fittings: File	E41751	Guide	RJPR.
Meet Article 380 of NEC.

ALA48TD8RT

ALA4800 Teacher Drop
Prewired ALA4800 Raceway. Two-circuit power wiring with separate neutral
and 24" [610mm] leads. supplied with bezels to accommodate Ortronics®
TracJack	and	Series	II	devices.	For information on fittings, see the latest
version of eD799 Product Specification.

8'
[2.4m]

6"
[152mm]
18"
[456mm]

ALA4800 Teacher Drop

8'
[2.4m]

6"
[152mm]

Prewired ALA4800 Raceway. Two-circuit power wiring with separate neutral
and 24" [610mm] leads. supplied with bezels to accommodate Pass &
seymour® Activate Inserts and wiremold® Open system Communication
Modules. For information on fittings, see the latest version of eD799
Product Specification.

18"
[456mm]

V4000TD8

V4000 Teacher Drop
8'
[2.4m]

6"
[152mm]

Prewired 4000 series Raceway. Two-circuit power wiring with separate
neutral and 24" [610mm] leads. Ready to accommodate Ortronics®	TracJack	
and series II Devices, Pass & seymour® Activate Inserts, and wiremold®
Open system Communication Modules. For information on fittings, see the
latest version of eD531 Product Specification.

18"
[456mm]

COLOR OPTIONS

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

ALA48TD8CM

Prewired select™ series Raceways are available in steel with an ivory enamel finish,
in aluminum with a satin anodized finish, and in nonmetallic with an ivory-colored finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

229
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Prewired SeLect SerieS™ racewayS

Ordering Information

5400TD8

V5400 Teacher Drop
Prewired 5400 Raceway. Two-circuit power wiring with separate neutral
and 24" [610mm] leads. Ready to accommodate Ortronics®	TracJack	
and series II Devices, Pass & seymour® Activate Inserts, and wiremold®
Open system Communication Modules. For information on fittings, see
the latest version of eD467 Product Specification.

8'
[2.4m]

12"
[305mm]

24"
[610mm]

ALA48hR1024RT

ALA4800 horizontal Run
Prewired ALA4800 Raceway. Receptacles mounted 24" [610mm] O.C.
Two-circuit power wiring with separate neutral and 24" [610mm]
leads on both ends. supplied with bezels to accommodate Ortronics®
TracJack	and	Series	II	devices.	For information on 4800 fittings, see the
Aluminum Raceway section of this catalog.

10'
[3m]

18"
[456mm]

6"
[456mm]

24"
[610mm]

ALA48hR1024CM

ALA4800 horizontal Run

10'
[3m]

18"
[456mm]

24"
[610mm]

V4000hR1024

6"
[456mm]

V4000 horizontal Run

10'
[3m]

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

12"
[304mm]

24"
[610mm]

5400hR824

12"
[304mm]

Prewired V4000 Raceway. Receptacles mounted 24" [610mm] O.C. Twocircuit power wiring with separate neutral and 24" [610mm] leads on
both ends. Ready to accommodate Ortronics®	TracJack	and	Series	II	
Devices, Pass & seymour® Activate Inserts and wiremold® Open system
Communication Modules. For information on 4000 fittings, see the
Steel Raceway section of this catalog.

5400 horizontal Run
8'
[2.4m]

12"
[304mm]

Prewired ALA4800 Raceway. Receptacles mounted 24" [610mm] O.C.
Two-circuit power wiring with separate neutral and 24" [610mm] leads
on both ends. supplied with bezels to accommodate Pass & seymour®
Activate Inserts and wiremold® Open system Communication Modules.
For information on 4800 fittings, see the Aluminum Raceway section of
this catalog.

24"
[610mm]

230
www.LEGRAND.uS/WIREMOLD

12"
[304mm]

Prewired 5400 Raceway. Receptacles mounted 24" [610mm] O.C. Twocircuit power wiring with separate neutral and 24" [610mm] leads on
both ends. Ready to accommodate Ortronics®	TracJack	and	Series	
II Devices, Pass & seymour® Activate Inserts and wiremold® Open
system Communication Modules. For information on fittings, see the
Nonmetallic Raceway section of this catalog.

WIREMOLD

Specialty RacewayS & acceSSoRieS

Wiremold® specialty Raceway systems provide unique solutions to solve specific
installation issues or provide special capabilities for installers, building owners,
and designers.

SpecMate™
Wireway

233

WallSource™
Multiple Service
Boxes

250
SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

SpecMate™ Wireway & Enclosures
233

WallSource Multiple Service Box
250

231
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Specialty RacewayS & acceSSoRieS

Quick selection Guide

SpecMate™ Type 1 Wireway & Enclosures
Type 1 Wireway

C1402 Shown

4 3/4"
[121mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

Wallsource™ Multiple Service Box
9 3/16"
[233mm]

3 1/4"
[83mm]

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

5" [127mm]

232
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS

Wiremold® specmate™ Type 1 wireway and Enclosures are available in a broad
range of enclosure and trough sizes to accommodate specific wire fill and bend radii
requirements.

CODE REFERENCE
UL Listed Wireway, Auxiliary Gutters &
Associated Fittings:
File E137690 Guide ZDYX.
Meets Article 376 of NEC.
CsA File: 59760.
Meets section 12-2200 of CEC.

Specmate Type 1 Wireway System Layout
Key

L
B

D

C

E
G

Reducer

B. C14E

90º Flat Elbow

C. C14X

Cross

D. C14EVI

90º Inside Elbow

E. C14E45VO

45º Outside Elbow

F. C14E45VI

45º Inside Elbow

G. C14T

Tee

H. C14H

Hanger

I. C14BH

Bracket Hanger

J. C14EB

End Blank

K. sPMJP-8-8-6 Hinged Cover Junction Box

H

L. sPMJ-8-8-6 screw Cover Junction Box
K

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product
applications only.
F

J

I

COLOR OPTIONS

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

A

A. C14R25

specMate™ wireway is available with a gray baked enamel finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.

233
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS

Technical Data

Specmate Wireway Wire Fill Capacities for Power & Communications
O.D

20% FILL

40% FILL

CABLE/wIRE TYPE

CATEGORY/wIRE sIZE

Inches

[mm]

POwER wIRING
(THHN/THwN)

6 AwG

0.257

[6.5]

3.35

-

6 AwG

0.218

[5.5]

5.36

-

6 AwG

0.153

[3.9]

10.88

-

6 AwG

0.122

[3.1]

17.11

-

6 AwG

0.105

[2.7]

23.09

-

uNsHIELDED
TwIsTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AwG Cat. 5 uTP

0.220

[5.6]

5.26

10.52

4-pair, 24 AwG Cat. 3 uTP

0.190

[4.8]

7.05

14.11

TELEPHONE

2-pair, 24 AwG

0.140

[3.5]

12.99

25.98

3-pair, 24 AwG

0.150

[3.8]

11.32

22.64

4-pair, 24 AwG

0.190

[4.8]

7.05

14.1

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

[10.3]

1.51

3.03

RG58/u

0.195

[4.7]

6.70

13.39

RG59/u

0.242

[6.1]

4.35

8.70

RG62/u

0.242

[6.1]

4.35

8.70

RG6/u

0.270

[6.8]

3.49

6.99

TwINAXIAL

100 Ohm

0.330

[8.4]

2.34

4.68

sHIELDED
TwIsTED PAIR

TYPE 1

0.390

[9.6]

1.67

3.35

TYPE 2

0.465

[11.8]

1.18

2.36

TYPE 3

0.275

[6.9]

4.24

8.48

Two strand [Duplex]
Multimode 62.5/125µm

0.190

[4.8]

7.05

14.11

COAXIAL CABLEs

FIBER OPTIC

(per sq. inch of area) (per sq. inch of area)

Wire Fill Calculation:
1. Determine useable area
of compartment. useable
area in square inches =
[width x Depth].
2. Determine wire fill for
compartment. Multiply the
compartment area (from
step 1) by the number of
wires per square inch, from
the chart above. wire Fill
= Area (sq. in.) x No. wires
per sq. in. (Chart above).
3. Calculate fill for multicompartment tees or
crosses. wire Fill = (wire
Fill from step 2) / No. of
compartments.)
Sample Wire Fill Calculation:
Determine the number
of 12 gauge wires that
will fit in a 4" [102mm]
deep by 4" [102mm] wide
compartment.
1) useful area =
4" x 4"=16 in2
2) wire Fill = 16" x 17.11"
wires/in2 (from chart) =
273 #12 THHN wires

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

Specmate Wireway Wire Fill Capacities for Power & Communications
Wireway Capacity
The following charts show the wireway size and number of conductors allowed.
To apply these numbers correctly to your application, observe the rules outlined below, which are taken from the applicable Electrical
Code or uL/CsA standard.
National Electrical Code (NEC):
Article 376-22 of the NEC (2002) states that “The sum of cross-sectional areas of all contained conductors at any cross section of the
wireway shall not exceed 20 percent of the interior cross-sectional area of the wireway”.
Further to this “The derating factors in 310.15(B)(2)(a) shall be applied only when the number of current carrying conductors, including
neutral conductors classified as current-carrying under the provisions of 310.15(B)(4), exceeds 30.”
where the conductors enter the wireway through the bottom or the sides, the maximum conductor size is limited due to the need to
control the bend radius of the conductor. Please see Article 376 of the NEC (2002) for more details.
Canadian Electrical Code (CEC):
The rules in CEC 12-2104 regarding conductors in wireways are as follows:
(1) Conductors used in wireways shall be the insulated types indicated in Table 19 (CEC) as being suitable for use in raceways.
(2) Except as permitted in subrule (4) wireways shall contain not more than 200 conductors and the aggregate cross-sectional area of
the conductors and their insulation shall not exceed 20% of the interior cross-sectional area of the wireway.
(3) No conductor larger than 500 kcmil (MCM) copper of 750 kcmil (MCM) aluminum shall be installed in any wireway.
(4) wireways containing only signal and control conductors may contain any number of conductors but the aggregate cross-sectional
area of the conductors and their insulation shall not exceed 40% of the interior cross-sectional area of the wireway.
(5) The cross-sectional area for conductors in subrules (2) and (4) shall be determined in accordance with Rule 12-1014(4).
NOTE: See Section 12-2100 of the CEC for more details if required. For divided wireway (two equal compartments), add suffix “D” (i.e. C1800D). Consult
factory to order unequal compartments.

234
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS

Technical Data

Area of Conductor (Sq. In.)
A
RFH-2, RH, RHH, RHw*, sF-2*
sq. inch

18

[0.8]

.0167

[11]

.0088

[6]

.0062

[4]

–

–

16

[1.3]

.0196

[13]

.0109

[7]

.0079

[5]

–

–

14

[2.1]

.0230

[15]

.0135

[9]

.0087

[6]

–

–

14

[2.1]

.0327*

–

–

–

–

–

14

[2.1]

–

.0206

12

[3.3]

.0278

[18]

.0172

12

[3.3]

.0384*

–

–

12

[3.3]

10

[5.3]

10

[5.3]

8

[8.4]

8

[8.4]

6

[13.3]

–

–
.0845
–
.1238

[mm2]

–
†

[13]
[11]
–
[16]

–

.0252

[30]

.0222

[14]

–

.0311

[20]

[55]

.0471

[30]

–

.0598†

[39]

[80]

.0819

[53]

†

sq. inch

–
–
.0117
–
–
.0184
–
.0373
–
.0519

[mm2]

D
XHHw, Zw†

[mm2]

.0460

sq. inch

C
TFN, THHN, T90, THwN

AwG-MCM

–

[mm2]

B
TF, TH, THw, Tw**

–

sq. inch

.0131

[mm2]

[8]

[8]

–

–

–

–

–

–
[12]
–
[24]

.0167
–
.0216
–

[11]
–
[14]
–

–

.0456

[29]

[33]

.0625

[40]

4

[21.2]

.1605

[104]

.1087

[70]

.0845

[55]

.0845

[55]

3

[26.7]

.1817

[117]

.1263

[81]

.0995

[64]

.0995

[64]

2

[33.6]

.2067

[133]

.1473

[95]

.1182

[76]

.1182

[76]

1

[42.4]

.2715

[175]

.2027

[131]

.1590

[103]

.1590

[103]

1/0

[53.5]

.3107

[200]

.2367

[153]

.1893

[122]

.1893

[122]

2/0

[67.4]

.3578

[231]

.2781

[179]

.2265

[146]

.2265

[146]

3/0

[85.1]

.4151

[268]

.3288

[212]

.2715

[175]

.2715

[175]

4/0

[107.2]

.4840

[312]

.3904

[252]

.3278

[211]

.3278

[211]

250

[127.0]

.5917

[382]

.4877

[315]

.4026

[260]

.4026

[260]

300

[152.0]

.6837

[441]

.5581

[360]

.4669

[301]

.4669

[301]

350

[177.0]

.7620

[492]

.6291

[406]

.5307

[342]

.5307

[342]

400

[203.0]

.8365

[540]

.6969

[450]

.5931

[383]

.5931

[383]

500

[253.0]

.9834

[634]

.8316

[537]

.7163

[462]

.7163

[462]

600

[304.0]

1.1940

[770]

1.0261

[662]

.8791

[567]

.9043

[583]

700

[355.0]

1.3355

[862]

1.1575

[747]

1.0011

[646]

1.0297

[664]

750

[380.0]

1.4082

[909]

1.2252

[790]

1.0623

[685]

1.0936

[706]

800

[405.0]

1.4784

[954]

1.2908

[833]

1.1234

[725]

1.1499

[742]

900

[456.0]

1.6173

[1043]

1.4208

[917]

1.2449

[803]

1.2668

[817]

1000

[507.0]

1.7530

[1131]

1.5482

[999]

1.3623

[879]

1.3893

[896]

1250

[633.0]

2.2062

[1423]

1.9532

[1260]

–

1.7671

[1140]

–

1500

[760.0]

2.5475

[1644]

2.2751

[1468]

–

–

2.0612

[1330]

1750

[887.0]

2.8832

[1860]

2.5930

[1673]

–

–

2.3779

[1534]

2000

[1013.0]

3.2079

[2070]

2.9013

[1872]

–

–

2.6590

[1715]

* Dimensions of RHH and RHw without outer covering are the same as THw No. 18 through No. 10, solid, as well as No. 8 and larger, stranded.
** Dimensions of THw in sizes No. 14 through No. 8. No. 6 THw and larger are the same dimensions as Tw.
† No. 14 through No. 2.

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

CONDuCTOR sIZE

235
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS

Technical Data (continued)

SpecMate Wireway Capacity Chart
specMate wireway size and maximum number of conductors allowed. (Areas shown are 20% of the wireway’s full
interior cross sectional area.) This data is valid where conductors enter the wireway only at the end of the run; when
this is not the case, use the “Conductor size Based on Bending space” chart.

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

CONDuCTOR sIZE

2.5" x 2.5" [64mm x 64mm]
(1.25 sq. inch [808mm2])

4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]
(3.20 sq. inch [2068mm2])

6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]
(7.20 sq. inch [4652mm2])

8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]
(12.80 sq. inch [8271mm2])

AwG-MCM

[mm2]

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

18

[0.8]

74

142

201

–

191

363

516

–

431

818

1161

–

766

1454

2064

–

16

[1.3]

63

114

158

–

163

293

405

–

367

660

911

–

653

1174

1620

–

14

[2.1]

54

92

143

–

139

237

367

–

313

533

827

–

556

948

1471

–

14

[2.1]

38

–

–

–

97

–

–

–

220

–

–

–

391

–

–

14

[2.1]

–

60

–

95

–

155

–

244

–

349

–

549

–

621

–

977

12

[3.3]

44

72

106

–

115

186

273

–

258

418

615

–

460

744

1094

–

12

[3.3]

32

–

–

–

83

–

–

–

187

–

–

–

333

–

–

–

12

[3.3]

–

49

–

74

–

126

–

191

–

285

–

431

–

507

–

766

10

[5.3]

27

56

67

–

69

144

173

–

156

324

391

–

278

576

695

–

10

[5.3]

–

40

–

57

–

102

–

148

–

231

–

333

–

411

–

592

8

[8.4]

14

26

33

–

37

67

85

–

85

152

193

–

151

271

343

–

8

[8.4]

–

20

–

27

–

53

–

70

–

120

–

157

–

214

–

280

6

[13.3]

10

15

24

20

25

39

61

51

58

87

138

115

103

156

246

204

4

[21.2]

7

11

14

14

19

29

37

37

44

66

85

85

79

117

151

151

3

[26.7]

6

9

12

12

17

25

32

32

39

57

72

72

70

101

128

128

2

[33.6]

6

8

10

10

15

21

27

27

34

48

60

60

61

86

108

108

1

[42.4]

4

6

7

7

11

15

20

20

26

35

45

45

47

63

80

80

1/0

[53.5]

4

5

6

6

10

13

16

16

23

30

38

38

41

54

67

67

2/0

[67.4]

3

4

5

5

8

11

14

14

20

25

31

31

35

46

56

56

3/0

[85.1]

3

3

4

4

7

9

11

11

17

21

26

26

30

38

47

47

4/0

[107.2]

2

3

3

3

6

8

9

9

14

18

21

21

26

32

39

39

250

[127.0]

2

2

3

3

5

6

7

7

12

14

17

17

21

26

31

31

300

[152.0]

1

2

2

2

4

5

6

6

10

12

15

15

18

22

27

27

350

[177.0]

1

1

2

2

4

5

6

6

9

11

13

13

16

20

24

24

400

[203.0]

1

1

2

2

3

4

5

5

8

10

12

12

15

18

21

21

500

[253.0]

1

1

1

1

3

3

4

4

7

8

10

10

13

15

17

17

600

[304.0]

1

1

1

1

2

3

3

3

6

7

8

7

10

12

14

14

700

[355.0]

–

1

1

1

2

2

3

3

5

6

7

6

9

11

12

12

750

[380.0]

–

1

1

1

2

2

3

2

5

5

6

6

9

10

12

11

800

[405.0]

–

–

1

1

2

2

2

2

4

5

6

6

8

9

11

11

900

[456.0]

–

–

1

–

1

2

2

2

4

5

5

5

7

9

10

10

1000

[507.0]

–

–

–

–

1

2

2

2

4

4

5

5

7

8

9

9

1250

[633.0]

–

–

–

–

1

1

–

1

3

3

–

4

5

6

–

7

1500

[760.0]

–

–

–

–

1

1

–

1

2

3

–

3

5

5

–

6

1750

[887.0]

–

–

–

–

1

1

–

1

2

2

–

3

4

4

–

5

2000

[1013.0]

–

–

–

–

–

1

–

1

2

2

–

2

3

4

–

4

NOTE: Letters “A,” “B,” “C”, and “D” refer to conductor insulation types specified in the Area of Conductor Chart found earlier in this section.

236
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS

Technical Data (continued)

SpecMate Wireway Capacity Chart (continued)
12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]
(28.80 sq. inch [18609mm2])

10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]
(8.00 sq. inch [5169mm2])

AwG-MCM

[mm2]

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

18

[0.8]

1724

3272

4645

–

479

909

1290

–

16

[1.3]

1469

2642

3645

–

408

773

1012

–

14

[2.1]

1252

2133

3310

–

347

592

919

–

14

[2.1]

880

–

–

–

244

–

–

–

14

[2.1]

–

1398

–

2198

–

388

–

610

12

[3.3]

1035

1674

2461

–

287

465

683

–

12

[3.3]

750

–

–

–

208

–

–

–

12

[3.3]

–

1142

–

1724

–

317

–

479

10

[5.3]

626

1297

1565

–

173

360

434

–

10

[5.3]

–

926

–

1333

–

257

–

370

8

[8.4]

340

611

772

–

94

169

214

–

8

[8.4]

–

481

–

631

–

133

–

175

6

[13.3]

232

351

554

460

64

97

154

128

4

[21.2]

179

264

340

340

49

73

94

94

3

[26.7]

158

228

289

289

44

63

80

80

2

[33.6]

139

195

243

243

38

54

67

67

1

[42.4]

106

142

181

181

29

39

50

50

1/0

[53.5]

92

121

152

152

25

33

42

42

2/0

[67.4]

80

103

127

127

22

28

35

35

3/0

[85.1]

69

87

106

106

19

24

29

29

4/0

[107.2]

59

73

87

87

16

20

24

24

250

[127.0]

48

59

71

71

13

16

19

19

300

[152.0]

42

51

61

61

11

14

17

17

350

[177.0]

37

45

54

54

10

12

15

15

400

[203.0]

34

41

48

48

9

11

13

13

500

[253.0]

29

34

40

40

8

9

11

11

600

[304.0]

24

28

32

31

6

7

9

8

700

[355.0]

21

24

28

27

5

6

7

7

750

[380.0]

20

23

27

26

5

6

7

7

800

[405.0]

19

22

25

25

5

6

7

6

900

[456.0]

17

20

23

22

4

5

6

6

1000

[507.0]

16

18

21

20

4

5

5

5

1250

[633.0]

13

14

–

16

3

4

–

4

1500

[760.0]

11

12

–

13

3

3

–

3

1750

[887.0]

9

11

–

12

2

3

–

3

2000

[1013.0]

8

9

–

10

2

2

–

3

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway offers custom and
configurable options to meet wide range of
installation requirements.

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

CONDuCTOR sIZE

NOTE: Letters “A,” “B,” “C”, and “D” refer to conductor insulation types specified in the Area
of Conductor Chart found earlier in this section.

237
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS

Technical Data (continued)

SpecMate Wireway Capacity Chart (continued)
wireway size and maximum number of conductors allowed. (Areas shown are 20% of the wireway’s full interior cross
sectional area.) This data is valid where conductors enter the wireway only at the end of the run; when this is not the
case, use the “Conductor size Based on Bending space” chart.

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

CONDuCTOR sIZE

12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm] 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm] 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]
(14.4 sq. inch [9305mm2]) (21.6 sq. inch [13957mm2]) (28.8 sq. inch [18609mm2])

AwG-MCM

[mm2]

A

B

C

D

18

[0.8]

862

1636

2322

–

1293 2454 3483

–

16

[1.3]

734

1321

1822

–

1102 1981 2734

14

[2.1]

626

1066

1655

–

939

14

[2.1]

440

–

–

–

660

–

–

14

[2.1]

–

699

–

1099

–

1048

–

1648

12

[3.3]

517

837

1230

–

776

12

[3.3]

375

–

–

–

562

–

12

[3.3]

–

571

–

862

–

10

[5.3]

313

648

782

–

10

[5.3]

–

463

–

8

[8.4]

170

305

8

[8.4]

–

6

[13.3]

4
3

A

B

C

1600 2482

D

A

B

sMALLER INsIDE
DIMENsION OF wIREwAY

MAXIMuM
CONDuCTOR sIZE

C

D

In.

[mm2]

AwG-MCM

[mm2]

1724 3272

4645

–

1 1/4

[32]

6 AwG

[13]

–

1469 2642

3645

–

2

[51]

3 AwG

[27]

–

1252 2133

3310

–

2 1/2

[64]

2 AwG

[34]

–

880

–

–

–

3

[75]

1 AwG

[42]

–

1398

3 1/2

[89]

2/0 AwG

[67]

–

2198

2461

–

4

[102]

4/0 AwG

[107]

–

–

–

4 1/2

[114]

250 MCM

[127]

–

1142

–

1724

5

[127]

350 MCM

[177]

–

626

1297

1565

–

6

[152]

500 MCM

[253]

–

1000

–

926

–

1330

8

[203]

900 MCM

[456]

458

579

–

340

611

772

–

–

361

–

473

–

481

–

631

10

[254]

1250 MCM

[633]

230

174

263

416

345

232

351

554

460

12

[305]

2000 MCM

[1013]

170

134

198

255

255

179

264

340

340

144

144

118

171

217

217

158

228

289

289

121

121

104

146

182

182

139

195

243

243

90

90

79

106

135

135

106

142

181

181

76

76

69

91

114

114

92

121

152

152

51

63

63

60

77

95

95

80

103

127

127

43

53

53

52

65

79

79

69

87

106

106

1255 1846

–

1035 1674

–

–

750

857

–

1293

469

972

1173

666

–

694

386

–

255

240

–

315

116

175

277

[21.2]

89

132

170

[26.7]

79

114

2

[33.6]

69

97

1

[42.4]

53

71

1/0

[53.5]

46

60

2/0

[67.4]

40

3/0

[85.1]

34

4/0

[107.2]

29

36

43

43

44

55

65

65

59

73

87

87

250

[127.0]

24

29

35

35

36

44

53

53

48

59

71

71

300

[152.0]

21

25

30

30

31

38

46

46

42

51

61

61

350

[177.0]

18

22

27

27

28

34

40

40

37

45

54

54

400

[203.0]

17

20

24

24

25

30

36

36

34

41

48

48

500

[253.0]

14

17

20

20

21

25

30

30

29

34

40

40

600

[304.0]

12

14

16

15

18

21

24

23

24

28

32

31

700

[355.0]

10

12

14

13

16

18

21

20

21

24

28

27

750

[380.0]

10

11

13

13

15

17

20

19

20

23

27

26

800

[405.0]

9

11

12

12

14

16

19

18

19

22

25

25

900

[456.0]

8

10

11

11

13

15

17

17

17

20

23

22

1000

[507.0]

8

9

10

10

12

13

15

15

16

18

21

20

1250

[633.0]

6

7

–

8

9

11

–

12

13

14

–

16

1500

[760.0]

5

6

–

6

8

9

–

10

11

12

–

13

1750

[887.0]

4

5

–

6

7

8

–

9

9

11

–

12

2000

[1013.0]

4

4

–

5

6

7

–

8

8

9

–

10

NOTE: Letters “A,” “B,” “C”, and “D” refer to conductor insulation types specified in the Area of Conductor
Chart found earlier in this section.

238
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

NOTE: The above chart limits the maximum
conductor size when conductors are entering
through the side.

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway is also available in a
wide range of color and finish options. Consult
the factory for more information.

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS

Technical Data (continued)

SpecMate Wireway Dimension Reference Chart
2 1/2 x 2 1/2

4x4

6x6

8x8

12 x 12

DIMENsION:

Inches

[mm]

Inches

[mm]

Inches

[mm]

Inches

[mm]

Inches

[mm]

AxB

2 1/2 x 2 1/2

[64 x 64]

4x4

[102 x 102]

6x6

[152 x 152]

8x8

[203 x 203]

12 x 12

[305 x 305]

C

2

[51]

2

[51]

2

[51]

2

[51]

2

[51]

D1

2 7/16

[62]

3 15/16

[100]

5 15/16

[150]

7 15/16

[201]

11 15/16

[303]

D2

2 7/16

[62]

3 15/16

[100]

5 15/16

[150]

7 15/16

[201]

11 15/16

[303]

E

4 5/8

[118]

6 1/8

[156]

8 1/8

[206]

10 1/8

[257]

14 1/8

[359]

F

4 5/8

[118]

6 1/8

[156]

8 1/8

[206]

10 1/8

[257]

14 1/8

[359]

H1

3 1/16

[78]

3 3/4

[95]

4 9/16

[116]

5 3/8

[137]

7

[178]

H2

3 1/16

[78]

3 3/4

[95]

4 9/16

[116]

5 3/8

[137]

7

[178]

J

2 1/2

[64]

2 7/8

[73]

3 5/16

[84]

3 11/16

[94]

4 1/2

[114]

K

3 5/16

[84]

4 1/16

[103]

5 1/16

[128]

6 1/16

[154]

8 1/16

[205]

L

3 1/4

[83]

4

[102]

5

[127]

6

[153]

8

[204]

M

3 1/8

[79]

4 5/8

[118]

6 5/8

[168]

8 5/8

[219]

12 5/8

[321]

N

7

[177]

10

[254]

14

[356]

18

[457]

26

[660]

P

2 5/16

[59]

3 13/16

[97]

5 3/4

[146]

7 3/4

[197]

11 3/4

[298]

R

1 5/8

[41]

3 1/2

[89]

4 1/2

[114]

6 5/8

[168]

10 5/8

[270]

s

3 5/16

[84]

4 1/16

[103]

5 1/16

[129]

6 1/16

[154]

8 1/16

[205]

T

4 1/8

[105]

5 5/8

[143]

7 5/8

[194]

9 5/8

[245]

13 5/8

[346]

u

3 1/8

[79]

4 5/8

[118]

6 5/8

[168]

8 5/8

[219]

12 5/8

[321]

V

8 1/2

[216]

10

[254]

12

[305]

14

[356]

18

[457]

w

1 5/8

[41]

3 1/2

[89]

4 1/2

[114]

6 1/2

[165]

9 1/2

[241]

sIZE:

10 x 4

12 x 6

18 x 6

24 x 6

DIMENsION:

Inches

[mm]

Inches

[mm]

Inches

[mm]

Inches

[mm]

AxB

10 x 4

[254 x 102]

12 x 6

[305 x 152]

18 x 6

[457 x 152]

24 x 6

[610 x 152]

C

2

[51]

2

[51]

2

[51]

2

[51]

D1

9 15/16

[252]

11 15/16

[303]

17 15/16

[455]

23 15/16

[608]

D2

3 15/16

[100]

5 15/16

[150]

5 15/16

[150]

5 15/16

[150]

E

12 1/8

[308]

14 1/8

[359]

20 1/8

[511]

26 1/8

[664]

F

6 1/8

[156]

8 1/8

[206]

8 1/8

[206]

8 1/8

[206]

H1

6 3/16

[157]

7

[178]

9 1/2

[241]

12

[305]

H2

3 3/4

[95]

4 9/16

[116]

4 9/16

[116]

4 9/16

[116]

J

4 3/32

[104]

4 1/2

[114]

5 3/4

[146]

7

[178]

K

7 1/16

[179]

8 1/16

[205]

11 1/16

[281]

14 1/16

[357]

L

7

[178]

8

[204]

11

[280]

14

[356]

M

10 5/8

[270]

12 5/8

[321]

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N

16

[406]

20

[506]

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

P

9 3/4

[248]

11 3/4

[298]

17 3/4

[451]

23 3/4

[603]

R

3 1/2

[89]

4 1/2

[114]

4 1/2

[114]

4 1/2

[114]

s

7 1/16

[179]

8 1/16

[205]

11 1/16

[281]

14 1/16

[357]

T

11 5/8

[295]

13 5/8

[346]

19 5/8

[498]

25 5/8

[651]

u

10 5/8

[270]

12 5/8

[321]

18 5/8

[473]

24 5/8

[626]

V

16

[406]

18

[457]

24

[610]

30

[762]

w

3 1/2

[89]

4 1/2

[114]

4 1/2

[114]

4 1/2

[114]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

sIZE:

239

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information

Specmate Wireway Type 1
For divided wireway (two equal compartments), add suffix “-D”, i.e.: C1250-D. wireway
can also be provided with divider(s) in specified locations. Consult factory to order.
steel finished in ANsI61 gray powder coat paint.
One coupling required with each length of duct.

C1402
(shown)

1/2" [12.7mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] concentric trade size KOs 24" [610mm] on centers.
uL Listed and CsA Certified for support on 5' [1.5m] centers. (2 1/2", 4", and 6" [64mm,
102mm, 152mm] square profiles also uL Listed on 10' [3m] centers). special sizes,
lengths, and colors available.

Ordering Data
sTANDARD sIZEs

GAuGE

10' LENGTH 5' LENGTH
[3m]
[1.5m]

2' LENGTH
[.61m]

1' LENGTH
[.30m]

Inches

[mm]

2 1/2" x 2 1/2"

[64 x 64]

16

C1250

C1255

C1252

C1251

4" x 4"

[102 x 102]

16

C1400

C1405

C1402

C1401

6" x 6"

[152 x 152]

16

C1600

C1605

C1602

C1601

8" x 8"

[203 x 203]

16

C1800

C1805

C1802

C1801

12" x 12"

[305 x 305]

16

C11200

C11205

C11202

C11201

10" x 4"

[254 x 102]

16

C110-40

C110-45

C110-42

C110-41

12" x 6"

[305 x 152]

16

C112-60

C112-65

C112-62

C112-61

18" x 6"

[457 x 152]

14

–

C118-65

C118-62

C118-61

24" x 6"

[610 x 152]

12

–

C124-65

C124-62

C124-61

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information

90° Flat Elbow
E

E

B

A
C14E
(Shown)

C

45° Flat Elbow
H1

H1

C125E45

2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14E45

4" x 4"

[102mm x 102mm]

C16E45

6" x 6"

[152mm x 152mm]

[203mm x 203mm]

C18E45

8" x 8"

[203mm x 203mm]

12" x 12"

[305mm x 305mm]

C112E45

12" x 12"

[305mm x 305mm]

10" x 4"

[254mm x 102mm]

C110-4E45

10" x 4"

[254mm x 102mm]

C112-6E

12" x 6"

[305mm x 152mm]

C112-6E45

12" x 6"

[305mm x 152mm]

C118-6E

18" x 6"

[457mm x 152mm]

C118-6E45

18" x 6"

[457mm x 152mm]

C124-6E

24" x 6"

[610mm x 152mm]

C124-6E45

24" x 6"

[610mm x 152mm]

C125E

2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14E

4" x 4"

[102mm x 102mm]

C16E

6" x 6"

[152mm x 152mm]

C18E

8" x 8"

C112E
C110-4E

One coupling required with each fitting.

240
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

J

J
B

C
C14E45
(Shown)

One coupling required with each fitting.

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)

90° Vertical Inside Elbow

F
B

F

A
C14EVI
(Shown)

C125EVI

2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14EVI

4" x 4"

[102mm x 102mm]

C16EVI

6" x 6"

[152mm x 152mm]

C18EVI

8" x 8"

[203mm x 203mm]

C112EVI

12" x 12"

[305mm x 305mm]

C110-4EVI

10" x 4"

[254mm x 102mm]

C112-6EVI

12" x 6"

[305mm x 152mm]

C118-6EVI

18" x 6"

[457mm x 152mm]

C124-6EVI

24" x 6"

[610mm x 152mm]

C

H2

B

A

H2
C14E45VI
(Shown)

90° Vertical Outside Elbow

B
F

A

C14EVO
(Shown)

C

C125EVO

2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14EVO

4" x 4"

[102mm x 102mm]

C14EB
(Shown)

4" x 4"

[102mm x 102mm]

C16E45VI

6" x 6"

[152mm x 152mm]

C18E45VI

8" x 8"

[203mm x 203mm]

C112E45VI

12" x 12"

[305mm x 305mm]

C110-4E45VI 10" x 4"

[254mm x 102mm]

C112-6E45VI 12" x 6"

[305mm x 152mm]

C118-6E45VI 18" x 6"

[457mm x 152mm]

C124-6E45VI 24" x 6"

[610mm x 152mm]

H2
H2

C125E45VO

2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14E45VO

4" x 4"

[102mm x 102mm]

C16EVO

6" x 6"

[152mm x 152mm]

C16E45VO

6" x 6"

[152mm x 152mm]

C18EVO

8" x 8"

[203mm x 203mm]

C18E45VO

8" x 8"

[203mm x 203mm]

C112EVO

12" x 12"

[305mm x 305mm]

C112E45VO

12" x 12"

[305mm x 305mm]

C110-4EVO 10" x 4"

[254mm x 102mm]

B

A

C
C14E45VO
(Shown)

C110-4E45VO 10" x 4"

[254mm x 102mm]

C112-6EVO 12" x 6"

[305mm x 152mm]

C112-6E45VO 12" x 6"

[305mm x 152mm]

C118-6EVO 18" x 6"

[457mm x 152mm]

C118-6E45VO 18" x 6"

[457mm x 152mm]

C124-6EVO 24" x 6"

[610mm x 152mm]

C124-6E45VO 24" x 6"

[610mm x 152mm]

End Blank

D1

C14E45VI

45° Vertical Outside Elbow

One coupling required with each fitting.

One coupling required with each fitting.

D2

2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

One coupling required with each fitting.

One coupling required with each fitting.

F

C125E45VI

Coupling
C125C

2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C125EB

2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14EB

4" x 4"

[102mm x 102mm]

C16EB

6" x 6"

[152mm x 152mm]

C18EB

8" x 8"

[203mm x 203mm]

C18C

8" x 8"

[203mm x 203mm]

[305mm x 305mm]

C112C

12" x 12"

[305mm x 305mm]

C112EB

12" x 12"

A

W

3"

C14C

4" x 4"

[102mm x 102mm]

C16C

6" x 6"

[152mm x 152mm]

C110-4C

10" x 4"

[254mm x 102mm]

C112-6C

12" x 6"

[305mm x 152mm]

[457mm x 152mm]

C118-6C

18" x 6"

[457mm x 152mm]

[610mm x 152mm]

C124-6C

24" x 6"

[610mm x 152mm]

C110-4EB 10" x 4"

[254mm x 102mm]

C112-6EB 12" x 6"

[305mm x 152mm]

C118-6EB 18" x 6"
C124-6EB 24" x 6"

C14C
(Shown)

NOTE: Refer to “Dimension Reference Chart” shown previously in this section. For divided fittings (two equal compartments), add suffix “D” (i.e. C14ED).
Consult factory to order unequal compartments.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

C

45° Vertical Inside Elbow

241

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)

Tee

Trapeze Hanger
K

L

K

B

C14T
(Shown)

C125T

2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C125TH

2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14T

4" x 4"

[102mm x 102mm]

C14TH

4" x 4"

C16T

6" x 6"

[152mm x 152mm]

C18T

8" x 8"

[203mm x 203mm]

C112T

12" x 12"

[305mm x 305mm]

V
C112TH
(Shown)

S

B

A

C14X
(Shown)

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

12" x 12"

[305mm x 305mm]

10" x 4"

[254mm x 102mm]

[305mm x 152mm]

C112-6TH

12" x 6"

[305mm x 152mm]

C118-6T 18" x 6"

[457mm x 152mm]

C118-6TH

18" x 6"

[457mm x 152mm]

C124-6T 24" x 6"

[610mm x 152mm]

C124-6TH

24" x 6"

[610mm x 152mm]

NOTE: Hanger recommended for use with
wireways more than 12 inches [305mm] wide.
Also available for smaller wireways.

C125X

2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14X

4" x 4"

[102mm x 102mm]

C125BH

2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C16X

6" x 6"

[152mm x 152mm]

C14BH

4" x 4"

[102mm x 102mm]

C18X

8" x 8"

[203mm x 203mm]

C16BH

6" x 6"

[152mm x 152mm]

C112X

12" x 12"

[305mm x 305mm]

C18BH

8" x 8"

[203mm x 203mm]

C112BH

12" x 12"

[305mm x 305mm]

C110-4BH

10" x 4"

[254mm x 102mm]

T

U

C110-4X 10" x 4"

[254mm x 102mm]

C112-6X 12" x 6"

[305mm x 152mm]

C118-6X 18" x 6"

[457mm x 152mm]

C112-6BH

12" x 6"

[305mm x 152mm]

C124-6X 24" x 6"

[610mm x 152mm]

C118-6BH

18" x 6"

[457mm x 152mm]

C124-6BH

24" x 6"

[610mm x 152mm]

C112BH
(Shown)

NOTE: Gusset appears only on hangers for 12"
[305mm] wide or larger wireway.

Reducer

242

C112TH
C110-4TH

C112-6T 12" x 6"

Two coupling required with each Cross.

Panel Flange

A

C14R25
(Shown)

B

P

B

R
4"
[102mm]

C14F
(Shown)

2"
[51mm]

A

[152mm x 152mm]
[203mm x 203mm]

Bracket Hanger

2"
[51mm]

S

6" x 6"
8" x 8"

[254mm x 102mm]

Cross
S

C16TH
C18TH

C110-4T 10" x 4"

Two coupling required with each Tee.

S

[102mm x 102mm]

C125F

2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14F

4" x 4"

[102mm x 102mm]

C16F

6" x 6"

[152mm x 152mm]

C18F

8" x 8"

[203mm x 203mm]

C112F

12" x 12"

[305mm x 305mm]

C110-4F

10" x 4"

[254mm x 102mm]

4" x 4" –2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [102mm x 102mm – 64mm x 64mm]

C112-6F

12" x 6"

[305mm x 152mm]

C16R4

6" x 6" – 4" x 4"

[152mm x 152mm – 102mm x 102mm]

C118-6F

18" x 6"

[457mm x 152mm]

C18R6

8" x 8" – 6" x 6"

[203mm x 203mm – 152mm x 152mm]

C124-6F

24" x 6"

[610mm x 152mm]

C112R8

12" x 12" – 8" x 8"

[305mm x 305mm – 203mm x 203mm]

C112-6R6

12" x 6" – 6" x 6"

[305mm x 152mm – 152mm x 152mm]

C118-6R12-6

18" x 6" – 12" x 6"

[457mm x 152mm – 305mm x 152mm]

C124-6R18-6

24" x 6" – 18" x 6"

[610mm x 152mm – 457mm x 152mm]

C118-6EB

18" x 6"

[457mm x 152mm]

C124-6EB

24" x 6"

[610mm x 152mm]

C14R25

One coupling required with each fitting.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)

Changer

M
N
C110-4H
(Shown)

Barrier – Field Installed
10'

C125H

2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14H

4" x 4"

[102mm x 102mm]

C16H

6" x 6"

[152mm x 152mm]

C18H

8" x 8"

[203mm x 203mm]

C112H

12" x 12"

[305mm x 305mm]

B

C14FB-10
(Shown)

C125FB

2 1/2" x 120" [64mm x 3m]

C14FB

4" x 120"

[102mm x 3m]

C16FB

6" x 120"

[152mm x 3m]

C18FB

8" x 120"

[203mm x 3m]

C112FB

12" x 120"

[305mm x 3m]

[254mm x 102mm]

C110-4TH

10" x 4"

[254mm x 102mm]

C112-6H 12" x 6"

[305mm x 152mm]

C112-6TH

12" x 6"

[305mm x 152mm]

C118-6T

18" x 6"

[457mm x 152mm]

C118-6TH

18" x 6"

[457mm x 152mm]

C124-6T

24" x 6"

[610mm x 152mm]

C124-6TH

24" x 6"

[610mm x 152mm]

C110-4H 10" x 4"

NOTE: Refer to “Dimension Reference Chart” shown previously in this section. For divided fittings (two equal compartments), add suffix “D” (i.e. C14ED).
Consult factory to order unequal compartments.

Specmate Type 1 Wireway Installation Details
Typical Installation: The wireway should be installed as a complete system incorporating all fittings necessary to provide for directional
changes. All connections should be fastened securely with the fasteners provided by the manufacturer in order to ensure compliance with
uL and CsA bonding requirements. Conductors of appropriate types as outlined by the applicable Electrical Code may be used in wireway
following installation. specific installation instructions are given below.

C-Hanger: For widths
up to 12" [305mm].*

Trapeze Hanger: For
any size of wireway.*

wall Bracket: For installations
along walls. For any size of
wireway.

Installation:

For C-Hangers and Trapeze hangers, threaded rod should be cut to the appropriate length, and fastened to a structural member. The
hanger should then be bolted to the threaded rod through the holes provided, level and in line with the other hangers. wall mounted
hangers should be fastened to structural members in the wall in a manner ensuring sufficient support strength. Once the wireway is in
place, it must be fastened to the hanger by any structurally sound method. Most installations use 1/4" [6.4mm] nuts and bolts fastened
through holes drilled in the wireway base. No sharp edges should be allowed in the wireway as a result of fastening. Fastening hardware
for hangers is not provided. uL Listed wireway with square cross sections of 2.5", 4", and 6" [64mm, 102mm, and 152mm] may be
supported on maximum spans of 10' [3m]. All other wireway shall be supported on spans of 5' [1.5m] or less.

Installation of Couplings:
Couplings are provided with necessary
hardware. slide the coupling into the end
of the wireway and tighten the fasteners
with a wrench, ensuring they are secure.
slide the end of the next length of wireway
over the other half of the coupling
and attach the fasteners. Repeat until
complete. Couplings are best located
at one-quarter of the distance between
supports (hangers).

Installation of End Blanks
End Blanks provided with necessary
hardware. slide the end blank into the end of
the wireway and tighten the fasteners with a
wrench, ensuring they are secure.

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

Hanging Method
Three styles of hangers may be
purchased with wireway.

243
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Installation Details (continued)
Installation of Tele-Power Pole Adapter:
1. Locate the Pole Adapter on the wireway.
Drill holes in the appropriate locations to
match the holes in the Pole Adapter. Cut
and grommet hole to match pole adapter
entrance feed.

2. Bolt the Pole Adapter to the underside
of the wireway. No sharp edges should
remain in the wireway. (Bolts not
furnished.)

3. Insert the wiremold NP600 series TelePower Pole into the underside of the
Pole Adapter. Tighten the two set screws
(furnished) onto the pole.

Specmate Type 1 Wireway Enclosures Technical Data
“Type 1 Enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against contact with the
enclosed equipment and wiring.” – NEMA standard / No. 250-1991
Standard Knockout Configuration
The knockout configuration shown below is referred to for each standard catalog number.

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

The following chart indicates the standard knockout pattern that can be accommodated according to the dimension
specified when custom sizes are ordered.

Standard Knockout Configuration for Custom Sizes
Metric Conversion

Length of side (L)
4" [102mm] to less than 6" [152mm]

standard KO Configuration
B–C

In.

[mm]

6" [152mm] to less than 8" [203mm]

B–C–D

4

[102]

8" [203mm] to less than 10" [254mm]

F–G–H–I

6

[152]

10" [254mm] to less than 15" [381mm]

C–D–E–F–G

8

[203]

15" [381mm] to less than 18" [457mm]

B–C–D–E–F–G–H

10

[254]

A–B–C–D–E–F–G–H–I

12

[305]

15

[381]

18

[457]

20

[508]

24

[610]

30

[762]

18" [457mm] and up

244
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

36

[914]

48

[1220]

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information

Hinged Cover Junction Box with Padlock Hasp
Hinged cover junction boxes for surface mounting. Formed steel hinges, friction catch and a
padlock hasp provide easy opening and secure closing.
Internal mounting holes and a ground terminal with ground screw provided.
standard boxes are provided with concentric knockouts. Custom configurations and boxes without
knockouts are available on request. ANsI / AsA 61 gray finish inside and out.

W

H

D

Hinged Cover Junction Box with Padlock Hasp - Painted Steel
BOX DIMENsIONs
HEIGHT

KNOCKOuT CONFIGuRATION*

wIDTH

DEPTH

CATALOG NuMBER

In.

[mm]

In.

[mm]

In.

[mm]

sPMJL-12-12-6

12

[305]

12

[305]

6

sPMJL-18-12-6

18

[457]

12

[305]

6

INTERNAL
Cu. IN.
(APPROX.)

sTANDARD
HINGE TYPE

FACE HEIGHT

FACE wIDTH

[152]

C-D-E-F-G

C-D-E-F-G

828

Formed

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

C-D-E-F-G

1247

Formed

18

[457]

18

[459]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

1877

Formed

sPMJL-24-12-6

24

[610]

12

[305]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

C-D-E-F-G

1666

Butt

sPMJL-24-18-6

24

[610]

18

[457]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

2507

Butt

sPMJL-24-24-6

24

[610]

24

[610]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

3349

Butt

sPMJL-20-20-10

20

[508]

20

[508]

10

[254]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

3901

Butt

sPMJL-30-30-10

30

[762]

30

[762]

10

[254]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

8814

Butt

sPMJL-36-24-10

36

[914]

24

[610]

10

[254]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

8458

Continuous

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

sPMJL-18-18-6

NOTE: Add "C" prefix to denote Canadian version -- Agency approved for sale in Canada.
*see standard knockout configuration diagram shown previously in this section.

245
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)

Hinged Cover Junction Box with Pull Ring
Hinged cover junction boxes for surface mounting. Formed steel hinges, friction catch and a
“D” ring style handle provide easy opening and secure closing. Internal mounting holes and
a ground terminal with ground screw provided. standard boxes are provided with concentric
knockouts. Custom configurations and boxes without knockouts are available on request.
ANsI/AsA 61 gray finish inside and out.

W

H

D

Hinged Cover Junction Box with Pull Ring – Painted Steel
BOX DIMENsIONs
HEIGHT
CATALOG NuMBER

In.

sPMJP-6-4-4

wIDTH
[mm]

DEPTH
In.

[mm]

FACE HEIGHT

FACE wIDTH

INTERNAL
Cu. IN.
(APPROX.)

sTANDARD
HINGE TYPE

[mm]

In.

6

[152]

4

[102]

4

[102]

B-C-D

B-C

88

Formed

sPMJP-6-6-4

6

[152]

6

[152]

4

[102]

B-C-D

B-C-D

134

Formed

sPMJP-8-6-4

8

[203]

6

[152]

4

[102]

F-G-H-I

B-C-D

179

Formed

sPMJP-8-8-4

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

KNOCKOuT CONFIGuRATION*

8

[203]

8

[203]

4

[102]

F-G-H-I

F-G-H-I

240

Formed

sPMJP-10-10-4

10

[254]

10

[254]

4

[102]

C-D-E-F-G

C-D-E-F-G

378

Formed

sPMJP-12-12-4

12

[305]

12

[305]

4

[102]

C-D-E-F-G

C-D-E-F-G

546

Formed

sPMJP-18-12-4

18

[457]

12

[305]

4

[102]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

C-D-E-F-G

823

Formed

sPMJP-8-6-6

8

[203]

6

[152]

6

[152]

F-G-H-I

B-C-D

272

Formed

sPMJP-8-8-6

8

[203]

8

[203]

6

[152]

F-G-H-I

F-G-H-I

364

Formed

sPMJP-10-10-6

10

[254]

10

[254]

6

[152]

C-D-E-F-G

C-D-E-F-G

573

Formed

sPMJP-12-12-6

12

[305]

12

[305]

6

[152]

C-D-E-F-G

C-D-E-F-G

828

Formed

sPMJP-18-12-6

18

[457]

12

[305]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

C-D-E-F-G

1247

Formed

sPMJP-18-18-6

18

[457]

18

[457]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

1877

Formed

sPMJP-24-18-6

24

[610]

18

[457]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

2507

Butt

sPMJP-24-24-6

24

[610]

24

[610]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

3349

Butt

sPMJP-30-24-6

30

[762]

24

[610]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

4190

Butt

sPMJP-18-12-8

18

[457]

12

[305]

8

[203]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

C-D-E-F-G

1672

Formed

sPMJP-18-18-8

18

[457]

18

[457]

8

[203]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

2516

Formed

sPMJP-24-18-8

24

[610]

18

[457]

8

[203]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

3361

Butt

sPMJP-30-24-8

30

[762]

24

[610]

8

[203]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

5617

Butt

sPMJP-36-24-8

36

[914]

24

[610]

8

[203]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

6745

Continuous

sPMJP-36-24-12

36

[914]

24

[610]

12

[305]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

10171

Continuous

246
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)

Wiring Troughs
screw-on cover wiring troughs are used as junction boxes or pull boxes for
surface mounting. Internal mounting holes and a ground terminal with ground
screw provided. Custom configurations of troughs up to 120" [3m] in length are
available with or without knockouts. ANsI/AsA 61 gray finish inside and out.

H

Clusters of 1/2" [12.7mm] – 3/4" [19.1mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] – 1" [25mm] trade size knockouts are
spaced on 9" [229mm] centers along the trough. Other knockout sizes and spacings are available on
request.

D
9"
[229mm]
W

1 5/8"
[41mm]

BOX DIMENsIONs

CATALOG NuMBER

In.

[mm]

In.

[mm]

In.

[mm]

INTERNAL
Cu. IN.
(APPROX.)

sPMJw-12-4-4

12

[305]

4

[102]

4

[102]

178

HEIGHT

wIDTH

DEPTH

sPMJw-24-4-4

24

[610]

4

[102]

4

[102]

358

sPMJw-36-4-4

36

[914]

4

[102]

4

[102]

539

sPMJw-48-4-4

48

[1220]

4

[102]

4

[102]

719

sPMJw-60-4-4

60

[1525]

4

[102]

4

[102]

899

sPMJw-72-4-4

72

[1830]

4

[102]

4

[102]

1079

sPMJw-12-6-6

12

[305]

6

[152]

6

[152]

410

sPMJw-24-6-6

24

[610]

6

[152]

6

[152]

824

sPMJw-36-6-6

36

[914]

6

[152]

6

[152]

1238

sPMJw-48-6-6

48

[1220]

6

[152]

6

[152]

1652

sPMJw-60-6-6

60

[1525]

6

[152]

6

[152]

2067

sPMJw-72-6-6

72

[1830]

6

[152]

6

[152]

2481

sPMJw-18-8-8

12

[305]

8

[203]

8

[203]

736

sPMJw-24-8-8

24

[610]

8

[203]

8

[203]

1481

sPMJw-36-8-8

36

[914]

8

[203]

8

[203]

2225

sPMJw-48-8-8

48

[1220]

8

[203]

8

[203]

2969

sPMJw-60-8-8

60

[1525]

8

[203]

8

[203]

3713

sPMJw-72-8-8

72

[1830]

8

[203]

8

[203]

4457

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

Wiring Throughs - Painted Steel

NOTE: Add "C" prefix to denote Canadian version -- Agency approved for sale in Canada.
*see standard knockout configuration diagram shown previously in this section.

247
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Specmate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)

Surface Mount & Flush Mount Screw Cover Junction Boxes
Surface Mount

Flush Mount

screw-on cover junction boxes for surface or flush mounting. Internal
mounting holes and a ground terminal with ground screw provided.standard
boxes are provided with concentric knockouts. Custom configurations and
boxes without knockouts are available on request. ANsI / AsA 61 Gray finish
inside and out.

W

W

H

H

D

D

Screw Cover Junction Boxes – Surface Mount – Painted Steel
BOX DIMENsIONs
HEIGHT

DEPTH

KNOCKOuT CONFIGuRATION

INTERNAL
Cu. IN.
(APPROX.)
88

CATALOG NuMBER

In.

[mm]

In.

[mm]

In.

[mm]

sPMJ-6-4-4

6

[152]

4

[102]

4

[102]

sPMJ-6-6-4

6

[152]

6

[152]

4

[102]

B-C-D

B-C-D

134

sPMJ-8-6-4

8

[203]

6

[152]

4

[102]

F-G-H-I

B-C-D

179

sPMJ-8-8-4

HEIGHT
B-C-D

FACE wIDTH
B-C-

8

[203]

8

[203]

4

[102]

F-G-H-I

F-G-H-I

240

sPMJ-10-10-4

10

[254]

10

[254]

4

[102]

C-D-E-F-G

C-D-E-F-G

378

sPMJ-12-12-4

12

[305]

12

[305]

4

[102]

C-D-E-F-G

C-D-E-F-G

546

sPMJ-18-12-4

18

[457]

12

[305]

4

[102]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

C-D-E-F-G

823

sPMJ-18-18-4

18

[457]

18

[457]

4

[102]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

1250

8

[203]

6

[152]

6

[152]

F-G-H-I

B-C-D

272

sPMJ-8-6-6
sPMJ-8-8-6

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

wIDTH

8

[203]

8

[203]

6

[152]

F-G-H-I

F-G-H-I

364

sPMJ-10-10-6

10

[254]

10

[254]

6

[152]

C-D-E-F-G

C-D-E-F-G

573

sPMJ-12-12-6

12

[305]

12

[305]

6

[152]

C-D-E-F-G

C-D-E-F-G

828

sPMJ-18-12-6

18

[457]

12

[305]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

C-D-E-F-G

1247

sPMJ-18-18-6

18

[457]

18

[457]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

1877

sPMJ-24-18-6

24

[610]

18

[457]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

2507

sPMJ-24-24-6

24

[610]

24

[610]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

3349

sPMJ-30-24-6

30

[762]

24

[610]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

4190

sPMJ-18-12-8

18

[457]

12

[305]

8

[203]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

C-D-E-F-G

1672

sPMJ-18-18-8

18

[457]

18

[457]

8

[203]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

2516

sPMJ-24-18-8

24

[610]

18

[457]

8

[203]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

3361

sPMJ-30-24-8

30

[762]

24

[610]

8

[203]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

5617

sPMJ-36-24-8

36

[914]

24

[610]

8

[203]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

6745

sPMJ-36-24-12

36

[914]

24

[610]

12

[305]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

10171

248
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SpecMate™ wiReway & encloSuReS
Screw Cover Junction Boxes - Flush Mount - Painted Steel
BOX DIMENsIONs
HEIGHT

wIDTH

DEPTH

KNOCKOuT CONFIGuRATION*

INTERNAL
Cu. IN.
(APPROX.)
134

COVER DIMENsION
HEIGHT

wIDTH

CATALOG
NuMBER

In.

[mm]

In.

[mm]

In.

[mm]

sPMJF-6-6-4

6

[152]

6

[152]

4

[102]

sPMJF-8-6-4

8

[203]

6

[152]

4

[102]

F-G-H-I

B-C-D

179

9.5

[242]

7.5

[191]

sPMJF-8-8-4

8

[203]

8

[203]

4

[102]

F-G-H-I

F-G-H-I

240

9.5

[242]

9.5

[242]

sPMJF-10-10-4

10

[254]

10

[254]

4

[102]

C-D-E-F-G

C-D-E-F-G

378

11.5

[292]

11.5

[292]

sPMJF-12-12-4

12

[305]

12

[305]

4

[102]

C-D-E-F-G

C-D-E-F-G

546

13.5

[343]

13.5

[343]

sPMJF-18-12-4

18

[457]

12

[305]

4

[102]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

C-D-E-F-G

823

19.5

[534]

13.5

[343]

sPMJF-18-18-4

FACE HEIGHT
B-C-D

FACE wIDTH
B-C-D

In. [mm]
7.5

[191]

In. [mm]
7.5

[191]

[457]

18

[457]

4

[102]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

1250

19.5

[534]

19.5

[534]

8

[203]

6

[152]

6

[152]

F-G-H-I

B-C-D

272

9.5

[242]

7.5

[191]

sPMJF-8-8-6

8

[203]

8

[203]

6

[152]

F-G-H-I

F-G-H-I

364

9.5

[242]

9.5

[242]

sPMJF-10-10-6

10

[254]

10

[254]

6

[152]

C-D-E-F-G

C-D-E-F-G

573

11.5

[292]

11.5

[252]

sPMJF-12-12-6

12

[305]

12

[305]

6

[152]

C-D-E-F-G

C-D-E-F-G

828

13.5

[343]

13.5

[343]

sPMJF-18-12-6

18

[457]

12

[305]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

C-D-E-F-G

1247

19.5

[534]

13.5

[343]

sPMJF-18-18-6

18

[457]

18

[457]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

1877

19.5

[534]

19.5

[534]

sPMJF-24-18-6

24

[610]

18

[457]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

2507

25.5

[649]

19.5

[534]

sPMJF-24-24-6

24

[610]

24

[610]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

3349

25.5

[649]

25.5

[648]

sPMJF-30-24-6

30

[762]

24

[610]

6

[152]

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I

4190

31.5

[775]

25.5

[648]

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

18

sPMJF-8-6-6

NOTE: Add “C” prefix to denote Canadian version — Agency approved for sale in Canada.
*see standard knockout configuration diagram shown previously in this section.

249
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

wallSouRce™ SeRvice BoxeS

Wiremold® wallsource™ Multiple service Boxes are six-gang boxes that can
accommodate multiple services including power and communications eliminating
multiple drops and uneven wall faceplates.

CODE REFERENCE
UL Listed Wireway, Auxiliary Gutters &
Associated Fittings:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314 of NEC.

WallSource Box Installation Details

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

WSA42-4 Box Installation Shown

Installing WSA00-4 on WSA42-4

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

1.

2.

1. A four-gang wallsource Box (wsA42-4) installed during
construction can easily accommodates the wire and cabling
required to feed a divided surface raceway system.

7.

COLOR OPTIONS
wallsource Multiple service Boxes and components are available in
ivory, black, gray, light gray or white as indicated in the part number
descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.

250
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

wallSouRce™ SeRvice BoxeS
WallSource Service Boxes Ordering Information

WSB42-2

WSA07-4A Device Mounting Bracket & Trim Ring

WallSource Box, Divider & Mounting Bracket
slide-in dividers separate
the box for power and
communication services.
Adjustable mounting brackets
offer flexibility to flush mount
box in 1/2", 5/8", 1", and 1/4"
[12.7mm, 15.9mm, 25mm, and
32mm] wall thicknesses.

D
L

W

self-leveling bracket
accommodates a wide variety of
electrical and communications
devices. The trim ring hides the
holecut to give the box a finished
W
look. For use with: 5507 series
Faceplates, Ortronics® TracJack
& series II Modules, Pass &
seymour Activate series Inserts
L
and wiremold Open system
Communication Modules. Available
in white (wsA07-4AwH), black (wsA07-4ABK), gray
(wsA07-4AG), and gray (wsA07-4AGY).

ORDERING DATA
CAT. NO.
wsB42-2

L

w

D

Gang

ORDERING DATA

Trade size KOs

CAT. NO.

4 3/4" [121mm] 5" [127mm] 3 1/4" [83mm] 2 1/2", 3/4", 1"

wsA07-4A

Wallsource Box, Divider & Mounting Brackets
slide-in dividers separate
the box for power and
communication services.
Adjustable mounting brackets
offer flexibility to flush mount
box in 1/2", 5/8", 1", and 1 1/4"
[12.7mm, 15.9mm, 25mm, and
32mm] wall thicknesses.

D
W

L

w

D

Gang

7"

Gang
[177mm]

4

self-leveling bracket
accommodates a wide variety of
electrical and communications
devices. The trim ring hides the
holecut to give the box a finished
look. For use with: 5507 series
Faceplates, Ortronics® TracJack
& series II Modules, Pass &
seymour Activate series Inserts
and wiremold Open system
Communication Modules. Available
in white (wsC07-6AwH), black
(wsC07-6ABK), gray (wsC07-6AG),
and gray (wsC07-6AGY).

W

L

ORDERING DATA
CAT. NO.

w
[286mm]

WSC07-6A Device Mounting Bracket & Trim Ring

WSA42-4
L

L
11 1/4"

ORDERING DATA
Trade size KOs

wsA42-4 9 3/16" [233mm] 5" [127mm] 3 1/4" [83mm] 4

1/2", 3/4",
1", 1 1/2"

CAT. NO.
wsC07-6A

L
15 13/16"

w
[402mm]

7"

Gang
[177mm]

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards
for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C” suffix to part
number to denote the Canadian version, i.e “WSB42-2C”.

6

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

M

251
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

wallSouRce™ SeRvice BoxeS
WallSource Service Boxes Ordering Information

WSC42-6

WSA00-4

Wallsource Box, Divider & Mounting Brackets

Open Architecture Device Mounting Bracket & Trim Ring

slide-in dividers separate
the box for power and
communication services.
Adjustable mounting brackets
offer flexibility to flush mount
box in 1/2", 5/8", 1", and 1 1/4"
[12.7mm, 15.9mm, 25mm, and
32mm] wall thicknesses.

D
L

W

ORDERING DATA
CAt. No.

L

w

D

Gang

self-leveling bracket
accommodates a wide variety
of electrical and communications
7"
[177mm]
devices. This bracket
accommodates a standard singleand dual-gang faceplate. The
trim ring hides the holecut to give
11 1/4"
the box a finished look. standard
[286mm]
color is Ivory, for other colors
add one of the following: white (wsA00-4wH), black
(wsA00-4BK) and gray (wsA00-4GY).

Trade size KOs

wsA42-6 13 3/4" [350mm] 5" [127mm] 3 1/4" [83mm] 6

FSS-18 Fiber Storage Loop

1/2", 3/4",
1", 1 1/2"

2.5/8"
[67mm]

WSB07-2A Device Mounting Bracket & Trim Ring

SPECIALTY RACEWAYS & ACCESSORIES

self-leveling bracket
accommodates a wide variety of
electrical and communications
devices. The trim ring hides the
W
holecut to give the box a finished
look. For use with: 5507 series
Faceplates, Ortronics® TracJack
L
& series II Modules, Pass &
seymour Activate series Inserts
and wiremold Open system Communication Modules.
Available in white (wsB07-2AwH), black (wsB07-2ABK),
gray (wsB07-2AG), and gray (wsB07-2AGY).

252

1"
[25mm]

CM-EPLA End Plates
Includes two outlet
identification labels with clear
covers and two matching screw
covers. Required for mounting
Pass & seymour Activate™
and wiremold Open system
communication modules into
thewsX07-X series device
brackets.

ORDERING DATA
CAt. No.
WSB07-2A

L
6 13/16"

W
[173mm]

7"

GANG
[177mm]

use this loop to store 18"
[457mm] of cable with a
controlled 1" [25mm] bend
radius.

2

WSA86 Backfeed Kit

S2-EPL End Plates
For backfeeding 4000, 6000,
5400, 5500 and ALA4800
series Raceways. use included
templates to easily cut entrances
into raceway. use the dividers
for uL Listed separation. use
the backfeed plate with 4000
and 6000 series Raceway to
completely cover wall hole cut.
Includes ivory and gray pieces.

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards
for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C” suffix to part
number to denote the Canadian version, i.e “WSB42-2C”.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Includes two outlet identification
labels with clear covers and
two matching screw covers.
Required for mounting
Ortronics® series II modules
into the wsX07-X series device
brackets.

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® multioutlet SyStemS

Wiremold® Plugmold® Multioutlet Systems are an excellent choice
for applications where space is minimal but multiple outlets for
power are required.

adorne™ Under-Cabinet
Lighting System

Tamper-Resistant
Plugmold®

276

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

279

253
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® multioutlet SyStemS

table of Contents

Plugmold® Steel Multioutlet Systems
256

2000 Series™

Plugmold® Plus Nonmetallic Multioutlet Systems
267

NM2000 Series™

Plugmold® Aluminum Multioutlet Systems
272

AL2000 Series™

Plugmold® Tamper-Resistant Multioutlet Systems
276

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

2000tR Series™

adorne Under-Cabinet Lighting System
279

254
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

262

2400 Series™

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® multioutlet SyStemS

Quick Selection Guide

Plugmold® Multioutlet Systems – Steel Profiles

Plugmold® 2400, 24S, 24R™ Series

Plugmold® 2000 Series™
capacity: 0.80 in.2 [516mm2]

capacity: 1.39 in.2 [897mm2]
7/8"
[22.2mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

1 29/32"
[48mm]

1 9/32"
[32mm]

Plugmold® Multioutlet Systems – Nonmetallic Profiles

Plugmold® Plus NM2000 Series™
capacity: 0.114 in.2 [735mm2]
1"
[25mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

Plugmold® Multioutlet Systems – Aluminum Profiles

Plugmold® AL2000 Series™
capacity: 1.10 in.2 [710mm2]

1 1/8"
[29mm]

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

1 7/16"
[37mm]

Plugmold Multioutlet Systems and Raceways
PROFiLe DiMeNSiONS
SeRieS

MAteRiAL

AMPeRAGe

inches

[mm]

ReCePtACLe
tyPe

2000

Steel

15 Amp

3/4" x 1 9/32"

[19.1mm x 33mm]

Simplex

2000tR

Steel

15 Amp

3/4" x 1 9/32"

[19.1mm x 33mm]

Simplex

V2400

Steel

20 Amp

7/8" x 1 29/32"

[22.2mm x 48mm]

Simplex

24R

Steel

15 Amp

7/8" x 1 29/32"

[22.2mm x 48mm]

tR Duplex

24S

Steel

20 Amp

7/8" x 1 29/32"

[22.2mm x 48mm]

Duplex

NM2000

Nonmetallic

15 Amp

1" x 1 3/4"

[25mm x 44mm]

Duplex

AL2000

Aluminum

15 Amp

1 1/8" x 1 7/16"

[29mm x 37mm]

Simplex

AL2000tR

Aluminum

15 Amp

1 1/8" x 1 7/16"

[29mm x 37mm]

Simplex

255

NoTe: All systems can be custom configured to suit specific job requirements.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® 2000 SerieS™

two-piece, low profile multiple outlet raceway. Low profile requires
minimal space.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Base & Blank Cover:
File e4376 Guide RJBt.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
File e15191 Guide PVGt.
Fittings:
File e41751 Guide RJPR.
Base & Blank Cover& Plugmold Series
with Snapicoil Harness:
Meets Article 386 of NeC.
Meets Section 12-3032 of CeC.
Plugmold Wired Sections:
Meets Article 380 of NeC.
Meets Section 12-3032 of CeC.

KeY

Plugmold 2000 Series System Layout

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

K
I

D
B

C

e

M
L

H
G

J

F

A

M

Q
P

NoTe: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

N

o

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
O.
P.
Q.

V2010B Blank end Fitting
V2051H Flush Plate Adapter
V2006 Cover Clip
2017tC internal Corner Coupling
V2015 tee Fitting
V2048-2 two-Gang Device Box
V2018C extern elbow Cover
V2048 Single-Gang Device Box
V2011 90° Flat elbow
V20GB506 Plugmold Strip
V2089 Side-Reducing Fitting
V5748 Single-Gang Device Box
V500 500 Series Raceway
V2010A2 entrance end Fitting
V2010A3 entrance end Fitting
V518 external elbow
V2089e end-Reducing Connector

COLOR OPTIONS
Plugmold® 2000 Series™ Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an ivory finish. Part
Numbers with a “G” prefix have a gray finish. Part Numbers with a “S” prefix have a
stainless finish. Part Numbers with a “wH” prefix have a white finish. Part Numbers
with a “BK” prefix have a black finish. Part Numbers without a prefix have a galvanized
steel finish unless otherwise specified.

256

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® 2000 SerieS™
Plugmold 2000 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power
NUMBeR OF CONDUCtORS
O.D.

wiRe SiZe
tHHN/tHwN

[mm]

witHOUt
DeViCeS

inches

witH PLUGMOLD
ReCePtACLeS

12 AwG
14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

7

5

0.130

[3.3]

7

5

Plugmold 2000 Series Product Configuration Matrix
OUtLetS (15A 125V NeMA 5-15R)
CeNteR DiStANCe

OUtLet

CAt. NO

FiNiSH

Feet

[mm]

wiRiNG
CONFiG.

inches

[mm]

Qty.

20GB206

S

2

[610mm]

GB

6

[152mm]

4 Single

20GB306

V, G, BK, wH, S

3

[915mm]

GB

6

[152mm]

6 Single

20iG306

V, G

3

[915mm]

iG

6

[152mm]

6 Single

20GB506

V, G, BK, wH, S

5

[1.5m]

GB

6

[152mm]

10 Single

20GB512

V, G, BK, wH, S

5

[1.5m]

GB

12

[305mm]

5 Single

20GBA512

V, G

5

[1.5m]

GBA

12

[305mm]

5 Single

20iG512

V, G

5

[1.5m]

iG

12

[305mm]

5 Single

20GB606

V, G, BK, wH, S

6

[1.8m]

GB

6

[152mm]

12 Single

20GB609

V, G

6

[1.8m]

GB

9

[229mm]

8 Single

20GB612

V, G, BK, wH, S

6

[1.8m]

GB

12

[305mm]

6 Single

20GB618

V, G

6

[1.8m]

GB

18

[457mm]

4 Single

20GBA609

V, G

6

[1.8m]

GBA

9

[229mm]

8 Single

20GBA612

V, G

6

[1.8m]

GBA

12

[305mm]

6 Single

20GBA618

V, G

6

[1.8m]

GBA

18

[457mm]

4 Single

20iG606

V, G

6

[1.8m]

iG

6

[152mm]

12 Single

V20GB12
V20GB306

V20GB612

NoTe:
Snapicoil Reels on custom order. Snapicoil
Harness is available on reels if lengths
greater than 50’ are needed, or if multiple
lengths are required for production-type
jobs. The maximum length per reel is 240’
for Snapicoil Harness with outlets 12” and
18” on centers; 500’ with outlets 30” on
center. Packaging includes the necessary
number of lengths of base, holecut cover,
wire clips, and couplings for complete
installation. Price and delivery information
should be obtained prior to specifying or
ordering. To specify or order, add R to the
Snapicoil Harness number. ex: V20GB12R.
other outlet spacings available on custom
order.
Receptacles are made from high impact
thermoplastic. Plugmold 2000 Series is
supplied with two (2) 2010B Blank end
Fittings and (1) 2001 Base Coupling.

NoTe: Ivory, gray, white, and black Plugmold Series in GB and GBA wiring have matching color receptacles.
Stainless steel Plugmold Series has black receptacles and Plugmold Series with IG wiring has orange
receptacles.

Plugmold 2000 Series 48' and 50' [14.6m & 15.2m] Lengths – Ivory, Gray Finish
LeNGtH

OUtLetS (15A 125V
NeMA 5-15R)
CeNteR DiStANCe

2000B AND 2000C
HOLe CUt COVeR
LeNGtH

CAt. NO

Feet

[mm]

wiRiNG
CONFiG.

inches

[mm]

Qty.

Qty.

Feet

[mm]

20GB12

48

[14.6]

GB

12

[305]

48 Single

8

6

[1.830]

20GB18

48

[14.6]

GB

18

[457]

32 Single

8

6

[1.830]

20GB30

50

[15.2]

GB

30

[760]

20 Single

10

5

[1.525]

20GBA12

48

[14.6]

GBA

12

[305]

48 Single

8

6

[1.830]

Plugmold 2000 Series Wiring Configuration
GB SeRIeS:
3-wire #12 tHHN solid (1 hot, 1
neutral, and 1 ground), 1-circuit;
has insulated grounding conductor.
GBA SeRIeS:
4-wire #12 tHHN solid (2 hot, 1
neutral, and 1 ground), 2-circuits;
outlets wired alternately; has
insulated grounding conductor.
IG SeRIeS:
3-wire #12 tHHN solid (1 hot, 1
neutral, and 1 ground), 1 circuit;
has insulated-isolated grounding
conductor, orange receptacle.

WITH SNAPICoIL HARNeSS
GB SeRIeS:
3-wire #12 tHHN solid (1
hot, 1 neutral, and 1 ground),
1-circuit; has insulated
grounding conductor.
GBA SeRIeS:
4-wire #12 tHHN solid (2
hot, 1 neutral, and 1 ground),
2-circuits; outlets wired
alternately; has insulated
grounding conductor.

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

LeNGtH

257
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® 2000 SerieS™
Plugmold 2000 Series Ordering Information

2000BC

Base and Cover
2000B Base: .040" [1.0mm] steel;
2000C Cover: .025" [.6mm] steel.
Packed ten 5' [1.5m] lengths of each
per carton. Available in ivory (V2000BC),
gray (G2000BC), black (BK2000BC),
white (wH2000BC) and stainless
steel (S2000BC).

3/4"
[19.1mm]

1 9/32"
[33mm]

2000B-5

Raceway Base

W30 – For common connection of two,
three, or four No. 12 or No.14 solid
copper conductors.

1 5/16"
[33mm]

NoTe: Not for use with
aluminum
conductors.

2000WC

2000B-10

Raceway Base

Use when conductors bypass
receptacles. Not UL Listed.
1/2"
[12.7mm]

2001

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed ten 10'
[3.05m] lengths per carton. Available in
ivory (V2000B-10), gray (G2000B-10),
black (BK2000B-10), white (wH2000B-10)
and stainless steel (S2000B-10).

1 9/32"
[33mm]

2000C

Raceway Base
.025" [.6mm] steel. Packed twenty 5'
[1.5m] lengths per carton. Has no
receptacle hole cuts. Available in
ivory (V2000C), gray (G2000C), black
(BK2000C), white (wH2000C) and
stainless steel (S2000C).

1 9/32"
[33mm]

620

Coupling (Galvanized Steel)
Joins lengths of 2000 Series Raceway
Base.
2"
[51mm]

2003

Supporting Clip
temporary support, while positioning
lengths of raceway base. Use with 2000
Series Raceway. V2003 has ivory finish;
2003 has plated finish.

2"
[51mm]

1
2

Raceway Base and Cover Cutter
Portable cutter for both 2000 Base and
Cover.

620BCK

2006

2. Plugmold 2000 or
2100 snaps into 2003
Supporting Clip.

Covers seam where lengths of cover or
base meet. Available in ivory (V2006),
gray (G2006), black (BK2006), white
(wH2006) and stainless steel (S2006).

Replacement blades and die set for 620 Cutter.
3/4"
[19.1mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

1. 2003 mounted on
surface with No. 6
flathead screw.

Cover Clip

Replacement Blade Kit

258

W30G – For connection of equipment
grounding of 2, 3, or 4 solid conductors
No. 14 or No. 12 AwG. 300V maximum;
20A 105° C maximum.

Wire Clip (Plated)

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed twenty
5' [1.5m] lengths per carton. Available
in ivory (V2000B-5), gray (G2000B-5),
black (BK2000B-5), white (wH2000B-5)
and stainless steel (S2000B-5).

1 9/32"
[33mm]

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

W30/W30G Pressure-Type Wire Connectors

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® 2000 SerieS™
Plugmold 2000 Series Ordering Information (continued)

2015

Ground Clamp (Galvanzied)
Connects equipment grounding
conductor to provide an
additional ground to raceway.

1 13/64"
[30mm]

How 2009 is used.

2010A3

2 11/16"
[67mm]

2 1/8"
[54mm]
3"
[76mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

2 1/8"
[54mm]
3"
[76mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]
each Leg

1 1/2"
[38mm]

Offers larger capacity than
V2010A2. 1/2" trade size KOs on
end, each side and bottom. 3/4"
trade size KOs on bottom and
rear. includes ground screw.
Available in ivory (V2010A3),
gray (G2010A3), black
(BK2010A3) and white
(wH2010A3).

2017TC

Connects 2000 Series Raceway
with 1/2" trade size conduit
and armored cable connectors.
1/2" trade size KOs on end,
each side and bottom. includes
ground screw. Available in ivory
V2010A2),gray (G2010A2), black
(BK2010A2),white (wH2010A2)
and stainlesssteel (S2010A2).

Internal Corner Coupling
Furnished with one fiber
bushing.

1 1/2"
[38mm]

2017TC

1 1/2"
[38mm]

2018C

Closes off open end of 2000
Series Raceway. Available in
ivory (V2010B), gray (G2010B),
black (BK2010B), white
(wH2010B)and stainless steel
(S2010B).

Right angle turns on same
surface. Cover stop permits neat
butting of 2000C Cover. two
couplings furnished. Available
in ivory (V20111), gray (G2011),
black (BK2011), white (wH2011)
and stainless steel (S2011).

2000B

2000B

1. 2017tC used as a
corner coupling.

2. 2017tC used
as a corner
coupling and
a straightthrough fitting.

Continues raceway runs
around outside corner.
Fills the gap when external
corner is made by notching
and bending the 2000 Base.
Available in ivory (V2018C),
gray (G2018C), black (BK2018C),
white (wH2018C) and stainless
steel (S2018C).
Corner Gap
Filler snapped
into place in
2018C.

2048
4 5/8"
[118mm]

90° Flat elbow

2017TC

external elbow Cover

1 7/8"
[48mm]

Blank end

3/4"
[19.1mm]

2011

4"
[102mm]

entrance end Fitting
1 9/32"
[33mm]

2010B

Branches raceway at right
angles. Couplings furnished.
Available in ivory (V2015), gray
(G2015), black (BK2015) and
white (wH2015).

6"
[152mm]

entrance end Fitting
2 7/64"
[53mm]

2010A2

Tee

Single-Gang Device Box
2 7/8"
[73mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]

Cover has twistouts for 2000,
500 and 700 Series Raceways.
Base has 1/2" trade size
KO and rectangular KO for
extension to wall box. Base
has No. 10 threaded hole for
ground connection. Available
in ivory (V2048), gray (G2048),
black (BK2048), white (wH2048)
and stainless steel (S2048).

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

2009

259
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Plugmold 2000® SerieS™
Plugmold 2000 Series Ordering Information (continued)

2048-2
4 3/4"
[121mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]

2051H

2051H fastened to
horizontally mounted
wall box.

Available in 3' [915mm] with six single receptacles and two
(2) mounting clips. Available in black (PiP36BK), white
(PiP36wH) and ivory (PiP36V).

2051H fastened to
vertically mounted
wall box.

Side Reducing Connector
Connects 2000 Series Plugmold
with 500 Series Raceway
through the side of 2000 Series
Plugmold.

3 1/4"
[83mm]

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

3/4"
[19.1mm]

PIP36 Plugin Plugmold

Feeds 2000 Series Plugmold from
an existing wall outlet. equipped
with 1/2" [12.7mm] threaded
stud, toothed lock washer for
grounding, threaded hole for and
conduit bushing. Available in ivory
(V2051H), gray (G2051H), black
(BK2051H), white (wH2051H)
and stainless steel (S2051H).

Plugmold 2000
extended from wall
outlet using 2051H.

end Reducing Connector
Connects 2000 Series
Plugmold with 500 Series
Raceway through the end of
2000 Series Plugmold.

Cover has twistouts for 2000,
500 and 700 Series Raceways.
Base has 1/2" trade size KO and
rectangular KO for extension
to wall box. Base has No.10
threaded hole for ground
connection. Available in ivory
(V2048-2), gray (G2048-2), black
(BK2048-2), white (wH2048-2)
and stainless steel (S2048-2).
(S204822).

Flush Plate Adapter

4 1/2"
[114mm]

V2089

V2089e

Two-Gang Device Box

6"
[152mm]

2000 Series Interconnectivity Fittings
FROM

CONNeCtiON ReQUiReD

tO

USe CAtALOG NUMBeR

500 Series Raceway

Side of Plugmold 2000 Series

V2089, V2048, V2048-2

500 Series Raceway

end of Plugmold 2000 Series

V2089e, V2048, V2048-2

existing Outlet

Plugmold 2000 Series

1/2" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable

end of Plugmold 2000 Series

260
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

V2051H
V2010A2, V2010A3

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® 2000 SerieS™
1. Determine the method of feeding and bring feed
conductors into base section.
Attaching Lock Nut

Lock nut run onto
Connector as spacer.
CAUtiON: Be sure
lock nut and feed
do not fall behind
receptacle.
V2051H
Flush
Plate
Adapter
Back feeding from
wall box.

V2010A2 entrance
end Fitting (typical)
end feeding from
conduit or armored
cable.
V2089
for
V500

V500

V500

2089e
end feeding
from 500 Series
Raceway.

Side-feeding from
500 Series Raceway.

2. install 2000B Base on surface, starting with feed section.
Mount base section with No. 8 flathead screws, through
mounting screw knockouts and piercings, or mount with
2003 Support Clips. Random piercing and knockout pattern
does not start and end at same point on bases of Plugmold.
Approx.
1/2"
[12.7mm]
Feed KO

2"
[51mm]

Mounting
Screw
Piercing

2"
[51mm]

Mounting
Screw KO

1. Determine method of feeding. Bring feed
conductors into base.
A. Stub-in feed at beginning of run,
half the distance or less from first
receptacle. Cut off base so 1/2"
[12.7mm] entrance KO aligns with
feed (also provides for cover to
overlap base joint). Save base section
cut-off for opposite end of run.
B. Remove appropriate entrance KO and
install 1/2" [12.7mm] connector as
shown.

8"
[203mm]
Approx.

approx.

1/2" [12.7mm]

2"
[51mm]

2"
[51mm]

Feed KO

Rating – 300 volts maximum, 20 AMP. 105° C maximum.

CAUtiON: Be sure lock
nut and feed do not fall
behind receptacle.

Mounting Screw
Piercing

Mounting
Screw KO

8" [203mm]
approx.
2000B Base
Base Joint

No. 8
Flathead
Screw

2001 Coupling

2000B Base

W30 and W30G CoNNeCToRS
W30 – Common connection of 2, 3 or 4 solid conductors
No.14 or No.12 AwG.
W30G – For connection of equipment grounding of 2, 3, or 4
solid conductors No.14 or No.12 AwG.

Feed Stubbed in

2. install 2000B Raceway Base on surface, starting with feed
section. Mount entire run with No. 8 flat head screws,
through mounting screw knockouts and piercings. Cut base
to length at corners and end of run. Random piercing and
knockout pattern does not start and end at same point on
bases of Plugmold.

3. Snap in 2001 Coupling
where base sections abut.

3. Connect feed to prewired cover section. Use approved
connection method for ground conductor. Use only
W30G (green) wire connectors on equipment grounding
conductors, not W30.

Note:

Snapicoil Harness Installation Details

4. Lay out Snapicoil Harness along entire run of base so that
receptacles are not located over feed or in corners. Connect
harness to feed. Use approved connection method for ground
conductor.
w30 Connector on
white Neutral wire

w30G Connector on
Green Ground wire

w30 Connector on
Black Hot wire

w30 Connector has a white finish, w30G Connector has a
green finish.

A. Strip wire ends to width of
product (1/2" [12.7mm]).

B. insert wire ends the
full stripped distance.

4. engage lower bead of cover in base. Starting at one end, snap
in top bead. Be careful not to pinch wires.
to snap cover in, work from one
end to the other, striking sharply
with heel of hand.

5. Starting at feed, snap
receptacles completely into
first cover section.
6. engage lower bead of cover
in base and starting at
one end, snap in top bead.
be careful not to pinch
wires. Continue snapping
receptacles into covers,
and covers into base along
entire run.

2000B Base

Lower Bead
engaged

Snap in
Upper Bead
of Cover

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

Plugmold Multioutlet Systems Installation Details

261
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® 2400 SerieS™

two-piece, single channel raceway. easy-to-install and ideal for basic power or
communication installations

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Base and Blank Cover:
File e4376 Guide RJBt.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
File e15191 Guide PVGt.
Fittings:
File e41751 Guide RJPR.
Base and Blank Cover and Plugmold
Series with Snapicoil Harness:
Meets Article 386 of NeC.
Meets Section 12-3032 of CeC.
Plugmold Wired Sections:
Meets Article 380 of NeC.
Meets Section 12-3032 of CeC.

Plugmold 2400 Series System Layout

KeY
C
G

K

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

C

H

e

I
F

B

D

J

I

A
e

NoTe: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

COLOR OPTIONS
Plugmold® 2400 Series™ Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an ivory finish. Part
Numbers without a prefix have a galvanized steel finish unless otherwise specified.

262

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

A
B
C
D
e
F
G
H
i
J
K

V2410A entrance end Fitting
V2448-2 two-Gang Device Box
V2417 internal elbow
V2418 external elbow
V2448 Single-Gang Device Box
24S7218GBX99iV Plugmold
Multi-outlet System
V2489 Side Reducing Connector
V2410B Blank end Fitting
500 500 Series Raceway
V5747 Single-Gang Device Box
V2411 Flat elbow

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® 2400 SerieS™
Plugmold 2400 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power
NUMBeR OF CONDUCtORS
wiRe SiZe
tHHN/tHwN

O.D.
inches

[mm]

witHOUt
DeViCeS

witH PLUGMOLD
ReCePtACLeS

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

57

12

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

41

9

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

26

0

Plugmold 2400 Series Product Configuration Matrix
LeNGtH

CeNteR
inches

DiStANCe
[mm]

OUtLet
Qty.

6

[152]

6 Single

Feet

[mm]

wiRiNG
CONFiG.

V24GB306

3

[915mm]

GB

V24GB506

5

[1.5m]

GB

6

[152]

10 Single

V24GB512

5

[1.5m]

GB

12

[305]

5 Single

V24GBA512

5

[1.5m]

GBA

12

[305]

5 Single

V24GB606

6

[1.8m]

GB

6

[152]

12 Single

V24GB612

6

[1.8m]

GB

12

[305]

6 Single

V24GB618

6

[1.8m]

GB

18

[457]

4 Single

V24GBA612

6

[1.8m]

GBA

12

[305]

5 Single

V24GBA618

6

[1.8m]

GBA

18

[457]

4 Single

24S3612GBX99iV

3

[915mm]

GB

12

[305]

3 Duplex

24S3612GBA99iV

3

[915mm]

GBA

12

[305]

3 Duplex

24S6012GBX99iV

5

[1.5m]

GB

12

[305]

5 Duplex

24S6012iGX99iV

5

[1.5m]

iG

12

[305]

5 Duplex

24S6012GBA99iV

5

[1.5m]

GBA

12

[305]

5 Duplex

24S7212GBX99iV

6

[1.8m]

GB

12

[305]

6 Duplex

24S7224GBA99iV

6

[1.8m]

GBA

24

[608]

3 Duplex

24S7218GBX99iV

6

[1.8m]

GB

18

[457]

4 Duplex

24S7224GBX99iV

6

[1.8m]

GB

24

[608]

3 Duplex

24S7218iGX99iV

6

[1.8m]

iG

18

[457]

4 Duplex

24S7212iGX99iV

6

[1.8m]

iG

12

[305]

6 Duplex

24S7224iGX99iV

6

[1.8m]

iG

24

[608]

3 Duplex

24S7212GBA99iV

6

[1.8m]

GBA

12

[305]

6 Duplex

24S7218GBA99iV

6

[1.8m]

GBA

18

[457]

4 Duplex

V24GB506

NoTe: one Coupling and two end Clips included.

Wiring Configuration
GB SeRIeS:
3 wire, #12 tHHN solid (1 hot, 1 neutral and 1
ground) 1 circuit; has grounding conductor.

Cross Section
cover
Receptacle
Base

GBA SeRIeS:
4-wire, #12 tHHN solid (2 hot, 1 neutral, and 1
ground) 2 circuits; outlets wired alternately; has
grounding conductor.

1 29/32"
[48mm]

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

OUtLetS (20A 125V NeMA 5-20R)
CAt NO.

7/8"
[22.2mm]

263
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® 2400 SerieS™
Plugmold 2400 Series Ordering Information

V2400BC

Base and Cover
V2400B Base: .040" [1.0mm] steel;
V2400C Cover: .025" [.6mm] steel.
Packed ten 5' [1.5m] lengths of
each per carton.

7/8"
[22.2mm]

V2406

Cover Clip
Covers seam where lengths
of cover or base meet. Use
with Plugmold® 2400 Series.
(Nonmetallic.)

1 1/2"
[38mm]

1 29/32"
[48mm]

V2400B

Raceway Base

2409

Ground Clamp
No. 10 ground screw provided.
Use with Plugmold® 2400
Series.

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed twenty
5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.
1/2"
[12.7mm]
1 29/32"
[48mm]

V2410A

V2400C

Raceway Cover
.040" [1.0mm] steel 5' [1.5m]
lengths. Packed (20) 5' [1.5m]
lengths per carton. V2400C Cover
has no receptacle hole cuts.

1 29/32"
[48mm]

2"
[51mm]

1 5/8"
[41mm]

Connects Plugmold® 2400
Series with 1/2" trade size
conduit and armored cable.

1 3/16"
[46mm]

PM48T

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

entrance end Fitting

Multiple outlet Strip (Diamond Plate Finish)

Diamond plate finish base
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Cover
.040" [1.0mm] steel. 48" [1.2m]
length. Provides five duplex 15A
receptacles. Packed three per carton. PM48t Merchandiser
available – 10 cartons of PM48t packed in a merchandising
display.Order as PM48t-DiSP.

2400WC

Wire Clip
Holds conductors in place in
raceway.

V2410B

Blank end Fitting
Closes off open end of
Plugmold® 2400 Series.

1 3/16"
[30mm]

V2410C

entrance end Fitting

2 11/16"
[68mm]

1 7/8"
[48mm]

2 1/8"
[54mm]

1"
[25mm]

2401

Coupling

2" [51mm]

Joins lengths of raceway. Use with
Plugmold® 2400 Series.

264
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Has 1/2" and 3/4" trade size
KOs on end and bottom.
Additional 1/2" trade size KO
on sides.

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® 2400 SerieS™
Plugmold 2400 Series Ordering Information (continued)

V2448, V2448-2

Flat elbow
Right angle turns on the same
surface.

1 29/32"
[49mm]

3 15/16"
[100mm]
each Leg

V2417M

Makes internal 90° corners.
All steel construction.

1 3/4"
[45mm]

Base has 1/2" trade size KO and
rectangular KO for extension to
wall box. Has #10 threaded hole
for ground connection. V2448
D
Cover has two twistouts for
500 and 700 Series Raceway,
and two twistouts for 2400
Series Raceway. V2448-2 Cover has four 2400 Series
Raceway twistouts.
L

CAt NO.
V2448
V2448-2

Internal elbow

W

4 5/8"
4 3/4"

V2489

624

Covers outside corners.
(Nonmetallic Cover.)

1 3/4"
1 3/4"

D
[44mm]
[44mm]

GANG
1
2

2400 and 2400D Raceway Base and Cover Cutter
Portable cutter for 2400B and
2400BD Series Raceway.

Back Feed Fitting
Feeds Plugmold 2400 Series
Raceway from an existing
outlet box. equipped with 1/2"
trade size male bushing and
locknut washer for grounding.

4 1/2"
[114mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

V2444, V2444-2

extra Deep Device Box

W

L
4 5/8" [117mm]
4 3/4" [121mm]

624BCK

w
2 7/8"
4 3/4"

[73mm]
[121mm]

D
2 3/4"
2 3/4"

[44mm]
[44mm]

Replacement Blade Kit

Replacement blades and die set for 624 Cutter.

V2427GA

Base has rectangular knockout
to enable extension from existing
single-gang flush wall box and
D
1/2" and 1" concentric KOs. V2444
Cover has two twistouts for 500
and 700 Series Raceway, and
two twistouts for 2400 Series
Raceway. V2444-2 Cover has four 2400 Series Raceway
Series twistouts.
CAt NO.
V2444
V2444-2

w
[73mm]
[121mm]

external elbow

3"
[76mm]

L

2 7/8"
4 3/4"

Connects Plugmold 2400
Series with 500 Series
Raceway.

1 1/4"
[32mm]

V2451H

L
[117mm]
[121mm]

Side Reducing Connector

1 29/32"
[49mm]

V2418M

Device Box

Duplex Receptacle
3-wire, 15A, 125V, NeMA 5-15R.
Provided with 10 1/2" [267mm]
pigtails and inline splice
connectors. ivory receptacle
with ivory trim plate.

GANG
1
2

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

V2411M

265
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® 2400 SerieS™
Plugmold 2400 Series Ordering Information (continued)

V2427GT

Duplex Receptacle

IG2427GT

Isolated Ground Duplex Receptacle

3-wire, 20A, 125V, NeMA 5-20R.
Provided with 10 1/2" [267mm]
pigtails and inline splice
connectors. ivory receptacle
with ivory trim plate.

2686Fo
3 5/8"
[92mm]

Transition Feed Fitting
2 1/2"
[63mm]

IG2427GA

eliminates offsetting V2400
in connecting with surface
panel boxes. Has 3/4" and 1"
concentric trade size KOs with
1" trade size KO elongated so
adjustment from surface to
center of bushing is 1" [25mm]
minimum to 1 5/8" [41mm]
maximum. Has twistouts for
transition to Pancake 1500 and
2600 Series Raceway.

Isolated Ground Duplex Receptacle

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

3-wire, 15A, 125V NeMA
5-15R. Provided with 10 1/2"
[267mm] pigtails and inline
splice connectors. Orange
receptacle with ivory trim
plate.

266
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

3-wire, 20A, 125V NeMA
5-20R. Provided with 10 1/2"
[267mm] pigtails and inline
splice connectors. Orange
receptacle with ivory trim
plate.

V2426

Lamp Holder
Medium base lamp holder
660w, 250V. Black, general
purpose phenolic.

1 9/16"
[40mm]

1 29/32"
[49mm]

5"
[127mm]

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® Nm2000 SerieS™

two-piece, single channel raceway. easy-to-install and ideal for basic power or
communication installations.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Base & Blank Cover:
File e4376 Guide RJBt.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
File e15191 Guide PVGt.
Fittings:
File e41751 Guide RJPR.
Base and Blank Cover and Plugmold
Series with Snapicoil Harness:
Meets Article 386 of NeC.
Meets Section 12-3032 of CeC.
Plugmold Wired Sections:
Meets Article 380 of NeC.
Meets Section 12-3032 of CeC.

Plugmold

NM2010A

J
Plugmold

e
C

L

D

Plugmold

F
I

B

G

A,K

H

A. NM2010A entrance end Fitting
B. NM2010B Blank end Fitting
C. NM2051H Horizontal wall Box
Adapter
D. NM2006 Cover Clip
E. NM2017 internal elbow
F. NM2015 tee Fitting
G. NM2048-2 two-Gang Device Box
H. NM2018 external elbow
I. NM2048 Single-Gang Device Box
J. NM2011 Flat elbow
K. NM2010A entrance end Fitting
L. NM2051V Vertical wall Box
Adapter Plugmold Plus
Multioutlet System

NoTe: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

COLOR OPTIONS

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

KeY

Plugmold NM2000 Series System Layout

Plugmold® Plus NM2000 Series™ Part Numbers without a
prefix have an ivory finish unless otherwise specified.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.

267
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® Nm2000 SerieS™
Plugmold NM2000 Series Wire
Fill Capacities for Power

Plugmold NM2000 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Communications
UNSHieLDeD
twiSteD PAiR

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
in
[mm]
0.190
[4.8]

CABLe/wiRe SiZe
4-pair, 24 AwG, Cat 3

40%
FiLL
16

O.D.

4-pair,

24 AwG, Cat 5e

0.210

[5.3]

13

wiRe SiZe
tHHN/tHwN

4-pair,

24 AwG, Cat 6

0.250

[6.3]

9

14 AwG

0.111

[2.8]

45

4-pair,

24 AwG, Cat 6a*

0.354

[9.0]

4

25-pair, 24 AwG

0.410

[10.4]

3

12 AwG

0.130

[3.3]

31

COAXiAL

RG6/U

0.270

[6.9]

7

10 AwG

0.164

[4.2]

15

Fiber

ZipCord

0.118 x 0.236

[3 x 6]

16

Round 4 Strand Fiber

0.187

[4.8]

16

Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.256

[6.5]

8

inches

[mm]

NUMBeR OF
CONDUCtORS

Plugmold NM2000 Wiring Configuration
GB SeRIeS:
3-wire #12 tHHN solid (1 hot, 1 neutral, and 1 ground),
1-circuit; has insulated grounding conductor.

NoTe: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSi tiA/eiA 568-B.2.

Plugmold NM2000 Multioutlet Strips
LeNGtH
Feet
[mm]

CAt NO.
NM20GB412
NM20GBA412
NM20iG412

4

NM20GB512
NM20GB515
NM20GB530
NM20GBA512
NM20iG512

wiRiNG
CONFiG
GB
GBA
iG

[1220]

5

Duplex Outlets
(15A 120V NeMA 5-15R)
CeNteR DiStANCe
inches
[mm]
Qty.
12
[305]
4
12
[305]
4
12
[305]
4

GB
GB
GB
GBA
iG

[1525]

12
15
30
12
12

[305]
[381]
[762]
[305]
[305]

5
4
2
5
5

NM20GB609

GB

9

[229]

8

NM20GB612
NM20GB618

GB
GB

12
18

[305]
[457]

6
4

NM20GBA609

6

[1830]

NM20GBA612
NM20iG612

GBA SeRIeS:
4-wire #12 tHHN solid (2 hot, 1 neutral, and 1 ground),
2-circuits; outlets wired alternately; has insulated
grounding conductor.

GBA

9

[229]

8

GBA

12

[305]

6

iG

12

[305]

6

IG SeRIeS:
3-wire #12 tHHN solid (1 hot, 1 neutral, and 1 ground),
1 circuit; has insulated-isolated grounding conductor,
orange receptacle.

ReeLS: Reels available as follows:
•	Lengths	greater	than	50'	[15.2m]	
•	Multiple	lengths
•	For	outlet	spacing	of	12"	and	18"	[305mm	and	457mm],	
the maximum length is 240' [73m] per reel.

Plugmold NM2400 Multioutlet Strips
PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

DUPLeX OUtLetS
(20A 120V NeMA 5-20R)
CAt NO.
NM24GB412
NM24GBA412
NM24GB512

4

[1220]

NM24GB530

5

[1525]

inches

[mm]

Qty.

GB
GBA
GB

12
12
12

[305]
[305]
[305]

4
4
5

GB

30

[762]

2

GBA

12

[305]

5

GB

12

[305]

6

GB
GBA

18
12

[457]
[305]

4
6

NM24GB612
NM24GB618
NM24GBA612

6

CeNteR DiStANCe

wiRiNG
CONFiG

NM24GBA512
[1830]

Packaging includes the necessary lengths of NM2000B
Base, NM2000C Hole Cut Cover, NM2000wC wire Clips,
and 2001 Couplings for complete installation. Price and
delivery information should be obtained prior to specifying
or ordering. to specify or order, add R to the Snapicoil
Harness number. ex: NM20GB12. Other outlet spacings
available on custom order, contact your field sales
representative or Specialized Products at 1-800-621-0049.

NoTe: Fed. Spec. duplex receptacles are made from high impact nylon and colored
to match the raceway

Plugmold NM2000 with Snapicoil Harness
LeNGtH
Feet [mm]

DUPLeX OUtLetS
(15A 120V NeMA 5-15R)
CeNteR DiStANCe

NM2000B & NM2000C
LeNGtH

wiRiNG
CONFiG

inches

[mm]

Qty.

Qty.

Feet

[m]

NM20GB12

48

[14.6]

GB

12

[305]

48

8

6

[1.830]

NM20GBA12

48

[14.6]

GBA

12

[305]

48

8

6

[1.830]

CAt NO.

268

LeNGtH
Feet
[mm]

•	For	outlet	spacing	of	30"	[762mm],	the	
maximum length is 500' [152m] per reel.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® Nm2000 SerieS™

Ordering information

Plugmold NM2000 Series Ordering Information (continued)

NM2000BC

Base and Cover

1"
[25mm]

Supporting Clip
Supports lengths of raceway
at any point desired. Mount
to surface with No. 8 flathead
screw.

2"
[51mm]

NM2000B and NM2000C packed
ten 5' [1.5m] lengths of each per
carton.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

Raceway Base

NM2006

Cover Clip

Single channel plastic base,
ivory finish. Packed ten 8' [2.4m]
lengths per carton.

Covers seam where lengths of
cover or base meet.

1 1/2"
[38mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

NM2000C

Raceway Cover
tapered snap-on cover.
textured ivory finish. Packed
ten 8' [2.4m] lengths per carton.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

NM2010A

entrance end Fitting
to end feed raceway or
Plugmold strip. Has 1/2" trade
size KO on end and bottom.

1 9/16"
[40mm]

3 13/16"
[97mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

W30/W30G

NoTe: Not for use with
aluminum conductors.

NM2000WC

1 1/2"
[38mm]

Pressure-Type Wire Connectors

1 5/16"
[33mm]

w30 - For common connection
of two, three, or four No. 12 or
No.14 solid copper conductors.
w30G – For connection of
equipment grounding of 2, 3, or
4 solid conductors No. 14 or No.
12 AwG. 300V maximum; 20A
105° C maximum.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

3 3/8"
[86mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

NM2010B

Blank end Fitting
Closes off open end of NM2000
Series Raceway.

1 1/16"
[27mm]

Wire Clip
Holds wire or cable in place or
for use when conductors bypass
receptacles.

1 15/16"
[49mm]

NM2011

Flat elbow
Right angle turns on same
surface.

1 7/8"
[48mm]

3 3/16"
[81mm]

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

NM2000B

NM2003

2 11/16"
[68mm]

269
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® Nm2000 SerieS™
Plugmold NM2000 Series Ordering Information (continued)

NM2015

NM2048 and NM2048-2

Tee

4 1/2"
[114mm]

1 5/16"
[33mm]

Sure-Snap® Deep Device Box
Branches NM2000 Series
Raceway at right angles.
3 11/16"
[94mm]

Cover snaps onto base – no
screws required. Cover
has twistouts on all sides.
Rectangular KO in base for
extension to wall box.

W

1 5/8"
[41mm]

D

1"
[25mm]

L

1 7/8"
[48mm]

NM2017

CAt NO.

Internal elbow

NM2048
NM2048-2

Right angle turns at inside
corners.
2"
[51mm]

1 5/8"
[41mm]

NM2051H

2"
[51mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

1"
[25mm]

NM2051V

1"
[25mm]

W

D

GANG
[44mm]
[44mm]

1
2

Feeds NM2000 Series Raceway
from an existing wall outlet
for horizontal applications.
Provides complete access to
wall box for connections.

3"
4 7/8"

Feeds NM2000 Series Raceway
from an existing wall outlet for
vertical applications. Provides
complete access to wall box for
connections.

extra Deep Device Box

w
[121mm]
[121mm]

Vertical Wall Box Adapter

2 3/4"
[70mm]

Mounts power/communications
devices when additional depth
is required. Has combination
twistouts for 2700, 2800, 2900,
and NM2000 Series Raceways.

L
4 3/4"
4 3/4"

D
1 3/4"
1 3/4"

Horizontal Wall Box Adapter

4 1/2"
[114mm]

NM2044 , NM2044-2

CAt NO.

[76mm]
[124mm]

external elbow

1 3/8"
[35mm]

NM2044
NM2044-2

3"
4 7/8"

4 1/2"
[114mm]

Used for making 90° turns at
outside corners.

L

w
[121mm]
[121mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

1 5/8"
[41mm]

NM2018

L
4 3/4"
4 3/4"

[76mm]
[124mm]

270
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

D
2 3/4"
2 3/4"

GANG
[70mm]
[70mm]

1
2

NM2027-15 , NM2027-20
Replacement Receptacle

15 and 20A replacement
devices. 6" [152mm] wire leads
each side.

1 1/8"
[29mm]

4"
[102mm]

3 3/16"
[81mm]

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® Nm2000 SerieS™

installation Details

Plugmold NM2000 Series Installation Details
1. Lay out raceway path. Determine feed method and
location from figures A, B, and C below.

4. wiring Method – Refer to instructions A through e
according to your application
A FIeLD WIReD RACeWAY
a1 install wire in raceway
wire clips
as needed.

a2 Snap on raceway and install
fitting covers.

Fig. A
Fig. B

Fig. C

2. Measure and cut raceway base and cover. See common
fitting dimensions below.
1" [25mm] from
edge of Wall
1 1/16"
[27mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]

B WIReD CoVeR SeCTIoNS
B1 Connect receptacle
harness to feed point,
using approved methods.

B2 Snap cover/harness
assembly onto base and
snap on fitting covers.

1 5/8" [41mm] from
edge of Wall

3. install raceway and fitting bases using No. 8 flathead
screws.
C SNAPICoIL HARNeSS
c1 Lay out Snapicoil
c2 Snap receptacles c3 Snap wired
Harness so that
into NM2000
cover section
receptacles are not
Cover.
onto base.
located over feed
point or at corners.
Connect harness
to feed point.

NM2010A
entrance
end Fitting

NM2051H
(Shown)
wall Box
Adapter

NM2010B
Blank end Fitting

NM2017
internal
elbow

NM2018
external
elbow

NM2011
Flat elbow

NM2015
tee Fitting

NM2006
Cover Clip

NM2048
Device Box

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

Plugmold NM2000/NM2400 Series Installation Details

271
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® Al2000 SerieS™

Low profile multiple outlet system with an aesthetic finish.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Base & Blank Cover:
File e4376 Guide RJBt.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
File e15191 Guide PVGt.
Fittings:
File e41751 Guide RJPR.
Base & Blank Cover:
Meets Article 386 of NeC.
Plugmold Strips:
Meets Article 380 of NeC.

Plugmold AL2000 Series System Layout
NoTe: Illustration is for showing
product applications only.

B

D

NoTe:
To remove cover, insert
screwdriver into groove,
push down and twist.

C
A

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

F

e

KeY
A Supply conductors may be fed from 1/2"
[12.7mm] KO in base, or through AL2010A
Feed Fitting. this system is designed with
capacity for additional feed or circuitry
conductors.

B Attach base section to mounting surface
with AL2003 Spring Mounting Clips or by
drilling 9/32" [7.1mm] holes in the base
and using #8 flathead screws.
C Connect circuit wires with connectors.

COLOR OPTIONS
Plugmold® AL2000 Series™ Part Numbers without a prefix have
an satin anodized finish unless otherwise specified.

272

iMPORtANt:
All mounting methods
must result in a flush
interior surface. Special
outlet assemblies
manufactured to
specifications. Consult
factory.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

D Additional multiple outlet sections or
AL2000 Raceway sections may be attached
at ends with AL2001 Coupling.
e Close ends with blank end fitting
(AL2010B), or with feed fittings (AL2010A).
F Snap in cover section.

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® Al2000 SerieS™
Plugmold AL2000 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power
inches

14 AwG

0.111

12 AwG
10 AwG

GB SeRIeS:
3-wire #12 tHHN solid, 1-circuit; has insulated
grounding conductor. Gray receptacles.

NUMBeR OF CONDUCtORS

O.D.

wiRe SiZe
tHHN/tHwN

Plugmold AL2000 Series Wiring Configuration

[mm]

witHOUt
DeViCeS

witH PLUGMOLD
ReCePtACLe

[2.8]

51

8

0.130

[3.3]

38

6

0.164

[4.2]

24

3

8 AwG

0.216

[5.5]

12

6 AwG

0.254

[6.5]

8

GBA SeRIeS:
4-wire #12 tHHN solid, 2-circuit; outlets wired
alternately; has insulated grounding conductor.
Gray receptacles.

Plugmold AL2000 Series Multioutlet Strips
SiNGLe OUtLetS
(15A 120V NeMA 5-15R)
Length
CAt. NO.*
AL20GB306
AL20iG306

Feet
3

[mm]

CeNteR DiStANCe

wiRiNG
CONFiG.

inches

[mm]

Qty.

GB

6

[152]

6

[915]

iG

6

[152]

6

GB

6

[152]

10

GB

12

[305]

5

AL20iG506

iG

6

[457]

10

AL20GB606

GB

6

[152]

12

AL20GB612

GB

12

[305]

6

AL20GB506
AL20GB512

5

[1525]

AL20GB618

GB

18

[457]

4

GBA

6

[152]

12

AL20GBA612

GBA

12

[305]

6

AL20GBA618

GBA

18

[457]

4

iG

6

[152]

12

AL20GBA606

6

[1830]

AL20iG606

IG SeRIeS:
3-wire #12 tHHN solid, 1 circuit; has insulated-isolated
grounding conductor. Orange receptacles.

AL20GB306
AL20GB612
AL20GB618

* AL2000 Series Plugmold has gray outlets. each AL2000 Plugmold strip is supplied
with two AL2010B Blank end Fittings and one AL2001 Coupling.

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

center
Distance

Length

1 7/16"
[37mm]

cover
1 1/8"
[29mm]

Base

273
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® Al2000 SerieS™
Plugmold AL2000 Series Ordering Information

AL2000B-5, AL2000B-10

Raceway Base

6063-t5 extruded aluminum,
satin anodized finish, .060"
[1.5mm] nominal thickness.
Packed (12) 5' [1.5m] lengths
(AL2000B-5) or six 10' [3m]
lengths (AL2000B-10) per
carton.

1 7/16"
[37mm]

AL2000C-5

Raceway Cover

Mounting Clip (Spring Steel)

aL2000 Base and cover shown
assembled. cross sectional area 1in.2
[1037mm2].

1 1/8"
[29mm]

1 7/16"
[37mm]

W30, W30G

AL2006

Cover Clip (Spring Steel)
Covers seam where lengths of
cover or base come together.

1"
[25mm]

AL2009

Ground Clamp (Galvanized Steel)

1 1/2"
[38mm]

Ground Stud

Connects equipment grounding
conductor to provide additional
ground to raceway.

Pressure-Type Wire Connectors
w30 – For common connection
of two, three, or four No. 12 or
No.14 solid copper conductors.

1 5/16"
[33mm]

NoTe: Not for use with
aluminum conductors.

AL2000WC

Supports lengths of AL2000
Series Raceway at any point
desired. Mount to surface with
No. 8 flathead screw.

1 7/16"
[37mm]

6063-t5 extruded aluminum,
satin anodized finish, .060"
[1.5mm] nominal thickness.
Packed (12) 5' [1.5m] lengths
per carton.

1 7/16"
[37mm]

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

AL2003

AL2010A

w30G – For connection of
equipment grounding of 2, 3, or
4 solid conductors No. 14 or No.
12 AwG. 300V maximum; 20A
105° C maximum.

Wire Retainer (Nonmetallic)
Holds conductors in place in
raceway base.

Feed Fitting
end fitting with 1/2" [12.7mm]
hub adapter.

1 3/8"
[35mm]

1"
[25mm]

AL2010B

Blank end Fitting
Closes off end of AL2000 Series
Raceway.

1 3/8"
[35mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]
1"
[25mm]

AL2001

Slide Coupling
Connects adjoining sections of
AL2000 Series Raceway base.

AL2011
3"
[76mm]

274

Flat elbow
3"
[76mm]

1 9/16"
[40mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Right angle turn on same
surface. Comes with two
couplings.

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® Al2000 SerieS™
Plugmold AL2000 Series Ordering Information (continued)

1 7/16"
[37mm]

AL2043IG

Tee

In-Line Isolated Ground Receptacle

Branch connection of two runs
of AL2000 Series Raceway.
Comes with three couplings.

4"
[102mm]

two 15A, 120V factory wired
isolated ground orange
receptacles. two couplings
furnished.

6"
[152mm]

1 9/16"
[40mm]

AL2017

AL2044, AL2044-2

Internal elbow
Makes 90° internal corners.two
couplings furnished.
3"
[76mm]

D
W

L

3"
[76mm]

AL2018

external elbow

3"
[76mm]

Makes 90° external corners.
two couplings furnished.

3"
[76mm]

aL2044
aL2044-2

L
4 5/8"
4 5/8"

1 3/8"
[35mm]

AL2040A

w

[117mm] 3 1/16"
[117mm] 4 27/32"

Designed for use in hanging
fixtures. Cover takes any device
with mounting screw centers of
2 3/4", 3 1/2" and 4 1/16" [70mm,
89mm and 103mm]. Base has
concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade
size KOs. Not rated for fan use.

In-Line Single Pole Switch
Single pole 120V Black switch.
two couplings furnished.

D

L

W

CAt NO.

[57mm]
[64mm]

1
2

aL2047
aL2047-2

4 5/8"
4 5/8"

AL2051H

w

[117mm] 3 1/16" [78mm]
[117mm] 4 27/32" [123mm]

D
1 3/8"
1 3/8"

GANG
[35mm]
[35mm]

1
2

Box Adapter
Used to feed raceway from
existing wall outlet box. Accepts
up to 5/8" trade size conduit.

In-Line Receptacle

6"
[152mm]

2 1/4"
2 1/2"

GANG

Designed for standard shallow
switches and receptacles.
Base has open back plate for
mounting to existing wall box
and solid back plate insert with
1/2" and 3/4" trade size KOs to
close opening. Not for use on
AL2400 Series Raceway.

L

6"
[152mm]

AL2043

[78mm]
[123mm]

D

Shallow Switch Receptacle Box

Round Fixture Box (Solid Base)

4 13/16"
[122mm]

For larger receptacles and deep
devices such as those of signal
and alarm systems. Base has
open back plate for mounting to
existing wall box and solid back
plate insert with 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size KOs to close opening.
Not for use on AL2400 Series
Raceway.

AL2047, AL2047-2

1 7/8"
[48mm]

AL2038

CAt NO.

Deep Device Box

4 1/2"
[114mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

two 15A, 120V U-ground factory
wired receptacles. two couplings
furnished.

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

AL2015

275
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® 2000tr SerieS™

Plugmold® 2000tR Series™ tamper-Resistant Multioutlet Systems meet
the 2008 NeC requirement 406.11 for tamper Resistant receptacles in
dwelling units.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Base & Blank Cover:
File e4376 Guide RJBt.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
File e15191 Guide PVGt.
Fittings:
File e41751 Guide RJPR.
Base & Blank Cover
Meets Article 386 of NeC.
Plugmold Strips:
Meets Article 380 of NeC.

Steel Plugmold 2000TR Series Ordering Information

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

20GB306TR, 20GB506TR,
20GB606TR Tamper-Resistant Plugmold

20GB306TRGFI

Available in 3' [914mm] and 5' [1.5m] lengths with 6"
[152mm] receptacle spacing. 15A tamper-resistant
receptacles. 3-wire, #12 tHHN (1 hot, 1 neutral, and
insulated ground conductor). .040" [1.0mm] steel housing.
Packed 2 per carton. each unit supplied with one (1)
Coupling and two (2) Blank end Fittings. Available in
ivory (V20GB306tR, V20GB506tR), gray (G20GB306tR,
G20GB506tR), black (BK20GB306tR, BK20GB506tR,
BK20GB606tR,), white (wH20GB306tR, wH20GB506tR,
wH20GB606tR) and stainless steel (S20GB306tR,
S20GB506tR and S20GB606tR).
Plugmold 2000TR Series Cross Section

Tamper-Resistant Plugmold
with GFCI

Available in 3' [914mm] and 5' [1.5m] lengths with 6"
[152mm] receptacle spacing. 15A tamper-resistant
receptacles. 3-wire, #12 tHHN (1 hot, 1 neutral, and
insulated ground conductor). .040" [1.0mm] steel housing.
Packed 2 per carton. each unit supplied with one (1)
Coupling and two (2) Blank end Fittings. Available in ivory
(V20GB306tRGFi, V20GB506tRGFi), gray (G20GB306tRGFi,
G20GB506tRGFi), black (BK20GB306tRGFi,
BK20GB506tRGFi), white (wH20GB306tRGFi,
wH20GB506tRGFi), stainless steel (S20GB306tRGFi,
(S20GB506tRGFi, S20GB606tRtRGFi) and aluminum
(AL20GB306tRGFi, AL20GB506tRtRGFi).
Plugmold GFCI2000TR Series Cross Section

3/4"
[19.1mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

V20GB306tR
1 9/32"
[32mm]

V20GB306tRGFi
1 9/32"
[32mm]

available: Q2 2013

COLOR OPTIONS
2000 Series Plugmold is available in an ivory, Gray, Black, or white baked enamel finish
or in durable stainless steel or satin anodized aluminum unless otherwise specified in
the part number description.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

276
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® 2000tr SerieS™
Steel Plugmold 2000TR Series Ordering Information (continued)

V2051H

Coupling

Back Feed Fitting

Joins lengths of Plugmold
2000tR Series together.
4 1/2"
[114mm]

2"
[51mm]

2009

4 1/2"
[114mm]

Ground Clamp

1 13/64"
[30mm]

Feeds Plugmold 2000tR Series
from an existing outlet box.
equipped with 1/2" trade size
male bushing and lock nut
washer for grounding.

2010A2
Connects equipment grounding
conductor to Plugmold 2000tR
Series.

entrance end Fitting
1 9/32"
[33mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]

How 2009 is used.

2010B

2 1/8"
[54mm]

Blank end Fitting

3/4"
[19.1mm]

Closes off open end of sections
of Plugmold 2000tR Series.
Available in ivory (V2010B), gray
(G2010B), black (BK2010B), white
(wH2010B) and stainless steel
(S2010B).

3"
[76mm]

2040B
4 5/8"
[117mm]

Connects Plugmold 2000tR
Series with 1/2" trade size
conduit and armored cable
connectors. 1/2" trade size KOs
on end, each side and bottom.
includes ground screw.
Available in ivory (V2010A2), gray
(G2010A2), black (BK2010A2),
white (wH2010A2) and stainless
steel (S2010A2)

entrance end Fitting
2 7/8"
[73mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

One-gang device box. Cover has
one twistout for 2000 Series
Plugmold on two sides and one
twistout for 500® and 700®
Series Raceway on the top and
bottom. Base includes knockout
to enable extension from existing
single-gang flush wall box and
1/2" trade size KOs. Accepts
industry standard faceplates for
electrical and communication
devices. Available in ivory
(V2040B), gray (G2040B), black
(BK2040B), white (wH2040B), and
stainless steel (S2040B)

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

2001

277
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

Plugmold® 2000tr SerieS™
Aluminum Plugmold 2000TR Series Ordering Information

AL20GB306TR, AL0GB506TR
Tamper-Resistant Plugmold

1 7/16"
[37mm]

cover

1 1/8"
[29mm]

Base

Available in 3' [914mm] and 5'
[1.5m] lengths with 6" [152mm]
receptacle spacing. 15A
tamper-resistant receptacles.
3-wire, #12 tHHN (1 hot, 1
neutral, and insulated ground
conductor). .060" [1.5mm] 6063t5 extruded aluminum housing
with satin anodized finish.
Packed 2 per carton. each unit
supplied with one (1) Coupling
and two (2) Blank end Fittings.

AL2010A

Feed Fitting
end fitting with 1/2" [12.7mm]
hub adapter.

1 3/8"
[35mm]

1"
[25mm]

AL2010B

Blank end Fitting
Closes off open end of sections
of AL2000 Series Raceway.

1 3/8"
[35mm]

1"
[25mm]

aL20GB306tR

AL2047
AL2001

Shallow Switch and Receptacle Box
1 3/8""
[35mm]

Coupling
Connects adjoining sections of
AL2000 Series Raceway base.
3 1/16"
[78mm]

AL2009

Ground Clamp

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

1 1/2"
[38mm]

Ground
Stud

AL2051H

(Galvanized Steel) Connects
equipment grounding conductor
to provide additional ground to
raceway.

278
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

4 5/8""
[117mm]

Designed for standard shallow
switches and receptacles.
Base has open back plate for
mounting to existing wall box
and solid back plate insert with
1/2" and 3/4" trade size KOs to
close opening. Not for use with
AL2400 Series Raceway.

Box Adapter
Used to feed raceway from
existing wall outlet box. Accepts
up to 5/8" trade size conduit.

4 1/2"
[114mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

WIREMOLD

AdorNe™ uNder-cAbiNet lightiNg SyStem

the adorne Under-Cabinet Lighting System is a fully customizable and modular
solution for eliminating kitchen clutter. it is compatible with any kitchen layout,
such as a galley, L-shaped, or U-shaped, as well as with any home wiring.

CODE REFERENCE

Visit www.adornemyhome.com to use the Under-Cabinet System Planning and
Configuration Tool.

eTL Listed System:
100477147

adorne Under-Cabinet Lighting System is
ceTLus Listed

How to Specify the System
1. Planning your System Layout
•		First,	determine	where	you	want	to	install	the	
system. then measure your cabinets to determine
the length of Modular track required:

12” Modular Track

•	Measure	each	cabinet	length	at	back	of	cabinet.

•		When	totaling	up	the	length	of	required	Modular	
track, be sure to include the length of the desired
Control Box or Direct wire Connector. For a 1-gang
box, allow 5". For a 2-gang box, allow 5.25". For
Direct wire Connector, allow 6". For more detail on
Control Box options, see page 58.
•		If	your	selection	of	Modular	Tracks	does	not	match	
the exact length of your cabinets, you can use a
Modular track extender to complete the track. this
piece can be cut down to 6". Standard 12", 18", and
27" Modular tracks cannot be shortened.

18” Modular Track

27” Modular Track

18” Modular Track extender

Modular Track Corner Connector

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

•		For	installations	with	a	corner,	allow	3"	on	each	
side for Corner Connector.

279
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AdorNe™ uNder-cAbiNet lightiNg SyStem
How to Specify the System
1. Planning your System Layout (continued)

2. Selecting the Control Box and Power Options

Sample Installation: Length of cabinets is equal to combined
length of standard Modular Tracks
56”
2G

18

18

c

12

12

•	 One	2-Gang	Control	Box	is	placed	
at one end of system for hardwired
power connection and lighting control
•	 Total	length	of	cabinets	can	be	exactly	
matched with combination of standard
Modular tracks
•	 As	needed,	Control	Boxes	can	be	placed	
anywhere in system

33”

27

For hardwired installations, there must be three
separate circuits from the electrical panel:
•		Receptacle	Circuit:	20	Amps;	GFCI-protected;	
280Use #12 wire
•	Lighting	Circuit:	15	Amps;	Use	#12	or	#15	wire
•	Accessory	Circuit:	15	Amps;	Use	#12	or	#14	wire

Sample Installation: Length of cabinets is greater than
combined length of standard Modular Tracks

Hardwired Control Boxes

60”
27

1G

18

eX

Next, select the type of lighting and power connection
you’d like to include. For a simple install, the Plugin Control Box provides the easiest solution. For a
hardwired installation, there are three options to
choose from which enable expanded lighting control
options such as dimming:
•	Control	Box	with	Paddle	Dimmer
•	Control	Box	with	Paddle	Dimmer	and	GFCI	protection
•	Direct	Wire	Connector

c

*

(cut to 6.75”)
eX

(cut to 9.75”)

1-Gang Control Box
with Paddle Dimmer

•	 1-Gang	Control	Boxes	are	placed	at	
both ends of the system for hardwired
power connection and lighting control

36”

18

•	 Modular	Track	Extender	is	custom-cut	
to match exact length of cabinets

Direct wire Connector

1G

Sample Installation: Direct wire with system controls in a
remote location
57”
27

27

Plug-in
Control Box

c

NoTe: Compatible with all adorne 2-module devices. The CFL/LeD
Paddle Dimmer (ADPD453LM2) is recommended for use with the
adorne system.

•	 Direct	Wire	Connector	is	placed	at	
one end of system for hardwired
power connection

2 7

•	 Light	control	located	in	nearby	wallbox
•	 GFCI	circuit	breaker	located	in	
electrical panel

280
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

DWC

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

2-Gang Control Box
with Paddle Dimmer
and 15A GFCi

36”

WIREMOLD

AdorNe™ uNder-cAbiNet lightiNg SyStem
How to Specify the System
3. Selecting the LeD Lights

4. Choosing Accessories to Complete the System

the adorne Under-Cabinet Lighting System is only
compatible with adorne LeD lights. these are available in
Puck and Linear versions. Recommended placement for
lights is every 18” along Modular track.
you can select any combination of Puck and Linear lights
to complete your system. in addition, if you are mounting
a light under the cabinet and wish to move it further
to the front of the counter, you can use the LeD Light
extender. this enables you to increase the length of any
light from the Modular track from a standard 11” to up
to 22”. this is especially useful in corner installations.

LeD Linear Light
LeD Puck Light

the final step is to select the accessories to perfectly
complement your system. adorne offers a range
of options, including USB charging ports, mobile
and tablet cradles, and a Digital Music Kit. each of
these accessories provides flexibility in that it can be
added or removed at any time – simply swap it with
an existing outlet or blank module to increase your
system capabilities. For more detail on accessories,
see page 60.

Light extender

Modular Tracks

the Modular tracks listed below simply plug together
to create a full system custom-designed for any kitchen.
Name

Compliance

they form the base of the system, housing all of the wiring
that connects the modules.
each system must include a Control Box or Direct wire
Connector that is hardwired to existing wiring or plugged
into an outlet on the backsplash.

Visit www.adornemyhome.com for more information.

Specifications

Part Number

12” Modular track

includes one Outlet Module and one Blank Module. Can
support up to two LeD lights.
Provides 120V power via 15A outlet modules and 20A passthrough.
Module openings are 6” on-center.

APMt12tM2

18” Modular track

includes one Outlet Module and one Blank Module. Can
support up to two LeD lights.
Provides 120V power via 15A outlet modules and 20A passthrough.
Module openings are 9” on-center.

APMt18tM4

27” Modular track

includes two Outlet Modules and one Blank Module. Can
support up to three LeD lights.
Provides 120V power via 15A outlet modules and 20A passthrough.
Module openings are 9” on-center.

APMt27tM2

18” Modular track extender

enables a perfect fit for any kitchen. Simply cut to length
(minimum of 6”) and attach to end of Modular track.
Does not include any module openings.

APMe18tM2

Modular track Corner Connector

Use with installations that include a right-angle corner to
connect two Modular tracks.
Allow 3” on each side for installations with Corner
Connectors.

APCCtM4

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

the adorne system is a flexible and modular solution
designed to eliminate kitchen clutter. Fully customizable,
you can select from several types of modules and modify
your system in minutes. Simply pop out an existing
module and replace it with a new module at any time.

281

WIREMOLD

AdorNe™ uNder-cAbiNet lightiNg SyStem
Control Boxes
every Under-Cabinet Lighting System must include one of the below Control Boxes or
Direct wire Connector. these boxes connect to existing in-wall wiring or plug into an
outlet on the backsplash to provide system power.
Control Boxes include system end caps, ensuring a clean finish on the left and right
edges of the installed system.

Compliance

Specifications

Part Number

Control Box
with Paddle Dimmer

450w

Connects to existing in-wall wiring. Fits onto end of Modular track, adding 5”
onto system length.
includes adorne 450w CFL/LeD Paddle Dimmer ( ADPD453LM2).
GFCi protection must be provided at the electrical panel

APCB1tM4

Control Box with
Paddle Dimmer
and 15A GFCi

450w
15A

Connects to existing in-wall wiring. Fits onto end of Modular track, adding
5.25” onto system length.
includes adorne 450w CFL/LeD Paddle Dimmer (ADPD453LM2) and 15A
tamper-Resistant GFCi Outlet (AGFtR153M4).

APCB2tM2

Plug-in Control Box

Snaps into any module opening on the track and plugs into an existing outlet
to provide system power. Cord length of 11” can easily be shortened to match
the distance from outlet to Modular track.

APCB3tM4

Direct wire
Connector

enables direct wire feed of power from in-wall wiring, eliminating need for a
Control Box. Connector is 6” in length.

APDwCtM1

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

Name

282
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AdorNe™ uNder-cAbiNet lightiNg SyStem
Lighting
adorne Puck and Linear LeD Lights are designed for use with the adorne system only.
they can be paired with the adorne CFL/LeD Paddle Dimmer (ADPD453L) to enable
dimming.
Lights easily plug into a connection port on any system module. Optimal positioning is
one light for every 18” of Modular track. Lights can be added or removed as needed.
adorne LeD lights are energy Star certified.

Name

Compliance

Specifications

Part Number

LeD Puck Light

•	8W
•	240	lumens
•	correlated	color	temperature:	3000	kelvin	color	rendering	index:	95

ALPKLeDtM4

LeD Linear Light

•	8W
•	280	lumens
•	correlated	color	temperature:	3000	kelvin	color	rendering	index:	95

ALLNLeDtM4

Light extender

enables adorne LeD lights to be mounted up to 22” from backsplash
by extending cord length beyond default 11”. ideal for corner cabinet
installations.

ALeXtLeDtM4

the adorne system is optimized to provide a premium under-cabinet lighting solution by
utilizing the latest innovations in lighting research and LeD te283chnologies.
.425

ANSI Chromaticy
Color Bin for 3000K

•		OSRAM	OSLON Color Champ LeD
®

•		Nominal	3000K	Correlated	Color	Temperature	(CCT)	
warm light output
•		Color	Rendering	Index	(CRI)	of	95
•		Excellent	range	of	color	differentiation	and	rendering	
of the important red color (think red meat and
apples) and skin tones
•		A	bright	lumen	light	output	(Puck	=	240	lumens/
Linear	=	280	lumens)	provides	optimized	lighting	for	
the under-cabinet environment
•		Efficient	driver	design	integrated	in	each	fixture	
results in:
- Reliable and smooth dimming
- eNeRGy StAR certification
- Rated for 40,000 hours of high performance
•		LED	quality	control	uses	a	“fine	bin	system”	based	
on a three-step MacAdams ellipse to ensure color
consistency

.415

.405

Legrand adorne LeD
Fixture Chromaticy Color
Bin for 3000K

.395

.385

.375
.41

.415

.42

.425

.43

.435

.44

.445

.45

.455

.46

NoTe: adorne individual LeDs are specifically selected to ensure fixture output
CCT uniformity within a range of less than 100. This tight manufacturing
assurance process ensures that variations inherent in the LeD chip
manufacturing process do not compromise reliable light quality.

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

System specifications:

283
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AdorNe™ uNder-cAbiNet lightiNg SyStem
Digital Music Kit
the Digital Music Kit adds high performance sound to your adorne Under-Cabinet
Lighting System. it includes two speakers and a detachable dock for smart phones
or MP3 players. Simply fit the main speaker into one module opening and then place
the second speaker in any other module location. Speakers can be easily removed
and relocated at any time by simply pushing on the sides of the modules and popping
them out of the track.
the system features BLUetOOtH® wireless technology to enable streaming of music
from your devices. it also includes a 3.5mm cable to manually connect devices.

Name

Compliance

Digital Music Kit

Specifications

Part Number

2" (50mm) full range drivers
Digital signal processing for full, rich sound
BLUetOOtH wireless technology is A2DP compatible
includes USB charging capability

AUDMtM1

NoTe: Bluetooth® is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such
marks (licensee name) is under license. other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.

Modules and Accessories

PLUGMOLD Multioutlet Systems

adorne system modules are designed to fit in any module opening, and can be easily
added or removed by using the included module tool. Simply fit the tool into either end
of the module and pop it out of the track.
Cradles do not occupy a module opening. instead, they save space by resting on the
back edge of the track.

Name

Compliance

Specifications

Part Number

15A Outlet Module

15A, 120V

Provides two power outlets by snapping into any module opening.
tamper-resistant outlet is designed with a patented shutter system.
included with 12”, 18”, and 27” Modular tracks.

APtR15tM4

USB Outlet Module

2.1A, 5V

Provides two USB charging ports for devices such as mobile phones and
tablets by snapping into any module opening.
Charging cable not included.

APUSB2tM4

Mobile Phone Cradle

Attaches anywhere along track to hold a mobile phone. Perfect for use
with USB Outlet Module while charging devices.

AAPCtM4

tablet Cradle

Attaches anywhere along track to hold a tablet. Perfect for use with USB
Outlet Module while charging devices.

AAtCtM4

284
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

wiremold® Poke-Thru Devices are TopGuard
protected to meet and exceed the uL scrub
water exclusion requirement.

with the introduction of our new Evolution™ series of Poke-Thru Devices,
Wiremold® is again pushing the envelope by expanding the capacity,
capabilities, and aesthetics of Infloor power and communication delivery
systems for open spaces.

Evolution Series™
Poke-Thru Devices

AV3 Series™
Poke-Thru Devices

314

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

291

285

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Table of Contents

Recessed Style Poke-Thru Devices

291

Evolution™ 6AT
series

299

Evolution™ 8AT
series

Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices

306
RC7 series™

308
RC9 series™

314
AV3 series™

310
RC9AMD
series™

316
RC4 series™

312
AMD8 series™

318
RC3 series™

Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru
Devices
320

322

324

4FFATC
series™

RC7AFFTC
series™

RC9AFFTC
series™

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Pedestal Style Poke-Thru Devices

286
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

328

331

FIT series™

RC91GHBTC &
RC92GHBTC
series™

326
RC9AM2TC
series™

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Quick selection Guide

Recessed Poke-Thru Devices
6" & 8" DIAMETER HOLE
EVOLUTION™ 6ATC SERIES

EVOLUTION™ 6AT SERIES

EVOLUTION™ 6ATCFF SERIES

EVOLUTION™ 8AT SERIES

HOLE SIZE – COVER FLOORS

Minimum:
Maximum:

6"
6 1/8"

[152mm] Minimum:
[156mm] Maximum:

6"
6 1/8"

[152mm] Minimum:
[156mm] Maximum:

6"
6 1/8"

[152mm] Minimum:
[156mm] Maximum:

8"
8 1/8"

[203mm]
[206mm]

HOLE SIZE – BARE CONCRETE &
TERRAZZO FLOORS

Minimum:
Maximum:

6 1/16"
6 1/8"

[154mm] Minimum:
[156mm] Maximum:

6 1/16"
6 1/8"

[154mm] Minimum:
[156mm] Maximum:

6 1/16"
6 1/8"

[154mm] Minimum:
[156mm] Maximum:

8 1/16"
8 1/8"

[205mm]
[206mm]

UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

TopGuard™

TopGuard™

TopGuard™

TopGuard™

2 1/2 Gangs
3 Duplex Receptacles or
12 Communication Ports or
10 Extron® MAAP or
2 AAP Plates or any
combination of the above

2 1/2 Gangs
3 Duplex Receptacles or
12 Communication Ports or
10 Extron® MAAP or
2 AAP Plates or any
combination of the above

N/A

4 Gangs
5 Duplex Receptacles or
22 Communication Ports or
16 Extron® MAAP or
4 AAP Plates or any
combination of the above

.0154 sq. in. [9.9mm2]

.0154 sq. in. [9.9mm2]

.0187 in2 [12.1mm2]
Power: 0.0815 [52.6mm2]

.0154 sq. in. [9.9mm2]

.0387 sq. in. [24.97mm2]

.0387 sq. in. [24.97mm2]

.0686 in2 [44.3mm2]

.0775 sq. in. [16.60mm2]

OUTER CHANNELS

Three (3) #12 AWG

Three (3) #12 AWG

Fifteen (15) #12 AWG

Three (3) #12 AWG

CENTER
CHANNEL(S)

Seven (7) #12 AWG

Seven (7) #12 AWG

N/A

Fifteen (15) #12 AWG

Four (4) Cat 6A

Four (4) Cat 6A

Six (6) Cat 6A

Four (4) Cat 6A

Twelve (12) Cat 6A

Twelve (12) Cat 6A

Twenty Two (22) Cat 6A

Twenty Four (24) Cat 6A

UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION
CAPACITY

COMMUNICATIONS

POWER

MAXIMUM COPPER
CROSS SECTION*

OUTER CHANNELS

CENTER
CHANNEL(S)

OUTER CHANNELS

CENTER
CHANNEL(S)

CONDUIT FEEDS

COVER SIZE
COVER COLORS
APPROVED CONCRETE FLOOR
COVERINGS
FLOOR COVERING THICKNESS

3/4" Conduit for Outer
3/4" Conduit for Outer
3/4" Conduit for Outer
3/4" Conduit for Outer
Channel, Maximum
Channel, Maximum
Channel, Maximum
Channel, Maximum
1 1/4" Conduit for Center Channel 1 1/4" Conduit for Center Channel 1 1/4" Conduit for Center Channel 1 1/4" Conduit for Center Channel
or 2" Conduit which takes up the or 2" Conduit which takes up the or 2" Conduit which takes up the or 2" Conduit which takes up the
Center Channel and one Outer
Center Channel and one Outer
Center Channel and one Outer
Center Channel and one Outer
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
7 1/4” [184mm]

7 1/4” [184mm]

7 3/4” [197mm]

9 1/4” [235mm]

Black, Gray, Nickel,
Bronze, Brass

Black, Gray, Nickel,
Bronze, Brass

Black, Gray, Nickel,
Bronze, Brass

Black, Gray, Nickel,
Bronze, Brass

Carpet, Tile,
Concrete/Terrazzo & Wood

Carpet, Tile,
Concrete/Terrazzo & Wood

Carpet, Tile,
Concrete/Terrazzo & Wood

Carpet, Tile,
Concrete/Terrazzo & Wood

Minimum:
Maximum:

0"
1 1/4"

[0mm] Minimum:
[32mm] Maximum:

0"
1 1/4"

[0mm] Minimum:
[32mm Maximum:

0"
1 1/4"

[0mm] Minimum:
[32mm] Maximum:

0"
1 1/4"

NOTE: For modular prewired Walkerflex® versions, see the Walkerflex® product section.
* The above maximum copper fill values are the maximum amount of copper to maintain fire
classification and are for each individual power and communication compartments. Do not
add values together for any one compartment.
NOTE: Pre-Pour Sleeves for 6" (6PPS) and 8" (8PPS) Evolution Series Poke-Thru Devices
speed installation and insure accurate location of devices.

[0mm]
[32mm]

POKE-THRU DEVICES

POKE-THRU SERIES

287
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Quick selection Guide

Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices
3" DIAMETER HOLE
POKE-THRU SERIES

RC7 SERIES
Minimum:
Maximum:

HOLE SIZE
UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION

POWER*

MAXIMUM
COPPER FILL

[78mm] Minimum:
[79mm] Maximum:

COMMUNICATIONS*

APPROVED CONCRETE FLOOR
COVERINGS

3"
3 1/8"

[76mm]
[79mm]

TopGuard

TopGuard

TopGuard™

2 Gangs
(1) 20A Duplex Receptacle,
(2) Ports of Communication
Devices

2 Gangs
(1) 15A Quad Receptacle,
(2) Openings for Communication
Pass-Through

1 Gang
(4) Ports of
Communication Devices

(3) #12 AWG
.01536 sq. in. [9.91 sq. mm]

(3) #12 AWG
.01536 sq. in. [9.91 sq. mm]

N/A

(1) Cat 6/Channel
.004 sq. in. [2.58 sq. mm]

(1) Cat 6/Channel
.004 sq. in. [2.58 sq. mm]

(4) Cat 6/Channel
.01600 sq. in. [10.324 sq. mm]

3/4" Trade Size

3/4" Trade Size

N/A

1/2" Trade Size/Channel
(2) Channels per unit

1/2" Trade Size/Channel
(2) Channels per unit

2" Trade Size

7” [178mm]

7” [178mm]

7” [178mm]

Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray, Ivory

Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray, Ivory

Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray, Ivory

Carpet, Tile & Wood

Carpet, Tile & Wood

Carpet, Tile & Wood

COVER SIZE
COVER COLORS

[78mm] Minimum:
[79mm] Maximum:

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

POWER
COMMUNICATIONS

3 1/16"
3 1/8"

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

™

CAPACITY

FEED
CHANNELS

3 1/16"
3 1/8"

RC9AMD SERIES

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION

FLOOR COVERING THICKNESS

RC9 SERIES

Minimum:
Maximum:

1/8"
3/4"

™

[3.2mm] Minimum:
[19.1mm] Maximum:

1/8"
3/4"

[3.2mm] Minimum:
[19.1mm] Maximum:

1/8"
3/4"

RC7 Series

RC9AMD Series

AV3 Series

[3.2mm]
[19.1mm]

4" DIAMETER HOLE
POKE-THRU SERIES
HOLE SIZE

AV3 SERIES

AMD8 SERIES

RC4 SERIES

RC3 SERIES

Minimum: 4" [102mm]
Maximum:4 1/8" [105mm]

Minimum: 4 [102mm]
Maximum: 4 1/8" [105mm]

Minimum:4" [102mm]
Maximum:4 1/8" [105mm]

Minimum:4" [102mm]
Maximum:4 1/8" [105mm]

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

TopGuard™

TopGuard™

TopGuard™

TopGuard™

2 Gangs (1) 20A Duplex
Receptacle, (3) Single Width
Extron MAAP Devices or
(4) Ports of Communications

1 Gang All Communications
(8) Ports for
Communication Devices

2 Gangs (2) 20A Duplex
Receptacles
(4) Ports for
Communication Devices

2 Gangs (1) Duplex Receptacle
(4) Ports for
Communication Devices

(3) #12 AWG
.01536 sq. in. [9.91 sq. mm]

N/A

(6) #12 AWG
.03072 sq. in. [19.82 sq. mm]

(3) #12 AWG
.01536 sq. in. [9.91 sq. mm]

(4) Cat 6
.01938 sq. in. [12.503 sq. mm]

(8) Cat 6
.03474 sq. in. [22.412 sq. mm]

(4) Cat 6/Channel
.016 sq. in. [10.3 sq. mm]

(4) Cat 6/Channel
.016 sq. in. [10.3 sq. mm]

3/4" Trade Size

3/4" Trade Size

3/4" Trade Size

3/4" Trade Size

1 1/4" Trade Size/Channel

1 1/4" Trade Size/Channel

3/4" Trade Size (Equivalent)
Oval Shaped Opening

3/4" Trade Size (Equivalent)
Oval Shaped Opening

8 1/4" [210mm]

8 1/4" [210mm]

8 1/4" [210mm]

7 1/2" [191mm]

Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray, Ivory

Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray, Ivory

Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray, Ivory

Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray, Ivory

Carpet, Tile & Wood

Carpet, Tile & Wood

Carpet, Tile & Wood

Carpet, Tile & Wood

Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]
Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]

Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]
Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]

Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]
Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]

Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]
Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]

UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION
UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION

MAXIMUM
COPPER FILL

POWER*

FEED
CHANNELS

POKE-THRU DEVICES

CAPACITY

POWER

COMMUNICATIONS*

COMMUNICATIONS

COVER SIZE
COVER COLORS
APPROVED CONCRETE FLOOR COVERINGS
FLOOR COVERING THICKNESS

288

*The above maximum copper fill values are the maximum amount of copper to maintain fire classification and are for each individual power and
communication compartments. Do not add values together for any one compartment.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Quick selection Guide

Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru Devices
3" DIAMETER HOLE
POKE-THRU SERIES
HOLE SIZE
UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION

RC7AFFTC SERIES
Minimum:
Maximum:

[78mm]
[79mm]

Minimum:
Maximum:

3”
3 1/8”

[76mm]
[79mm]

RC9FFTC SERIES
Minimum:
Maximum:

3”
3 1/8”

RC9AM2TC SERIES
[76mm] Minimum:
[79mm] Maximum:

3”
3 1/8”

[76mm]
[79mm]

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

TopGuard

TopGuard

TopGuard

TopGuard™

2 Gangs
Two (2) 1/2” & one (1) 3/4”
Trade Size Screw Plug Openings

1 Gang Two (2) 1/2” &
one (1) 3/4” Trade Size
Screw Plug Openings

2 Gangs Hexagonal Service
Head with one (1) 3/4” Trade
Size Conduit & five (5)
Communication Openings

1 Gang One (1) 1 1/4”/2"
Concentric Screw Plug

POWER*

(10) #12 AWG
.05214 sq. in. [33.64mm2]

(20) #12 AWG
.09216 sq. in. [59.46mm2]

(3) #12 AWG
.05726 sq. in. [36.94mm2]

(20) #12 AWG
.09216 sq. in. [59.46mm2]

COMMUNICATIONS*

(7) Cat 6/Channel
.05000 sq. in. [32.26mm2]

(7) Cat 6/Channel
.09216 sq. in. [59.46mm2]

(15) Cat 6/Channel
.06425 sq. in. [41.45mm2]

(32) Cat 6/Channel
.09216 sq. in. [59.46mm2]

7” [178mm]

7” [178mm]

7” [178mm]

7” [178mm]

Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray

Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray

Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray

Black, Brass, Aluminum,
Gray

Die-Cast

Die-Cast

Die-Cast

Die-Cast

One (1) 3/4” & two (2) 1/2”
Trade Size Conduit

One (1) 2”
Trade Size Conduit

One (1) 3/4” & one 1 1/4”
Trade Size Conduit

One (1) 2”
Trade Size Conduit

UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION
CAPACITY

MAXIMUM
COPPER FILL

3 1/16”
3 1/8”

RC7AM2TC SERIES

™

COVER SIZE
COVER COLORS
COVER CONSTRUCTION
CONDUIT/STEM DIAMETER
FLOOR COVERING THICKNESS

Minimum:
Maximum:

™

1/8" [3.2mm]
3/4" [19.1mm]

Minimum:
Maximum:

1/8" [3.2mm]
3/4" [19.1mm]

™

Minimum:
Maximum:

1/8" [3.2mm] Minimum:
3/4" [19.1mm] Maximum:

1/8"
3/4"

[3.2mm]
[19.1mm]

4" DIAMETER HOLE
POKE-THRU SERIES
Minimum:
Maximum:

UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION

MAXIMUM
COPPER FILL

[76mm]
[78mm]

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION
CAPACITY

4"
4 1/8"

TopGuard™
2 Gangs
One (1) 3/4" & one (1) 1 1/4" Trade Size
Screw Plug Openings

POWER*
COMMUNICATIONS*

FLOOR COVERING THICKNESS

RC7AFF Series

(18) Cat 6/Channel
.072 sq. in. [46.45mm2]
7 1/2" [191mm]
Black, Brass, Aluminum, Gray

COVER CONSTRUCTION
CONDUIT/STEM DIAMETER

RC9AM2 Series

(16) #12 AWG or (10) #10 AWG
.08192 sq. in. [52.851mm2]

COVER SIZE
COVER COLORS

RC9FF Series

Die-Cast

POKE-THRU DEVICES

HOLE SIZE

4FFATC SERIES

One (1) 3/4" & one (1) 1 1/4"
Trade Size Conduit
Minimum:
Maximum:

1/8"
3/4"

[3.2mm]
[19.1mm]

4FFATC Series

* The above maximum copper fill values are the maximum amount of
copper to maintain fire classification and are for each individual power
and communication compartments. Do not add values together for any
one compartment.

289
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Quick selection Guide

Pedestal Style Poke-Thru Devices
2" DIAMETER HOLE
POKE-THRU SERIES
HOLE SIZE

FIT SERIES
Minimum: 2 1/32"
Maximum: 2 1/8"

FIT SERIES
[52mm] Minimum: 2 1/32"
[54mm] Maximum: 2 1/8"

[52mm]
[54mm]

CAPACITY

Single Width
200-H/BTC Service Head

Double Width
241-H/BTC Service Head

UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION

1-, 1 1/2-, 2-, 3-& 4-hrs

1-, 1 1/2-, 2-, 3-& 4-hrs

TopGuard™

TopGuard™

POWER*

(3) #12 AWG
.01536 sq. in. [9.91 mm2]

(7) #12 AWG
.03584 sq. in. [23.12 mm2]

COMMUNICATIONS*

(6) Cat 6/Channel
.05020 sq. in. [32.39 mm2]

(6) Cat 6A/Channel
.05020 sq. in. [32.39 mm2]

FLANGE/COVER DIAMETER

4 5/8" x 4" x 2 5/8"
[118mm x 102mm x 69mm]

4 5/8" x 9 1/4" x 2 5/8"
[118mm x 235mm x 69mm]

CONDUIT/STEM DIAMETER

One 1"
Trade Size Conduit

One 1"
Trade Size Conduit

Aluminum

Aluminum

Brushed Aluminum

Brushed Aluminum

RC91GHBTC SERIES

RC92GHBTC SERIES

MAXIMUM
COPPER FILL

UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION

SERVICE HEAD CONSTRUCTION
COVER COLORS

FIT Series

3" DIAMETER HOLE
POKE-THRU SERIES
HOLE SIZE
CAPACITY

Minimum: 3 1/16"
Maximum: 3 1/8"

[78mm]
[79mm]

Single Width
Service Head

Double Width
Service Head

1-, 1 1/2-, 2-hrs

1-, 1 1/2-, 2-hrs

TopGuard

TopGuard™

POWER*

(3) #12 AWG
.01536 sq. in. [9.91 mm2]

(10) #12 AWG
.05120 sq. in. [33.03 mm2]

COMMUNICATIONS*

(15) Cat 6/Channel
.05020 sq. in. [23.39 mm2]

(31) Cat 6A/Channel
.05020 sq. in. [23.39 mm2]

FLANGE/COVER DIAMETER

4 5/8" x 4" x 2 5/8"
[118mm x 102mm x 69mm]

4 5/8" x 9 1/4" x 2 5/8"
[118mm x 235mm x 69mm]

CONDUIT/STEM DIAMETER

One (1) 1/2" & one (1) 1 1/4"
Trade Size Conduit

One (1) 1/2" & one (1) 1 1/4"
Trade Size Conduit

Aluminum

Aluminum

Brushed Aluminum

Brushed Aluminum

UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION

MAXIMUM
COPPER FILL

UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION

™

SERVICE HEAD CONSTRUCTION
COVER COLORS

POKE-THRU DEVICES

[78mm] Minimum: 3 1/16"
[79mm] Maximum: 3 1/8"

NOTE: For modular prewired Walkerflex® versions, see the Walkerflex® product section.

290
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

RC92GHBTC Series

WIREMOLD

EVOlUTIOn™ 6AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES

Evolution™ 6AT series Poke-Thru Devices allow all power and
communication devices to be recessed 3 1/4” below floor level, and
provide 2 1/2-gang capacity for power, communication, or A/V devices.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes
& Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314
of NEC.

Cover Assemblies for
the 6AT series PokeThru Devices are
available in a variety of
service configurations
for installation in carpet
or tile floors.

Evolution series Poke-Thru Devices feature
loads of capacity and a flush to the floor
surface cover and flange configuration.

6" [152mm]

Maximum:

6 1/8" [156mm]

COLOR OPTIONS

POKE-THRU DEVICES

HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum:

Evolution 6AT series parts are available in the following
powder coated finishes: “BK” black, “GY” gray,
“NK” nickel, “Bs” brass, and “BZ” bronze.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

291

WIREMOLD

EVOlUTIOn™ 6AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
Evolution 6AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

6ATCP Recessed Prewired Assembly with Surface
Style Cover

For carpet, tile, wood and laminate
concrete floor coverings. For use in 6"
[152mm] diameter opening. Devices
are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below
floor surface. Die-cast aluminum
cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes: black
(6ATCPBK), gray (6ATCPGY), nickel
(6ATCPNK), brass (6ATCPBs), and
bronze (6ATCPBZ).

16 3/4"
[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire
Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles
can be wired as
a standard or
isolated ground
device.

6ATP

Recessed Prewired Assembly with Flush Style
Cover
For tile, wood and laminate concrete
floor coverings. For use in 6” [152mm]
diameter opening. Devices are recessed
3 1/4” [83mm] below floor surface.
Die-cast aluminum cover assembly is
available in the following powder coated
finishes: black (6ATPBK), gray (6ATPGY),
nickel (6ATPNK), brass (6ATPBs), and
bronze (6ATPBZ).

POKE-THRU DEVICES

16 3/4"
[425 mm]

292

INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•		Two	(2)	proprietary	20AMP	Duplex	
Receptacles installed
For Center Compartment:
•	One	(1)	6ACT8A	Mounting	Plate	
•	One	(1)	6TRAC	Mounting	Plate	
•	One	(1)	6SER	Mounting	Plate	
For Bottom Feed Compartment:
•	One (1) 5BLH 1/2-Gang Blank Housing*
•		One	(1)	1PTHA	1-Gang	Pass-Through
Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	575CHA	1/2-Gang	3/4"	Conduit	
Housing Assembly**

NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles
can be wired as
a standard or
isolated ground
device.
NOTE: Includes one (1)
6TS Tile Shim.

INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•		Two	(2)	proprietary	20AMP	Duplex	
Receptacles installed
For Center Compartment:
•	One	(1)	6ACT8A	Mounting	Plate	
•	One	(1)	6TRAC	Mounting	Plate	
•	One	(1)	6SER	Mounting	Plate	
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•	One	(1)	5BLH	1/2-Gang	Blank	Housing*
•		One	(1)	1PTHA	1-Gang	Pass-Through	
Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	575CHA	1/2-Gang	3/4”	Conduit	
Housing Assembly**

* Tunneling extends from the 5BLH to 575CHA so that power cables from the
20A duplex receptacle mounted on the left side of the poke-thru device are
run into the junction box attached to the 575CHA.
** Also includes junction box attached to the 3/4" conduit.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

6ATC

Recessed Assembly with Surface Style Cover
For carpet, tile, wood and laminate
concrete floor coverings. For use
in 6” [152mm] diameter opening.
Devices are recessed 3 1/4” [83mm]
below floor surface. Die-cast
aluminum cover is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (6ATCBK), gray (6ATCGY),
nickel (6ATCNK), brass (6ATCBs), and
bronze (6ATCBZ).

16 3/4"
[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire
Classified for up
to 2 hour rated
floors.

6AT

INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•	No	Device	Plates	are	provided.	
For Center Compartment:
•	No	Device	Plates	are	provided.	
For Bottom Feed Compartment:
•		One	(1)	5PTHA	1/2-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	1PTHA	1-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	575CHA	1/2-Gang	3/4”	
Conduit Housing Assembly**

Recessed Assembly With Flush Style Cover

16 3/4"
[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Includes one (1)
6TS Tile Shim.

For tile, wood or laminate concrete
floor coverings. For use in 6” [152mm]
diameter opening. Devices are
recessed 3 1/4” [83mm] below floor
surface. Die-cast aluminum cover
is available in the following powder
coated finishes: black (6ATBK),
gray (6ATGY), nickel (6ATNK), brass
(6ATBs), and bronze (6ATBZ).
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•	No	Device	Plates	are	provided.	
For Center Compartment:
•	No	Device	Plates	are	provided.	
For Bottom Feed Compartment:
•		One	(1)	5PTHA	1/2-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	1PTHA	1-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	575CHA	1/2-Gang	3/4”	
Conduit Housing Assembly**

NOTE: For more information on Device Plates and Bottom Feed Plates and
on the additional options available, see the Device Plates and Bottom
Feed Plates sections found later in this document.

WIREMOLD

EVOlUTIOn™ 6AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
Evolution 6AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information (continued)
Recessed Prewired Audio/Video
Assembly with Surface Style Cover
For carpet, tile, wood and laminate
concrete floor coverings. For use in 6"
[152mm] diameter opening. Devices
are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below
floor surface. Die-cast aluminum
cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes: black
(6ATCPAVBK), gray (6ATCPAVGY), nickel
(6ATCPAVNK), brass (6ATCPAVBs), and
bronze (6ATCPAVBZ).

16 3/4"
[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire
Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles
can be wired as
a standard or
isolated ground
device.

6ATPAV

INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•		One	(1)	Proprietary	20AMP	Duplex	
Power Receptacle installed
•	One	(1)	682A	Device	Plate
•	One	(1)	68MAAP	Device	Plate	
For Center Device Compartment:
•	One	(1)	6DEC	Mounting	Plate
•	One	(1)	6AAP	Mounting	Plate	
•	One	(1)	6MAAP	Device	Plate
For Bottom Feed Compartment:
•		One	(1)	5PTHA	1/2-Gang	PassThrough Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	1PTHA	1-Gang	Pass-Through	
Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	575CHA	1/2-gang	3/4”	Conduit	
Housing Assembly**

Recessed Prewired Audio/Video Assembly
with Flush Style Cover

16 3/4"
[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles
can be wired as
a standard or
isolated ground
device.
NOTE: Includes one (1)
6TS Tile Shim.

For tile, wood and laminate concrete
floor coverings. For use in 6" [152mm]
diameter opening. Devices are recessed
3 1/4" [83mm] below floor surface.
Die-cast aluminum cover assembly
is available in the following powder
coated finishes: black (6ATPAVBK), gray
(6ATPAVGY), nickel (6ATPAVNK), brass
(6ATPAVBs), and bronze (6ATPAVBZ).
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•		One	(1)	Proprietary	20AMP	Duplex	
Power Receptacle installed
•	One	(1)	682A	Device	Plate
•	One	(1)	68MAAP	Device	Plate	
For Center Device Compartment:
•	One	(1)	6DEC	Mounting	Plate
•	One	(1)	6AAP	Mounting	Plate
•	One	(1)	6MAAP	Device	Plate
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•		One	(1)	5PTHA	1/2-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	1PTHA	1-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	575CHA	1/2-gang	3/4”	
Conduit Housing Assembly**

6ATCFF

Recessed Furniture Feed Assembly with
Surface Style Cover

16 3/4"
[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire
Classified for up
to 2 hour rated
floors.

For carpet, tile, wood and laminate
concrete floor coverings. For use in 6"
[152mm] diameter opening. Devices
are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below
floor surface. Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly provides one (1) 3/4" trade
size screw plug opening and one (1)
concentric 2"-1 1/4" trade size screw
plug opening and is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (6ATCBK), gray (6ATCGY), nickel
(6ATCNK), brass (6ATCBs), and bronze
(6ATCBZ).
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•	No	Device	Plates	are	provided.	
For Center Compartment:
•	No	Device	Plates	are	provided.	
For Bottom Feed Compartment:
•		One	(1)	5PTHA	1/2-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	15FFHA	1	1/2-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	575CHA	1/2-Gang	3/4"	
Conduit Housing Assembly**

6STC Recessed Assembly with Disposable Plate

16 3/4"
[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.

Includes 6" diameter poke-thru
stem assembly with a disposable
plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"
[83mm] below floor surface. No cover
assembly is included. For use with the
following cover assemblies (purchased
separately): 6CTC, 6CT series, and
6CFFTC series.
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•	No	Device	Plates	are	provided.	
For Center Compartment:
•	No	Device	Plates	are	provided.	
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•		One	(1)	5PTHA	1/2-Gang	Pass-	
Through Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	1PTHA	1-Gang	Pass-Through	
Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	575CHA	1/2-gang	3/4"	Conduit	
Housing Assembly**

POKE-THRU DEVICES

6ATCPAV

** Also includes junction box attached to the 3/4" conduit.
NOTE: For more information on Device Plates and Bottom Feed Plates and on
the additional options available, see the Device Plates and Bottom Feed
Plates sections found later in this document.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

293

WIREMOLD

EVOlUTIOn™ 6AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
Evolution 6AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information (continued)

6STCPAV

Recessed Prewired Audio/Video
Assembly with Disposable Plate
Includes 6" diameter poke-thru
stem assembly with a disposable
plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"
[83mm] below floor surface. No cover
assembly is included. For use with the
following cover assemblies (purchased
separately): 6CTC and 6CT series.

16 3/4"
[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles can be
wired as a standard
or isolated ground
device.

INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•		One	(1)	Proprietary	20AMP	Duplex	
Power Receptacle installed
•	One	(1)	682A	Device	Plate
•	One	(1)	68MAAP	Device	Plate	
For Center Compartment:
•	One	(1)	6DEC	Mounting	Plate
•	One	(1)	6AAP	Mounting	Plate	
•	One	(1)	6MAAP	Device	Plate
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•		One	(1)	5PTHA	1/2-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	1PTHA	1-Gang	Pass-Through	
Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	575CHA	1/2-gang	3/4"	Conduit	
Housing Assembly**

* Tunneling extends from the 5BLH to 575CHA so that power cables from the
20A duplex receptacle mounted on the left side of the poke-thru device are
run into the junction box attached to the 575CHA.
** Also includes junction box attached to the 3/4" conduit.

ABPLUG6 Abandonment Plug Assembly

6STCP

Includes 6" diameter poke-thru
stem assembly with a disposable
plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"
[83mm] below floor surface. No cover
assembly is included. For use with the
following cover assemblies (purchased
separately): 6CTC and 6CT series.

16 3/4"
[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles can be
wired as a standard
or isolated ground
device.

INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•		Two	(2)	Proprietary	20AMP	Duplex	
Power Receptacles installed
For Center Compartment:
•	One	(1)	6ACT8A	Mounting	Plate	
•	One	(1)	6TRAC	Mounting	Plate	
•	One	(1)	6SER	Mounting	Plate	
For Bottom Feed Compartment:
•		One	(1)	5BLH	1/2-Gang	Blank	
Housing*
•		One	(1)	1PTHA	1-Gang	Pass-Through	
Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	575CHA	1/2-Gang	3/4"	
Conduit Housing Assembly**

NOTE: For more information on Device Plates and Bottom Feed Plates and
on the additional options available, see the Device Plates and Bottom
Feed Plates sections found later in this document.

6PPS 6” Pre-Pour Poke-Thru Sleeve
Nonmetallic sleeve attaches to
structural decking and plywood
decking designs while maintaining
a 6"-6 1/8" diameter cast in hole.
unit includes three (3) attachment
legs, two (2) end caps and three (3)
thumb screws.

Complete abandonment plug
assembly for 6" opening. Assembly
includes intumescent fire stop
material to maintain a 2 hour fire
rating of the floor

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Recessed Prewired Assembly with
Disposable Plate

Evolution 6AT Series Cover Assemblies Ordering Information

6CTC* Surface Style Cover Assembly
Die-cast aluminum cover assembly.
Cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (6CTCBK), gray (6CTCGY),
7 1/4"
nickel (6CTCNK), brass (6CTCBs),
[184mm]
and bronze (6CTCBZ). 6CTC series
cover assemblies designed for use with 6sTCP, 6sTC, and
6sTCPAV Poke-Thru stem Assemblies.

6CT*

Flush Style Cover Assembly

Die-cast aluminum cover assembly.
Cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (6CTBK), gray (6CTGY), nickel
7 1/4"
(6CTNK), brass (6CTBs), and bronze
[184mm]
(6CTBZ). 6CT series cover assemblies
designed for use with 6sTCP, 6sTC, and 6sTCPAV Poke-Thru
stem Assemblies. Includes one (1) 6Ts Tile shim.
* Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamper-resistant
cover assembly. Tamper-resistant versions are secured with a single
tamper-resistant screw.

294
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

EVOlUTIOn™ 6AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
Evolution 6AT Series Cover Assemblies Ordering Information (continued)

6CFFTC

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

6TS

Tile Shim

surface style, die-cast aluminum
cover assembly, with one (1) 3/4"
trade size screw plug opening,
and one (1) concentric 2"-1 1/4"
trade size screw plug opening.
7 3/4"
[197mm]
Cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (6CFFTCBK), gray
(6CFFTCGY), nickel (6CFFTCNK), brass (6CFFTCBs), and
bronze (6CFFTCBZ). 6CFFTC series Cover Assemblies
designed for use with 6sTC Poke-Thru stem Assembly.
Includes one (1) 3/4" and one (1) 2" trade size conduit
fittings and one (1) divider to separate devices

used for floor coverings greater than
5/16" [7.9mm]. The 6Ts will allow the
top surface of the cover to be flush
with the finished floor. Includes six (6)
1/16" [1.6mm] thick shims. up to a
total of 3/8" [9.5mm] of adjustment.

Evolution 6AT Series Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information
Device Plate

6MOS

Mosaic Device Plate

Device plate that will accept up to
two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP
style plates. For use in the center
compartment only. Devices supplied by
others.

6ACT8A

Device Plate

Device plate will accept two (2)
standard [45mm x 45mm] or one (1)
standard [45mm x 90mm] Mosaic style
device(s). Devices supplied by others.

6MOSBS

Device plate that will accept up to eight
(8) ports of communication devices.
For use in the center compartment
only. Devices supplied by others.

6B

Device plate will accept two (2) Mosaic
British standard devices [45mm x
45mm]. Devices supplied by others.

6S1

Device Plate

Device Plate

Device plate used to blank off center
compartment, when no devices are
used.

6DEC

Device Plate

Receptacle opening 1 3/8" [35mm].
For 6" poke-thru units only.

6S2

Device Plate

Device plates that will accept either
decorator, GFCI, 106 style devices for
power and audio/video applications.

6DP

Device Plate
Device plate that will accept standard
20A duplex receptacle or duplex
Turnlok receptacle. For use in the
center compartment only. Devices
supplied by others.

Mosaic British Standard Device Plate

Receptacle opening 1 9/16" [40mm].
For 6" poke-thru units only.

6SER

Device Plate
Device plate that will accept up to
four (4) Ortronics® series II dual
modular inserts. For use in the center
compartment only. Devices supplied
by others.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

6AAP

295
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

EVOlUTIOn™ 6AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
Evolution 6AT Series Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)

6MAAP

Device Plate
Device plate that will accept up to six
(6) Legrand AVIP or Extron® Electronics
MAAP style plates. For use in the
center compartment only. Devices
supplied by others.

6MAAP2A

Device Plate
Combination device plate that will
accept up to three (3) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP style plates,
and up to two (2) ports of communication devices. For use in the center
compartment only. Devices supplied by
others.

6TRAC

Device Plate
Device plate that will accept up to eight
(8) Ortronics® TracJack devices. For
use in the center compartment only.
Devices supplied by others.

6AT Center Mount
Device Plate
Mounting Location
Device Plates on this
page can be installed
in the shaded location
indicated in this
illustration.

Evolution 6AT Series Side Mount Device Plates Ordering Information

68REC

20AMP Duplex Receptacles

682A

Device Plate
Device plate that will accept up to two
(2) ports of communication devices.
For use in either of the two side
compartments only. Not for use in the
center compartment. Communication
devices supplied by others.

Two (2) proprietary 20AMP duplex
power receptacles with mounting
plates. Designed to fit in either of the
two side compartments in both the
6ATC and the 8ATC series Poke-Thru
Devices. Receptacle can be wired as a
standard or isolated ground device.

68B

Device Plate

682A-PT

Device Plate

Blank plate. used to blank off either of
the side compartments when no devices
or cabling are to be used.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

68MAAP

296

Device plate that allows for
communication cabling to pass
through. Includes one (1) rectangular
adapter ring.

Device Plate
Device plate that will accept up to two
(2) Legrand AVIP or Extron® Electronics
MAAP device plates. For use in either of
the two side compartments only. Not for
use in the center compartment. Extron®
Devices supplied by others.

68REC-25

20AMP Duplex Receptacles
Two (2) proprietary 20AMP duplex power
receptacles with mounting plates and
25’ leads. Designed to fit in either of the
two side compartments in both the 6ATC
and the 8ATC series Poke-Thru Devices.
Receptacle can be wired as a standard
or isolated ground device.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

6AT Side Mount
Device Plates
Mounting Locations
Device Plates in this
section can be installed
in the shaded locations
indicated in this
illustration.

WIREMOLD

EVOlUTIOn™ 6AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
Evolution 6AT Series Bottom Feed Side Mount Device Plates Ordering Information

5PTHA

Bottom Housing Assembly

575CHA

Half-gang 3/4" trade size conduit housing
assembly. Includes junction box attached to
3/4" trade size conduit for electrical power
connections. For use on side compartments only.

Half-gang pass through housing
assembly. Designed to allow pass
through of communication cables when
no conduit is required. For use on side
compartments only.

5BLH

Bottom Housing Assembly

Bottom Housing Assembly
Half-gang blank housing assembly.
Designed to blank off compartment when
no devices are used. Includes tunnel for
6AT and 8AT series Poke-Thru Devices.
For use on side compartments only.

152CHA

Bottom Housing Assembly

6AT Bottom Feed Side
Mount Device Plate
Mounting Locations
Device Plates in this section
can be installed in the shaded
locations indicated in this
illustration.

One and a half-gang 2" trade size conduit
housing assembly. Recommended for
use with furniture feed devices (6ATCFF).
Covers the center compartment and one of
the side compartments.

Evolution 6AT Series Bottom Feed Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information
Bottom Housing Assembly

1PTHA

Bottom Housing Assembly

One-gang 3/4” trade size conduit housing
assembly. Includes junction box attached
to 3/4” trade size conduit for electrical
power connections.

One-gang pass through housing
assembly. Designed to allow pass
through of communication cables
when no conduit is required.

NOTE: When using on a 6ATCFF Furniture Feed unit,
1BHA (sold separately) is required.

NOTE: When using on a 6ATCFF Furniture Feed
unit, 1BHA (sold separately) is required.

175CHA-LJB

Bottom Housing Assembly

1BLH

Bottom Housing Assembly
One-gang blank housing assembly.
Designed to blank off compartment
when no devices are used.

One-gang 3/4” trade size conduit housing
assembly. Junction box not included.
NOTE: When using on a 6ATCFF Furniture Feed unit,
1BHA (sold separately) is required.

1125CHA

Bottom Housing Assembly
One-gang 1 1/4” conduit housing
assembly.
NOTE: When using on a 6ATCFF Furniture Feed unit,
1BHA (sold separately) is required.

NOTE: When using on a 6ATCFF Furniture Feed
unit, 1BHA (sold separately) is required.

15FFHA

Bottom Housing Assembly
One and a half-gang pass through
conduit housing assembly. used for
furniture feed applications on the
center compartment only. Only for use
with 6AT series units.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

175CHA

297
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

EVOlUTIOn™ 6AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
Evolution 6AT Series Bottom Feed Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information

1BHA

6AT Bottom Feed
Center Mount Device
Plate Location

Bottom Housing Assembly
One-gang bottom housing assembly.
Designed to accept 175CHA, 175CHALJB, 1125CHA, 1PTHA, and 1BLH
plates.

Copper Cross Sectional Area of
Commonly Used Conductors
SIZE
#24
#22
#14
#12
#10
#8

All Bottom Housing
Assemblies on this page can
be installed in the shaded
locations indicated in this
illustration.

6AT Hole Sizes

SOLID
0.00032 sq. in.
[0.20645mm2]
0.00050 sq. in.
[0.32258mm2]
0.00323 sq. in.
[2.08386mm2]
0.00512 sq. in.
[3.30321mm2]
0.00815 sq. in.
[5.25805mm2]
0.01296 sq. in.
[8.36127mm2]

FLOOR TYPE

HOLE SIZE (Min.)

HOLE SIZE (Max.)

Covered Floors (Carpet,
Tile or wood)

6"

[152mm]

6 1/8"

[156mm]

Bare Concrete or Terrazzo

6 1/16" [154mm]

6 1/8"

[156mm]

NOTE: Use above values for solid or stranded conductors.
CAUTION: Receptacle supplied with this Poke-Thru is not suitable for direct field wiring. Contact manufacturer for
replacement. Field modifications will void UL Listing and Classification. Replacement receptacle is limited to
this manufacturers’ Catalog No 68REC.

6ATCFF Copper Cross-Section –
Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Devices

POKE-THRU DEVICES

6AT Copper Cross-Section
OUTER CHANNELS

CENTER CHANNEL

Max Copper X section

0.0154 sq. in.
[9.9mm2]

0.0387 sq. in.
[24.97mm2]

Max # Conductors

(3) 12 AwG
or (4) Cat 6A

(12) 14 AwG
or (12) Cat 6A

POwER
CHANNEL

DATA CHANNEL
(CENTER)

DATA CHANNEL
(OUTSiDE)

Max Copper
X section

.0815 sq. in.
[52.6mm2]

0.0686 sq. in.
[44.3mm2]

0.0187
[12.1mm2]

Max #
Conductors

(10) 10 AwG

(22) Cat 6a

(6) Cat 6a

NOTE: When using conductor sizes other than listed above, the aggregate cross-sectional area of the copper conductors
shall not exceed the cross-sectional areas listed.

298
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

EVOlUTIOn™ 8AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES

Evolution™ 8AT series Poke-Thru Devices allow all power and
communication devices to be recessed below floor level, and provide
4-gang capacity for power, communication, and A/V devices.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet
Boxes and Fittings Classified for Fire
Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314
of NEC.

Evolution series 8CTC Cover Assembly Lids
open a full 180° to reduce the risk of damage
when plugging in devices.

Cover Assemblies for the 8AT
series Poke-Thru Devices are
available in a variety of finishes
and service configurations for
carpet or tile floor installations.

8" [203mm]

Maximum:

8 1/8" [206mm]

COLOR OPTIONS

POKE-THRU DEVICES

HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum:

Evolution 8AT series parts are available in the following
powder coated finishes: “BK” black, “GY” gray, “NK”
nickel, “Bs” brass, and “BZ” bronze.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

299

WIREMOLD

EVOlUTIOn™ 8AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
Evolution 8AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

8ATCP

Recessed Prewired Assembly with
Surface Style Cover
For carpet, tile, wood and laminate
concrete floor coverings. For use in 8"
[203mm] diameter opening. Devices
are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below
floor surface. Die-cast aluminum
cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (8ATCPBK), gray (8ATCPGY),
nickel (8ATCPNK), brass (8ATCPBs),
and bronze (8ATCPBZ).

16 3/4"
[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles
can be wired as
a standard or
isolated ground
device.

8ATP

NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

For carpet, tile, wood and laminate
concrete floor coverings. For use in
8" [203mm] diameter opening. Devices
are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below
floor surface. Die-cast aluminum
cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (8ATCBK), gray (8ATCGY), nickel
(8ATCNK), brass (8ATCBs), and bronze
(8ATCBZ).

16 3/4"
[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.

8AT

NOTE: Receptacles
can be wired as
a standard or
isolated ground
device.

For tile, wood and laminate concrete
floor coverings. For use in 8"
[203mm] diameter opening. Devices
are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below
floor surface. Die-cast aluminum
cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (8ATPBK), gray (8ATPGY), nickel
(8ATPNK), brass (8ATPBs), and bronze
(8ATPBZ). Includes one (1) 8Ts Tile
shim.
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•		Two	(2)	proprietary	20	Amp	Duplex	
Receptacles installed
For Center Compartments:
•		No	Device	Plates	are	provided	
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•		One	(1)	5BLH	1/2-Gang	Blank	
Housing*
•		Three	(3)	1PTHA	1-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	575CHA	1/2-Gang	3/4"	
Conduit Housing Assembly**
•	One	(1)	8DIV	8"	Divider
•	One	(1)	8TS	Tile	Shim

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•	No	Device	Plates	are	provided	
For Center Compartments:
•	No	Device	Plates	are	provided	
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•		One	(1)	5PTHA	1/2-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		Three	(3)	1PTHA	1-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	575CHA	1/2-gang	3/4"	
Conduit Housing Assembly**
•	One	(1)	8DIV	8"	Divider

Recessed Assembly with Flush Style Cover

Recessed Prewired Assembly with
Flush Style Cover

16 3/4"
[425 mm]

300

INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•	 	Two	(2)	proprietary	20AMP Duplex
Receptacles installed
For Center Compartments:
•	 No	Device	Plates	are	provided	
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•	 	One	(1)	5BLH	1/2-Gang	Blank	
Housing*
•		Three	(3)	1PTHA	1-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	575CHA	1/2-Gang	3/4"	
Conduit Housing Assembly**
•	One	(1)	8DIV	8"	Divider

8ATC Recessed Assembly with Surface Style Cover

16 3/4"
[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.

For tile, wood and laminate concrete
floor coverings. For use in 8" [203mm]
diameter opening. Devices are
recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below floor
surface. Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly is available in the following
powder coated finishes: black
(8ATBK), gray (8ATGY), nickel (8ATNK),
brass (8ATBs), and bronze (8ATBZ).
Includes one (1) 8Ts Tile shim.
INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•	No	Device	Plates	are	provided	
For Center Compartments:
•	No	Device	Plates	are	provided	
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•		One	(1)	5PTHA	1/2-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly*
•		Three	(3)	1PTHA	1-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	575CHA	1/2-gang	3/4"	
Conduit Housing Assembly**
•	One	(1)	8DIV	8"	Divider
•	One	(1)	8TS	Tile	Shim

* Tunneling extends from the 5BLH to 575CHA so that power cables from the
20A duplex receptacle mounted on the left side of the poke-thru device are
run into the junction box attached to the 575CHA.
** Also includes junction box attached to the 3/4" conduit.
NOTE: For more information on Device Plates and Bottom Feed Plates and on
the additional options available, see the Device Plates and Bottom Feed
Plates sections found later in this document.

WIREMOLD

EVOlUTIOn™ 8AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICE
Evolution 8AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information (continued)
Recessed Assembly with Disposable Plate
Includes 8" diameter poke-thru
stem assembly with a disposable
plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"
[83mm] below floor surface. No
cover assembly is included. For use
with the following cover assemblies
(purchased separately): 8CTC and
8CT series.

16 3/4"
[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.

INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•	No	Device	Plates	are	provided	
For Center Compartments:
•	No	Device	Plates	are	provided	
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•		One	(1)	5PTHA	1/2-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		Three	(3)	1PTHA	1-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	575CHA	1/2-gang	3/4"	
Conduit Housing Assembly**
•	One	(1)	8DIV	8"	Divider

NOTE: For more information on Device Plates and Bottom Feed Plates and
on the additional options available, see the Device Plates and Bottom
Feed Plates sections found later in this document.

8PPS

8" Pre-Pour Poke-Thru Sleeve
Nonmetallic sleeve attaches to
structural decking and plywood
decking designs while maintaining
a 8"-8 1/8" diameter cast in hole.
unit includes three (3) attachment
legs, two (2) end caps and three (3)
thumb screws.

8STCP

Recessed Prewired Assembly with Disposable
Plate
Includes 8" diameter poke-thru
stem assembly with a disposable
plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"
[83mm] below floor surface. No cover
assembly is included. For use with the
following cover assemblies (purchased
separately): 8CTC and 8CT series.

16 3/4"
[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire Classified
for up to 2 hour
rated floors.
NOTE: Receptacles
can be wired as
a standard or
isolated ground
device.

INCLUDED
For Side Compartments:
•		Two	(2)	proprietary	20	Amp	Duplex	
Receptacles installed
•	No	Device	Plates	are	provided	
For Center Compartments:
•	No	Device	Plates	are	provided	
For Bottom Feed Compartments:
•		One	(1)	5BLH	-	1/2-Gang	Blank	
Housing*
•		Three	(3)	1PTHA	-	1-Gang	
Pass-Through Housing Assembly
•		One	(1)	575CHA	-	1/2-gang	3/4"	
Conduit Housing Assembly**
•	One	(1)	8DIV	8"	Divider

* Tunneling extends from the 5BLH to 575CHA so that power cables from the
20A duplex receptacle mounted on the left side of the poke-thru device are
run into the junction box attached to the 575CHA.
** Also includes junction box attached to the 3/4" conduit.

ABPLUG8

Abandonment Plug
Complete abandonment plug
assembly for 8" diameter hole.
Assembly comes complete with
intumescent material to maintain a
2-hour fire classification of the floor.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

8STC

NOTE: Pre-Pour Sleeves for 6" (6PPS) and 8" (8PPS) Evolution Series PokeThru Devices speed installation and insure accurate location of devices.

301
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

EVOlUTIOn™ 8AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
Evolution 8AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Cover Assemblies Ordering Information

8CTC*

Surface Style Cover Assembly

9 1/4"
[235mm]

8CT*

Tile Shim
used for floor coverings greater than
5/16" [7.9mm]. The 8Ts will allow the
top surface of the cover to be flush
with the finished floor. Includes six (6)
1/16" [1.6mm] thick shims. up to a
total of 3/8" [9.5mm] of adjustment.

Die-cast aluminum cover assembly.
Cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (8CTCBK*), gray (8CTCGY*),
nickel (8CTCNK*), brass (8CTCBs*),
and bronze (8CTCBZ*). 8CTC series
Cover Assemblies designed for use
with 8sTC and 8sTCP Poke-Thru
stem Assemblies.

Flush Style Cover Assembly

9 1/4"
[235mm]

8TS

Die-cast aluminum cover assembly.
Cover assembly is available in the
following powder coated finishes:
black (8CTBK*), gray (8CTGY*),
nickel (8CTNK*), brass (8CTBs*),
and bronze (8CTBZ*). 8CTC series
Cover Assemblies designed for use
with 8sTC and 8sTCP Poke-Thru
stem Assemblies. Includes one (1)
8Ts Tile shim.

* Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamper-resistant
cover assembly. Tamper-resistant versions are secured with a single
tamper-resistant screw.

Evolution 8AT Series Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information

8B

Device Plate

8MOS

Mosaic Device Plate

single-gang device plate used to blank
off any one (1) of the three (3) gangs
in the center compartment, when no
devices are used.

8DP

Device Plate

Device plate accepts three (3) standard
Mosaic devices [45mm x 22.5mm].
Devices supplied by others.

8CREST

POKE-THRU DEVICES

single-gang device plate that accepts
standard 20A duplex receptacle or
duplex Turnlok receptacle. Fits in any
one (1) of the three (3) gangs in the
center compartment. Devices supplied
by others.

302

8DEC

Device Plate

Device plate accepts Crestron doublegang decorator style devices.

8S1

Device Plate
single-gang device plate that will accept
up to six (6) ports of communication
devices. Fits in any one (1) of the three
(3) gangs in the center compartment.
Devices supplied by others.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Device Plate
Receptacle opening 1 3/8" [35mm]. For
8" poke-thru units only.

Device plates that will accept either
decorator, GFCI, 106 style devices for
power and audio/video applications.

8ACT6A

Crestron Double Gang Plate

8S2

Device Plate
Receptacle opening 1 9/16" [40mm]. For
8" poke-thru units only.

WIREMOLD

EVOlUTIOn™ 8AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
Evolution 8AT Series Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)

8TRAC

Device Plate

8AAP

Device Plate
Two-gang device plate that will
accept up to four (4) Extron®
Electronics AAP style plates. 8AAP
takes up 2 of the 3 gangs in the
center compartment. Devices
supplied by others.

single-gang device plate that will
accept up to six (6) Ortronics® TracJack
devices. Fits in any one (1) of the three
(3) gangs in the center compartment.
Devices supplied by others.

8SER

Device Plate
single-gang device plate that will
accept up to three (3) Ortronics® series
II dual modular inserts. Fits in any one
(1) of the three (3) gangs in the center
compartment. Devices supplied by
others.

8MAAP

8CREST3G

Three-gang device plate that
will accept Crestron® or Extron®
Electronics triple-gang decorator
style devices. Takes up all 3 gangs
in the center compartment. Devices
supplied by others.

Device Plate
single-gang device plate that will
accept up to four (4) Legrand AVIP
or Extron® Electronics MAAP style
plates. Fits in any one (1) of the three
(3) gangs in the center compartment.
Devices supplied by others.

Device Plate

8AT Center Mount Device
Plate Mounting Locations
Device Plates on this page can
be installed in the shaded
location indicated in this
illustration.

Evolution 8AT Series Side Mount Device Plates Ordering Information
20AMP Duplex Receptacles

68MAAP

Device Plate
Device plate that will accept up to
two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP device plates. For
use in either of the two side
compartments only. Not for use in
the center compartment. Extron
Devices supplied by others.

Two proprietary 20AMP duplex power
receptacles with mounting plates.
Designed to fit in either of the two side
compartments in both the 6ATC and
the 8ATC series Poke-Thru Devices.
Receptacle can be wired as a standard
or isolated ground device.

68B

Device Plate
Blank plate. used to blank off either
of the side compartments when no
devices or cabling are to be used.

68REC-25

20AMP Duplex Receptacles
Two (2) proprietary 20AMP duplex
power receptacles with mounting
plates and 25' leads. Designed to fit in
either of the two side compartments
in both the 6ATC and the 8ATC series
Poke-Thru Devices. Receptacle can be
wired as a standard or isolated ground
device.
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

68REC

303

WIREMOLD

EVOlUTIOn™ 8AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
Evolution 8AT Series Side Mount Device Plates Ordering Information (coninued)

682A

Device Plate

682A-PT

Device Plate

Device plate that will accept up to two
(2) ports of communication devices.
For use in either of the two side
compartments only. Not for use in the
center compartment. Communication
devices supplied by others.

Device plate that allows for
communication cabling to pass through.
Includes one (1) rectangular adapter
ring.

8AT Side Mount
Device Plates
Mounting Locations
Device Plates in this section
can be installed in the
shaded locations indicated
in this illustration.

Evolution 8AT Series Bottom Feed Side Mount Device Plates Ordering Information

5PTHA

Bottom Housing Assembly
Half-gang pass through housing
assembly. Designed to allow pass
through of communication cables
when no conduit is required. For use
on side compartments only.

5BLH

575CHA

Bottom Housing Assembly

Half-gang 3/4" trade size conduit housing
assembly. Includes junction box attached to
3/4" trade size conduit for electrical power
connections. For use on side compartments only.

Bottom Housing Assembly

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Half-gang blank housing assembly.
Designed to blank off compartment
when no devices are used. Includes
tunnel for 6AT and 8AT series
Poke-Thru Devices. For use on side
compartments only.

304
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

8AT Bottom Feed Side
Mount Device Plate
Mounting Locations
Device Plates in this section
can be installed in the shaded
locations indicated in this
illustration.

WIREMOLD

EVOlUTIOn™ 8AT SERIES POKE-THRU DEVICES
Evolution 8AT Series Bottom Feed Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information

175CHA

1BLHN

Bottom Housing Assembly

Bottom Housing Assembly

One-gang 3/4" trade size conduit
housing assembly. Includes junction box
attached to 3/4" trade size conduit for
electrical power connections. For use on
any one (1) of the three (3) gangs in the
center compartment.

One-gang blank housing assembly.
Designed to blank off compartment
when no cable pass through is required.
For use on any one (1) of the three (3)
gangs in the center compartment.

22CHA
1125CHA

Bottom Housing Assembly

Bottom Housing Assembly

Two-gang 2" trade size conduit housing
assembly. used on 8AT series devices.
Covers two (2) of the three (3) gangs in
the center compartment. Only for use
with 8AT series units.

One-gang 1 1/4" trade size conduit
housing assembly. For use on any one
(1) of the three (3) gangs in the center
compartment.

8AT Bottom Feed Center Mount
Device Plate Locations

175CHA-LJB

Bottom Housing Assembly

One-gang 3/4" trade size conduit housing
assembly. Junction box not included.

Bottom Housing Assembly
One-gang pass through housing
assembly. Designed to allow pass
through of communication cables when
no conduit is required. For use on any
one (1) of the three (3) gangs in the
center.

8DIV

Copper Cross Sectional Area of
Commonly Used Conductors
SiZE
#24
#22
#14
#12
#10
#8

8" [203mm] Divider
Divider allows for separation of services
when required.

SOLiD
0.00032 sq. in.
[0.20645mm2]
0.00050 sq. in.
[0.32258mm2]
0.00323 sq. in.
[2.08386mm2]
0.00512 sq. in.
[3.30321mm2]
0.00815 sq. in.
[5.25805mm2]
0.01296 sq. in.
[8.36127mm2]

NOTE: Use above values for solid or stranded conductors.
CAUTION: Receptacle supplied with this Poke-Thru is not suitable for
direct field wiring. Contact manufacturer for replacement. Field
modifications will void UL Listing and Classification. Replacement
receptacle is limited to this manufacturers’ Catalog No 68REC.

8AT Copper Cross-Section

8AT Hole Sizes

OUTER CHANNELS

FLOOR TYPE

CENTER CHANNEL

Max Copper X-section

0.0154 sq. in. [9.9mm ]

Max # Conductors

(3) 12 AwG or (4) Cat 6A (24) 14 AwG or (24) Cat 6A

2

0.0775 sq. in. [16.60mm ]
2

Covered Floors
(Carpet, Tile or wood)
Bare Concrete or Terrazzo

HOLE SiZE (MiN.)

HOLE SiZE (MAX.)

8" [203mm]

8 1/8" [206mm]

8 1/16" [205mm]

8 1/8" [266mm]

NOTE: When using conductor sizes other than listed above, the aggregate
cross-sectional area of the copper conductors shall not exceed
the cross-sectional areas listed.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

1PTHA

All Bottom Housing Assemblies
on this page can be installed in
the shaded locations indicated
in this illustration.

305
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RC7 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC7 series™ surface style Poke-Thru Devices provide one (1) 20A
duplex power device and up to two (2) ports of communication.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC7 series Poke-Thru Device.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum:

3 1/16" [78mm]

Maximum:

3 1/8" [79mm]

COLOR OPTIONS

RC7 series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,
brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “Bs”, ivory “VY”, and
brass-colored finish “AB”.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.

306
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RC7 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC7 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate

RC7SHTC

used with RC7CTC series Covers to
complete installation.

Slide Holder Assembly

5"
[127mm]

16 1/2"
[419mm]

RC7APTC
RC7CTC

Abandonment Plate

Assembled Poke-Thru Device

Prewired 20A duplex receptacle can
be wired as standard duplex or
isolated ground. Flanges available
painted in gray (RC7CTCGY), black
(RC7CTCBK), ivory (RC7CTCVY).
Flanges also available in plated
brushed brass (RC7CTCBs) and
brushed aluminum (RC7CTCAL).
slide covers match the painted
flange colors, gray, black, ivory.
Aluminum and brass flanges shipped
with black slide cover. Brass flange
also available with nonmetallic brass
colored slide holder (RC7CTCAB). Aluminum flange also
available with nonmetallic aluminum color slide holder
(RC7CTCAA). Includes wiremold Open system unloaded
inserts .

5"
[127mm]

7"
[178mm]

Assembled Poke-Thru Device

Prewired 20A duplex receptacle
can be wired as standard duplex or
isolated ground. Flanges available
painted in gray (RC7ATCGY), black
(RC7ATCBK), ivory (RC7ATCVY).
Flanges also available in plated
16 1/2"
brushed brass (RC7ATCBs) and
[419mm]
brushed aluminum (RC7ATCAL).
slide covers match the painted flange
colors, gray, black, ivory. Aluminum
and brass flanges shipped with
black slide cover. Brass flange also
available with nonmetallic brass
colored slide holder (RC7ATCAB).
Aluminum flange also available with nonmetallic
aluminum color slide holder (RC7ATCAA). Includes
wiremold Open system unloaded inserts.

RC37REC, RC37REC-25
Replacement Receptacle

Prewired snap-in 20A receptacle can be wired
as standard duplex or isolated ground. Available
only in black. see installation instructions with
replacement receptacle for complete installation
details. The RC37REC-25 is available with 25
foot leads and can be wired as standard duplex
or isolated ground.

ABPLUG3

7"
[178mm]

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
NOTE: RC7 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3 1/16" [78mm] diameter
hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor
covering thickness 1/8" minimum.

Abandonment available in
black (RC7APTCBK) or gray
(RC7APTCGY).

NOTE: To abandon the RC7 Series Poke-Thru Device, the internal gasket,
duplex receptacle, and communication modules must not be removed
in order to maintain UL Classification. Also the stem must remain in
the hole.

NOTE: Includes two Cat 6 TechChoice discrete keystone connectors, two
Ortronics TracJack adapters, and two Wiremold Open System adapters.

RC7ATC

Nonmetallic slide holder assembly.
Available in black (RC7sHTCBK), gray
(RC7sHTCGY), ivory (RC7sHTCVY),
nonmetallic brass (RC7sHTCBs), and
nonmetallic aluminum (RC7sHTCAA).
Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.

Abandonment Plug Assembly
7"
[178mm]

3 3/16"
[97mm]

Complete plug assembly for
abandoning an open 3" [76mm]
diameter hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop material to
maintain the fire-classification of
the floor, integral retainer ring to
prevent the unit from pulling up
through the floor, and a black diecast aluminum cover.

COM50, COM75

Communication Adapter

For two 1/2" trade size conduit
connections (COM50). For two 3/4" trade
size conduit connections (COM75).No
additional capacity with COM75.
NOTE: RC7 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3
1/16" [78mm] diameter hole. Not designed
to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor
covering thickness 1/8" minimum.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC7STC

307
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RC9 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC9 series™ surface style Poke-Thru Devices provide a 15 Amp quad
power device and two (2) openings for communication pass-through.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC9 series Poke-Thru Device
(RC9A15TCAL) installed in a tile floor.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum:

3 1/16" [78mm]

Maximum:

3 1/8" [79mm]

COLOR OPTIONS

RC9 series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,
brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “Bs”, ivory “VY”, and a
brass-colored finish “AB”.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.

308
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RC9 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC9 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate

RC9SHTC

Includes prewired 15A quad
receptacle. use with RC9C series
Covers to complete installation.

6"
[152mm]

Nonmetallic Slide Holder Assembly
Available in gray (RC9sHTCGY),
black (RC9sHTCBK), ivory
(RC9sHTCVY), nonmetallic brass
(RC9sHTCBs), and nonmetallic
aluminum (RC9sHTCAA).

5"
[127mm]

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water
gasket. For use on tile or
carpet floors.

16 1/2"
[419mm]

RC9CTC

Finish Flange & Slide Holder Assembly

RC9APTC

Flange available in painted
gray (RC9CTCGY), black
(RC9CTCBK), ivory (RC9CTCVY),
and brushed metal finishes in
aluminum (RC9CTCAL) and brass
(RC9CTCBs). Aluminum and
brass flanges shipped with black
cover. Brass flange also available with brass colored cover
assembly (RC9CTCAB). Aluminum flange also available
with aluminum colored cover assembly (RC9CTCAA). Cover
assembly also includes two openings for pass-through
capability for one 4-pair Category 5e or Category 6 cable
per opening.
7"
[178mm]

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

RC9A15TC

Assembled Poke-Thru Device

Prewired 15A quad receptacle can
be wired as standard quad
receptacle or isolated ground.
7"
[178mm]
Flange available in painted gray
(RC9A15TCGY), black
16 1/2"
(RC9A15TCBK), ivory
[419mm]
(RC9A15TCVY), and brushed
metal finishes in aluminum
(RC9A15TCAL) and brass
(RC9A15TCBs). Aluminum and
brass flanges shipped with black
cover. Brass flange also available
with brass colored cover assembly
(RC9A15TCAB). Aluminum flange also available with
aluminum colored cover assembly (RC9A15TCAA). unit also
includes two openings for pass-through capability for one
4-pair Category 5e or Category 6 cable per opening.

Abandonment available in black
(RC9APTCBK).

5"
[127mm]

NOTE: To abandon the RC9 Series PokeThru Device, the internal gasket
and quad receptacle must not be
removed in order to maintain UL
Classification. Also, the stem must
remain in the hole.

RC9REC, RC9REC-25
Replacement Receptacle

Prewired 15A quad receptacle can be wired
as standard receptacle or isolated ground.
Available only in black. see installation
instructions with replacement receptacle for
complete installation details. Receptacle also
available with 25' leads (RC9REC-25).

ABPLUG3

Abandonment Plug Assembly
7"
[178mm]

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
NOTE: RC9 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3 1/16" [78mm] diameter
hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor
covering thickness 1/8" minimum.

Abandonment Plate

3 3/16"
[97mm]

Complete plug assembly for
abandoning an open 3" [76mm]
diameter hole. Assembly
includes intumescent firestop material to maintain the
fire-classification of the floor,
integral retainer ring to prevent
the unit from pulling up through
the floor, and a black die-cast
aluminum cover.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC9STC

309
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RC9AMD SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC9AMD series™ surface style Poke-Thru Devices provide up to four
(4) ports of communication.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC9AMD series Poke-Thru Device
(RC9AMDTCAL) installed in a
carpeted floor.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum:

3" [76mm]

Maximum:

3 1/8" [79mm]

COLOR OPTIONS

RC9AMD series parts are available in gray “GY”, black
“BK”, brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “Bs”, ivory “VY”,
and a brass-colored finish “AB”.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.

310
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RC9AMD SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC9AMD Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

RC9AM2STC

Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate

RC9SHMDTC

Nonmetallic Slide Holder Assembly
Available in black
(RC9sHMDTCBK), gray
(RC9sHMDTCGY), Ivory
(RC9sHMDTCVY), nonmetallic
brass (RC9sHMDTCBs)
and nonmetallic aluminum
(RC9sHMDTCAA).

use with RC9CMD series Covers
to complete installation.
6"
[152mm]

5"
[127mm]
10"
[254mm]

2" Trade
Size Conduit
Stem

RC9CMDTC

Finish Flange & Slide Holder Assembly

Flange available in painted
gray (RC9CMDTCGY), black
(RC9CMDTCBK), ivory
(RC9CMDTCVY), and brushed
7"
metal finishes in aluminum
[178mm]
(RC9CMDTCAL) and brass
(RC9CMDTCBs). Aluminum and
brass flanges shipped with black
cover. Brass flange also available
with brass colored cover assembly (RC9CMDTCAB).
Aluminum flange also available with aluminum-colored
cover assembly (RC9CMDTCAA). Includes two (2) Ortronics
TracJack adapters, two (2) Ortronics series II adapters, and
two (2) wiremold Open system adapters. Modular jacks
sold separately.

RC9APTC

Abandonment Plate
Available in black (RC9APTCBK).

5"
[127mm]

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile
or carpet floors.
Assembled Poke-Thru Device

All communication device
accepts up to four uTP
connectors. Flange available in
painted gray (RC9AMDTCGY),
7"
black (RC9AMDTCBK), ivory
[178mm]
(RC9AMDTCVY), and brushed
10"
metal finishes in aluminum
[254mm]
(RC9AMDTCAL) and brass
(RC9AMDTCBs). Aluminum
and brass flanges shipped with
2" Trade Size
black cover. Brass flange also
Conduit Stem
available with brass colored
cover assembly
(RC9AMDTCAB). Aluminum flange also available with
aluminum-colored cover assembly (RC9AMDTCAA). unit
includes two (2) Ortronics TracJack adapters, two (2)
Ortronics series II adapters, and two (2) wiremold Open
system inserts. Modular jacks sold separately.

ABPLUG3

Abandonment Plug Assembly
7"
[178mm]

3 3/16"
[97mm]

Complete plug assembly for
abandoning an open 3" [76mm]
diameter hole. Assembly
includes intumescent firestop material to maintain the
fire-classification of the floor,
integral retainer ring to prevent
the unit from pulling up through
the floor, and a black die-cast
aluminum cover.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
NOTE: RC9 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3" [76mm] diameter hole.
Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering
thickness 1/8" minimum.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC9AMDTC

311
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AMD8 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES

AMD8 series™ All Communication surface style Poke-Thru Devices
provide up to eight (8) ports of communication.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

AMD8 series Poke-Thru Device installed
in a carpeted floor.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum:

4" [102mm]

Maximum:

4 1/8" [105mm]

COLOR OPTIONS

AMD8 series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,
brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “Bs”, ivory “VY”, brasscolored finish “AB”, and an aluminum-colored finish “AA”.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.

312
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AMD8 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
AMD8 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

AMD8STC

Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate

AMD8SHTC

use with AMD8C series Covers to
complete installation.
7"
[178mm]

9 7/16"
[240mm]

Slide Holder
Nonmetallic slide holder
assembly. Available in gray
(AMD8sHTCGY), black
(AMD8sHTCBK), ivory
(AMD8sHTCVY), aluminum
colored (AMD8sHTCAL) and brass
colored (AMD8sHTCBs).

5"
[127mm]

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.
3/4" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
1 1/4" Trade Size
Conduit Stem

AMD8CTC

Finish Flange & Slide Holder

Finish flange available
in gray (AMD8CTCGY),
black (AMD8CTCBK), ivory
(AMD8CTCVY), brushed aluminum
7 1/2"
(AMD8CTCAL) and brass finish
[191mm]
(AMD8CTCBs). Aluminum and
brass flanges standard with
black cover. Aluminum flange also available with an
aluminum colored nonmetallic cover (AMD8CTCAA). Brass
flange also available with a brass colored nonmetallic
cover (AMD8CTCAB). Includes adapters to accept eight (8)
Ortronics TracJack modular jacks, four (4) Ortronics series
II modular jacks, or wiremold Open system adapters.
Modular jacks sold separately.

AMD8APTC
5"
[127mm]

Abandonment Plate
Available in black (AMD8APTCBK)
and gray (AMD8APTCGY).

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

Assembled Poke-Thru Device

All communication device accepts
up to eight uTP, fiber optic, audio,
or video connectors. Finish flange
available in gray (AMD8ATCGY),
7 1/2"
[191mm]
black (AMD8ATCBK), ivory
9 3/4"
(AMD8ATCVY), brushed aluminum
[248mm]
(AMD8ATCAL) and brass finish
(AMD8ATCBs). Aluminum and
brass flanges standard with
1 1/4" Trade Size
black cover. Aluminum flange
Conduit Stem
also available with an aluminum
3/4" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
colored nonmetallic cover
(AMD8ATCAA). Brass flange also
available with a brass colored
nonmetallic cover (AMD8ATCAB). Includes adapters to
accept eight (8) Ortronics TracJack modular jacks, four (4)
Ortronics series II modular jacks, or wiremold Open system
adapters. Modular jacks sold separately.

ABPLUG4

Abandonment Plug Assembly

7 1/2"
[191mm]
3 7/8"
[98mm]

Complete plug assembly
for abandoning an open
4" [102mm] diameter
hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop
material to maintain the
fire classification of the
floor, integral retainer
ring to prevent the unit
from pulling up through
the floor, and a black
die-cast aluminum cover.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

AMD8ATC

NOTE: AMD8 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.
Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering
thickness 1/8" minimum.

313
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AV3 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES

AV3 series™ surface style Poke-Thru Devices provide one (1) 20 Amp
duplex power device and accepts up to three (3) Extron® Electronics
MAAP series device plates.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes
& Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of
NEC.

AV3 series Poke-Thru Device installed
in a carpeted floor.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum:

4" [102mm]

Maximum:

4 1/8" [105mm]

COLOR OPTIONS

AV3 series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,
brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “Bs”, ivory “VY”, brasscolored finish “AB”, and an aluminum-colored finish “AA”.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.

314
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AV3 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
AV3 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

AV3STC

7"
[178mm]

3/4" Trade Size
Conduit Stem

Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate

AV3SHTC

use with AV3CTC series
Covers to complete
installation.
16 5/8"
[422mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

Finish Flange & Slide Holder

Incudes one prewired 20A duplex
receptacle which can be wired as
a standard receptacle or isolated
ground. Finish flange available in
8 1/4"
[210mm]
gray (AV3CTCGY), black (AV3CTCBK),
ivory (AV3CTCVY), brushed
aluminum (AV3CTCAL) and brass
finish (AV3CTCBs). Aluminum
and brass flanges standard with
black cover. Aluminum flange also
available with an aluminum colored
nonmetallic cover (AV3CTCAA).
Brass flange also available with
brass colored nonmetallic cover (AV3CTCAB). Includes one
adapter to accept Legrand AVIP or Extron® Electronics MAAP
mini architectural adapter plates, wiremold Open system
adapters, and Ortronics TracJack and series II mounting
adapters. Modular Jacks sold separately.

Nonmetallic slide holder assembly.
Available in gray (AV3sHTCGY), black
(AV3sHTCBK), ivory (AV3sHTCVY),
aluminum colored (AV3sHTCAL) and
brass colored (AV3sHTCBs).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For
use on tile or carpet floors.

1 1/4"
Trade Size
Conduit Stem

AV3APTC
AV3CTC

Slide Holder

Abandonment Plate
Available in black (AV3APTCBK) and
gray (AV3APTCGY).

5 3/4"
[146mm]

RC37REC, RC37REC-25
Replacement Receptacles

Prewired snap-in 20A receptacle
can be wired as standard duplex or
isolated ground. Available only in
black. see installation instructions
with replacement receptacle for
complete installation details. The
RC37REC-25 is available with 25 foot
[7.62m] leads and can be wired as
standard duplex or isolated ground.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

Assembled Poke-Thru Device

A/V device incudes one prewired
20A duplex receptacle which can
be wired as a standard receptacle
or isolated ground. Finish flange
8 1/4"
[210mm]
available in gray (AV3ATCGY), black
17"
(AV3ATCBK), ivory (AV3ATCVY),
[432mm]
1 1/4"
brushed aluminum (AV3ATCAL) and
Trade Size
Conduit
brass finish (AV3ATCBs). Aluminum
Stem
and brass flanges standard with
3/4" Trade
black cover. Aluminum flange also
Size Conduit
Stem
available with an aluminum colored
nonmetallic cover (AV3ATCAA).
Brass flange also available
with brass colored nonmetallic cover (AV3ATCAB). Includes
one adapter to accept Legrand AVIP or Extron® Electronics
MAAP mini architectural adapter plates, wiremold Open
system adapters, and Ortronics TracJack and series II
mounting adapters. Modular Jacks sold separately.

ABPLUG4

Abandonment Plug Assembly

Complete plug assembly
for abandoning an open
7 1/2"
[191mm] 4" [102mm] diameter
hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop
3 7/8"
[98mm]
material to maintain the
fire classification of the
floor, integral retainer
ring to prevent the unit from pulling up through the floor,
and a black die-cast aluminum cover.
NOTE: AV3 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.
Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering
thickness 1/8" minimum.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
NOTE: AMD8 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.
Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering
thickness 1/8" minimum.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

AV3ATC

315
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RC4 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC4 series™ surface style Poke-Thru Devices provide two (2) 20 Amp
duplex power devices and four (4) ports of communication.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC4 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

RC4STC

Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate

6"
[152mm]

Comes complete with four prewired
20A receptacles. use RC4sTC with
RC4C series Covers.
NOTE: If wiring for Isolated Ground, attach
orange IG label (supplied).

16 3/8"
[416mm]

RC4 series Poke-Thru Device
(RC4CTCBs).

POKE-THRU DEVICES

HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum:

4" [102mm]

Maximum:

4 1/8" [105mm]

RC4SHTC

Slide Holder

6 1/4"
[159mm]

Nonmetallic slide holder assembly.
Available in gray (RC4sHTCGY), black
(RC4sHTCBK), ivory (RC4sHTCVY),
nonmetallic brass (RC4sHTCBs), and
nonmetallic aluminum (RC4sHTCAL).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use
on tile or carpet floors.

COLOR OPTIONS

316
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

RC4 series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,
brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “Bs”, ivory “VY”, brasscolored finish “AB”, and an aluminum-colored finish “AA”.

WIREMOLD

RC4 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC4 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
Finish Flange & Slide Holder Assembly

Flange available in painted gray
(RC4CTCGY), black (RC4CTCBK),
ivory (RC4CTCVY) or brushed metal
finished in aluminum (RC4CTCAL),
and brass (RC4CTCBs). slide
covers match the painted flange
colors: gray, black, and ivory.
Aluminum and brass flanges
shipped with black slide cover.
Brass flange also available with
nonmetallic brass colored slide
holder (RC4CTCAB). Aluminum
flange also available with
nonmetallic aluminum color slide holder (RC4CTCAA).
Includes wiremold Open system unloaded adapters to
accept four discrete keystone connectors from most
manufacturers. unit also includes Ortronics TracJack
Mounting adapters and Ortronics series II Communication
Housing. Modular jacks sold separately.

COM75

Communication Adapter
Provides two 3/4" trade size threaded
openings to accommodate conduit
connections.

8 1/4"
[210mm]

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

RC4ATC

Assembled Poke-Thru Device

unit includes four prewired 20A
receptacles. Each duplex receptacle
is wired as a separate circuit. The
duplex can be wired as a standard
receptacle or isolated ground. Finish
flange available in gray (RC4ATCGY),
black (RC4ATCBK), ivory (RC4ATCVY),
16 3/8"
or brushed metal finishes in
[416mm]
aluminum (RC4ATCAL), and brass
(RC4ATCBs). Aluminum and brass
flanges shipped with black slide
cover. Brass flange also available
with nonmetallic brass colored slide
holder (RC4ATCAB).Aluminum
flange also available with nonmetallic aluminum color
slide holder (RC4ATCAA). Includes wiremold Open system
unloaded adapters to accept four discrete keystone
connectors from most manufacturers. unit also includes
Ortronics TracJack Mounting adapters and Ortronics series
II Communication Housing. Modular jacks sold separately.
8 1/4"
[210mm]

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
NOTE: If wiring for Isolated Ground, attach orange IG label (supplied).
NOTE: AMD8 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.
Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering
thickness 1/8" minimum.

RC4KTCG

Retrofit Kit

used to upgrade existing installations
of RC4 Poke-Thru Devices on
carpet floors to meet scrub water
8 1/4"
[210mm]
requirements. Includes two 20A duplex
receptacles that can be wired as a
standard duplex or isolated ground.
Also includes scrub water finish flange
and slide holder assembly. Flange
available in painted black (RC4KTCBK),
gray (RC4KTCGY), ivory (RC4KTCVY),
and brushed metal finishes in
aluminum (RC4KTCAL), and brass
(RC4KTCBs). see installation instructions with retrofit kit for
complete installation details.
NOTE: Existing installations of RC4 Poke-Thru Devices are not required to be
upgraded to meet carpet scrub water requirements, if manufactured
prior to June 2003.
NOTE: RC4 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.
Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering
thickness 1/8" minimum.

RC4REC2, RC4REC2-25
Replacement Receptacles

Two prewired 20A duplex receptacles can
be wired as standard duplex or isolated
ground. Available only in black. see
installation instructions with replacement
receptacle for complete installation details.
RC4REC2-25 is available with 25 foot
[7.62m] leads.

ABPLUG4

Abandonment Plug Assembly

Complete plug assembly
for abandoning an open
4" [102mm] diameter
3 7/8" hole. Assembly includes
Available in black (RC4APTCBK),
[98mm]
intumescent fire-stop
6 1/4"
gray (RC4APTCGY), painted
material to maintain the fire
[159mm]
brass (RC4APTCBs), and ivory
classification of the floor,
(RC4APTCVY).
integral retainer ring to prevent the unit from pulling up
NOTE: To abandon the RC4 Series Poke-Thru Device, the internal gasket,
through the floor, and a black die-cast aluminum cover.

RC4APTC

Abandonment Plate

7 1/2"
[191mm]

duplex receptacle, and communication modules must not be removed
in order to maintain UL Classification. Also the stem must remain in
the core-drilled hole.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC4CTC

317
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RC3 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC3 series™ surface style Poke-Thru Devices provide one (1) 20 Amp
power device and four (4) ports of communication.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC3 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

RC3STC

Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate
use with RC3C series Covers to
complete installation.

16 11/16"
[424mm]

RC3 series Poke-Thru Device installed in
a carpeted floor.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum:

4" [102mm]

Maximum:

4 1/8" [105mm]

RC3APTC

Abandonment Plate
Available in black (RC3APTCBK) and
gray (RC3APTCGY).
NOTE: To abandon the RC3 Series Poke-Thru
Device, the duplex receptacle must
be left installed in the unit in order to
maintain scrub water compliance. Also
the stem must remain in the hole.

COLOR OPTIONS

RC3 series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,
brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “Bs”, ivory “VY”, a brasscolored finish “AB” and an aluminum-colored finish “AA”.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.

318
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RC3 SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC3 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
Finish Flange & Slide Holder

Finish flange and slide holder.
Prewired 20A duplex receptacle
can be wired as standard duplex or
isolated ground. Flange available
in painted gray (RC3CTCGY), black
(RC3CTCBK), ivory (RC3CTCVY), or
brushed metal finishes in aluminum
(RC3CTCAL) and brass. Aluminum
and brass flanges shipped with
black slide cover. Brass flange also
available with nonmetallic brass
colored slide holder (RC3CTCAB).
Aluminum flange also available
with nonmetallic aluminum colored
slider holder (RC3CTCAA). Includes
wiremold Open system unloaded
adapters to accept four (4) discrete keystone connectors
from most manufacturers. unit also includes two (2)
Ortronics TracJack adapters and two (2) Ortronics series II
adapters. Modular Jacks sold separately.

RC3SHTC

Slide Holder

7 1/2"
[191mm]

5"
[127mm]

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For
use on tile or carpet floors.

RC37REC, RC37REC-25
Replacement Receptacles

Prewired snap-in 20A receptacle
can be wired as standard duplex or
isolated ground. Available only in
black. see installation instructions with
replacement receptacle for complete
installation details. The RC37REC-25
is available with 25 foot [7.62m] leads
and can be wired as standard duplex or
isolated ground.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

RC3ATC

Assembled Poke-Thru Device

Assembled unit. Prewired 20A
duplex receptacle can be wired as
standard duplex or isolated ground.
Flange available in painted gray
(RC3ATCGY), black (RC3ATCBK),
ivory (RC3ATCVY), or brushed metal
finishes in aluminum (RC3ATCAL)
16"
and brass. slide covers match
[406mm]
the painted flange colors: gray,
black, and ivory. Aluminum and
brass flanges shipped with black
3/4" Trade Size
slide cover. Brass flange also
Conduit Stem
available with nonmetallic brass
colored slider holder (RC3ATCAB).
Aluminum flange also available with
nonmetallic aluminum colored
slider holder (RC3ATCAA). Includes wiremold Open system
unloaded adapters to accept four (4) discrete keystone
connectors from most manufacturers. unit also includes
two (2) Ortronics TracJack adapters and two (2) Ortronics
series II adapters. Modular Jacks sold separately.
7 1/2"
[191mm]

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.
NOTE: RC3 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.
Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering
thickness 1/8" minimum.

Nonmetallic slide holder assembly.
Available in gray (RC3sHTCGY), black
(RC3sHTCBK), ivory (RC3sHTCVY),
nonmetallic brass (RC3sHTCBs),
and nonmetallic aluminum
(RC3sHTCAA).

NOTE: The 20A duplex receptacle supplied with the new scrub water version
RC3 Poke-Thru Device is proprietary and can only be replaced with the
RC37REC.
NOTE: RC3 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.
Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering
thickness 1/8" minimum.

COM50, COM75

Communication Adapter

For two 1/2" trade size conduit
connections (COM50). For two 3/4" trade
size conduit connections (COM75). No
additional capacity with COM75.

ABPLUG4

Abandonment Plug Assembly

Complete plug assembly
for abandoning an open
4" [102mm] diameter
hole. Assembly includes
3 7/8"
[98mm]
intumescent fire-stop
material to maintain the
fire classification of the
floor, integral retainer ring to prevent the unit from pulling
up through the floor, and a black die-cast aluminum cover.

7 1/2"
[191mm]

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC3CTC

319
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

4ffATC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES

4FFATC series™ Furniture Feed style Poke-Thru Devices provide
one (1) 3/4" trade size opening for power and one (1) 1 1/4" trade size
opening for communication.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

4FFATC series Furniture Feed style
Poke-Thru Device (4FFATCBK).

POKE-THRU DEVICES

HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum:

4" [102mm]

Maximum:

4 1/8" [105mm]

COLOR OPTIONS

320
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

4FFATC series flanges are available in gray “GY”, black
“BK”, brushed aluminum “AL”, and plated brass “Bs”.

WIREMOLD

4ffATC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
4FFATC Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

AV3STC

Insert Stem with Disposable Plate

4FFATC

Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Assembly

use with 4FFCTC series covers
to form a complete poke-thru
assembly.
7 1/2"
[191mm]
3/4"
Trade Size
Conduit Stem

1 1/4"
Trade Size
Conduit Stem

3/4"
Trade Size
Conduit Stem

16 15/16"
[430mm]
1 1/4"
Trade
Size
Conduit
Stem

Complete with one-piece finish
flange and conduit assembly.
Conduit assembly consists of
one 3/4" and one 1 1/4" trade
size conduit. Finish cover flange
provided with one 3/4" and one
1 1/4" trade size screw plug
opening. Colors available in
painted gray (4FFATCGY), painted
black (4FFATCBK), brushed
aluminum (4FFATCAL), and plated
brass (4FFATCBs).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet covered
concrete floors.

4FFCTC

7 1/2"
[191mm]

Finish Flange & Conduit Adapter Assembly
Complete with one 3/4" and one
1 1/4" trade size conduit adapters
and closure plugs. Colors available
in painted black (4FFCTCBK),
gray (4FFCTCGY), forged brushed
aluminum (4FFCTCAL), and plated
brass (4FFCTCBs). use with the
AV3sTC Insert to form a complete
poke-thru assembly.

Abandonment Plug Assembly

7 1/2"
[191mm]
3 7/8"
[98mm]

Complete plug assembly
for abandoning an open
4" [102mm] diameter
hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop
material to maintain the
fire classification of the
floor, integral retainer ring
to prevent the unit from
pulling up through the
floor, and a black die-cast
aluminum cover.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.

ABPLUG4

NOTE: 4FFATC Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter
hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor
covering thickness 1/8" minimum.

321
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RC7AffTC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC7AFFTC series™ Furniture Feed style Poke-Thru Devices provide one (1)
3/4" trade size opening for power and two (2) 1/2" trade size openings for
communication.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC7AFFTC series Furniture Feed style
Poke-Thru Device installed in a tiled floor.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum:

3 1/16" [78mm]

Maximum:

3 1/8" [79mm]

COLOR OPTIONS

322
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

RC7AFFTC series flanges are available in gray “GY”, black
“BK”, brushed aluminum “AL”, and brass “Bs”.

WIREMOLD

RC7AffTC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC7AFFTC Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

RC7STC

Insert Stem with Disposable Plate

RC7AFFTC

Flush Furniture Feed Poke-Thru
Assembly

use with RC7CFF series covers to form a
complete poke-thru assembly.
16 1/2"
[419mm]

16 1/2"
[419mm]

Complete with one-piece finish
flange and conduit assembly with one
3/4" and two 1/2" trade size conduit
adapters and closure plugs. Colors
available in painted aluminum, black
(RC7AFFTCBK), gray (RC7AFFTCGY),
brushed aluminum (RC7AFFTCAL), and
plated brass (RC7AFFTCBs).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For
use on tile or carpet floors.

RC7CFFTC

7" [178mm]

Finish Flange & Conduit Adapter
Assembly
Complete with one 3/4" [19.1mm]
conduit and two 1/2" trade size
adapters and closure plugs.
Colors available in painted black
(RC7CFFTCBK), gray (RC7CFFTCGY),
brush aluminum (RC7CFFTCAL), and
plated brass (RC7CFFTCBs). use
with the RC7sTC Insert to form a
complete poke-thru assembly.

COM50, COM75

Communication Adapter

For two 1/2" trade size conduit connections
(COM50). For two 3/4" trade size conduit
connections (COM75). No additional capacity
with COM75.

ABPLUG3

Abandonment Plug Assembly
7"
[178mm]

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

3 3/16"
[97mm]

Complete plug assembly for
abandoning an open 3" [76mm]
diameter hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop material to
maintain the fire classification of
the floor, integral retainer ring to
prevent the unit from pulling up
through the floor, and a black
die-cast aluminum cover.

NOTE: RC7AFFTC Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3 1/16" [78mm]
diameter hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo.
Floor covering thickness 1/8" minimum.

323
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RC9AffTC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC9AFFTC series™ Furniture Feed style Poke-Thru Devices provide a
hexagonal housing to allow for multi-directional feeds.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC9AFFTC series Furniture Feed style
Poke-Thru Device (RC9AFFTCBK).

POKE-THRU DEVICES

HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum:

3 1/16" [78mm]

Maximum:

3 1/8" [79mm]

COLOR OPTIONS

RC9AFFTC series flanges are available in gray “GY” or black “BK”
finishes.

324
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RC9AffTC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC9AFFTC Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

RC9FFS

Insert Stem with Disposable Plate

FFD-P

Drop-In Hub

Furniture feed insert with one
1 1/4" and one 1/2" trade size
conduit to feed power and
communication services. use with
RC9CFFTC series Covers to form a
complete poke-thru assembly.
1/2"
Trade Size
Conduit Stem

1 1/4"
Trade Size
Conduit Stem

RC9AFFTC

Assembled Furniture Feed Poke-Thru
Device

14 7/16"
[367mm]

1/2"
Trade Size
Conduit Stem

3/4" trade size threaded drop-in hub.
used to make conduit connections to
the service head.

1 1/4"
Trade Size
Conduit Stem

Complete with hexagonal service
head. service head has one 3/4"
trade size threaded conduit hub
and five rubber grommets. The
service head includes scrub water
gasket. unit is supplied with one
1 1/4" and one 1/2" trade size
conduit stem to feed power and
communication services. service
head is not to be used as a junction
box. All power connections
must be made in a junction box
below (not supplied). Available
in gray (RC9AFFTCGY) and black
(RC9AFFTCBK).

TG-1

Communication Grommet
Drop-in rubber grommet for passthrough cabling. set of two grommets
(one grommet shown) black.

RCAPFFTC

Abandonment Plate

7"
[178mm]

used to abandon fitting by removing
hexagonal housing and placing plate
inside the flange. Insert stem must
remain in the place. Available in
black (RCAPFFTCBK).

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.

7"
[178mm]

Finish Flange & Service Head Assembly
Complete with gray or black carpet
flange, gray hexagonal housing,
five black rubber grommets, and
one 3/4" trade size threaded dropin hub. The service head includes
scrub water gasket. use with
RC9FFs Insert to form a complete
poke-thru assembly. Available
in gray (RC9CFFTCGY) or black
(RC9CFFTCBK)

ABPLUG3

Abandonment Plug Assembly

7"
[178mm]

3 3/16"
[97mm]

Complete plug assembly for
abandoning an open 3" [76mm]
diameter hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop material to
maintain the fire-classification of the
floor, integral retainer ring to prevent
the unit from pulling up through the
floor, and a black die-cast aluminum
cover.

NOTE: RC9AFFTC Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3" [76mm]
diameter hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or
terrazzo. Floor covering thickness 1/8" minimum.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC9CFFTC

325
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RC9AM2TC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC9AM2TC series™ Furniture Feed style Poke-Thru Devices provide
one (1) 1 1/4" and 2" trade size concentric openings for single service
pass-through.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC9AM2TC series Furniture Feed style
Poke-Thru Device (RC9AM2sTC).

POKE-THRU DEVICES

HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum:

3" [76mm]

Maximum:

3 1/8" [79mm]

COLOR OPTIONS

RC9AM2TC series flanges are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,
brushed brass “Bs”, and brushed aluminum “AL” finishes.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for
more information.

326
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RC9AM2TC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
RC9AM2TC Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information
Insert Stem with Disposable Plate

RC9AM2TC

Assembled Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Device

use with RC9CM2TC series cover
to complete installation.

Complete with combination 1
1/4" and 2" trade size threaded
conduit openings and closure
plugs. Must be used with a
conduit connector (not included)
at the adapter assembly plate to
maintain fire classification. Finish
flange/cover assembly available
in gray (RC9AM2TCGY), black
(RC9AM2TCBK), and brushed
aluminum (RC9AM2TCAL).

7"
[178mm]
10"
[254mm]
7"
[178mm]

2" Trade Size
Conduit Stem

RC9CM2TC

Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Device
Cover Assembly

7"
[178mm]

Complete with combination
1 1/4" and 2" trade size threaded
conduit openings and closure
plugs. Must be used with a
conduit connector (not included)
at the adapter assembly plate to
maintain fire classification. Finish
flange/cover assembly available
in gray (RC9CM2TCGY), black
(RC9CM2TCBK), and brushed
aluminum (RC9CM2TCAL).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.

10"
[254mm]

2" Trade Size
Conduit Stem

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.

RC7AM2TC

7"
[178mm]

Assembled Furniture Feed Poke-Thru
Device

10 1/4"
[260mm]

2" Trade Size
Conduit Stem

RC7CFFTCFurniture Feed Poke-Thru Device Cover
Assembly

7" [178mm]

Complete with one 3/4" trade
size conduit and two 1/2" trade
size adapters and closure
plugs. Colors available in
painted gray (RC7CFFTCGY),
black (RC7CFFTCBK), brushed
plated brass (RC7CFFTCBs),
and brushed aluminum
(RC7CFFTCAL). use with
RC9AM2sTC Insert stem to form
a complete poke-thru assembly.

2" trade size conduit stem,
complete with one 3/4" trade size
conduit and two 1/2" trade size
adapters and closure plugs. Finish
flange/cover assembly available
in painted gray (RC7AM2TCGY),
black (RC7AM2TCBK), brushed
plated brass (RC7AM2TCBs),
and brushed aluminum
(RC7AM2TCAL).
NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.

RCAPFFTC

Abandonment Plate

7"
[178mm]

ABPLUG3

Abandonment Plug Assembly
7"
[178mm]

3 3/16"
[97mm]

used to abandon fitting by
removing hexagonal housing
and placing plate inside the
flange. Insert stem must remain
in the place. Available in black
(RCAPFFTCBK).

Complete plug assembly for
abandoning an open 3" [76mm]
diameter hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop material
to maintain the fire-classification
of the floor, integral retainer ring
to prevent the unit from pulling
up through the floor, and a black
die-cast aluminum cover.

NOTE: RC9AM2TC Series Poke-Thru Devices Poke-Thru Devices require a
3" [76mm] diameter hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete
or terrazzo. Floor covering thickness 1/8" minimum.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC9AM2STC

327
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

fIT SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES

FIT series™ Pedestal style Poke-Thru Devices provide dual service
capability in either a single- or dual-width service head.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

FIT series Pedestal style Poke-Thru
Device with 241 service Head.
CORE HOLE DIAMETER
2 1/32" [52mm]

Maximum:

2 1/8" [54mm]

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Minimum:

328
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

fIT SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
FIT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering information

FIT

2" [51mm] Poke-Thru Insert with Junction Box
Assembly
1" trade size barriered conduit. Also
includes BX/MC cable connector. Must
be activated with 200 series or 241
series service Head and FIFP or FP
series Faceplates (sold separately)
to maintain uL Listing and/or
Classification.

15 1/2"
[394mm]

FIFP-SS

Faceplate
single-gang with one surge
suppression receptacle opening.

FIFP-T

Faceplate
single-gang faceplate with
one telephone opening.
Communication grommets
included.

NOTE: FIT Series Poke-Thru Devices require a
minimum 2 1/32" [52mm],
2 1/8" [54mm] maximum diameter hole.

200-H/BTC

Housing & Base
single width. For 200 series service
Head. Barrier included (may not be
needed on single service applications).
Base has a 3/4" trade size knockout for
connection to FIT insert. Also includes
scrub water gasket.

FIFP50

Faceplate
single-gang with one 1/2" trade
size knockout.

FIFP75

Faceplate

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For
use on tile or carpet floors.

FIFP-1.390

single-gang with one 3/4" trade
size knockout.

Faceplate

4 5/8" [118mm]

single-gang with one 1.390"
[35.3mm] receptacle opening.

TG-1

Communications Grommet
One set of two grommets.

1 3/8"
[35mm]

1 7/8"
[48mm]

1 5/8"
[41mm]

Faceplate
single-gang with one
1.562" [39.7mm] receptacle
opening.

FIFP-B

Assembly & Base
9 1/4"
[235mm]

Faceplate
single-gang, blank.

FIFP-R

241-H/BTC

Faceplate

2 5/8"
[67mm]

Double width housing for 241
series service Head. Barrier
included (may not be needed
for single service applications).
Base has a 3/4" trade size KO
for connection to FIT insert. see
faceplates on this page. Order
two plates to complete service
head assembly.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

single-gang with one duplex
receptacle opening.

FP1.390-1.390
2 1/2"
[64mm]

9" [229mm]

Faceplate

POKE-THRU DEVICES

FIFP-1.562

Two-gang with two 1.390"
[35.3mm] receptacle openings.
329
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

fIT SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES
FIT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering information (continued)

FP1.562-1.562

Faceplate
Two-gang with two 1.562" [39.7mm]
receptacle openings.

FPB-B

Two-gang faceplate with one
6A mini adapter opening. One
adapter included. Accepts
wiremold Open system
communication modules.

9"
[229mm]

Faceplate

FPB-RT

Faceplate
Two-gang plate with one
Ortronics® TracJack adapter
included and one Ortronics®
series II adapter included.
Flat connector only.

9"
[229mm]

Faceplate

2 1/2"
[64mm]

Two-gang faceplate with two
duplex receptacle openings.

FP2T

Faceplate

2 1/2"
[64mm]

Two-gang faceplate – blank.

FP2R

FPB-ACT

Faceplate

FPB-2RT

Faceplate

9"
[229mm]

Two-gang faceplate with two
communications openings.

FP50-50

2 1/2"
[64mm]

AP-FITTC

Faceplate

Poke-Thru Abandonment Plate

Two-gang with two 1/2" trade size
knockouts.

FP75-50

2" [51mm]. stem must remain in
cored hole.

Faceplate
Two-gang with one 3/4" and one
1/2" trade size knockout.

FP75-75

Two-gang plate with two
Ortronics® TracJack adapters
included and two Ortronics®
series II adapters included.
Flat connector only.

FIT-EXT

Assembled Extension
4 5/8" [118mm]. Includes 1"
trade size barriered conduit and
coupling. For use with slabs
greater than 8" [203mm].

Faceplate
Two-gang with two 3/4" trade size
knockouts.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

FPSS-SS

330

Faceplate

221-21 Carpet

For carpet applications.

Two-gang with two surge
suppression device openings.

FPACT-ACT

Fire-Rated Plug

Faceplate

9"
[229mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

Two-gang faceplate with two
6A mini adapters openings.
Two adapters included. Accepts
wiremold Open system
communication modules.

NOTE: FIT Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 2" [51mm] diameter hole.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

221-21 Tile

Fire-Rated Plug
For tile applications.

WIREMOLD

RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC series™ Pedestal style Poke-Thru
Devices provide dual service capability in either a single- or dual-width
service head.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209 Guide CEYY.
Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC92GHBTC series Poke-Thru Device.

3 1/16" [78mm]

Maximum:

3 1/8" [79mm]

POKE-THRU DEVICES

HOLE DIAMETER
Minimum:

331
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES

Ordering Information

RC91GHBTC

Poke-thru Insert with Single Width
Service Head

1/2" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
1 1/4" Trade Size
Conduit Stem

Includes insert stem with
disposable plate and service
head with housing, base, scrub
water gasket, and barrier. service
head and insert install together
to make a poke-thru assembly.
Combine with faceplates
(sold separately) to complete
service head assembly. shown
assembled. service head is
shipped unassembled with the
insert stem.

291-H/BTC

Single Width Service Head
Includes housing, base, scrub
water gasket, and barrier. use
with Insert Assembly RC9FFs.

292-H/BTC

Double Width Service Head
Includes housing, base, scrub
water gasket, and barrier. use
with Insert Assembly RC9FFs.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.

RC92GHBTC

Poke-thru Insert with Double Width
Service Head

1/2" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
1 1/4" Trade Size
Conduit Stem

Includes insert stem with
disposable plate and service
head with housing, base, scrub
water gasket, and barrier. service
head and insert install together
to make a poke-thru assembly.
Combine with faceplates
(sold separately) to complete
service head assembly. shown
assembled. service head is
shipped unassembled with the
insert stem.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.
For use on tile or carpet floors.

332

NOTE: RC91GHBTC and RC92GHBTC Series Poke-Thru Devices require a
minimum 31/16" [78mm] diameter hole.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

RC9FFS

Insert Stem With Disposable Plate
Furniture feed insert with one
1 1/4" and one 1/2" trade size
conduit to feed power and
communication services.
use with either 291-H/BTC
or 292-H/BTC service Head to
form complete unit.

1/2" Trade Size
Conduit Stem
1 1/4" Trade Size
Conduit Stem

WIREMOLD

RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES

Ordering Information

FIFP-1.390

Faceplate

FPB-B

single-gang with one 1.390"
[35.3mm] receptacle opening.

4 5/8"
[118mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]

Two-gang faceplate – blank.

FP2R

FIFP-1.562

Faceplate

Faceplate
Two-gang faceplate with two
duplex receptacle openings.

Faceplate
single-gang with one 1.562"
[39.7mm] receptacle opening.

FP2T

Faceplate
Two-gang faceplate with two
communications openings.

FIFP-B Faceplate
single-gang, blank.

FP50-50

Faceplate
Two-gang with two 1/2" trade
size knockouts.

FIFP-R Faceplate
single-gang with one duplex
receptacle opening.

FIFP-SS

Faceplate

FP75-75

Faceplate
Two-gang with two 3/4" trade
size knockouts.

FPSS-SS

Faceplate
Two-gang with two surge
suppression device openings.

FPACT-ACT

Faceplate
single-gang with one 1/2" trade
size knockout.

Faceplate

9"
[229mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]

FIFP75

Two-gang faceplate with two
6A mini adapter openings. Two
adapters included. Accepts
wiremold Open system
communication modules.

Faceplate
single-gang with one 3/4" trade
size knockout.

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Faceplate
single-gang faceplate with
one telephone opening.
Communication grommets
included.

FIFP50

Faceplate
Two-gang with one 3/4" and one
1/2" trade size knockout.

single-gang with one surge
suppression receptacle opening.

FIFP-T

FP75-50

333
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC SERIES™ POKE-THRU DEVICES

Ordering Information

FPB-ACT
9"
[229mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

FPB-RT

ABPLUG3

Faceplate
Two-gang faceplate with one
6A mini adapter opening. One
adapter included. Accepts
wiremold Open system
communication modules.

Abandonment Plug Assembly

3 3/16"
[97mm]
7"
[178mm]

Faceplate

9"
[229mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]

FPB-2RT

Two-gang plate with one
Ortronics® TracJack adapter
included and one Ortronics®
series II adapter included.Flat
connector only.

TG-1

Communication Grommet

Faceplate

9"
[229mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]

One set of two grommets (one
grommet shown) black.

Two-gang plate with two
Ortronics® TracJack adapters
included and two Ortronics®
series II adapters included. Flat
connector only.

RCAPFFTCBK

Abandonment Plate

POKE-THRU DEVICES

7" [178mm]

334
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Complete plug assembly
for abandoning an open
3" [76mm] diameter
hole. Assembly includes
intumescent fire-stop
material to maintain the fire
classification of the floor,
integral retainer ring to
prevent the unit from pulling
up through the floor, and
a black die-cast aluminum
cover.

used to abandon fitting by
removing hexagonal housing
and placing plate inside the
flange. Insert stem must
remain in the place. Available
in black (BK).

WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the uL scrub water
exclusion requirement.

Wiremold® offers one of the most complete lines of both commercial and
residential floor box solutions in the industry. From small, single service
boxes to large multi-utility convention center versions, there is a wiremold
floor box to meet any need.

Table of Contents

Evolution™ Series Floor Boxes

344
XX

RATCHET-PRO SERIES
FLOOR BOX

380

Fire Classified Floor Boxes

360

380

Modulink™ 880MP Series Floor Boxes

RFB4E SERIES
FLOOR BOX

407

387

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Ratchet-Pro™ Series Floor Boxes

335
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Table of Contents

wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the uL scrub water
exclusion requirement.

Resource RFB® Series Floor Boxes

394

OmniBox™ Series Floor Boxes

420

880 Series™ Floor Boxes

432

800 Series™ Floor Boxes

436

800W Series™ Floor Boxes

438

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

861 Series™ Floor Boxes

446

862 Series™ Floor Boxes

449

336
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Table of Contents

wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the uL scrub water
exclusion requirement.

863 Series™ Floor Boxes

451

WMFB Series™ Floor Boxes

453

FloorSource™ Raised Floor Boxes

456

AF series™ Raised
Floor Boxes

463

AC series™ Raised
Floor Boxes

CRFB Series Raised Floor Boxes

468

CCFB Series Convention Center Products

473

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

CCBB Series Ballroom Floor Boxes

477

337
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the uL scrub water
exclusion requirement.

Quick selection Guide

On-Grade Floor Boxes for Concrete Floors
PVC BOXES
Box Model

Box Type

Service
Box
Box
Depth Behind
Capability Capacity Construction Device Plates

KO Sizes

Cover Model

1"
Metal,
Trade size Polycarbonate

Cover
Construction

Cover & Flange
Part Nos.

Tile, Carpet

895, 896

Flush Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade

Tile, Carpet

RPAV3CTC,
RP7CTC,
RPAMD4CTC,
RPAMD8CTC,
RP4FFCTC,
RP9AM2CTC

surface Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade

Notes

Ratchet-Pro
881

Round

single

1 Gang

PVC

1 3/4"
[44mm]

Ratchet-Pro
RPNFB

Round

Dual

2 Gangs

PVC

3 1/2"
[89mm]

Modulink
880MP2

Rectangular

single

1 Gang

PVC

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2" – 2"
Metal,
Trade size Polycarbonate

Tile, Carpet

817, 818, 828, 829,
830 series

Flush Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade

Modulink
880MP2

Rectangular

single

2 or 3
Gangs

PVC

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2" – 2"
Metal,
Trade size Polycarbonate

Tile, Carpet

827, 828, 829, 830,
837, 838 series

Flush Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade

3/4" – 2"

Die-Cast
Aluminum

EPOXY PAINTED METAL & CAST IRON BOXES

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Box Model

338

Box Type

Service
Box
Box
Depth Behind
Capability Capacity Construction Device Plates

KO Sizes

Cover Model

Cover
Construction

Cover & Flange
Part Nos.

Notes

Ratchet-Pro
RPSFB-OG

Round

Dual

2 Gangs

PVC

3 1/2"
[89mm]

3/4" – 2"

Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet

RPAV3CTC, surface Devices,
On-Grade
RP7CTC,
RPAMD4CTC, or Above-Grade
RPAMD8CTC,
RP4FFCTC,
RP9AM2CTC

RFB Series
RFB2-OG

Rectangular

Triple

2 Gangs

steel

3"
[76mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade size

FloorPort™
Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo

FPCT, FPBT,
FPFFT series

Recessed
Devices, Fully
Adjustable

RFB Series
RFB4-C1-1

Rectangular

Dual

4 Gangs

Cast Iron

2"
[51mm]

1" – 1 1/4"
Trade size

FloorPort™
Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile,
Carpet

FPCT, FPBT,
FPFFT series

Recessed
Devices, Fully
Adjustable

RFB Series
RFB4E-OG

Rectangular

Triple

4 Gangs

steel

3 1/2"
[89mm]

3/4" – 2"
Trade size

Evolution
Round
Poke-Thru
Cover

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo, Bare
Concrete

6CT series

Recessed
Devices, Fully
Adjustable

RFB Series
RFB6-OG

Rectangular

Triple

6 Gangs

steel

3 1/4"
[83mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade size

FloorPort™
Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo

FPCT, FPBT,
FPFFT series

Recessed
Devices, Fully
Adjustable

RFB Series
RFB6E-OG

Rectangular

Triple

6 Gangs

steel

3 1/4"
[83mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade size

Evolution™
Round
Poke-Thru
Cover

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo, Bare
Concrete

8CT series

Recessed
Devices, Fully
Adjustable

RFB Series
RFB9-OG

Rectangular

Triple

9 Gangs

steel

2 1/2"
[64mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo

RFB119CTC,
RFB119BTC

Recessed
Devices, Fully
Adjustable

RFB Series
RFB11-OG

Rectangular

Triple

11 Gangs

steel

2 1/2"
[64mm]

3/4" – 2"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo

RFB119CTC,
RFB119BTC

Recessed
Devices, Fully
Adjustable

Evolution
Series
EFB6S-OG

Rectangular

Triple

6 Gangs

steel

3 7/8"
[98mm]

3/4" – 2"
Trade size

Evolution
Rectangular
Die-Cast
Alumuinum

Tile, Carpet,
wood, Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete

EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT,
EFB610CT

Removable
Modules,
standard size
Device Plates

NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with Federal Specifications W-C-583b in one of
the following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable, Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight, Class 2-Concrete-tight.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the uL scrub water
exclusion requirement.

Quick selection Guide

On-Grade Floor Boxes for Concrete Floors (continued)
EPOXY PAINTED METAL & CAST IRON BOXES
Service
Box
Box
Depth Behind
Capability Capacity Construction Device Plates

Box Model

Box Type

Evolution
Series
EFB8S-OG

Rectangular

Triple

8 Gangs

steel

Evolution
Series
EFB10S-OG

Rectangular

Triple

10 Gangs

800 Series
800CILCK

Round

single

OmniBox
880CS1,
880CM1

Rectangular

OmniBox
880CS2,
880CM2
OmniBox
880CS3,
880CM3

Cover
Cover & Flange
Construction
Part Nos.

KO Sizes

Cover Model

3 1/2"
[89mm]

3/4" – 2"
Trade size

Evolution
Rectangular

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete

EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT,
EFB610CT

Removable
Modules,
standard size
Device Plates

steel

3 1/2"
[89mm]

1" – 2"
Trade size

Evolution
Rectangular

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete

EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT,
EFB610CT

Removable
Modules,
Finished
Interior

1 Gang

Cast Iron

N/A

1/2" – 3/4"
Trade size

Brass

Tile,
Carpet

825 series

Flush
Devices, Fully
Adjustable

single

1 Gang

Cast Iron

880CS1:
2 3/4" [70mm]
880CM1:
1 3/4" [44mm]

1"
Trade size

Metal,
Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

817, 818, 828,
829, 830 series

Flush
Devices, Fully
Adjustable

Rectangular

Dual

2 Gangs

Cast Iron

880CS2:
2 3/4" [70mm]
880CM2:
1 3/4" [44mm]

1"
Trade size

Metal,
Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

827, 828, 829,
830 series

Flush
Devices, Fully
Adjustable

Rectangular

Triple

3 Gangs

Cast Iron

880CS3:
2 3/4" [70mm]
880CM3:
1 3/4" [44mm]

1"
Trade size

Metal,
Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

828, 829, 830,
837, 838 series

Flush
Devices, Fully
Adjustable

Round

single

1 Gang

Cast Iron

887:
2" [51mm]
889:
3" [76mm]

887B:
1/2" – 3/4"
889B:
1" – 1 1/4"
Trade size

Metal,
Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

895, 896 series

Flush
Devices, Fully
Adjustable

CCBB Series Rectangular
CCBBS-OG
CCBBL-OG

Triple

12 Gangs

steel

Cast
Aluminum

Carpet

CCBBsCTCAL,
CCBBLCTCAL

Recessed
Devices,
Adjustable
Pre-pour

CCFB Series Rectangular

Multi

Customs

steel

Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
Bare Concrete

CCFBCTC

Power, A/V,
Comm.,
water, Air

880 Series
887B/889B

CCBBS:
CCBBS-OG:
3 3/4" [95mm] 3/4" – 2"
Trade size
CCBBl-OG:
CCBBL: Field
Custom
Punched
Custom

Field
Punched

Notes

Above-Grade Floor Boxes for Concrete Floors
PVC BOXES
Box Type

Service
Box
Box
Depth Behind
Capability Capacity Construction Device Plates KO Sizes

Cover
Cover & Flange
Cover Model Construction
Part Nos.
895, 896
series

Notes

Ratchet-Pro 881

Round

single

(4) #12
AwG or
(6) Cat 6A

PVC

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1"
Metal,
Trade size Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

Ratchet-Pro RPNFB

Round

Dual

2 Gang

PVC

3 1/2"
[89mm]

3/4" – 2"
Metal,
Trade size Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

Modulink 880MPFC

Rectangular

single

(4) #12
AwG or
(6) Cat 6A

PVC

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1"
Metal,
Trade size Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

817, 818,
828, 829,
830 series

Flush Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade

Modulink 880MP2

Rectangular

single

(4) #12
AwG or
(6) Cat 6A

PVC

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2" – 2"
Metal,
Trade size Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

817, 818,
828, 829,
830 series

Flush Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade

Modulink 880MP2

Rectangular

Dual

PVC

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2" – 2"
Metal,
Trade size Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

827, 828, 829,
830, 837,
838 series

Flush Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade

Flush Devices,
On-Grade
or Above-Grade

RPAMD4CTC,
Flush Devices,
RPAMD8CTC,
On-Grade
RF4FFCTC, RPAV3CTC, or Above-Grade
RP9AM2CTC, RP7CTC

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Box Model

Fire Classified Floor Boxes – Add “FC” suffix to part number for fire classified version. All fire classified boxes feed with 1 1/4" conduit feeds.
NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with Federal Specifications W-C-583b in
one of the following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable, Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight,
Class 2-Concrete-tight.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

339

WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the uL scrub water
exclusion requirement.

Quick selection Guide

Above-Grade Floor Boxes for Concrete Floors (continued)
STEEL BOXES

Box Model

Box
Capacity

Box
Depth Behind
Construction Device Plates

KO Sizes

Cover
Cover Model Construction

Cover &
Flange
Part Nos.

Notes

800 Series 800LCK

Round

single

1 Gang

steel

N/A

1/2 – 3/4"
Trade size

Brass

Tile,
Carpet

825 series

Flush
Devices, Fully
Adjustable

880 Series
885B/886B

Round

single

1 Gang

steel

885B:
2" [51mm]
886B:
2 1/4"
[57mm]

885B:
1/2" – 3/4"
886B:
1/2" – 1"
Trade size

Metal,
Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

895, 896
series

Flush
Devices,
Fully
Adjustable

OmniBox
880S1, 880M1

Rectangular

single

1 Gang
(4) #12 AwG/
Gang or (6)
Cat 6A/Gang

steel

880S1:
2 3/4"
[70mm]
880M1:
1 3/4" [44mm]

880S1:
1/2" – 1"
880M1:
1/2" – 3/4"
Trade size

Metal,
Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

817, 818,
827, 828,
829,
830 series

Flush
Devices,
Fully
Adjustable

OmniBox
880S2, 880M2

Rectangular

Dual

2 Gangs
(4) #12 AwG/
Gang or (6)
Cat 6A/Gang

steel

880S2:
2 3/4"
[70mm]
880M2:
1 3/4" [44mm]

880S2:
1/2" – 1"
880M2:
1/2" – 3/4"
Trade size

Metal,
Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

827, 828,
829,
830 series

Flush
Devices,
Fully
Adjustable

OmniBox
880S3, 880M3

Rectangular

Triple

1 Gang
(4) #12 AwG/
Gang or (6)
Cat 6A/Gang

steel

880S3:
2 3/4"
[70mm]
880M3:
1 3/4" [44mm]

880S3:
1/2" – 1"
880M3:
1/2" – 3/4"
Trade size

Metal,
Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

828, 829,
830, 837,
838
series

Flush
Devices,
On-Grade or
Above-Grade

Round

Dual

2 Gangs

PVC

3 1/2"
[89mm]

3/4" – 2"

Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet

RPAV3CTC,
RP7CTC,
RPAMD4CTC,
RPAMD8CTC,
RP4FFCTC,
RPAM2CTC,
RP9AM2CTC

surface
Devices,
On-Grade
or AboveGrade

RFB Series RFB2

Rectangular

Triple

1 Gang
(4) #12 AwG/
Gang or (6)
Cat 6A/Gang

steel

3"
[76mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade size

FloorPort
Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo

FPCT,
FPBT,
FPFFT
series

Recessed
Devices,
On-Grade or
Above-Grade

RFB Series RFB4

Rectangular

Triple

1 Gang
(4) #12 AwG/
Gang or (6)
Cat 6A/Gang

steel

2"
[51mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade size

FloorPort
Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo

FPCT,
FPBT,
FPFFT
series

Recessed
Devices,
On-Grade or
Above-Grade

RFB Series RFB4E

Rectangular

Triple

4 Gangs

steel

3 1/2"
[89mm]

3/4" – 2"
Trade size

Evolution
series
Poke-Thru
Covers

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo,
Bare
Concrete

6CT &
6CTC
series

Recessed
Devices,
Fully
Adjustable

RFB Series
RFB6

Rectangular

Triple

6 Gangs

steel

3 1/4"
[83mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade size

FloorPort
Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo

FPCT,
FPBT,
FPFFT
series

Recessed
Devices,
On-Grade or
Above-Grade

RFB Series RFB6E

Rectangular

Triple

6 Gangs

steel

3 1/4"
[83mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade size

Evolution
series
Poke-Thru
Covers

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo,
Bare
Concrete

8CT series

Recessed
Devices,
Fully
Adjustable

RFB Series
RFB9

Rectangular

Triple

9 Gangs

steel

2 1/2"
[64mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo

RFB119TC

Recessed
Devices,
On-Grade or
Above-Grade

RFB Series RFB11

Rectangular

Triple

11 Gangs

steel

2 1/2"
[64mm]

3/4" – 2"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo

RFB119TC

Recessed
Devices,
On-Grade or
Above-Grade

RPSFB

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Service
Box Type Capability

Fire Classified Floor Boxes – Add “FC” suffix to part number for fire classified version. All fire classified boxes feed with 1 1/4" conduit feeds.

340

NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with Federal Specifications W-C-583b in
one of the following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable, Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight, Class
2-Concrete-tight.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the uL scrub water
exclusion requirement.

Quick selection Guide

Above-Grade Floor Boxes for Concrete Floors (continued)
STEEL BOXES (continued)

Box Model

Service
Box
Box
Depth Behind
Capability Capacity Construction Device Plates

Box Type

KO Sizes

Cover
Cover Model Construction

Cover &
Flange
Part Nos.

Notes

Evolution Series
EFB6S

Rectangular

Triple

6 Gangs

steel

3 7/8"
[98mm]

3/4" – 2"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete

EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT,
EFB610CT

Removable
Modules,
standard size
Device Plates

Evolution Series
EFB8S

Rectangular

Triple

8 Gangs

steel

3 1/2"
[89mm]

3/4" – 2"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete

EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT
EFB610CT

Removable
Modules,
standard size
Device Plates

Evolution Series Rectangular
EFB10S

Triple

10 Gangs

steel

3 1/4"
[83mm]

3/4" – 2"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete

EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT,
EFB610CT

Removable
Modules,
Finished
Interior

CCBB Series
CCBBS
CCBBL

Rectangular

Triple

12 Gangs

steel

Cast
Aluminum

Carpet

CCBBsCTCAL,
CCBBLCTCAL

Recessed
Devices,
Adjustable
Pre-pour

CCFB Series

Rectangular

Multi

Custom

steel

Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
Bare
Concrete

CCFBCTC

Power, A/V,
Comm.,
water, Air

CCBBS: 3/4" –
CCBBS:
3 3/4" [95mm] 2" Trade size
CCBBL: Field
CCBBl:
Punched
Custom
Custom

Field
Punched

Floor Boxes for Wood Floor
Service
Box
Box
Depth Behind
Capability Capacity Construction Device Plates

Cover
Construction

Cover
Type

Cover & Flange
Part Nos.

1/2" Trade size

Brass,
Brushed
Aluminum

Tile,
Carpet

895 series &
Poke-Thru
Covers

1/2" Trade size

Brass,
Brushed
Aluminum

Carpet

Included
with Kits

2 3/4"
[70mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Brass,
Brushed
Aluminum,
Nonmetallic

Tile,
Carpet

817, 818, 828, 829,
830 series

steel

2 3/4"
[70mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Brass,
Brushed
Aluminum,
Nonmetallic

Tile,
Carpet

827, 828, 829,
830 series

3 Gangs

steel

2 1/4"
[57mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Brass,
Brushed
Aluminum,
Nonmetallic

Tile,
Carpet

828, 829, 830, 837,
838 series

4 Gangs

Die-Cast
Aluminum

2 1/4"
[57mm]

1/2, 3/4", 1",
1 1/4" & 2"
Trade size

CRFB & Evolution
Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile,
Carpet

CRFBCTC,
CRFBBTC,
8AT series

Box Model

Box Type

861 Series

Round

single

1 Gang

Die-Cast
Aluminum

N/A

863 Series

Round

Dual

2 Gangs

PVC

N/A

880W Series,
880W1

Rectangular

single

1 Gang

steel

880W Series,
880W2

Rectangular

Dual

2 Gangs

880W Series,
880W3

Rectangular

Triple

CRFB Series

Round

Triple

KO Sizes

Romex strain relief
pass-though opening
for communications.

NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with Federal Specifications W-C-583b in
one of the following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable, Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight, Class
2-Concrete-tight.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

COMMERCIAL BOXES

341

WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the uL scrub water
exclusion requirement.

Quick selection Guide

Floor Boxes for Wood Floor (continued)
RESIDENTIAL BOXES
862 Series

Round

single

1 Gang

PVC

N/A

3/4"
Trade size

Brass, Brushed
Aluminum

Tile,
Carpet

Included with Kit
or 895, 896 series

WMFB Series,
WMFB1

square

single

1 Gang

PVC

N/A

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Brass, Brushed
Nickel

Tile,
Carpet

Included with Kit

WMFB Series,
WMFB2

square

Dual

2 Gangs

PVC

N/A

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Brass, Brushed
Nickel

Tile,
Carpet

Included with Kit

863
Series

Round

Dual

2 Gangs

PVC

N/A

1/2"
Trade size

Brass, Brushed
Aluminum

Carpet

Included with Kit

Cover
Construction

Cover
Type

Cover & Flange
Part Nos.

Romex strain relief
pass-though opening
for communications

Raised Floor Boxes
ACCESS FLOOR DEPTH: 2 1/2"
Box Model

Box Type

Service
Capability

Box
Capacity

Box
Construction

Depth Behind
Device Plates

KO Sizes

AF Series
SAF 2 1/2

square

Triple

3 Gangs

steel

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Pçolycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

Included
with Box

CONCRETE FLOOR DEPTH: 4"
AF Series
SAF 2 1/2

square

Triple

3 Gangs

steel

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

Included
with Box

AC Series
AC8840

square

single

2 Gangs

steel

1 1/2"
[38mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Zinc

Carpet

Included
with Box

AC Series
AC8104

square

Dual

4 Gangs

steel

1 5/8"
[41mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Zinc

Carpet

Included
with Box

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

ACCESS FLOOR DEPTH: 5"
AF Series
SAF 2 1/2

square

Triple

3 Gangs

steel

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

Included
with Box

AF Series
AF1

square

Triple

4 Gangs

Die-Cast
Aluminum

2 3/4"
[70mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

Included
with Box

AF Series
AF3

square

Triple

8 Gangs

Die-Cast
Aluminum

2 3/4"
[70mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

Included
with Box

AC Series
AC8840

square

single

2 Gangs

steel

1 1/2"
[38mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Zinc

Carpet

Included
with Box

AC Series
AC8850

square

single

4 Gangs

steel

2"
[51mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Zinc

Carpet

Included
with Box

AC Series
AC8104

square

Dual

4 Gangs

steel

1 5/8"
[41mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Zinc

Carpet

Included
with Box

AC Series
AC8105

square

Triple

6 Gangs

steel

2"
[51mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Zinc

Carpet

Included
with Box

AC Series
AC10105

square

Triple

8 Gangs

steel

2"
[51mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Zinc

Carpet

Included
with Box

NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with Federal Specifications W-C-583b in one of the
following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable, Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight, Class 2-Concrete-tight.

342
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected
to meet and exceed the uL scrub water
exclusion requirement.

Quick selection Guide

Raised Floor Boxes (continued)
ACCESS FLOOR DEPTH: 6"

Box Model

Box Type

Service
Capability

Box
Capacity

Box
Depth Behind
Construction Device Plates

Cover
Construction

Cover
Type

Cover & Flange
Part Nos.

AF Series
SAF 2 1/2

square

Triple

3 Gangs

steel

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

Included
with Box

AF Series
AF1

square

Triple

4 Gangs

Die-Cast
Aluminum

2 3/4"
[70mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

Included
with Box

AF Series
AF3

square

Triple

8 Gangs

Die-Cast
Aluminum

2 3/4"
[70mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Polycarbonate

Tile,
Carpet

Included
with Box

AC Series
AC8840

square

single

2 Gangs

steel

1 1/2"
[38mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Zinc

Carpet

Included
with Box

AC Series
AC8850

square

single

4 Gangs

steel

2"
[51mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Zinc

Carpet

Included
with Box

AC Series
AC8104

square

Dual

4 Gangs

steel

1 5/8"
[41mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Zinc

Carpet

Included
with Box

AC Series
AC8105

square

Triple

6 Gangs

steel

2"
[51mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Zinc

Carpet

Included
with Box

AC Series
AC10105

square

Triple

8 Gangs

steel

2"
[51mm]

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Zinc

Carpet

Included
with Box

CRFB
Series

Round

Triple

4 Gangs

Die-Cast
Aluminum

2 1/4"
[57mm]

1/2", 3/4", 1",
1-1/4" & 2"
Trade size

CRFB &
Evolution
Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile,
Carpet

CRFBCTC,
CRFBBTC,
8AT series

Evolution
Series
EFB6S

Rectangular

Triple

6 Gangs

steel

3 7/8"
[98mm]

3/4"– 2"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete

EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT,
EFB610CT

Removable
Modules,
standard size
Device Plates

Evolution
Series
EFB8S

Rectangular

Triple

8 Gangs

steel

3 1/2"
[89mm]

3/4"– 2"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete

EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT,
EFB610CT

Removable
Modules,
standard size
Device Plates

Evolution
Series
EFB10S

Rectangular

Triple

10 Gangs

steel

3 1/4"
[83mm]

3/4"– 2"
Trade size

Die-Cast
Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,
wood,
Terrazzo,
Polished
Concrete

EFB610CTC,
EFB610BTC,
EFB610BT,
EFB610CT

Removable
Modules,
Finished
Interior

KO Sizes

Notes

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with Federal Specifications W-C-583b in one of
the following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable, Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight, Class 2-Concrete-tight.

343
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES

Wiremold® Evolution™ series Floor Boxes are the latest advancement in the
most complete and innovative line of floor solutions in the industry.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.

Evolution™ Series Floor Box Components
F

A

G

H

L
E
B

D
I
C

J

B
Each Removable Module consists of
the above components

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

K

KEY
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.

Mud Cap (temporary construction cover)
Removable Module
Toggle Clamp
Box
Cable Guide
Tunnel

COLOR OPTIONS

G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.

Mounting Bracket
Divider (removable repositionable)
End Cap
Back Knockout Plate
Concrete Level Leg
“L” Bracket

All items shown above are included
with Evolution series floor boxes.

Evolution series Floor Box Covers are available in the following
powder coated finishes: “BK” black, “GY” gray, “NK” nickel, “Bs”
brass, and “BZ” bronze.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more
information.

344
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series Floor Box Model Selection Guide
EVOLuTION
FLOOR BOX MODEL

EFB6s

INsTALL FLOOR TYPE:
Concrete Floor
Raised Floor
wood Floor

EFB6s-OG EFB6s-FC

EFB8s

EFB8s-OG EFB8s-FC

EFB10s

EFB10s-OG EFB10s-FC

EFBFF

EFBFF-OG

YEs
YEs
YEs

YEs

YEs

YEs
YEs
YEs

YEs

YEs

YEs
YEs
YEs

YEs

YEs

YEs
YEs
YEs

YEs

BOX TYPE:

standard

On-Grade

Fire
Classified

standard

On-Grade

Fire
Classified

standard

On-Grade

Fire
Classified

Furniture
Feed

Furniture
Feed

BOX CAPACITY:

6-Gangs

6-Gangs

6-Gangs

8-Gangs

8-Gangs

8-Gangs

10-Gangs

10-Gangs

10-Gangs

2-Gangs

2-Gangs

DEPTH BEHIND
PLATEs:

3 7/8"
[98mm]

3 7/8"
[98mm]

3 7/8"
[98mm]

3 1/2"
[89mm]

3 1/2"
[89mm]

3 1/2"
[89mm]

3 1/2"
[89mm]

3 1/2"
[89mm]

3 1/2"
[89mm]

N/A

N/A

YEs

YEs

YEs

YEs

YEs

YEs

YEs

YEs

YEs

REMOVABLE
MODuLEs:
DEVICE PLATE sIZE:

uses standard size Device Plates:
single-Gang (2 3/4" x 4 1/2")
[70mm x 114mm]

COVERs:
COLORs:

uses Non-standard size Device
Plates
(4.652" x 2.302")
[117mm x 58mm]

EFB610CTC series, EFB610BTC series, EFB610CT series, EFB610BT series
Black, Gray, Brass, Nickel, Bronze

FLOOR suRFACE:
KO sIZE RANGE:
(TRADE sIZE)

uses standard size Device Plates:
single-Gang (2 3/4" x 4 1/2")
Double-Gang (4 9/16" x 4 1/2")
Triple-Gang (6 3/8" x 4 1/2")

FPFFTC series
Black, Gray, Brass,
Nickel, Bronze,
Brushed Aluminum
Carpet, Tile & wood

Carpet, Tile, wood, Bare (Polished) Concrete & Terrazzo
3/4" to 2"

3/4" to 2"

FIRE RATING:
(HOuRs)

1 1/4"

3/4" to 2"

3/4" to 2"

up to
2 Hours

1 1/4"

3/4" to 2"

up to
2 Hours

3/4" to 2"

1 1/4"

1/2" to 2"

1/2" to 2"

up to
2 Hours

NOTE: Covers open full 180°, slide cable egress doors, painted interior.

Evolution Series Floor Box Compartment Volumes
MODEL

OuTER COMPARTMENTs
(EACH)

CENTER COMPARTMENTs
(EACH)

EFB6 sERIEs

32 in.3

[524ml]

38.5 in.3

[630ml]

EFB8 sERIEs

27.5 in.3

[450ml]

34 in.3

[557ml]

EFB10 sERIEs

23.5 in.

[385ml]

27.5 in.

[450ml]

EFBFF sERIEs

64.5 in.

[1056ml]

64.5 in.

[1056ml]

3
3

3
3

Configurable with Removable Modules
In addition to having removable dividers and a
tunnel feature that allows all compartments
to be connected, the modules are removable
through the top or back of the floor box. This
allows for easier installations and facilitates
moves, adds and changes without having to
disconnect services, saving time and money.

Audio/Video Design
Evolution series Floor Boxes have been
developed specifically with the A/V industry in
mind. with 3 1/2" – 3 7/8" [89mm x 98mm] of
wiring capacity behind each device plate, these
boxes will accept devices from leading A/V
manufacturers including Extron® Electronics
and Crestron®.

Durable 180° Articulating Hinge
Hinge design enables covers to open a full
180° and lie flat on the floor surface with the
durability to support a large cover. Provides easy
access to all interior modules and activations
while reducing tripping hazards.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Finished Interior
Fully finished interior removes the unfinished
industrial look while increasing visibility, making
it easier to see where to plug in devices.

345
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 6-Gang Floor Boxes Ordering Information

EFB6S

6-Gang Floor Box
11 3/16"
[284mm]

15 1/8"
[384mm]

4 1/16"
[103mm]

Designed to be installed in concrete floors, raised floors, and wood floor applications.
Box has a fully finished interior to assist plugging and unplugging of devices.
Designed to work with standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all
components needed for initial installation. Included components are: Protective/
Disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two modules of compartments,
two (2) removable modules, two (2) toggle clamps to secure box to raised and wood
floors, two (2) cable management guides, two (2) leveling support legs for concrete
applications and trade size knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 2" trade size.
Items not included with the box and sold separately are: receptacles, communication jacks, and A/V devices and device plates. Box is compatible with wiremold®
walkerflex Modular wiring system. Custom options are available upon request.
NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used (sold separately).

Three (3) KOs:
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO

Four (4) 1" Trade Size KOs

3.7/8" [99mm]

EFB6 Depth Behind Plates
Two (2) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
Outer: 2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1" Trade Size KO

Three (3) KOs:
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO

EFB6S-OG

Six-Gang Floor Box
11 3/16"
[284mm]

15 1/8"
[384mm]

4 1/16"
[103mm]

Designed to be installed in both on-grade and above grade concrete floor applications. Box has an epoxy coating that allows the box to be placed in on-grade
applications without the need for additional vapor barriers. Designed to work with
standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all components needed for
initial installation. Included components are: protective/disposable cover, tunnel
system for connecting the two modules of compartments, two (2) removable
modules, two (2) cable management guides, two (2) leveling support legs for concrete applications and trade size knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 1 1/4". Items
not included with the box and sold separately are: receptacles, communication
jacks, and A/V devices and device plates. Custom options are available upon request.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Note: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used (sold separately).
Three (3) KOs:
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO

Four (4) 1" Trade Size KOs

3 7/8" [99mm]

EFB6-OG Depth Behind Plates

Two (2) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO

346
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Three (3) KOs:
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:
Outer: 2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1" Trade Size KO

WIREMOLD

EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 6-Gang Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

EFB6S-FC

Six-Gang Fire-Classified Floor Box
11 3/16"
[284mm]

15 1/8"
[384mm]

7 1/2"
[191mm]

21 3/4"
[552mm]

17 1/4"
[438mm]

Designed to be installed in above grade concrete floors while maintaining the
fire classification of the floor. This box is classified to be used in 2-hour fire rated
floors. Designed to accept standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all
components needed for initial installation. Included components are: protective/
disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two modules of compartments,
fire classified pan, two (2) removable modules, four (4) 1 1/4 intumescent conduit
feeds and two (2) cable management guides. Items not included with the box
and sold separately are: receptacles, communication jacks, and A/V devices and
device plates
NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used.
(Sold separately).
NOTE: Designed for new construction applications.
NOTE: Consult structural engineer before making cuts into decking. Add additional supports as
instructed by the structural engineer.

3 7/8" [98mm]
Depth Behind Device Plate

Fire Classified Pan
(Insures 3 1/4" [83mm] of
concrete around box at all times)

1 1/4" [35] Intumescent
Service Feed (Four (4) per box)

Outlet Boxes and Fittings Classified for
Fire Resistance Legrand/Wiremold (R8209)
Type EFB6s-FC, EFB8s-FC and EFB10s-FC preset electrical
insert for use in 2-hour fire rated D900 series Floor-Ceiling
designs constructed with nominal 2" or 3" deep fluted steel
floor units having a nominal 5" wide valley and crests spaced
12" OC, with a minimum 3 1/4" [83mm] thickness of structural
concrete topping. The assembly preset electrical insert with
floor plate kit and service activations fitting will not reduce
the 2-hour fire rating of the floor assembly when installed in
accordance with the installation instructions accompanying
the preset electrical insert and when the preset electrical
insert are spaced 2' [0.61m] OC with not more than one unit
per 4 square feet [0.37m2] of floor area in each span.

Evolution™ Series 6-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

EFB6-MB

Module
Bank of three (3) compartments
that accept power,
communications and audio/
video devices. Accepts standard
size (2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [70mm x
114mm]) device plates. Includes
device bracket, back plate, three
(3) knockout plates (3/4"/1 1/4"
concentric), two (2) end caps and
one (1) divider.
NOTE: Module will fit on either side of the
floor box.

Mounting Bracket
Holds up to three (3) devices of
power, communications or audio/
video devices. Bracket accepts
standard size (2 3/4" x 4 1/2"
[70mm x 114mm]) device plates
sold separately by others.

EFB-AAP

Device Plate
Holds two (2) Extron® Electronics
AAP devices. Device plate
dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2"
[69mm x 114mm].

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

EFB6M

347
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 6-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

EFB-MAAP

Device Plate

EFB6-DIV

Relocatable Divider
Provides separation of services.
Includes one (1) divider plate.

Holds four (4) Extron® Electronics
MAAP devices. Device plate
dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [69mm x
114mm].

EFB-MOS

EFBCLL

Concrete Leveling Legs

Device Plate

Provide floor box adjustment up or
down to match the desired pour
height of the concrete. Included two
(2) leveling legs, threaded rod not
supplied.

European device plate accepts up
to [45mm x 67.5mm] Arteor device.
Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4
1/2" [69mm x 114mm].

EFBCMG
EFB-B

Cable Management Guides
Guides help organize and maintain
cable position when opening and
closing the cover.

Blank Device Plate
Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x
4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm].

EFB6S-2HUB
EFB6-3/4-11/4

Knockout Plate

Has one (1) 1 1/4" concentric trade
size knockout opening.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

EFB6-TUN

Tunnel
6 gang tunnel allows for cables to be
wrapped around box from one module
to the other.

348
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

2" Conduit Hub
Hub allows 2" conduit to be fed into
the back of EFB6s and EFB6s-OG
Floor Boxes. Maximum of six (6) hubs
per box.

WIREMOLD

EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 8-Gang Floor Boxes Ordering Information

EFB8S

8-Gang Floor Box
11 3/16"
[284mm]

15 1/8"
[384mm]

6"
[152mm]

Designed to be installed in concrete floors, raised floors, and wood floor applications.
Box has a fully finished interior to assist plugging and unplugging of devices. Designed to
work with standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all components needed
for initial installation. Included components are: protective/disposable cover, tunnel
system for connecting the two modules of compartments, two (2) removable modules,
two (2) toggle clamps to secure box to raised and wood floors, two (2) cable management
guides, two (2) leveling support legs for concrete applications and trade size knockouts
ranging in size from 3/4" to 2". Items not included with the box and sold separately are:
receptacles, communication jacks, and A/V devices and device plates. Box is compatible
with wiremold® walkerflex Modular wiring system. Custom options are available upon
request.
NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used (sold separately).

Two (2) KOs:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Each Side:
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO

Eight (8) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO

3 1/2" [89mm]

Two (2) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO
Each Side:
3/4" Trade Size KO

EFB8 Depth Behind Plates

EFB8S-OG

8-Gang Floor Box
11 3/16"
[284mm]

15 1/8"
[384mm]

Each Side:
2" Trade Size KO

6"
[152mm]

Designed to be installed in both on-grade and above grade concrete floor applications.
Box has an epoxy coating that allows the box to be placed in on-grade applications
without the need for additional vapor barriers. Designed to work with standard size
wall plates. Box comes complete with all components needed for initial installation.
Included components are: protective/disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the
two modules of compartments, two (2) removable modules, two (2) cable management
guides, two (2) leveling support legs for concrete applications, trade size knockouts
ranging in size from 3/4" to 2". Items not included with the box and sold separately are:
receptacles, communication jacks, and A/V devices and device plates. Custom options are
available upon request.

Each Side:
Outer: 2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1" Trade Size KO

Each Side:
Outer: 2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1" Trade Size KO

Eight (8) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO

3 1/2" [89mm]

Two (2) KOs:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO
EFB8-OG Depth Behind Plates

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used (sold separately).

Two (2) KOs:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Each Side:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

349

WIREMOLD

EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 8-Gang Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

EFB8S-FC

8-Gang Fire-Classified Floor Box
11 3/16"
[284mm]

15 1/8"
[384mm]

7 1/2"
[191mm]

21 3/4"
[552mm]

17 1/4"
[438mm]

Designed to be installed in above grade concrete floors while maintaining the fire
classification of the floor. This box is classified for use in 2-hour fire rated floors.
Designed to work with standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all
components needed for initial installation. Included components are: protective/
disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two modules of compartments,
fire classified pan, two (2) removable modules, four (4) 1 1/4 intumescent conduit
feeds and two (2) cable management guides. Items not included with the box and
sold separately are: receptacles, communication jacks, and A/V devices and device
plates.
NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used
(sold separately).
NOTE: Designed for new construction applications.
NOTE: Consult structural engineer before making cuts into decking. Add additional supports as
instructed by the structural engineer.

3 1/2" [89mm]
Depth Behind Device Plate

Fire Classified Pan
(Insures 3 1/4" [83mm] of
concrete around box at all times)

1 1/4" [35] Intumescent Service Feed
(Four (4) per box)

Outlet Boxes and Fittings Classified for
Fire Resistance Legrand/Wiremold (R8209)
Type EFB6s-FC, EFB8s-FC and EFB10s-FC preset electrical
insert for use in 2-hour fire rated D900 series Floor-Ceiling
designs constructed with nominal 2" or 3" deep fluted steel
floor units having a nominal 5" wide valley and crests spaced
12" OC, with a minimum 3 1/4" [83mm] thickness of structural
concrete topping. The assembly preset electrical insert with
floor plate kit and service activations fitting will not reduce
the 2-hour fire rating of the floor assembly when installed in
accordance with the installation instructions accompanying
the preset electrical insert and when the preset electrical
insert are spaced 2' [0.61m] OC with not more than one unit
per 4 square feet [0.37m2] of floor area in each span.

Evolution™ Series 8-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

EFB8M

Module
Bank of four (4) compartments that
accept power, communications and
audio/video devices. Accepts standard
size (2 3/4" x 4 1/2") [70mm x 114mm]
device plates. Includes one device
bracket, one back plate, two (2)
knockout plates, two (2) end caps and
one divider.
NOTE: Module will fit on either side of the floor
box.

EFB8-MB

Mounting Bracket
Holds up to four (4) devices for power,
communications or audio/video.
Bracket accepts standard size (2 3/4" x
4 1/2" [70mm x 114mm]) device plates
sold separately by others.

350
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

EFB8S-22GMB

Mounting Bracket

Equipped with two (2) 2-gang standard
size device openings for a standard
2-gang (4 9/16" x 4 1/2" [116mm x
114mm]). Ideal for 2-gang A/V devices
such as Crestron® 2-gang digital
media devices. Device plates and
devices supplied by others.

EFB8S-4GMB

Mounting Bracket

Holds a standard 4 gange device
plate. Device plate dimensions: 8 1/8"
x 4 1/4" [206mm x 116mm].

WIREMOLD

EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 8-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)
Device Plate

EFB810-2

Knockout Plate

Holds two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP
devices. Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x
4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm].

EFB-MAAP

Device Plate

Has one 2" trade size knockout.

EFB810-TUN

For EFB8 series and EFB10
series boxes. Tunnel allows
cables to be wrapped around box
from one module to the other.

Holds four (4) Extron® Electronics MAAP
devices. Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x
4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm].

EFB-MOS

Device Plate

EFB810-DIV

Blank Device Plate

EFB-CLL

EFBCMG

Has two (2) 3/4" trade size
knockouts.

EFB-50A

Knockout Plate

Has one 3/4" and one 3/4"/1 1/4"
concentric trade size knockout.

Cable Management Guides
Guides help organize and
maintain cable position when
opening and closing the cover.

Knockout Plate

EFB810-3/4-11/4

Concrete Leveling Legs
Concrete Leveling Legs – Legs allow
floor box to be adjusted up or down to
match the desired pour height of the
concrete. Includes two (2) leveling legs.
Threaded rod not supplied.

Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2"
[69mm x 114mm].

EFB810-3/4-3/4

Relocatable Divider
Provides separation of services.
Includes one (1) divider plate.

European device plate accepts up to
[45mm x 67.5mm] Arteor device. Device
plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [69mm x
114mm].

EFB-B

Tunnel

50A Adapter
Allows for a 50A device to be
installed on the 8-gang and
10-gang series boxes.
NOTE: Only fits on the side of the floor
box where the device is facing
the tunnel.
50A Device

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

EFB-AAP

Tunnel

351
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 10-Gang Floor Box Ordering Information

EFB10S

10-Gang Floor Box
11 3/16"
[284mm]

15 1/8"
[384mm]

6"
[152mm]

Designed to be installed in concrete floors, raised floors, and wood floor applications.
Box has a fully finished interior to assist plugging and unplugging of devices. Box comes
complete with all components needed for initial installation. Included components
are: protective/disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two modules of
compartments, two (2) removable modules, two (2) toggle clamps to secure box to
raised and wood floors, two (2) cable management guides, two (2) leveling support legs
for concrete applications, trade size knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 2". Items not
included with the box and sold separately are: receptacles, communication jacks, and
A/V devices and device plates. Box is compatible with wiremold® walkerflex Modular
wiring system. Custom options are available upon request.
NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used (sold separately).
Each Side:
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO

Each Side:
2" Trade Size KO

Ten (10) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO

3 1/2" [89mm]

Each Side:
3/4" Trade Size KO

EFB10 Depth Behind Plates

EFB10S-OG

Each Side:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO

10-Gang Floor Box
11 3/16"
[284mm]

15 1/8"
[384mm]

6"
[152mm]

Designed to be installed in both on-grade and above grade concrete floor applications.
Box has an epoxy coating that allows the box to be placed in on-grade applications
without the need for additional vapor barriers. Box comes complete with all
components needed for initial installation. Included components are: protective/
disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two modules of compartments, two
(2) removable modules, two (2) cable management guides, two (2) leveling support legs
for concrete applications and trade size knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 1 1/4".
Items not included with the box and sold separately are: receptacles, communication
jacks, and A/V devices and device plates. Custom options are available upon request.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used (sold separately).
Each Side:
Outer: 2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1" Trade Size KO

Ten (10) KOs:
1" Trade Size KO

3 1/2" [89mm]

Two (2) KOs:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO

352

Each Side:
Outer: 2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1" Trade Size KO

EFB10 Depth Behind Plates

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Two (2) KOs:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Each Side:
1 1/4" Trade Size KO

WIREMOLD

EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 10-Gang Floor Box Ordering Information (continued)

EFB10S-FC

10 -Gang Fire-Classified Floor Box
11 3/16"
[284mm]

15 1/8"
[384mm]

7 1/2"
[191mm]

21 3/4"
[552mm]

17 1/4"
[438mm]

Designed to be installed in above grade concrete floors while maintaining the fire
classification of the floor. This box is classified for use in 2-hour fire rated floors.
Box comes complete with all components needed for initial installation. Included
components are: protective/disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two
modules of compartments, fire classified pan, two (2) removable modules, four (4) 1
1/4" trade size intumescent conduit feeds and two (2) cable management guides.
Items not included with the box and sold separately are: receptacles, communication
jacks, and A/V devices and device plates.
NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used. (Sold separately).
NOTE: Designed for new construction applications.
NOTE: Consult structural engineer before making cuts into decking. Add additional supports as instructed by
the structural engineer.

3 1/2" [89mm]
Depth Behind Device Plate

Fire Classified Pan
(Insures 3 1/4" [83mm]
of concrete around box at
all times)

1 1/4" [35] Intumescent
Service Feed (Four (4) per box)

Outlet Boxes and Fittings Classified for
Fire Resistance Legrand/Wiremold (R8209)
Type EFB6s-FC, EFB8s-FC and EFB10s-FC preset electrical
insert for use in 2-hour fire rated D900 series Floor-Ceiling
designs constructed with nominal 2" or 3" deep fluted steel
floor units having a nominal 5" wide valley and crests spaced
12" OC, with a minimum 3 1/4" [83mm] thickness of structural
concrete topping. The assembly preset electrical insert with
floor plate kit and service activations fitting will not reduce
the 2-hour fire rating of the floor assembly when installed in
accordance with the installation instructions accompanying
the preset electrical insert and when the preset electrical
insert are spaced 2' [0.61m] OC with not more than one unit
per 4 square feet [0.37m2] of floor area in each span.

Evolution™ Series 10-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information
Module
Bank of five (5) compartments that
accept power, communications and
audio/video devices. Accepts EFB10
series device plates (2 1/32" x
4 5/8") [58mm x 117mm]. Includes
one mounting bracket, one back plate,
one divider, two (2) end caps and two
(2) knockout plates. Device plates
sold separately.
NOTE: Module will fit on either side of the
floor box.

EFB10-MB

Mounting Bracket
Holds up to five (5) devices for power,
communications or audio/video.
Bracket accepts EFB10 series device
plates (2 1/32" x 4 5/8") [58mm x
117mm] device plates sold separately.

EFB10S-23GMB

Mounting Bracket

Equipped with one (1) 2-gang
standard size device opening
and one (1) 3-gang standard size
device opening. Accepts a standard
2-gang (4 9/16" x 4 1/2" [116mm x
114mm]) and a 3-gang (6 3/8" x 4
1/2" [162mm x 114mm]) device plate.
Ideal for 2-gang A/V devices such as
Crestron® 2-gang and 3-gang digital
media devices. Device plates and
devices supplied by others.

EFB10S-5GMB

Mounting Bracket

Holds a standard 5 gang device plate
Device plate dimensions: 10" x 4 1/2"
[254mm x 116mm].

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

EFB10M

353
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 10-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

EFB10-B

Device Plate

Blank device plate. Device plate dimensions: 2.3"
x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm].

EFB10-DP

Device Plate

Duplex device plate. Device plate dimensions:
2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm]. Includes
receptacle spacers.

EFB10 -DEC

Decorator Style Device Plate

For use with decorator style receptacles, GFCI
receptacle, and decorator style audio/ video
devices. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652"
[58mm x 118mm]. Includes receptacle spacers.

EFB10-S1

Knockout Plate

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

single receptacle 1.39" [35mm]. diameter.
Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x
118mm]. Includes receptacle spacers.

EFB10-S2

Knockout Plate

single receptacle 1.59" [40mm] diameter. Device
plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm].
Includes receptacle spacers.

354
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

EFB10-6AB

Device Plate

Accepts up to three (3) dual wiremold Open
system communication adapters. Adapters sold
separately. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652"
[58mm x 118mm].

EFB10-3S2

Device Plate

Accepts up to three (3) Ortronics® series II
devices. Ortronics® devices sold separately.
Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x
118mm].

EFB10-2C

Device Plate

Accepts one dual wiremold Open system
adapter, or one Ortronics® series II adapter, or
one Ortronics® TracJack adapter. Adapters sold
separately. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652"
[58mm x 118mm].

EFB10-AAP

Device Plate

Holds two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP devices.
Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x
118mm].

EFB10-MAAP

Device Plate

Holds four (4) Extron® Electronics MAAP devices.
Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x
118mm].

WIREMOLD

EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 10-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

EFB10-MOS

Device Plate

5507T2-WH

[45mm x 67.5mm] device plate. Device plate
dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm].

For covering single receptacles – 1.41"
[36mm] in diameter.

55074TJ-WH
5507B-WH

Single Receptacle Faceplate

Ortronics® Faceplate

For mounting Ortronics® datacom inserts.
Accepts four (4) TracJack devices.

Blank Faceplate

For covering unused compartments in the
device bracket.

55076TJ-WH
5507D-WH

Ortronics® Faceplate

For mounting Ortronics® datacom inserts.
Accepts six (6) TracJack devices.

Duplex Receptacle Faceplate

For covering duplex style devices. Accepts
106 frame.

EFB810-3/4-3/4
5507R-WH

Knockout Plate

Has two 3/4" trade size knockout.

Rectangular Receptacle Faceplate

For covering rectangular decorator style
devices.

EFB810-3/4-11/4

Has one 3/4" and one 3/4"/1 1/4" concentric
trade size knockout.

Rectangular Spacer

For mounting commercial device plates.
Installs between the device bracket and a
device.

EFB810-2
5507T1-WH

Single Receptacle Faceplate

Knockout Plate

Has one 2" trade size knockout.

For covering single receptacles – 1.59"
[40mm] in diameter.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

5507S-WH

Knockout Plate

355
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series 10-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

EFB810-TUN

Tunnel

EFBCMG

Cable Management Guides
Guides help organize and maintain
cable position when opening and
closing the cover.

For EFB8 series and EFB10 series boxes.
Tunnel allows cables to be wrapped
around box from one module to the other.

EFB810-DIV

Relocatable Divider

EFB-50A

50A Adapter
Allows for a 50A device to be
installed on the 8-gang and
10-gang series boxes.

Provides separation of services. Includes
one (1) divider plate.

NOTE: Only fits on the side of the floor box
where the device is facing the tunnel.
50A Device
Tunnel

EFB-CLL

Concrete Leveling Legs
Legs allow floor box to be adjusted
up or down to match the desired
pour height of the concrete. Includes
two (2) leveling legs. Threaded rod
not supplied.

Evolution™ Series Floor Box Cover Plates & Accessories Ordering Information

EFB610CTC

Surface Style Cover with Carpet Insert

EFB610CT

Flush Style Cover with Carpet Insert
EFB610CTBK, EFB610CTGY,
EFB610CTBS, EFB610CTNK,
EFB610CTBZ

EFB610CTCBK, EFB610CTCGY,
EFB610CTCBS, EFB610CTCNK,
EFB610CTCBZ

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

16 3/8"
[416mm]

12 1/2"
[318mm]

Die cast aluminum cover
assembly designed to be used
on top of the floor covering.
Available in the following
powder coated finishes: black,
gray brass. nickel and bronze.
For use on Evolution™ series
6-, 8- and 10-gang floor boxes
(EFB6, EFB8 and EFB10).
NOTE: Depth of recess area in plate is
1/4" [6.35mm].

356
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

16 3/8"
[416mm]

12 1/2"
[318mm]

Die cast aluminum cover
assembly designed to be
used level (flush) with finish
floor covering. Available in
the following powder coated
finishes: black, gray, brass,
nickel and bronze. For use on
Evolution™ series 6-, 8- and
10-gang floor boxes (EFB6,
EFB8 and EFB10).
NOTE: Depth of recess area in plate is
1/4" [6.35mm].

WIREMOLD

EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series Floor Box Cover Plates & Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

EFB610BTC

Surface Style Cover with Solid Lid

EFB610CTR

Bare Concrete/Terrazzo Trim Ring
Nonmetallic ring for use with
bare concrete and terrazzo
floor applications.

EFB610BTCBK, EFB610BTCGY,
EFB610BTCBS, EFB610BTCNK,
EFB610BTCBZ
12 1/2"
[318mm]

Die cast aluminum cover
assembly designed to be used
on top of the floor covering.
Available in the following
powder coated finishes: black,
gray, brass, nickel and bronze
. For use on Evolution™ series
6-, 8- and 10-gang floor boxes
(EFB6, EFB8 and EFB10).

12 1/2"
[318mm]

16 3/8"
[416mm]

EFB610-TS

Tile Shim
used for floor coverings
greater than 3/16" [4.7mm].
The EFB610-Ts allows the
finished cover assembly to
be flush with the finished
floor. Includes one (1)
1/16" [1.6mm], one (1)
1/8" [3.2mm] and one 1/4"
[6.4mm] tile shims for
9/16" [14.3mm] of upward
adjustment.

EFB610BT

Flush Style Cover with Solid Lid
EFB610BTBK, EFB610BTGY,
EFB610BTBS, EFB610BTNK,
EFB610BTBZ
16 3/8"
[416mm]

12 1/2"
[318mm]

Die cast aluminum cover
assembly designed to be
used on top of floor covering.
Available in the following
powder coated finishes: black,
gray, brass, nickel and bronze.
For use on Evolution™ series
6-, 8- and 10-gang floor boxes
(EFB6, EFB8 and EFB10).

Load Capacities for Evolution™ Series
Floor Box Cover Assemblies
CATALOG NuMBERs

MAXIMuM LOAD IN POuNDs

EFB610BTC series

1800

EFB610CTC series

1800

EFB610BT series

1800

EFB610CT series

1800

NOTE: Ring must be attached to
the floor box before pouring
concrete or terrazzo.

EFB-Template

Floor Box Template
Designed to help mark out
floor to insure a proper fit.

Evolution series Floor Box Covers are
available in powder coated finishes
of (L to R) gray, nickel, bronze, brass
and black.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

16 3/8"
[416mm]

NOTE: Load applied through a 3" [76mm] mandrel in center
of the cover. Loads above are static loads only and do
not pertain to rolling loads.

357
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series EFBFF Furniture Floor Boxes Ordering Information

EFBFF

2-Gang Furniture Feed Floor Box Assembly

6 5/8"
[168mm]

7 1/16"
[179mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

For carpet, tile and wood covered floors. For use in concrete, raised and wood
floor applications. Box is provided with a protective, disposable cover that allows
the box to be installed at any point in the construction process. Box is available
in a standard version for use in above grade concrete, raised, and wood floor
applications. Boxes are also compatible with wiremold® walkerflex Modular
wiring system. Custom options are available upon request.
Outer: 1 1/2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:
Outer: 2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1/2" Trade Size KO

NOTE: For use with bare concrete or terrazzo floors.
Use FP-CTR Trim Ring.
NOTE: Box is divided down center to allow for
separation between power and communication
or A/V services.

Each Side, Two KOs:
Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO

EFBFF-OG
6 5/8"
[168mm]

Two (2) KOs:
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1/2" Trade Size KO

2-Gang Furniture Feed Floor Box Assembly
7 1/16"
[179mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

For carpet, tile and wood covered floors. For use in on-grade and above grade
concrete floor applications. Box is provided with a protective, disposable cover
that allows the box to be installed at any point in the construction process. Box
is available with an epoxy coating for on-grade applications. Custom options are
available upon request.
Outer: 1 1/2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1" Trade Size KO
Two (2) KOs:
Outer: 2" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1/2" Trade Size KO

NOTE: For use with bare concrete or terrazzo
floors. Use FP-CTR Trim Ring.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

NOTE: Box is divided down center to allow
for separation between power and
communication or A/V services.
Each Side, Two KOs:
Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO

358
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Two (2) KOs:
Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO
Inner: 1/2" Trade Size KO

WIREMOLD

EvOLuTiOn™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Evolution™ Series EFBFF Furniture Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

EFBFF-DIV

Divider

FPFFTC

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

Provides separation of services.

FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ,
FPFFTCBS, FPFFTCNK,
FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL

FP-CTR

Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring
Nonmetallic ring for use on bare
polished concrete and terrazzo floor
applications.
NOTE: Ring must be attached to the floor box before
pouring concrete or terrazzo.

EFBFF-CLL

Concrete Leveling legs

Legs allow floor box to be adjusted up or
down to match the desired pour height
of the concrete. Includes two (2) leveling
legs. Threaded rod not supplied.

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or
carpet or wood floor installations. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in powder
coat finishes of black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray or brushed
aluminum. Provided with one
(1) 1" trade size screw plug
for power or communication
type cabling and one (1)
combination 1 1/4" and 2"
trade size screw plug for
communication and A/V type
cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication
cabling.
NOTE: Flangeless FloorPort Series
(FPFFT) covers are not designed
to work with Evolution Series
Furniture Feed Floor Boxes.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

7 3/4"
[197mm]

359
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

Wiremold® Fire Classified Floor Boxes meet or exceed the uL Fire
Classification requirements for floor boxes eliminating the need for
additional spraying or fireproofing.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.

Shallow Depth Steel Floor Boxes Ordering Information

880S1FC

1-Gang Fire Classified Shallow Depth Steel Floor Box
Adjustment range over deck of 4 1/2" [114mm] minimum
to 5" [127mm] maximum. use in normal weight concrete 4
1/2" [114mm] minimum pour over deck. One 1 1/4" [32mm]
conduit feed opening. Box Capacity – 53 cubic inches.
BACK VIEW

4 13/16"
[122mm]

1 1/4"
Trade Size KO

3 15/32"
[88mm]

SIDE VIEW

23"
[584mm]

SIDE VIEW

880S2FC

2-Gang Fire Classified Shallow Depth Steel Floor Box

Adjustment range over deck of 4 1/2" [114mm] minimum to
5" [127mm] maximum. use in normal weight concrete 4 1/2"
[114mm] minimum pour over deck. Two 1 1/4" [32mm] conduit
feed openings. Box Capacity – 58.5 cubic inches per gang.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Adjustment range over deck of 4 1/2" [114mm] minimum to
5" [127mm] maximum. use in normal weight concrete 4 1/2"
[114mm] minimum pour over deck. Three 1 1/4" [32mm]
conduit feed openings. Inside Gang Capacity – 67.5 cubic
inches. Outside Gang Capacity – 54 cubic inches each gang.

COLOR OPTIONS

1 1/4"
Trade Size KO

1 1/4"
Trade Size KO

3 15/32"
[88mm]

23"
[584mm]

Cover Plates and Flanges for Fire Classified OmniBox
series™ Floor Boxes are available in the colors shown
as indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the
factory for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

23"
[584mm]

NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet in
a span. Four (4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power Conductors or 48 #23
AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data Conductors per gang.

7 15/16"
[202mm]

23"
[584mm]

3 15/32"
[88mm]

23"
[584mm]

23"
[584mm]

360

3-Gang Shallow Depth Steel Floor Box

4 13/16"
[122mm]
12"
[305mm]

3 23/32"
[94mm]

4 13/16"
[122mm]

880S3FC

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox series Floor Boxes

Standard Depth Steel Floor Boxes Ordering Information

880M1FC

880M3FC

1-Gang Fire Classified Steel Floor Box

3-Gang Fire Classified Steel Floor Box

Adjustment range over deck of 3 1/4" [83mm] minimum
to 4" [102mm] maximum. use in light weight concrete 3
1/4" [83mm] minimum pour over deck. One 1 1/4" [32mm]
conduit feed opening. Box Capacity – 37 cubic inches.
4 13/16"
[122mm]

2 15/16"
[75mm]

1 1/4"
Trade Size KO

Adjustment range over deck of 3 1/4" [83mm] minimum to
4" [102mm] maximum. use in light weight concrete 3 1/4"
[83mm] minimum pour over deck. Three 1 1/4" [32mm]
conduit feed openings. Inside Gang Capacity – 45 cubic
inches. Outside Gang Capacity – 36 cubic inches each gang.
4 13/16"
[122mm]

3 23/32"
[94mm]

2 15/16"
[75mm]

1 1/4"
Trade Size KO

12"
[305mm]
23"
[584mm]

23"
[584mm]

23"
[584mm]

23"
[584mm]

880M2FC

2-Gang Fire Classified Steel Floor Box
Adjustment range over deck of 3 1/4" [83mm] minimum
to 4" [102mm] maximum. use in light weight concrete 3
1/4" [83mm] minimum pour over deck. Two 1 1/4" [32mm]
conduit feed openings. Box Capacity – 40 cubic inches each
gang.
4 13/16"
[122mm]

2 15/16"
[75mm]

1 1/4"
Trade Size KO

7 15/16"
[202mm]

23"
[584mm]

23"
[584mm]

NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet in a span. Four (4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power Conductors or 48 #23 AWG (6 Cat. 6)
Tele Data Conductors per gang.

Omnibox Series Floor Boxes Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

6.080"
[154.4mm]

827B

6.080"
[154.4mm]

1-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange

5.060"
[128.5mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.
6.080"
[154.4mm]

2-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange

5.060"
[128.5mm]

837B

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

817C

3-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange

5.060"
[128.5mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

1-Gang Brass Carpet Flange
For use on 880s1, 880M1,
880Cs1-1, and 880CM1-1 Floor
Boxes.

5 3/4"
[146mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

817B

361
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox series Floor Boxes

Omnibox Series Floor Boxes Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information (continued)

827C

2-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

837C

3-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

For use on 880s2, 880M2,
880Cs2-1, and 880CM2-1
Floor Boxes.
8 7/8"
[225mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

13"
[330mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

For use on 880s3, 880M3,
880Cs32-1, and 880CM3-1
Floor Boxes.

Omnibox Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information

828R Brass Duplex Cover Plate
Flip lids. Can also be used with a
106 type communication adapter.

828GFITC

Brass GFI Cover Plate
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity systems in
conjunction with 817B, 827B, and
837B Flanges.

828DPGFITC

Brass Rectangular Cover Plate
Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.

4.182"
[106.2mm]

3.156"
[80.2mm]

828COMTC
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

3.156"
[80.2mm]

Brass Communication Cover Plate

3.156"
[80.2mm]

828SPTC

Brass Duplex Cover Plate
screw plugs are 1 1/2" [38mm] in
diameter.
4 1/8"
[105mm]

3 1/8"
[79mm]

829STC

3 1/8"
[79mm]

829CK

Brass Communications Cover Plate

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Brass communications cover
plate, data slides. Feed through
only, not for use with a mounting
plate for flush mounted
communication adapter.

Brass Communications Cover Plate

Allows for up to four communication
devices to be mounted in a recessed
position within the 880 Floor Box. The
828COM Cover Plate has removable
slides for cable egress.
NOTE: For use with 880S and 880CS Series
Boxes only.

single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking
device of 1.58" diameter, and
maximum male plug face of 2.25"
diameter.

4.182"
[106.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

3.156"
[80.2mm]

362

Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate

4.182"
[106.2mm]

3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

828DLR

2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and
57mm] plugs. Not for use with
threaded conduit.
3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo and carpet floors, brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox series Floor Boxes

Omnibox Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)

829CK-1

Brass Communications Cover Plate

829CK-1/2

Brass Communications Cover Plate

2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]
plugs. Not for use with threaded
conduit.
3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

829CK-3/4

3.156"
[83.60mm]

Brass Communications Cover Plate
2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and
19.1mm] plugs. Not for use with
threaded conduit.

3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

828MAAP

Brass communications cover
plate, 2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and
12.7mm] plugs. For carpet or tile
installations. Not for use with
threaded conduit.

AV Adapter Plate
sheet metal adapter plate that
accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics
MAAP style device plates (sold
separately). For use with 828GFITC
or 828GFITCAL cover plates (sold
separately).

4.182"
[106.2mm]

Omnibox Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

818TCAL 1-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange

5.940"
[150.9mm]

4.920"
[125.0mm]

838TCAL 3-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

13.170"
[334.5mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

5.940"
[150.9mm]

828TCAL 2-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange

9.045"
[229.7mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

5.940"
[150.9mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

NOTE: Brushed aluminum flanges come with beveled edges.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, wood, and carpet floors. Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and
flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

363

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox series Floor Boxes

Omnibox Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information

828R-TCAL Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

830CKTCAL Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1 1/4" [32mm] plugs.

Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

828GFITCAL

Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity systems in
conjunction with 817B, 827B, and
837B Flanges.

4.310"
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

828DPGFITCAL

4.310"
[109.5mm]

830CKTCAL-1 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.

3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

830CKTCAL-3/4

Brushed Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate
Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] plugs.
3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

830CKTCAL-1/2
4.310"
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

Brushed Aluminum Communication Cover Plate
Allows for up to four communication
devices to be mounted in a recessed
position within the 880 Floor Box.
The 828COMTCAL Cover Plate has
removable slides for cable egress.

4.310"
[109.5mm]

Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1/2" [12.7mm] plugs.

828COMTCAL
3.290"
[83.6mm]

Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

NOTE: For use with 880S and 880CS Series
Boxes only.

3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

828MAAP

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

AV Adapter Plate
sheet metal adapter plate that accepts
two (2) Extron® Electronics MAAP style
device plates (sold separately). For use
with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover
plates (sold separately).

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

828DLRAL

364

Brushed Aluminum Single Locking
Receptacle Cover Plate
single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking device
of 1.58" diameter, and maximum
male plug face of 2.25" diameter.

3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, wood, and carpet floors. Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and
flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox series Floor Boxes

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate & Flanges Ordering Information

828GFITCAL

Powder-Coated Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate

817TCAL-BK, 817TCAL-GY,
817TCAL-BS, 817TCAL-NK,
817TCAL-BZ
6.080"
[154.4mm]

5.060"
[128.5mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.

828GFITCAL-BK, 828GFITCAL-GY,
828GFITCAL-BS, 828GFITCAL-NK,
828GFITCAL-BZ
3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

829CKAL-1

Allows for mounting of a duplex
receptacle (Duplex or GFCI style)
with a rectangular flip cover.

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate
829CKAL-1BK, 829CKAL-1GY,
829CKAL-1BS, 829CKAL-1NK,
829CKAL-1BZ

827TCAL

2-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
827TCAL-BK, 827TCAL-GY,
827TCAL-BS, 827TCAL-NK,
827TCAL-BZ
6.080"
[154.4mm]

9.02"
[229mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.

837TCAL

3-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
837TCAL-BK, 837TCAL-GY,
837TCAL-BS, 837TCAL-NK,
837TCAL-BZ
6.080"
[154.4mm]

13.17"
[335mm]

Powder-Coated Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate
828R-TCAL-BK, 828R-TCAL-GY,
828R-TCAL-BS, 828R-TCAL-NK,
828R-TCAL-BZ
4.310"
[109.5mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.
Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray, brass,
nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

829CKAL-3/4

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate
829CKAL-3/4BK, 829CKAL-3/4GY,
829CKAL-3/4BS, 829CKAL-3/4NK,
829CKAL-3/4BZ
3.290"
[83.6mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.

828R-TCAL

3.290"
[83.6mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]
plugs. Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray,
brass, nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

828MAAP

AV Adapter Plate
sheet metal adapter plate that
accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics
MAAP style device plates (sold
separately). For use with 828GFITC
or 828GFITCAL cover plates (sold
separately).

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, wood, and carpet floors. Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and
flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

817TCAL 1-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

365

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox series Floor Boxes

Nonmetallic Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

817PCC

5 3/4"
[146mm]

827PCC

1-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

4 3/4"
[121mm]

837PCC

3-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

817PCC-BLK, 817PCC-BRN

837PCC-BLK, 837PCC-BRN

Available in black or brown. For
Ortronics® connectivity use with
829PFLRT Cover. For Activate
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

Available in black or brown. For
Ortronics® connectivity use with
829PFLRT Cover. For Activate
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

5 3/4"
[146mm]

13"
[330mm]

2-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
827PCC-BLK, 827PCC-BRN

5 3/4"
[146mm]

8 7/8"
[225mm]

Available in black or brown. For
Ortronics® connectivity use with
829PFLRT Cover. For Activate
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

Nonmetallic Cover Plates Ordering Information

828PR Nonmetallic Duplex Cover Plate

3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

829PFLRT Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate

828PR-BLK, 828PR-BRN

829PFLRT-BLK, 829PFLRT-BRN

Flip lids. Available in black or brown.
Can also be used with a 106 type
communication adapter.

Individual flip lids. Available in
black or brown. Gasket included.
Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack and
MAB3s2 series II adapters
included.

828PRGFI Nonmetallic GFI Cover Plate

3 3/16"
[81mm]

829PCK

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate

828PRGFI-BLK, 828PRGFI-BRN

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Available in black or brown. May be
used with Ortronics® Connectivity
systems in conjunction with 817, 827
and 837PCC series flanges.

366

3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

829PFL Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate

829PCK-BLK, 829PCK-BRN

3 3/16"
[81mm]

829PSTC

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate
829PSTC-BLK, 829PSTC-BRN

829PFL-BLK, 829PFL-BRN

3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Individual flip lids. Available in black
or brown. Gasket included. wiremold
CM series inserts included.

Breakouts. Available in black or
brown. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.

3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Data slides. Available in black
or brown. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, wood, and carpet floors. Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and
flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

RFB series Floor Boxes

Fire Classified RFB2 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information

RFB2FC

Fire Classified Two-Compartment Box

For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable
with tunnel compartment. supplied with one (1) duplex
receptacle mounting plate, and one (1) communication
mounting plate (RFB22AB). Other device plates sold
separately.

RFB2-SSFC

Fire Classified Two-Compartment Box

For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable
with tunnel compartment. supplied with one (1) duplex
receptacle mounting plate, and one (1) communication
mounting plate (RFB22AB). Other device plates sold
separately.
6 1/2"
[165mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]
3 7/16"
[87mm]

13 1/8"
[333mm]

23"
[584mm]

23"
[584mm]

Note: For use in normal
weight concrete
floors with a
minimum pour
depth of 4 1/2"
[114mm] over the
crest of the deck.

2 7/16"
[62mm]

13 1/8"
[333mm]

23"
[584mm]

23"
[584mm]

NOTE: For use in light
weight concrete
floors with a
minimum pour
depth of 3 1/4"
[83mm] over the
crest of the deck.

NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet in a span.
Four (4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power Conductors or 48 #23 AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data Conductors per gang.

Fire Classified RFB2 Series Floor Box Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations & Sizes
Top View
Power or Data
50.2 cu. in. [822.6 ml]
Each Side

Conduit Feed Opening
1 1/4" [32mm]

Conduit Feed Opening
1 1/4" [32mm]

Fire Classified RFB2 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

RFB2B

Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket

RFB2-AAP

Internal Audio Video Bracket

Accepts standard 15A and
20A duplex receptacles.

Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP
series Devices (sold separately).

NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

Internal Blank Bracket
Plate used to close off unused gangs.
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

RFB2GFI

Internal GFI or Decorator Style Receptacle Opening
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
style receptacles.
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

RFB2DP

367
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

RFB series Floor Boxes

Fire Classified RFB2 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

RFB22AB

RFB2RT

RFB2EXT

Internal Communication Bracket

Internal Audio Video Bracket

Includes two (2) adapters to accept
wiremold Open system communication
inserts (sold separately).

Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP device
plates or (2) Extron® Electronics MAAP
series devices (sold separately).

NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

Internal Communication Bracket
Includes two (2) adapter to accept
Ortronics® TracJack devices, and two (2)
adapters to accept Ortronics series II
devices (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

Fire Classified RFB4 Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information

RFB4-4DBFC

Fire Classified Four-Compartment Floor Box
Includes four duplex receptacle brackets. 12 3/4" L x 10" w x 3 7/16" D
[324mm x 254mm x 87mm]. Fully adjustable. Tunneling from adjacent
or opposite compartments only, (not cross compartments). Tunneling
can be set to feed all four compartments from one conduit in a singleservice application.

10"
[254mm]

NOTE: For use in normal weight concrete floors with a minimum pour depth of 4 1/2"
[114mm] over the crest of the deck.
3 7/16"
[87mm]

12 3/4"
[324mm]
23"
[584mm]

23"
[584mm]

NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet in a span. Four
(4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power Conductors or 48 #23 AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data
Conductors per gang.
NOTE: All boxes and activations are sold separately.

Fire Classified RFB4 Series Floor Box Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations & Sizes

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Power or Data
22.5 cu. in. [369 ml]

Power or Data
25.5 cu in. [418ml]

Power or Data
43.5 cu in. [713ml]

Conduit Feed
Opening
1 1/4" [32mm]

Conduit Feed
Opening
1 1/4" [32mm]
Power or Data
22.5 cu in. [369ml]

368
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

RFB series Floor Boxes

Fire Classified RFB4 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

RFB-WTB

RFB-DR-4DB

Conversion Kit
Converts RFB4 Box to an RFB4-4DB
Box.

Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket
Accepts 15 Amp and 20 Amp
duplex receptacles.
NOTE: For use with the RFB4-4DB.

WTB-2-AB

WTB-2-RT

WTB-AAP

Communication Bracket

Internal Audio Video Bracket

One 2A size Pass & seymour® Activate
adapter included. wiremold Open
system inserts sold separately.

Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics
AAP series devices (sold
separately).

NOTE: For use with the RFB4-4DB.

NOTE: For use with the RFB4-4DB.

WTB-MAAP

Communication Bracket
Ortronics AB2TJ TracJack and ABs2
series II adapters included.
NOTE: For use with the RFB4-4DB.

Internal Audio Video Bracket
Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP series
devices (sold separately).
NOTE: For use with the RFB4-4DB.

RFB-GFI-4DB

Internal GFCI or Decorator Style Receptacle Opening
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
style Receptacles, Communication or
Audio/Video Devices.
NOTE: For use with the RFB4-4DB.
Additional configurations available. Please consult your Wiremold Field Sales Representative for more information.

Fire Classified RFB4 Series Multiservice Shallow Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Fire Classified Four-Compartment Shallow Stamped Steel Floor Box
13 5/8" L x 10" w x 2 7/16" D [346mm x 254mm x 62mm]. Fully
adjustable with tunnel compartment and two receptacle brackets.
Feed through tunneling to adjacent compartments only. Tunneling
can be set to feed all four compartments from one conduit in a
single-service application. Communication brackets not included. see
“Accessories”.

10"
[254mm]
5 7/8"
[149mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]
13 5/8"
[346mm]

23"
[584mm]

23"
[584mm]

2 7/16"
[62mm]

NOTE: All boxes and activations are sold separately.
NOTE: For use in light weight concrete floors with a minimum pour depth of 3 1/4"
[83mm] over the crest of the deck.
NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet in a span. Four
(4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power Conductors or 48 #23 AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data
Conductors per gang.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

RFB4-SSFC

369
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

RFB series Floor Boxes

Fire Classified RFB4 Series Multiservice Shallow Steel Floor Box Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations & Sizes
Power or Data
15.7 cu. in. [257 ml]
Channel Dividers Located on
each corner of Floor Box.

Power or Data
31.2 cu in. [513 ml]

Power or Data
31.2 cu in. [513 ml]

Conduit Feed Opening
1 1/4" [32mm]

Conduit Feed Opening
1 1/4" [32mm]

Power or Data
15.7 cu in. [257 ml]

Fire Classified RFB4 Series Multiservice Shallow Steel Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

RFB-B-SS

Internal Blank Bracket
used to close off unused gangs.

RFB-RB-SS

Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket
Accepts standard 15 Amp and 20 Amp
duplex receptacles.

RFB-2-SSRT

Communication Bracket
Ortronics® AB2TJ TracJack and ABs2
series II adapters included.

RFB-4TKO-SS

Internal Bracket

Four RJ Keystone opening
knockouts. use as blank plate or for
up to four RJ openings.
NOTE: Opening dimension is 9/16" x 3/4"
[14.3mm x 19.1mm].

RFB-GFI-SS

Internal GFI Receptacle Bracket

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Accepts standard GFCI and Decorator
style receptacles, communications or
Audio/Video Devices.

RFB-2AB-SS

Internal Bracket

Two Pass & seymour® Activate adapters
included. wiremold CM series Open
system adapters (sold separately).

RFB4-SS-AAP

Internal Audio Video Bracket

Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics
AAP series devices (sold separately).

RFB4-SS-MAAP

Internal Audio Video Bracket

Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP series
devices (sold separately).

Additional configurations available. Please consult your Wiremold Field Sales Representative for more information.

370
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

RFB series Floor Boxes

FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information
Floorport Part Number Configurator
FP
FloorPort series:

FPCTC

Cover style:

Top style:

Cover Color:

Blank Top
= B
Cutout Top
= C
Furniture Feed = FF

Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet
= TC
(flanged)

Brushed Aluminum
Black
Brass
Bronze
Gray
Nickel

Cutout Cover Assembly

=
=
=
=
=
=

FPFFTC

AL
BK
BS
BZ
GY
NK

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

FPCTCBK, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNK, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
7 3/4"
[197mm]

FPBTC

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.

Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNK, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL

7 3/4"
[197mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
7 3/4"
[197mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray
or brushed aluminum. Provided
with one 1" trade size screw plug
for power or communication type
cabling and one combination 1
1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug
for communication type cabling.
Allows for feeding both power and
communication cabling.

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.

Load Capacities for FloorPort
Cover Assemblies
FPCTC

MAXIMuM LOAD IN POuNDs
1000

FPBTC

750

FPFFT

1000

NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in
center of service fitting.
Loads above are static loads only and do not
pertain to rolling loads.

Fire Classified RFB Series Floor Boxes are available in
four options.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

CATALOG NuMBERs

371
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

RFB series Floor Boxes

North American Made FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information
Floorport Part Number Configurator
FP
FloorPort series:

Cover style:

Top style:

Cover Color:

Blank Top
= B
Cutout Top
= C
Furniture Feed = FF

Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet
= TC
(flanged)

Nickel
Brass
Black
Bronze
Gray

FPCTC-NA

Cutout Cover Assembly

=
=
=
=
=

Origin:
NK
BS
BK
BZ
GY

FPFFTC

North American Made NA

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

FPCTCBK-NA, FPCTCBZ-NA,
FPCTCBS-NA, FPCTCNK-NA,
FPCTCGY-NA
7 3/4"
[197mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPBTC-NA

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel or gray. Insert in lid
allows for carpet or tile cutouts to
match finished floor.

Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK-NA, FPBTCBZ-NA,
FPBTCBS-NA, FPBTCNK-NA,
FPBTCGY-NA

7 3/4"
[197mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel or gray. Lid area is flush
with the finished floor, no cutouts
provided.

Load Capacities for North American Made
FloorPort Cover Assemblies
CATALOG NuMBERs

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

FPCTC

MAXIMuM LOAD IN POuNDs
1000

FPBTC

750

FPFFT

1000

NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in
center of service fitting.
Loads above are static loads only and do not
pertain to rolling loads.

372
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ,
FPFFTCBS, FPFFTCNK,
FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
7 3/4"
[197mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel or
gray. Provided with one 1" trade
size screw plug for power or
communication type cabling and
one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

880MP series Floor Boxes

Fire Classified 880MP Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information

880MPFC

Fire Classified Nonmetallic Rectangular Box

Nonmetallic Floor Box Adjusting Ring

Activate Inserts Snap Here

6"
[152mm]

7 1/8"
[181mm]

880MPA

Box comes complete with
reusable mudcap, insert
spacer, conduit plugs and
reducers. Reducers provided
for reduction to 1", 3/4", and
1/2" [25mm, 19.1mm, and
12.7mm] conduit. Minimum
concrete depth is 3 1/2"
[89mm] and maximum
concrete depth is 6" [152mm].
Minimum capacity is 50 cu. in.
[819ml] and maximum capacity
is 100 cu. in. [1639ml]. Box
dimensions are 4 1/8" w x
5 1/2" L x 6" [105mm x 140mm
x 152mm].

4 1/8"
[105mm]

1" Trade Size
Maximum Conduit Size

Comes with fiber storage loop.
Also includes brass inserts
for flange connection and
green ground wire for ground
connection. Activate modular
inserts snap directly into the
adjusting ring without the need
for a adapter. Also includes
mounting screws to attach
flange to box body. Ortronics
connectivity inserts do not snap
directly into the adjusting ring.
For Ortronics inserts use the
828GFITC or 829PFLRT.
NOTE: One 880MPA is needed for each
880MPFC used.

NOTE: Insert spacer should not be removed until after concrete pour.
NOTE: 880MPFC is a single gang offering. Can not gang boxes together
and maintain Fire Classification.
NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center, no more than 1 per 65 s.f. span.
NOTE: Maximum Copper Cross Section per Insert: Four (4) #12 AWG
Type THHN Power Conductor or 48 #23 AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data
conductors.

Fire Classified 880MP Series Floor Boxes Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

817B

1-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series
II adapters and wiremold CM
series inserts sold separately.

6.080"
[154.4mm]

5.060"
[128.5mm]

817C

1-Gang Brass Combination Carpet Flange
For use on 880s1, 880M1,
880Cs1-1, and 880CM1-1 Floor
Boxes.

5 3/4"
[146mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Fire Classified 880MP Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information
Brass Duplex Cover Plate

828GFITC

Brass GFI Cover Plate

Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.156"
[80.2mm]

May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity systems
in conjunction with 817B, 827B,
and 837B Flanges.

4.182"
[106.2mm]
3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

828R

373

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

880MP series Floor Boxes

Fire Classified 880MP Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)

828DPGFITC

Brass Rectangular Cover Plate

829CK-1

Brass Communications Cover Plate

Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.
3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

3.156"
[80.2mm]

2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]
plugs.

4.182"
[106.2mm]

829CK-3/4

Brass Communications Cover Plate

828DLR

2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and
19.1mm] plugs.

Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate
single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking device
of 1.58" diameter, and maximum
male plug face of 2.25" diameter.
3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

828SPTC

829CK-1/2

Brass Communications Cover Plate
2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and
12.7mm] plugs.

3.156"
[83.60mm]

828MAAP

4 1/8"
[105mm]

829STC

4.182"
[106.2mm]

Brass Duplex Cover Plate
screw plugs. screw plugs are
1 1/2" [38mm] in diameter.

3 1/8"
[79mm]

3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

AV Adapter Plate
sheet metal adapter plate
that accepts two (2) Legrand
AVIP or Extron® Electronics
MAAP style device plates
(sold separately). For use with
828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover
plates (sold separately).

Brass Communication Cover Plate
Data slides. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication adapter.
4 1/8"
[105mm]

3 1/8"
[79mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

829CK

374

Brass Communication Cover Plate

818TCAL 1-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange

2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and
57mm] plugs.

3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

5.940"
[150.9mm]

4.920"
[125.0mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.
NOTE: Brushed alumnum flanges come with
beveled edges.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

880MP series Floor Boxes

Fire Classified 880MP Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information

828R-TCAL

Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

829CKTCAL-1

Brushed Aluminum Communications Cover Plate
2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]
plugs.

Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

3.156"
[80.2mm]

828GFITCAL

Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate

4.182"
[106.2mm]

829CKTCAL-3/4

Brushed Aluminum Communications Cover Plate

May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity systems
in conjunction with 817B, 827B,
and 837B Flanges.
3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and
19.1mm] plugs.

3.156"
[80.2mm]

828DPGFITCAL

Brushed Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate

4.182"
[106.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

Brushed Aluminum Communications Cover Plate

Brushed Aluminum Locking Receptacle Cover Plate
single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking device
of 1.58" diameter, and maximum
male plug face of 2.25" diameter.
3.290"
[83.6mm]

2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and
12.7mm] plugs.

3.156"
[83.60mm]

828DLRAL

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

829CKTCAL-1/2

Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.

3.156"
[80.2mm]

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

828MAAP

4.182"
[106.2mm]

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

AV Adapter Plate
sheet metal adapter plate that
accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP style
device plates (sold separately). For
use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL
cover plates (sold separately).

4.310"
[109.5mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

829CKTCAL

Brushed Aluminum Communication Cover Plate
2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and
57mm] plugs.

3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

375

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

880MP series Floor Boxes

Fire Classified 880MP Series Floor Boxes Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plates & Flanges Ordering Information

817TCAL 1-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
817TCAL-BK, 817TCAL-GY,
817TCAL-BS, 817TCAL-NK,
817TCAL-BZ
6.080"
[154.4mm]

5.060"
[128.5mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges
are available in fice decorative
color: black, gray, brass, nickel
and bronze.

Powder-Coated Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

4.310"
[109.5mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

828R-TCAL-BK, 828R-TCAL-GY,
828R-TCAL-BS, 828R-TCAL-NK,
828R-TCAL-BZ
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

4.310"
[109.5mm]

828GFITCAL-BK, 828GFITCAL-GY,
828GFITCAL-BS, 828GFITCAL-NK,
828GFITCAL-BZ
Allows for mounting a duplex
receptacle (Decorator or GFCI style)
with a rectangular flip cover.

3.290"
[83.6mm]

829CKAL-3/4BK, 829CKAL-3/4GY,
829CKAL-3/4BS, 829CKAL-3/4NK,
829CKAL-3/4BZ
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]
plugs. Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray,
brass, nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

Powder-Coated Aluminum GFI Cover Plate

4.310"
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

829CKAL-1BK, 829CKAL-1GY,
829CKAL-1BS, 829CKAL-1NK,
829CKAL-1BZ
Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.
Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray, brass,
nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

828GFITCAL

3.290"
[83.6mm]

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

829CKAL-3/4

828R-TCAL

3.290"
[83.6mm]

829CKAL-1

828MAAP

AV Adapter Plate
sheet metal adapter plate that
accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP style
device plates (sold separately). For
use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL
cover plates (sold separately).

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Fire Classified 880MP Series Floor Boxes Nonmetallic Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

376

817PCC

1-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
817PCC-BLK, 817PCC-BRN

5 3/4"
[146mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Available in black or brown. For
Ortronics® connectivity use with
829PFLRT Cover. For Activate
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

880MP series Floor Boxes

Fire Classified 880MP Series Floor Boxes Nonmetallic Cover Plates Ordering Information

828PR Nonmetallic Duplex Cover Plate
828PR-BLK, 828PR-BRN

829PFLRT-BLK, 829PFLRT-BRN

Flip lids. Available in black or brown.
Can also be used with a 106 type
communication adapter.

Individual flip lids. Available in
black or brown. Gasket included.
Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack and
MAB3s2 series II adapters
included.

828PRGFI Nonmetallic GFI Cover Plate

3 3/16"
[81mm]

829PCK

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate

828PRGFI-BLK, 828PRGFI-BRN
Available in black or brown. May be
used with Ortronics® Connectivity
systems in conjunction with 817, 827
and 837PCC series flanges.
3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

829PFL Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate

829PCK-BLK, 829PCK-BRN

3 3/16"
[81mm]

829PSTC

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate
829PSTC-BLK, 829PSTC-BRN

829PFL-BLK, 829PFL-BRN

3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Individual flip lids. Available in black
or brown. Gasket included. wiremold
CM series inserts included.

Breakouts. Available in black or
brown. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.

3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Data slides. Available in black
or brown. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

829PFLRT Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate

377
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES

Ratchet-Pro series Floor Boxes

Fire Classified Ratchet-Pro Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information

881FC

Fire Classified Nonmetallic Round PVC Floor Box

6"
[152mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

4 1/4"
[108mm]

1" Trade Size
Maximum Conduit Size

supplied with reusable
concrete cap, conduit
reducers, and conduit hub
plugs. Available for single
service only. Graduated
cubic inch markings inside
the box indicate volume
capacity at any depth. Box
has parallel conduit hubs
eliminating the need for
90˚ sweeps in installation.
One-piece reduction
from 1" to 1/2" [25mm
to 12.7mm] conduit.
Reducers and plugs
located on a mounting bar
for easier selection. For
concrete pours of 2 1/4" to
6" [57mm to 152mm].

NOTE: Maximum Copper Cross Section per Insert: Four (4) #12 AWG
Type THHN Power Conductor or 48 #23 AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data
conductors.
NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet in
a span.

881ADP

PVC Floor Box Ratchet Adjusting Ring

1 1/8"
[29mm]
4"
[102mm]

used to attach wiring devices
and cover plates to PVC Box.
Locks into place without
using glue or mechanical
fasteners. Compensates for
up to 10˚ of tilt if box is not
level. Ground wire is factory
attached to the adjusting
ring.
NOTE: One ring required per box,
single-or dual-service.

Volume Capacities for Ratchet-Pro PVC Floor Box
BOX HEIGHT

single service 895 Activation
wIRING VOLuME

In

[mm]

Cu. In

[ml]

6

[152.0]

56.0

[917.0]

5 1/2 [140.0]

49.0

[803.0]

5

[127.0]

42.0

[688.0]

4 1/2 [114.0]

35.0

[574.0]

4

[102.0]

28.0

[459.0]

3 1/2

[89.0]

21.0

[344.0]

3 1/4

[83.0]

17.0

[278.0]

NOTE: To calculate total box volume, use the displacement of the
largest uncut section remaining.

Fire Classified Ratchet-Pro Series Floor Boxes Cover Plates Ordering Information

895, 895TCAL

Brass/Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

895TCAL

Aluminum Duplex Power Plate
895TCAL-BK, 895TCAL-BS,
895TCAL-GY, 895TCAL-NK,
895TCAL-BZ

with flip lids. 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter
for carpet.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

with flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter
for carpet. Available in black, brass,
gray, nickel and bronze.

378

895GFI, 895GFICAL

Brass/Brushed Aluminum GFI Receptacle Cover Plate
5 1/2" [140mm] diameter for carpet.

CAUTION
Installation must comply with NEC and local code conductor
volume requirements. Not for use when concrete is the finished
floor. Use only for tile, carpet, or wood covered floors.

NOTE: 1. All cover plates are furnished with gasket and three screws.
2. Polycarbonate cover plates cannot be used on the 881FC Fire Classified Floor Box.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FiRE CLaSSiFiEd FLOOR BOXES
Fire Classified Floor Boxes Installation Cross Sections
3" [76mm] Deck Installation
Flute Closure
1" [25mm] Fire Board Spacer
(For 3" [76mm] Deck)

1" [25mm] Fire Insulation Board

Wing Nut & Washer
Carriage Bolt

Bottom Pan
Intumescent Feed
1 1/4" Trade Size EMT

2" [51mm] Deck Installation

Flute Closure

1" [25mm] Fire Insulation Board

Wing Nut & Washer
Carriage Bolt
Bottom Pan
Intumescent Feed
1 1/4" Trade Size EMT

Nonmetallic Floor Box Deck Installation

1" (Maximum)
Trade Size PVC Elbow
Steel Deck

Intumescent Material

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

880MPFC Floor Box

Concrete:
3 1/4" [83mm] Light Weight
4 1/2" [114mm] Normal Weight

379
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RaTChET-PRO™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES

Ratchet-Pro™ series Floor Boxes provide dual-service capability in a single,
easy-to-install round floor box.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes:
File E110748 Guide QCMZ.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.

Ratchet-Pro 881 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information

881

6"
[152mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

881-ADP

Round PVC Floor Box

4 1/4"
[108mm]

supplied with reusable
concrete cap, adjusting
ring, conduit reducers and
conduit hub plugs. Available
for both single and dual
service ( 895DCC required
for dual service brass
activation). Graduated cubic
inch markings inside the box
indicate volume capacity at
any depth. Box has parallel
conduit hubs eliminating
need for 90° sweeps in
installation. One-piece
reduction from 1" to 1/2"
[25mm to12.7mm] conduit.
Reducers and plugs located
on a mounting bar for easier
selection. For concrete pours
of 2 1/4" to 6" [57mm to
152mm].

COLOR OPTIONS

PVC Floor Box Ratchet Adjusting Ring

1 1/8"
[28mm]

4"
[102mm]

used to attach wiring devices
and cover plates to PVC box.
Locks into place without using
glue or mechanical fasteners.
Compensates for up to 10° of tilt
if box is not level.
NOTE: Ground wire is factory attached
to the adjusting ring. One ring
required per box, single- or dualservice, ordered separately.

881-DIV

PVC Floor Box Divider Plate

3 11/16"
[94mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

used to isolate power and
communication compartments.
Graduated cubic inch markings are
marked clearly on the divider and
correspond directly to the cubic
inch markings on the interior of the
box. Cuts easily with a utility knife.
supplied with a receptacle plate that
completes separation of power and
communication services. One divider
required for dual-service activation.

895 and 896 series Cover Plates are compatible with RatchetPro 881 series Floor Boxes and are available in all or some of the
following colors as in indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for
more information.

380
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RaTChET-PRO™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Ratchet-Pro 881 Series Floor Boxes Cover Plates Ordering Information
Dual Service Brass Duplex Cover Plate

5 1/2"
[140mm]

with flip lids. supplied with 1/2"
[12.7mm] screw plug for accessing
communication cables. 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet applications only.
used in conjunction with the 881DIV to
complete dual-service activation.

895, 895TCAL

5 1/2"
[140mm]

with flip lids. Brass (895) or brushed
aluminum (895TCAL) duplex cover
plate with flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet.

895T, 895TAL
4 1/4"
[108mm]

Duplex Cover Plate

Duplex Cover Plate with Flip Lids
Brass (895T) or brushed aluminum
(895TAL) duplex cover plate with
flip lids, 4 1/4" [108mm] diameter
for tile.

895SP, 895SPCAL

5 1/2"
[140mm]

895TSP

4 1/4"
[108mm]

Brass (895sP) or brushed aluminum
(895sPAL) cover plate with two
screw plug openings, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet.

GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

Brass (895TGFI) or brushed
aluminum (895TGFIAL) GFI
receptacle cover plate, 4 1/4"
[108mm] diameter for tile.

4 1/4"
[108mm]

896

Communication or Power Cover Plate
Brass communication or power
cover plate with 2 5/8" [67mm]
threaded opening, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet.

5 1/2"
[140mm]

NOTE: Sold without abandon plug.

896T

Communication or Power Cover Plate
Brass communication or power
cover plate with 2 5/8" [67mm]
threaded opening, 4 1/4" [108mm]
diameter for tile.

4 1/4"
[108mm]

NOTE: Sold without abandon plug.

896CK

Communication or Power Cover Plate

5 1/2"
[140mm]

896TCK

Cover Plate
Brass cover plate with two screw
plug openings, 4 1/4" [108mm]
diameter for tile.
NOTE: Screw plug openings are 1 1/2" [38mm]
tapped openings.

895GFI, 895GFICAL

5 1/2"
[140mm]

Cover Plate

895TGFI, 895TGFIAL

GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

Brass (895GFI) or brushed aluminum
(895GFICAL) GFI receptacle cover
plate, 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter
for carpet.

4 1/4"
[108mm]

Brass communication or power
cover plate with 2 1/4" [57mm]
threaded opening, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet.

Communication or Power Cover Plate
Brass communication or power
cover plate with 2 1/4" [57mm]
threaded opening, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for tile.

896CK-1/2, 896CKAL-1/2
4 1/4"
[108mm]

Cover Plate

Brass (896CK-1/2) or brushed
aluminum (896CKAL-1/2) cover
plate with 1/2" [12.7mm] threaded
opening, 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter
for carpet.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

895DCC

NOTE: All cover plates are furnished with gasket and three screws. The 895P Polycarbonate Series Cover Plates must be field modified for dual service.

381
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RaTChET-PRO™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Ratchet-Pro 881 Series Floor Boxes Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)

896TCK-1/2, 896TCKAL-1/2
Cover Plate

Brass (896TCK-1/2) or brushed
aluminum (896TCKAL-1/2) cover
plate with 1/2" [12.7mm] threaded
opening, 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter
for tile.

4 1/4"
[108mm]

896CK-3/4

896CK-1

Cover Plate
Brass cover plate with 1" [25mm]
threaded opening, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet.

5 1/2"
[140mm]

896TCK-1
Cover Plate
Brass cover plate with 3/4"
[19.1mm] threaded opening, 5 1/2"
[140mm] diameter for carpet.

Cover Plate
Brass cover plate with 1" [25mm]
threaded opening, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for tile.

4 1/4"
[108mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

896TCK-3/4

Cover Plate
Brass cover plate with 3/4"
[19.1mm] threaded opening, 5 1/2"
[140mm] diameter for tile.

4 1/4"
[108mm]

NOTE: All cover plates are furnished with gasket and three screws. The 895P Polycarbonate Series Cover Plates must be field modified for dual service.

North American Made Ratchet-Pro 881 Series Floor Boxes Cover Plates Ordering Information

895TCAL

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

895P

Aluminum Duplex Power Plate

895PCK

Polycarbonate Communication or Power Cover Plate

895TCAL-BK, 895TCAL-BS,
895TCAL-GY, 895TCAL-NK,
895TCAL-BZ

895PCK-BLK, 895PCK-BRN,
895PCK-BRZ, 895PCK-AL

with flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet. Available in
black, brass, gray, nickel and bronze.

5 1/2" [140mm] diameter. Available
in black, brown, bronze and
aluminum.

Polycarbonate Duplex Cover Plate
895P-BLK, 895P-BRN,
895P-BRZ, 895P-AL
with flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet. Available in
black, brown, bronze and aluminum.

382
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RaTChET-PRO™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Ratchet-Pro RPSFB & RPSFB-OG Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information

RPSFB

Rectangular Dual Service Metal Concrete Floor Box

RPSFB-OG On-Grade Rectangular Dual Service
Metal Concrete Floor Box

Rectangular dual service metal concrete floor box with a
nonmetallic top that allows for concrete pours between
4" thick to 6" thick. Graduated markings on the inside and
outside of the box indicating volume capacity, as well as
the depth of concrete pour. Box accepts 2HuB to allow 2"
conduit feeds (sold separately) while maintaining a 4" deep
concrete pour.

Rectangular dual service metal concrete floor box with a
nonmetallic top that allows for concrete pours between
4" thick to 6" thick. Graduated markings on the inside and
outside of the box indicating volume capacity, as well as
the depth of concrete pour. Box accepts 2HuB to allow 2"
conduit feeds (sold separately) while maintaining a 4" deep
concrete pour.

Box includes (1) Reusable concrete cap, (2) Removable
knockout plates to allow the 2HuB to be attached. 2HuB
sold separately.

Box includes (1) Reusable concrete cap, (2) Removable
knockout plates to allow the 2HuB to be attached. 2HuB
sold separately.

6 1/16"
[152mm]

6 1/16"
[152mm]

7"
[178mm]

6 13/16"
[173mm]

7"
[178mm]

6 13/16"
[173mm]

Ratchet-Pro RPSFB & RPSFB-OG Dimensions & Knockout Locations
5 15/16"
[151mm]

7"
[178mm]

6 13/16"
[173mm]
2 SIDES
1" trade size KO inside
a removable plate

2 13/16"
[71mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

6 1/16"
[154mm]

2 SIDES:
3/4" & 1 1/4" trade size
concentric KOs
BOTTOM:
1 1/2" trade
size KOs

383
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RaTChET-PRO™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Ratchet-Pro RPNFB Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Ratchet-Pro RPNFB
Dimensions & Knockout Locations

RRPNFB

Round Dual Service Nonmetallic Concrete Floor Box
Round dual service nonmetallic concrete floor box. Floor box
has two 1 1/4" trade size conduit hubs for power and two 2"
trade size conduit hubs for communications and audio/video
services.

8 1/16"
[204mm]

Box Includes: (1) Reusable concrete cap, (1) Reducing ring
for the 2" hubs that can be reduced down to 1 1/2 Trade size,
and 1 1/4" trade size openings, (1) Reducing ring for the 1
1/4" hubs that allow to be reduced to 1" trade size opening
or 3/4" trade size opening.

6 7/16"
[164mm]

6"
[152mm]

2 SIDES:
2" trade size
Conduit Hub

6 7/16"
[164mm]

2 SIDES:
1 1/4" trade size
Conduit Hub

2 3/4"
[69mm]

8 1/16"
204mm]

6"
[152mm]

Ratchet-Pro RPNFB, RPSFB & RPSFB-OG Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

RP7CTC

384

Multiple Service Floor Box Cover Kit

RPAV3CTC

Multiple Service Floor Box Cover Kit

RP7CTCGY, RP7CTCBK, RP7CTCAL,
RP7CTCBS, RP7CTCAA, RP7CTCAB

RPAV3CTCGY, RPAV3CTCBK, RPAV3CTCAL,
RPAV3CTCBS, RPAV3CTCAA, RPAV3CTCAB

Kit comes complete with (1) prewired
20A duplex receptacle, (receptacle can be
wired as a standard receptacle, or isolated
ground), flange and slide holder, adapter
ring to secure into the boxes, divider
(RP-DIV), wiremold CM series open system
adapters (unloaded), Ortronics® series II,
and TracJack adapters. Modular jacks and
A/V connectors sold separately.

Kit comes complete with (1) prewired 20A
duplex receptacle, (receptacle can be wired
as standard receptacle, or isolated ground),
flange and slide holder, adapter ring to
secure into the boxes, divider (RP-DIV),
wiremold CM series open system adapters
(unloaded), Ortronics® series II, TracJack
adapters and adapter to accept AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP devices. Modular
jacks and A/V connectors sold separately.

Flange Color
Gray
Black
Aluminum
Brass
All Aluminum
All Brass

Slide Holder Color
Gray
Black
Black
Black
Aluminum
Brass

Flange Color
Gray
Black
Aluminum
Brass
All Aluminum
All Brass

Slide Holder Color
Gray
Black
Black
Black
Aluminum
Brass

Caution: Floor box kits are not for use on concrete pours less than 4 1/2" [114mm] and are not for use when concrete is the finished floor. Use only for tile,
carpet, or wood covered floors.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RaTChET-PRO™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Ratchet-Pro RPNFB, RPSFB & RPSFB-OG Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information (continued)

RPAMD4CTC

Single Service Floor Box Cover Kit

RPAMD4CTCGY, RPAMD4CTCBK,
RPAMD4CTCAL, RPAMD4CTCBS,
RPAMD4CTCAA, RPAMD4CTCAB
Kit comes complete with adapter ring
to secure into the boxes, wiremold CM
series open system adapters (unloaded),
Ortronics® series II, and TracJack adapters.
Modular jacks and A/V connectors sold
separately.
Flange Color
Gray
Black
Aluminum
Brass
All Aluminum
All Brass

RPAMD8CTC

Slide Holder Color
Gray
Black
Black
Black
Aluminum
Brass

Single Service Floor Box Cover Kit

RPAMD8CTCGY, RPAMD8CTCBK,
RPAMD8CTCAL, RPAMD8CTCBS,
RPAMD8CTCAA, RPAMD8CTCAB
Kit comes complete with adapter ring
to secure into the boxes, wiremold CM
series open system adapters (unloaded),
Ortronics® series II, and TracJack adapters.
Modular jacks and A/V connectors sold
separately.
Slide Holder Color
Gray
Black
Black
Black
Aluminum
Brass

RP4FFCTCGY, RP4FFCTCBK, RP4FFCTCAL,
RP4FFCTCBS, RP4FFCTCAA, RP4FFCTCAB
Kit comes complete with adapter ring to
secure into the boxes, (1) 3/4" trade size
screw plug and conduit fitting for power,
1-1/4" trade size screw plug and conduit
fitting for low voltage (communications or
Audio/Video) services.
Flange Color
Gray
Black
Aluminum
Brass

RP9AM2CTC

Single Service Furniture Feed Floor Box Cover Kit
RP9AM2CTCGY, RP9AM2CTCBK,
RP9AM2CTCAL, RP9AM2CTCBS,
RP9AM2CTCAA, RP9AM2CTCAB
Kit comes complete with adapter ring
to secure into the boxes, (1) 1 1/4/2"
concentric screw plug closure plug. Conduit
fittings sold separately by others.
Flange Color
Gray
Black
Aluminum
Brass

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Flange Color
Gray
Black
Aluminum
Brass
All Aluminum
All Brass

RP4FFCTC

Multiple Service Furniture Feed Floor Box Cover Kit

Caution: Floor box kits are not for use on concrete pours less than 4 1/2" [114mm] and are not for use when concrete is the finished floor. Use only for tile,
carpet, or wood covered floors.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

385

WIREMOLD

RaTChET-PRO™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Ratchet-Pro RPNFB, RPSFB & RPSFB-OG Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information (continued)

2HUB

2" Conduit Transition Hub

125CRR

Conduit Reducing Ring
Conduit reducing ring allows for 1 1/4"
conduit hub (for RPNFB only) to allow
for smaller conduit feeds where needed.
Ring includes: (2) blanking plug, (2) 3/4"
trade size plugs, and (2) 1" trade size
plugs.

Trade size 2" die cast zinc conduit fitting
allows for 2" conduit to transition into
a shallow box design. Includes: die
cast fitting gasket. Accepts standard 2"
threaded conduit or trade size EMT and
PVC conduit fittings.
NOTE: For use with RPSFB & RFSFB-OG Series
floor boxes.

RP-DIV

Divider

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

used to isolate power and low voltage
(communications and audio/video)
compartments. Graduated markings
indicating location to cut divider to, in
order to match concrete pour.

386
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

2CRR

Conduit Reducing Ring
Conduit reducing ring allows for 2"
conduit hub (for RPNFB only) to allow
for smaller conduit feeds where needed.
Ring includes: (2) blanking plug, (2)
1 1/2" trade size plugs, and (2) 1 1/4"
trade size plugs, and (2) blank plugs.

WIREMOLD

MOduLink™ 880MP2 SERiES FLOOR BOXES

Modulink™ Nonmetallic Floor Boxes provide power and communication services
directly to the workstation or to any open space location.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes:
File E110748 Guide QCMZ.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.

Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Nonmetallic Rectangular Floor Box

2" Trade Size
Conduit Hub

Box comes complete with reusable
mudcap, insert spacer, conduit plugs
and reducers. Reducers provided
for reduction to 1 1/2", 1 1/4", 1",
3/4", and 1/2" [25mm, 19.1mm, and
12.7mm] conduit. Minimum concrete
depth is 4" [102mm] and maximum
concrete depth is 6" [152mm].
Minimum capacity is 50 cu. in.
[819ml] and maximum capacity is 100
cu. in. [1693ml]. Box dimensions are
4 1/8" w x 5 1/2" L x 6" H [105mm w
x 140mm L x 152mm H].

NOTE: Insert spacer should not be removed until after concrete pour.
Box can be connected together to create a two- or three-gang option.

COLOR OPTIONS

880MPA

Nonmetallic Rectangular Floor Box Adjusting Ring
Activate inserts snap here.

5 3/8"
[136mm]

3 15/16"
[100mm]

Comes with fiber storage
loop. Also includes
brass inserts for flange
connection and green
ground wire for ground
connection. wiremold
CM series Open system
adapters that snap directly
into the adjusting ring
without the need for an
adapter. Also includes
mounting screws to attach
flange to box body.

NOTE: One 880MPA is needed for each 880MP2 used. For example, a
three-gang box will require three 880MPA Adjusting Rings, ordered
separately.

817, 828, 829, 830, 837 & 838 series Cover Plates are designed for
use with Modulink™ 880MP series Floor Boxes and are available
in the colors at left as indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for
more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

880MP2

387

WIREMOLD

MOduLink™ 880MP2 SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

817B

1-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange

837B

3-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack
and MAB3s2 series II adapters and
wiremold CM series inserts, sold
separately.

5.060"
[128.5mm]

5.060"
[128.5mm]

6.080"
[154.4mm]

827B

6.080"
[154.4mm]

2-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange

5.060"
[128.5mm]

6.080"
[154.4mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack
and MAB3s2 series II adapters and
wiremold CM series inserts, sold
separately.

Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information

828R

Brass Duplex Cover Plate
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.

828GFITC

Brass GFI Cover Plate
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity systems
in conjunction with 817B, 827B,
and 837B Flanges.

3.156"
[80.2mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

3 1/8"
[79mm]

828SPTC

Brass Duplex Cover Plate
screw plugs are 1 1/2" [38mm] in
diameter.

Brass Rectangular Cover Plate
Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use with
maximum female locking device of
1.58" diameter, and maximum male
plug face of 2.25" diameter.

4.182"
[106.2mm]

828DPGFITC

388

Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate

4.182"
[106.2mm]

3.156"
[80.2mm]

3.156"
[80.2mm]

828DLR

3 1/8"
[79mm]

829STC

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Brass Communications Cover Plate

4.182"
[106.2mm]
3 1/8"
[79mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Brass communications cover
plate, data slides. Feed through
only, not for use with a mounting
plate for flush mounted
communication adapter.

NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with
aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

MOduLink™ 880MP2 SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued0

829CK

Brass Communications Cover Plate

829CK-1/2

Brass Communications Cover Plate

2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and
57mm] plugs. Not for use with
threaded conduit.
3.156"
[80.2mm]

829CK-1

4.182"
[106.2mm]

3.156"
[83.60mm]

Brass Communications Cover Plate

828MAAP

4.182"
[106.2mm]

829CK-3/4

AV Adapter Plate
sheet metal adapter plate that accepts
two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP style device plates
(sold separately). For use with 828GFITC
or 828GFITCAL cover plates (sold
separately).

2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]
plugs. Not for use with threaded
conduit.
3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

Brass communications cover
plate, 2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and
12.7mm] plugs. For carpet or tile
installations. Not for use with
threaded conduit.

Brass Communications Cover Plate
2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and
19.1mm] plugs. Not for use with
threaded conduit.

3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with
aluminum flanges.

Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

5.940"
[150.9mm]

4.920"
[125.0mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

838TCAL 3-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange

5.940"
[150.9mm]

9.045"
[229.7mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

818TCAL 1-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange

828TCAL 2 -Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange

13.170"
[334.5mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

5.940"
[150.9mm]

NOTE: Brushed aluminum flanges come with beveled edges.

389
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

MOduLink™ 880MP2 SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information

828R-TCAL Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

830CKTCAL-1 Brushed Aluminum

Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.

828GFITCAL

Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity systems in
conjunction with 817B, 827B, and
837B Flanges.

4.310"
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.
4.310"
[109.5mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

830CKTCAL-3/4

Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.

4.310"
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

Brushed Aluminum Single Locking
Receptacle Cover Plate
single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking device
of 1.58" diameter, and maximum
male plug face of 2.25" diameter.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
390

3.290"
[83.6mm]

AV Adapter Plate

Cover Plate

817TCAL-BK, 817TCAL-GY,
817TCAL-BS, 817TCAL-NK,
817TCAL-BZ

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1 1/4" [32mm] plugs.
4.310"
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

817TCAL 1-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

3.290"
[83.6mm]

830CKTCAL Brushed Aluminum

Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

sheet metal adapter plate that
accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP style device
plates (sold separately). For use with
828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover plates
(sold separately).

828DLRAL

4.310"
[109.5mm]

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1/2" [12.7mm] plugs.

828MAAP

4.310"
[109.5mm]

Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] plugs.

Brushed Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate

3.290"
[83.6mm]

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

830CKTCAL-1/2

828DPGFITCAL

Cover Plate

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

6.080"
[154.4mm]

5.060"
[128.5mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.

NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with
aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

MOduLink™ 880MP2 SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Powder Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

827TCAL 2-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

837TCAL 3-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

827TCAL-BK, 827TCAL-GY,
827TCAL-BS, 827TCAL-NK,
827TCAL-BZ
6.080"
[154.4mm]

9.02"
[229mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.

837TCAL-BK, 837TCAL-GY,
837TCAL-BS, 837TCAL-NK,
837TCAL-BZ
6.080"
[154.4mm]

13.17"
[335mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.

Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Powder Coated Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information
Powder-Coated Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

829CKAL-3/4

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

828R-TCAL-BK, 828R-TCAL-GY,
828R-TCAL-BS, 828R-TCAL-NK,
828R-TCAL-BZ
3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.

829CKAL-3/4BK, 829CKAL-3/4GY,
829CKAL-3/4BS, 829CKAL-3/4NK,
829CKAL-3/4BZ
4.310"
[109.5mm]

828GFITCAL

Powder-Coated Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate
828GFITCAL-BK, 828GFITCAL-GY,
828GFITCAL-BS, 828GFITCAL-NK,
828GFITCAL-BZ
3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

829CKAL-1

Allows for mounting of a duplex
receptacle (Duplex or GFCI style)
with a rectangular flip cover.

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate
829CKAL-1BK, 829CKAL-1GY,
829CKAL-1BS, 829CKAL-1NK,
829CKAL-1BZ

4.310"
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]
plugs. Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray,
brass, nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

828MAAP

AV Adapter Plate
sheet metal adapter plate that
accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP style device
plates (sold separately). For use with
828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover plates
(sold separately).

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.
Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray, brass,
nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with
aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

828R-TCAL

391

WIREMOLD

MOduLink™ 880MP2 SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Nonmetallic Cover Plates Flanges Ordering Information

817PCC

5 3/4"
[146mm]

827PCC

5 3/4"
[146mm]

1-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

4 3/4"
[121mm]

817PCC-BLK, 817PCC-BRN
Available in black or brown. For
Ortronics® connectivity use with
829PFLRT Cover. For Activate
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

2-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

8 7/8"
[225mm]

837PCC

3-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

5 3/4"
[146mm]

13"
[330mm]

837PCC-BLK, 837PCC-BRN
Available in black or brown. For
Ortronics® connectivity use with
829PFLRT Cover. For Activate
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum
or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are
interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

827PCC-BLK, 827PCC-BRN
Available in black or brown. For
Ortronics® connectivity use with
829PFLRT Cover. For Activate
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

Modulink 880MP Series Floor Boxes Nonmetallic Cover Plates Ordering Information

828PR Nonmetallic Duplex Cover Plate

3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

828PR-BLK, 828PR-BRN
Flip lids. Available in black or brown.
Can also be used with a 106 type
communication adapter.
3 3/16"
[81mm]

828PRGFI Nonmetallic GFI Cover Plate

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

828PRGFI-BLK, 828PRGFI-BRN
Available in black or brown. May be
used with Ortronics® Connectivity
systems in conjunction with 817, 827
and 837PCC series flanges.

392

3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

829PFL* Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate

3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

829PFLRT* Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate

829PFL-BLK, 829PFL-BRN
Individual flip lids. Available in black
or brown. Gasket included. wiremold
CM series inserts included.

829PCK

3 3/16"
[81mm]

829PSTC

3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

829PFLRT-BLK, 829PFLRT-BRN
Individual flip lids. Available in
black or brown. Gasket included.
Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack and
MAB3s2 series II adapters
included.

Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate

4 1/8"
[105mm]

829PCK-BLK, 829PCK-BRN
Breakouts. Available in black or
brown. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate

4 1/8"
[105mm]

829PSTC-BLK, 829PSTC-BRN
Data slides. Available in black
or brown. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.

*Replacement flip lids can be ordered under Cat. No. PFL-BLK and PFL-BRN. Each Cat. No. comes with three flip lids. The above cover plates are listed for
tile and carpet applications.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

MOduLink™ 880MP2 SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Modulink 880MP2 Series Floor Boxes Mounting Options for Connectivity Insets
Flush installation with
Activate installed using the
Activate bezel, or Ortronics
installed using the Ortronics
bezels.

828GFITC
Cover
CM-MAB Bezel
(sold separately, Not
Included with 828GFITC)
MAB3S2 Bezel
(Ortronics series II Bezel
sold separately)

Recessed installation with
Activate installed directly
into the 880MPA Adjusting
Ring. Ortronics inserts
cannot be inserted directly
into 880MPA, see below for
Ortronics solution.

MAB6TJ Bezel
(Ortronics TracJack
Bezel sold separately)

NOTE: Part is approved for
scrub water
applications only
with inserts in the
flush position.

829PFL or 829PFLRT
Cover

Fiber Optic Insert (sold separately)

Scrub Water Gasket
Included
CM-MAB Activate Bezel
(Included with 829PFL
Cover)
MAB6TJ (Ortronics
TracJack Bezel Included
with 829PFLRT)
MAB3S2 Bezel
(Ortronics series II Bezel
Included with 829PFLRT)

Fiber Storage Loop

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Flush installation with
Ortronics installed using
829PFLRT Cover or
Activate installed using
829PFL Cover.

Activate Inserts Sold
Separately

393
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

Resource RFB® series Floor Boxes are a versatile solution that provides
power and/or communication services to open space areas.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.

RFB2 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information

RFB2-SS

Two-Compartment Shallow Stamped Steel Box

For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable
with tunnel compartment. supplied with one (1) duplex
receptacle mounting plate, and one (1) communication
mounting plate (RFB22AB). Other device plates sold
separately.
9/16"
[14mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

2 5/8"
[67mm]

Top View
Bottom KO
1/2"
[12.7mm]

Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

13 1/8"
[333mm]
Bottom KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Power or Data
38.0 cu. in. [622.7 ml] Each Side

394
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Bottom KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Bottom KO
1/2"
[12.7mm]

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB2 series

RFB2 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

RFB2

Two-Compartment Box

For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable
with tunnel compartment. supplied with one (1) duplex
receptacle mounting plate, and one (1) communication
mounting plate (RFB22AB). Other device plates
sold separately.
3/4"
[19.1mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

RFB2-OG

3 7/16"
[87mm]

13 1/8"
[333mm]

Bottom KO
1/2"
[12.7mm]

Side KO
1"
[25mm]

Side KO
1 1/4"
[32mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

Bottom KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Side KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Two-Compartment Box

For use On Grade. Fully adjustable with tunnel
compartment. supplied with one (1) duplex receptacle
mounting plate, and one (1) communication mounting plate
(RFB22AB). Other device plates sold separately.

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Top View
Side KO
1 1/4"
[32mm]

Bottom KO
3/4"
[19.1mm]

Side KO
1 1/4"
[32mm]

Side KO
1"
[25mm]

Side KO
1 1/4"
[32mm]

Bottom KO
1/2"
[12.7mm]

Power or Data
50.2 cu. in. [822.6 ml] Each Side

3 7/16"
[87mm]

13 1/8"
[333mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

NOTE: RFB2-OG for on-grade applications is painted with a fusion-bonded
epoxy designed for use on metal reinforcement bar and related
accessories before encapsulating in concrete.

395
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB2 series

RFB2 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

RFB2DP

Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket

RFB2EXT

Internal A/V Bracket

Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles.

Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP series devices
(sold separately).

NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only..

NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

RFB2B

Internal Blank Bracket

RFB2-AAP

Plate used to close off unused gangs.

Internal A/V Bracket
Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP
series devices (sold separately).

NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

RFB2GFI

Internal GFI or Decorator Style Receptacle Bracket

RFBKIT

Barrier Kit
Barrier kit used to separate power and
communication wires in partition feed
covers. supplied with base and three
extensions to adjust to cover height.
Kit should be used on RFB2, RFB2-OG,
RFB2-ss, RFB4 and RFB4-ss Floor
Boxes. Kits are sold separately.

Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
style Receptacles, Communication or
A/V Devices.
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

RFB22AB

Internal Communication Bracket

FP-CTR

Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring

Includes two (2) adapters to accept
wiremold CM2 series Open system
communication inserts (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

RFB2RT

Internal Communication Bracket
Includes two (2) adapters to accept
Ortronics® TracJack devices, and two (2)
adapters to accept Ortronics® series II
devices (sold separately).

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

NOTE: All device plates and accessories shown on this page are made in the United States of America.

396
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Nonmetallic ring for use on bare
polished concrete and terrazzo
floor applications.

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB2 series

FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information
Floorport Part Number Configurator
FP
FloorPort series:

FPCTC

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Top style:

Cover Color:

Blank Top
= B
Cutout Top
= C
Furniture Feed = FF

Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet
= TC
(flanged)

Brushed Aluminum
Black
Brass
Bronze
Gray
Nickel

Cutout Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPBTC

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Cover style:

FPCTCBK, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNK, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.

=
=
=
=
=
=

AL
BK
BS
BZ
GY
NK

FPFFTC

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Blank Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPBTCBK, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNK, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.

FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Provided with one 1"
trade size screw plug for power or
communication type cabling and
one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.

FloorPort™ Series Flangeless Cover Assemblies Ordering Information

7 3/4"
[197mm]

FPBT

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Cutout Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPCTCBK, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNK, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile
or carpet installations. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in black,
bronze, brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.

Blank Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPBTCBK, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNK, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.

FPFFT

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile
or carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray, or
brushed aluminum. Provided with one
1" trade size screw plug for power
or communication type cabling and
one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

FPCT

397
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB2 series

North American Made FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information
Floorport Part Number Configurator
FP
FloorPort series:

Cover style:

Top style:

Cover Color:

Blank Top
= B
Cutout Top
= C
Furniture Feed = FF

Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet
= TC
(flanged)

Nickel
Brass
Black
Bronze
Gray

FPCTC-NA

Cutout Cover Assembly

=
=
=
=
=

Origin:
NK
BS
BK
BZ
GY

FPFFTC

North American Made NA

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

FPCTCBK-NA, FPCTCBZ-NA,
FPCTCBS-NA, FPCTCNK-NA,
FPCTCGY-NA
7 3/4"
[197mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPBTC-NA

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.

6 1/2"
[165mm]

7 3/4"
[197mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK-NA, FPBTCBZ-NA,
FPBTCBS-NA, FPBTCNK-NA,
FPBTCGY-NA

7 3/4"
[197mm]

FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ,
FPFFTCBS, FPFFTCNK,
FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.

Flanged cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray,
or brushed aluminum. Provided
with one 1" trade size screw plug
for power or communication type
cabling and one combination 1
1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug
for communication type cabling.
Allows for feeding both power and
communication cabling.

Load Capacities for FloorPort™ Cover Assemblies
CATALOG NuMBERs
FPCTC

MAXIMuM LOAD IN POuNDs
1000

FPBTC

750

FPFFT

1000

FPBT

750

FPCT

1000

FPFF

1000

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in center of service
fitting. Loads above are static loads only and do not pertain to
rolling loads.

398
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 series

RFB4 & RFB4-4DB Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information

RFB4

RFB4-4DB

Four-Compartment Box
With Four Duplex Receptacle Brackets

Four-Compartment Combination Box

12 3/4" x 10" x 3 7/16" [324mm x 254mm x 87mm]. Fully
adjustable with tunnel compartment and two receptacle
brackets. Tunneling from end power compartment to end
power compartment only. Communication brackets not
included. All boxes and covers are sold separately.
NOTE: Only for use in concrete floors.
10"
[254mm]

Includes four duplex receptacle brackets. 12 3/4" x 10" x
3 7/16" [324mm x 254mm x 87mm]. Fully adjustable.
Tunneling from adjacent or opposite compartments only,
(not cross compartments). Tunneling can be set to feed all
four compartments from one conduit in a single-service
application. All boxes and covers are sold separately.
NOTE: Only for use in concrete floors.

5 7/8"
[149mm]

10"
[254mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]
12 3/4"
[254mm]

12 3/4"
[324mm]

3 7/16"
[87mm]

3 7/16"
[87mm]

NOTE: All boxes and activations are sold separately.

Resource RFB4 & RFB4-4DB Series Floor Boxes Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations & Sizes
Knockout Locations & Sizes

Compartment Capacities

3/4"
[19.1mm]

Power or Data
(RFB4* Data Only)
16.4 cu in. [269 ml]

3/4"
[19.1mm]
Feed Through
Direction
Power or Data
50.0 cu in.
[820 ml]

Power or Data
32.3 cu in.
[529 ml]

1 1/4"
[32mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]

1"
[25mm]

1 1/4"
[32mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

1"
[25mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]
Feed Through
Direction

3/4"
[19.1mm]

No feed through to opposite data compartment on RFB4.

1 1/4"
[32mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]

1"
[25mm]

1 1/4"
[32mm]
Indicates Bottom KO.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Power or Data
(RFB4* Data Only)
16.4 cu in. [269 ml]

399
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 series

Resource RFB4 & RFB4-4DB Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

RFB-B

Internal Blank Bracket

DTB-2-2RT

Communication Bracket

Power compartments only. used to
close off unused gangs.

Ortronics® AB2TJ TracJack and ABs2
series II adapters included.

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

DTB-2-DECORA
RFB-DR

Internal Duplex Bracket

Decorator style opening for decorator
style 106 adapter.

Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles.
NOTE: For RFB4 only.

RFB-GFI

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

DTB-2-AAP

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

DTB-2-4TKO

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

RFB4-LPB

NOTE: For RFB4 only. Opening dimension is 9/16"
x 3/4" [14.3mm x 19.1mm].

DTB-2-DT

Communication Bracket
with one (1) IBM Type II opening and
one (1) keystone opening (devices not
included).

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

RFB4-LPBS2

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

Communication Bracket

Ortronics® series II low profile adapter
included.

DTB-2-SD

Communication Bracket
with duplex opening for use with 106
adapter (sold separately, devices not
included).

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Communication Bracket

Four (4) RJ keystone opening knockouts.
use as blank plate or for up to four (4)
RJ openings.

Communication Bracket
Activate™ low profile adapter included.
wiremold CM series Open system
inserts sold separately.

Internal A/V Bracket
Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP
devices (sold separately).

Internal GFI Bracket
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
style receptacles, Communication or A/V
Devices.

Communication Bracket

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

DTB-2-2AB

Communication Bracket
Two (2) 2A size adapters included.
wiremold CM2 series Open system
inserts, sold separately.
NOTE: For RFB4 only.

DTB-2-EXT

Internal A/V Bracket
Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP devices (sold
separately).
NOTE: For RFB4 only.

400

NOTE: Additional configurations available. Please consult your local Sales Representative for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 series

RFB4 & RFB4-4DB Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

RFB-GFI-4DB

Internal GFCI Bracket

WTB-AAP

Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator style
receptacles, communications or A/V
devices.

Internal A/V Bracket
Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP
series devices (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.

NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.

RFB-WTB

WTB-2-AB

Conversion Kit

WTB-MAAP

To convert RFB4 Box to an RFB4-4DB
Box.

Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP series devices (sold
separately).

NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.

NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.

Communication Bracket

FP-CTR

NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.

Communication Bracket
Ortronics® AB2TJ TracJack and ABs2
series II adapters included.

RFBKIT

Barrier Kit
Barrier kit used to separate power and
communication wires in partition feed
covers. supplied with base and three
extensions to adjust to cover height.
Kit should be used on RFB2, RFB2OG, RFB2-ss, RFB4 and RFB4-ss
Floor Boxes. Kits are sold separately.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.

Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring
Nonmetallic ring for use on bare
polished concrete and terrazzo floor
applications.

One (1) 2A adapter included. wiremold
CM2 series Open system inserts sold
separately.

WTB-2-RT

Internal A/V Bracket

NOTE: Additional configurations available. Please consult your local Sales Representative for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

401

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 series

RFB4-CI-1 Series Multiservice Cast Iron Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information

RFB4-CI-1

Four-Compartment Cast Iron Combination Box
14 1/2" L x 11 7/8" w x 3 7/16" D [368mm x 302mm x
87mm]. Fully adjustable with tunnel compartment and two
receptacle brackets. Feed through from adjacent or
opposite compartments only, (not cross compartments).
Communication brackets not included. All boxes and
activations are sold separately.
NOTE: Only for use in
concrete floors. All
boxes and activations
are sold separately.
5/8"

11 7/8"
[302mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]

RFB4-CI-1

North American Made
Four-Compartment Cast Iron Combination Box

14 1/2" L x 11 7/8" w x 3 7/16" D [368mm x 302mm x
87mm]. Fully adjustable with tunnel compartment and two
receptacle brackets. Feed through from adjacent or
opposite compartments only, (not cross compartments).
Communication brackets not included. All boxes and
activations are sold separately.
NOTE: Only for use in
concrete floors. All
boxes and activations
are sold separately.
5/8"

11 7/8"
[302mm]
5 1/8"
[130mm]

[17mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

3 7/16"
[87mm]

14 1/2"
[368mm]

[17mm]

3 7/16"
[87mm]

14 1/2"
[368mm]

RFB4-CI-1 Series Multiservice Cast Iron Recessed Floor Boxes Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations and Sizes
Compartment Capacities

Knockout Locations & Sizes
1"
[25mm]

Power or Data
27.0 cu in. [443 ml]
1 1/4"
[32mm]

Power or Data
36.0 cu in. [590 ml]

1 1/4"
[32mm]

Power or Data
36.0 cu in. [590 ml]

1"
[25mm]
1"
[25mm]

Power or Data
27.0 cu in. [443 ml]

1 1/4"
[32mm]

1 1/4"
[32mm]
1"
[25mm]

RFB4-C1-1 Series Multiservice Cast Iron Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

CIHT-D

Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket

CIHT-GFI

Accepts standard 15 Amp and 20 Amp
Duplex Receptacles.

CIH/LT-B

Internal Blank Bracket
used to close off unused gangs.

402
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Internal GFI Bracket
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
style Receptacles, Communication or
A/V Devices.

CILT-2AB

Communication Bracket
Communication bracket with two (2)
2A size Activate™ adapters included.
Accepts wiremold CM2 series Open
system communication modules (sold
separately).

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 series

RFB4-C1-1 Series Multiservice Cast Iron Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

CILT-2-RT

Communication Bracket

RFBCIKIT

Barrier Kit
Barrier kit used with RFB4-CI floor
boxes. Kits are sold separately.

Communication bracket with Ortronics®
AB2TJ TracJack and ABs2 series II
adapters included. Accepts Ortronics®
workstation connectivity outlets and
modular inserts.

CILT-4TKO

Communication Bracket

FP-CTR

Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring

Communication bracket with four (4) RJ
opening knockouts. use as blank plate or
for up to four RJ openings.

Nonmetallic ring for use on bare
polished concrete and terrazzo floor
applications.

NOTE: Opening dimension is 9/16" x 3/4" [14.3mm
x 19.1mm]

NOTE: Additional configurations available. Please consult your local Sales Representative for more information.

RF4B-SS Multiservice Shallow Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information

RFB4-SS

Four-Compartment Shallow Stamped Steel Combination Box

13 5/8" L x 10" w x 2 7/16" D [346mm x 254mm x 62mm].
Fully adjustable with tunnel compartment and two (2)
receptacle brackets. Feed through tunneling to adjacent
compartments only. Tunneling can be set to feed all
four compartments from one conduit in a single-service
application. Communication brackets not included. All boxes
and activations are sold separately.

10"
[254mm]
5 7/8"
[149mm]

NOTE: Only for use in concrete floors. All boxes and activations are sold
separately.
4 3/4"
[121mm]
2 7/16"
[62mm]

13 5/8"
[346mm]

RFB4-SS Series Multiservice Shallow Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations and Sizes
Knockout Locations & Sizes

Power or Data
15.7 cu. in. [257 ml]

Power or Data
31.2 cu in. [511 ml]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

1"
[25mm]

Power or Data
31.2 cu in. [511 ml]

1"
[25mm]

1"
[25mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]
1"
[25mm]

Power or Data
15.7 cu in. [257 ml]

1"
[25mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]
1"
[25mm]

1"
[25mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]

1"
[25mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Compartment Capacities

Indicates
Bottom KO

403
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 series

RFB4-SS Multiservice Shallow Steel Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

RFB-B-SS

Internal Blank Bracket

RFB-4TKO-SS

used to close off unused gangs.

Internal Bracket

Four (4) RJ keystone opening knockouts.
use as blank plate or for up to four RJ
openings.
NOTE: Opening dimension is 9/16" x 3/4"
[14.3mm x 19.1mm]

RFB-RB-SS

Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket

RFB4-SS-AAP

Internal A/V Bracket

Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP
series devices (sold separately).

Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles.

NOTE: For RFB4-SS Series Floor Boxes only.

RFB4-SS-MAAP
RFB-GFI-SS

RFB-2AB-SS

Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP series
devices (sold separately).

Internal GFI Bracket

Accepts standard GFCI & Decorator
style receptacles, Communication or A/V
devices.

NOTE: For RFB4-SS Series Floor Boxes only.

RFBKIT

FP-CTR
Communication Bracket

Ortronics AB2TJ TracJack and ABs2
series II adapters included.

Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring
Nonmetallic ring for use on bare polished
concrete and terrazzo floor applications.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

®

Barrier Kit
Barrier kit used to separate power and
communication wires in partition feed
covers. supplied with base and three
extensions to adjust to cover height.
Kit should be used on RFB2, RFB2-OG,
RFB2-ss, RFB4 and RFB4-ss Floor
Boxes. Kits are sold separately.

Internal Bracket

Two Pass & seymour® Activate™ adapters
included. wiremold CM series Open
system inserts (sold separately).

RFB-2-SSRT

NOTE: Additional configurations available. Please consult your local Sales Representative for more information.

404
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Internal A/V Bracket

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 series

FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information
Floorport Part Number Configurator
FP
FloorPort series:

FPCTC

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Top style:

Cover Color:

Blank Top
= B
Cutout Top
= C
Furniture Feed = FF

Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet
= TC
(flanged)

Brushed Aluminum
Black
Brass
Bronze
Gray
Nickel

Cutout Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPBTC

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Cover style:

FPCTCBK, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNK, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for carpet
or tile cutouts to match finished floor.

=
=
=
=
=
=

AL
BK
BS
BZ
GY
NK

FPFFTC

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Blank Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Provided with one 1"
trade size screw plug for power or
communication type cabling and
one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.

FPBTCBK, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNK, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.

FloorPort™ Series Flangeless Cover Assemblies Ordering Information

7 3/4"
[197mm]

FPBT

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Cutout Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPCTCBK, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNK, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile
or carpet installations. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in black,
bronze, brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.

Blank Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPBTCBK, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNK, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.

FPFFT

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile
or carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray, or
brushed aluminum. Provided with one
1" trade size screw plug for power
or communication type cabling and
one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

FPCT

405
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 series

North American Made FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information
Floorport Part Number Configurator
FP
FloorPort series:

Cover style:

Top style:

Cover Color:

Blank Top
= B
Cutout Top
= C
Furniture Feed = FF

Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet
= TC
(flanged)

Nickel
Brass
Black
Bronze
Gray

FPCTC-NA

Cutout Cover Assembly

=
=
=
=
=

Origin:
NK
BS
BK
BZ
GY

FPFFTC

North American Made NA

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

FPCTCBK-NA, FPCTCBZ-NA,
FPCTCBS-NA, FPCTCNK-NA,
FPCTCGY-NA
7 3/4"
[197mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPBTC-NA

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.

FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ,
FPFFTCBS, FPFFTCNK,
FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
7 3/4"
[197mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK-NA, FPBTCBZ-NA,
FPBTCBS-NA, FPBTCNK-NA,
FPBTCGY-NA

7 3/4"
[197mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.

Flanged cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray,
or brushed aluminum. Provided
with one 1" trade size screw plug
for power or communication type
cabling and one combination 1
1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug
for communication type cabling.
Allows for feeding both power and
communication cabling.

Load Capacities for FloorPort™ Cover Assemblies
CATALOG NuMBERs
FPCTC

MAXIMuM LOAD IN POuNDs
1000

FPBTC

750

FPFFT

1000

FPBT

750

FPCT

1000

FPFF

1000

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in center of service
fitting. Loads above are static loads only and do not pertain to
rolling loads.

406
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 series

RFB4E Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information

RFB4E
13 1/8"
[334mm]

1 13/32"
[36mm]

13 1/8"
[334mm]

RFB4E-OG

Four-Compartment Box

4 1/16"
[103mm]

For use in concrete
floors. For use with
round Evolution
series™ covers. Fully
adjustable with tunnel
compartments. Device
plates sold separately

Four-Compartment On-Grade Box
For use in concrete floors.
For use in on-grade
concrete floors. For use
with round Evolution
series™ covers. Fully
adjustable with tunnel
compartments. Device
plates sold separately.

13 1/8"
[334mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]

4 1/16"
[103mm]

13 1/8"
[334mm]

RFB4E Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations & Sizes
Compartment Capacities

Knockout Locations & Sizes

Four Compartments: (A, B, C, D)
Each Compartment Capacity:
75.0in3 [1230ml]

3/4" Trade Size
1 1/4" Trade Size

1" Trade Size

3/4" Trade Size

1 1/4" Trade Size

2" Trade Size

B

A
3/4" Trade Size

1 1/4" Trade Size

1 1/4" Trade Size

1" Trade Size

3/4" Trade Size

1" Trade Size
1" Trade Size

D
C

1 1/4" Trade Size

1" Trade Size

3/4" Trade Size

Removable Plate with
1" trade Size KO

1" Trade Size
1 1/4" Trade Size
3/4" Trade Size

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Removable Plate with
1" trade Size KO

2" Trade Size

407
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 series

RFB4E & RB6 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

RFB4EKIT

Barrier Kit

RFB6RT

Internal Communication Bracket

used to separate power and communication
services in combination with a 6CFFTC
Furniture Feed Cover (sold separately)

Includes one (1) adapter to accept
Ortronics® TracJack devices, and one
(1) adapter to accept Ortronics series II
devices (sold separately).
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes only.

RFB6DP

RFB6B

Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket

RFB6EXT

Internal A/V Bracket

Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles.

Accepts three (3) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP series
devices (sold separately).

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series Floor
Boxes only.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes only.

Internal Blank Bracket

RFB62A

Internal Communication Bracket

Closed off unused gangs.

Included two (2) adapter to accept
wiremold CM2 series Open system
communication inserts (sold
separately).

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series Floor
Boxes only.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes only.

RFB6GFI

Internal GFI or Decorator Style Receptacle Bracket

RFB6S1

RFB6-AAP

Accepts standard GFCI and Decorator
style receptacles, communication or
A/V devices.

Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics
AAP series devices (sold separately).

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series Floor
Boxes only.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes only.

Internal Single Receptacle Bracket
Receptacle opening 1 3/8" [35mm].

RFB4E-CTR

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series Floor
Boxes only.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Internal A/V Bracket

Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring

Nonmetallic ring for use with bare
concrete and terrazzo floor applications.
NOTE: Only for use on RFB4E and RFB4E-OG Floor
Boxes. Designed to work with 6CT Series
Covers only.

RFB6S2

Internal Single Receptacle Bracket
Receptacle opening 1 9/16" [40mm].
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 & RFB6E Series Floor
Boxes only.

408
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

2HUB

2" Conduit Transition Hub
Trade size 2" die cast zinc conduit fitting
allows for 2" conduit to transition into a
shallow box design. Includes: die cast
fitting, gasket, and mounting screws.

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 series

Evolution Series Cover Assemblies for RFB4E & RFB4E-0G Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Surface Style Cover Assembly

7 1/4"
[184mm]

6CT*

6CFFTC

Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly. Cover assembly is
available in the following finishes:
painted black (6CTCBK), painted
gray (6CTCGY), nickel (6CTCNK),
brass (6CTCBs), and bronze
(6CTCBZ). 6CTC series cover
assemblies designed for use with
6sTCP, 6sTC, and 6sTCPAV PokeThru stem Assemblies.

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Flush Style Cover Assembly

7 1/4"
[184mm]

Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly. Cover assembly
is available in the following
finishes: painted black (6CTBK),
painted gray (6CTGY), nickel
(6CTNK), brass (6CTBs), and
bronze (6CTBZ). 6CT series cover
assemblies designed for use with
6sTCP, 6sTC, and 6sTCPAV PokeThru stem Assemblies. Includes
one (1) 6Ts Tile shim.

* Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamper-resistant
cover assembly. Tamper-resistant versions are secured with a single
tamper-resistant screw.

6TS

surface style, die-cast aluminum
cover assembly, with one (1) 3/4"
trade size screw plug opening,
and one (1) concentric 2"-1 1/4"
trade size screw plug opening.
Cover assembly is available in
the following powder coated
finishes: black (6CFFTCBK), gray
(6CFFTCGY), nickel (6CFFTCNK),
brass (6CFFTCBs), and bronze
(6CFFTCBZ). 6CFFTC series
Cover Assemblies designed for
use with 6sTC Poke-Thru stem
Assembly. Includes one (1) 3/4"
and one (1) 1" trade size conduit
fittings and one (1) divider to
separate devices.

Tile Shim
used for floor coverings greater
than 5/16" [7.9mm]. The 6Ts will
allow the top surface of the cover
to be flush with the finished floor.
Includes: six (6) 1/16" [1.6mm]
thick shims. up to a total of 3/8"
[9.5mm] of adjustment.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

6CTC*

409
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB6 series

RFB6 & RFB6E Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information

RFB6

RFB6E

Six-Compartment Box

Six-Compartment Box

1 1/8"
[28mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

3 1/4"
[83mm]

14"
[355mm]

For use in concrete floors.
For use with round Evolution™
series covers. Fully adjustable
with tunnel compartments.
supplied with two (2) duplex
mounting plates. Other plates
sold separately.

14"
[355mm]

14 5/8"
[371mm]

For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable
with tunnel compartment. supplied with two (2) duplex
mounting plates, two (2) communication mounting plates
(RFB62A), and (2) blank mounting plates. Other plates
sold separately.

RFB6-OG

Six-Compartment On-Grade Box

14 5/8"
[371mm]

4"
[102mm]

RFB6E-OG

Six-Compartment On-Grade Box

1 1/8"
[28mm]

For use in concrete floors.
For use with round Evolution™
series covers. Fully adjustable
with tunnel compartments.
supplied with two (2) duplex
mounting plates. Other plates
sold separately.

14"
[355mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

3 1/4"
[83mm]

14"
[355mm]

14 5/8"
[371mm]

14 5/8"
[371mm]

4"
[102mm]

For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable with
tunnel compartment. supplied with two (2) duplex mounting
plates, two (2) communication mounting plates (RFB62A), and
(2) blank mounting plates. Other plates sold separately.

RFB6 & RFB6E Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations and Sizes
Side Knockout Locations
A

B

B

Bottom Knockout Locations
Compartment Wire and Communication Compacities
A

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

A

410

A

A

C

C

C

C

A

A

A

B

B

A

B

Compartment
C

Compartment
D

B

B

Compartment
D

Compartment
C

Compartment
C

A

B

KNOCKOUTS

KNOCKOUTS
A = Bottom KO 1 1/4" [32mm]
B = Bottom KO 3/4" [19.1mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

A

Compartment
C

A = side KO 1 1/4" [32mm]
B = side KO 1" [25mm]
C = side KO 3/4" [19.1mm]
Feed through is accomplished through removable plugs.

B

B

A

COMPARTMENT CAPACITIES
C = Power or Data 52 in3 [852ml]
D = Power or Data 23 in3 [376ml]

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB6 series

RFB6 & RFB6E Series Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information

RFB6DP

Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket

RFB6RT

Internal Communication Bracket
Includes one (1) adapter to accept
Ortronics® TracJack devices, and one
(1) adapter to accept Ortronics series II
devices (sold separately).

Accepts standard 15A and 20A
duplex receptacles.
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes.

RFB6B

Internal Blank Bracket

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series Floor Boxes.

RFB6EXT

Closes off unused gangs.

Internal A/V Bracket
Accepts three (3) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP series devices (sold
separately).

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series Floor Boxes.

Internal GFI or Decorator Style Receptacle Bracket

RFB62A

Includes two (2) adapters to accept
wiremold CM2 series Open system
communication inserts (sold separately).

Accepts standard GFCI and Decorator
style receptacles, communication or
A/V devices.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes.

RFB6S1

Internal Single Receptacle Bracket

RFB6-AAP

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes.

Internal Single Receptacle Bracket

Internal A/V Bracket

Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP
series devices (sold separately).

Receptacle opening 1 3/8" [35mm].

RFB6S2

Internal Communication Bracket

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes.

RFB6E-CTR

Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring

Nonmetallic ring for use with bare concrete
and terrazzo floor applications.

Receptacle opening 1 9/16" [40mm].
NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series
Floor Boxes.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series Floor
Boxes. Designed to work with 8CTC and 8CT
Series Covers only.

FP-CTR

Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring
Nonmetallic ring for use on bare polished
concrete and terrazzo floor applications.
NOTE: For RFB6 Series Floor Boxes.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

RFB6GFI

411
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB6 series

Evolution Series Cover Assemblies for RFB6E & RFB6E-OG Floor Boxes Ordering Information

8CTC*

Surface Style Cover Assembly

8TS

Tile Shim

Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly. Cover assembly
is available in the following
finishes: painted black (8CTCBK),
9 1/4"
painted gray (8CTCGY), nickel
[235mm]
(8CTCNK), brass (8CTCBs), and
bronze (8CTCBZ). 8CTC series
Cover Assemblies designed for use with 8sTC and 8sTCP
Poke-Thru stem Assemblies.

8CT*

used for floor coverings greater
than 5/16" [7.9mm]. The
8Ts will allow the top surface
of the cover to be flush with
the finished floor. Includes: two
(2) 1/8" [3.2mm] thick shims
and two (2) 1/16" [1.6mm] thick
shims. up to a total of 3/8"
[9.5mm] of adjustment.

Flush Style Cover Assembly

Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly. Cover assembly
is available in the following
finishes: painted black (8CTBK),
painted gray (8CTGY), nickel
9 1/4"
[235mm]
(8CTNK), brass (8CTBs), and
bronze (8CTBZ). 8CTC series
Cover Assemblies designed for use with 8sTC and 8sTCP
Poke-Thru stem Assemblies. Includes one (1) 8Ts Tile shim.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

* Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamper-resistant
cover assembly. Tamper-resistant versions are secured with a single
tamper-resistant screw.

412
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Load Capacities for Evolution™ Series
Cover Assemblies
Catalog Numbers
6CT
6CTC
6CFFTC
8CT
8CTC

Maximum Load in Pounds
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

NOTE: Load applied through a 1" mandrel in the
center of cover assembly.
NOTE: Loads above are static loads only and do not
pertain to rolling loads.

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB6 series

FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information
Floorport Part Number Configurator
FP
FloorPort series:

FPCTC

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Top style:

Cover Color:

Blank Top
= B
Cutout Top
= C
Furniture Feed = FF

Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet
= TC
(flanged)

Brushed Aluminum
Black
Brass
Bronze
Gray
Nickel

Cutout Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPBTC

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Cover style:

FPCTCBK, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNK, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match finished
floor.

=
=
=
=
=
=

AL
BK
BS
BZ
GY
NK

FPFFTC

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Blank Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPBTCBK, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNK, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.

FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Provided with one 1"
trade size screw plug for power or
communication type cabling and
one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.

FloorPort™ Series Flangeless Cover Assemblies Ordering Information

7 3/4"
[197mm]

FPBT

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Cutout Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPCTCBK, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNK, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile
or carpet installations. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in black,
bronze, brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.

Blank Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPBTCBK, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNK, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.

FPFFT

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNK, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile
or carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray, or
brushed aluminum. Provided with one
1" trade size screw plug for power
or communication type cabling and
one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

FPCT

413
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB6 series

North American Made FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information
Floorport Part Number Configurator
FP
FloorPort series:

Cover style:

Top style:

Cover Color:

Blank Top
= B
Cutout Top
= C
Furniture Feed = FF

Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet
= TC
(flanged)

Nickel
Brass
Black
Bronze
Gray

FPCTC-NA

Cutout Cover Assembly

=
=
=
=
=

Origin:
NK
BS
BK
BZ
GY

FPFFTC

North American Made NA

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

FPCTCBK-NA, FPCTCBZ-NA,
FPCTCBS-NA, FPCTCNK-NA,
FPCTCGY-NA
7 3/4"
[197mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPBTC-NA

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.

FPFFTCBK, FPFFTCBZ,
FPFFTCBS, FPFFTCNK,
FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
7 3/4"
[197mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBK-NA, FPBTCBZ-NA,
FPBTCBS-NA, FPBTCNK-NA,
FPBTCGY-NA

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.

Load Capacities for FloorPort™ Cover Assemblies
CATALOG NuMBERs
FPCTC

MAXIMuM LOAD IN POuNDs
1000

FPBTC

750

FPFFT

1000

FPBT

750

FPCT

1000

FPFF

1000

NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in center of service
fitting. Loads above are static loads only and do not pertain to
rolling loads.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray,
or brushed aluminum. Provided
with one 1" trade size screw plug
for power or communication type
cabling and one combination 1
1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug
for communication type cabling.
Allows for feeding both power and
communication cabling.

414
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB9/RFB11 series

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information

RFB11

Combination
3/4" & 1" concentric
trade size KO 1-gang
35 cu. in. [574ml]

Four-Compartment Eleven-Gang Floor Box

Combination (2) 1 1/4"
& 2" concentric
trade size KO 3-gang
84 cu. in. [1377ml]

Adjustable before concrete pour. Provided with mudcap to
prevent entry of concrete during pour. Cover assembly and
device plates sold separately. For use on bare concrete, tile,
terrazzo, carpe and wood covered floors.

Combination (2) 3/4" &
1" concentric
trade size KO

NOTE: When used on bare concrete floor applications, RFB119-PAN must be
installed before concrete pour. RFB119-PAN sold separately.
Caution: When used on terrazzo covered floors with a thickness of 1/4"
[6.4mm] or greater, mudcap catalog number #RFB119-PAN must
be used and ordered separately.
12 5/8"
[321mm]

Combination (5) 1 1/4" &
2" concentric
trade size KO

Combination
(2) 1" & 1 1/4"
concentric
trade size KO
14 3/4"
[356mm]

Combination (3) 1 1/4" & 2"
concentric
trade size KO 6-gang
132 cu. in. [2163ml]

6 1/8"
[156mm]

Combination
3/4" & 1" concentric
trade size KO 1-gang
35 cu. in. [574ml]

RFB11-OG

Four-Compartment Eleven-Gang On-Grade Floor Box

Combination (2) 1 1/4"
& 2" concentric
trade size KO 3-gang
84 cu. in. [1377ml]

Adjustable before concrete pour. Provided with mudcap to
prevent entry of concrete during pour. Cover assembly and
device plates sold separately. For use on bare concrete, tile,
terrazzo, carpet and wood covered floors.

Combination (2) 3/4" &
1" concentric
trade size KO

NOTE: When used on bare concrete floor applications, RFB119-PAN must be
installed before concrete pour. RFB119-PAN sold separately.
NOTE: RFB11-OG for on-grade applications is painted with fusion-bonded
epoxy designed for use on metal reinforcement bar and related
accessories before encapsulating in concrete.
Caution: When used on terrazzo covered floors with a thickness of 1/4"
[6.4mm] or greater, mudcap catalog number #RFB119-PAN must
be used and ordered separately.
Combination
(2) 1" & 1 1/4"
concentric
trade size KO

Combination (5) 1 1/4" &
2" concentric
trade size KO

Combination (3) 1 1/4" & 2"
concentric
trade size KO 6-gang
132 cu. in. [2163ml]

14 3/4"
[356mm]
6 1/8"
[156mm]

NOTE: RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard sectional device plates from most manufacturers.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

12 5/8"
[321mm]

415
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB9/RFB11 series

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

RFB9

Four-Compartment Nine-Gang Floor Box

12 5/8"
[321mm]

14 3/4"
[356mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Knockouts:

Adjustable before concrete
pour. Provided with mudcap
to prevent entry of concrete
during pour. Cover assembly
and device plates sold
separately. For use on bare
concrete, tile, terrazzo, carpet
and wood covered floors.

Combination 3/4" & 1"
concentric trade size KO
1-gang
43 cu. in. [705ml]

Combination 1" & 1 1/4"
concentric trade size KO
1-gang
43 cu. in. [705ml]

Combination (2)
3/4" & 1" concentric
trade size KO

NOTE: When used on bare concrete floor applications, RFB119-PAN must
be installed before concrete pour. RFB119-PAN sold separately.
Caution: When used on terrazzo covered floors with a thickness of 1/4"
[6.4mm] or greater. RFB119-PAN must be used and ordered
separately.

Combination (4)
1" & 1 1/4" concentric
trade size KO

Combination
(2) 1" & 1 1/4"
concentric
trade size KO

RFB9-OG

Combination (3)
1" & 1 1/4" concentric
trade size KO 6-gang
132 cu. in. [2163ml]

Four-Compartment Nine-Gang on-Grade Floor Box
12 5/8"
[321mm]

14 3/4"
[356mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]

Four-compartment, 9-gang
floor box. Adjustable before
concrete pour. Provided with
mudcap to prevent entry of
concrete during pour. Cover
assembly and device plates
sold separately. For use on
tile, terrazzo, carpet and
wood covered floors.

NOTE: RFB9-OG for on-grade applications is painted with fusion-bonded
epoxy designed for use on metal reinforcement bar and related
accessories before encapsulating in concrete.
NOTE: RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard
sectional device plates from most manufacturers.
Caution: When used on terrazzo covered floors with a thickness of 1/4"
[6.4mm] or greater, mudcap catalog number #RFB119-PAN must
be used and ordered separately.

NOTE: When used on bare concrete floor applications, RFB119-PAN must be
installed before concrete pour. RFB119-PAN sold separately.

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

RFB119CTC

Carpet Cover Assembly

12 1/2"
[317mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

10 11/16"
[272mm]

RFB119CTCAL, RFB119CTCBK,
RFB119CTCGY
Cast aluminum cover assembly
available in brushed aluminum,
painted black, and gray. Provided
with carpet cut-out area. Maximum
load capacity 1,500 lbs. uL Listed to
u.s. and Canadian safety standards
to meet uL requirements under
uL514A for scrub water exclusion.

RFB119BTC

Flush Tile or Carpet Cover Assembly

12 1/2"
[317mm]

10 11/16"
[272mm]

RFB119BTCAL, RFB119BTCBK,
RFB119BTCGY
Flush with floor, cast aluminum
cover assembly available in
brushed aluminum, black, and
gray. Maximum load capacity
3,000 lbs. uL Listed to u.s.
and Canadian safety standards
to meet uL requirements
under uL514A for scrub water
exclusion.

NOTE: For bare concrete or terrazzo applications. Cover must be used in conjunction with RB119-PAN. RFB119-PAN must be attached to the box prior to
concrete or terrazzo pour.

416
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB9/RFB11 series

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

RFB119-PAN

RFB119-TS

Mudcap for Terrazzo Floor Applications
when used on bare concrete and
terrazzo-covered floors with a
thickness of 1/4" [6.35mm] or
greater, this mudcap must be used.
The RFB119-PAN must be ordered
separately.

Tile Spacer

used for floor coverings greater than
1/4" [6.35mm]. use one spacer for
3/8" [9.53mm] thick tile. use two
spacers for 1/2" [12.70mm] thick tile.
The RFB119-Ts will allow the top
surface of the cover assembly to be
flush with 3/8" [9.53mm] to 1/2" [12.70mm] floor coverings.

NOTE: Must be used with RFB119-TS (Tile Spacer, see below) for terrazzo
heights greater than 1/4" [6.35mm]. Use one spacer for 3/8"
[9.54mm] thick tile Use two spacers for 1/2" [12.70mm] thick tile.

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Installation Ordering Information
Multi-Gang Mounting Brackets Used with Sectional Device Plates
Cat. No. RFB119-SPACER
Used to close gap on outside
sectional device plate

(6) 1-Gang Sectional Plates
1 13/16" x 4 1/2"
[46mm x 114mm]

RFB119-SPACER

Multi-Gang Mounting Brackets Used with Standard Device Plates
3-Gang Standard Plate
6 3/8" x 4 1/2"
[162mm x 114mm]

1-Gang Standard Plate
2 3/4" x 4 1/2"
[70mm x 114mm]

Existing opening when not
covered with Cat. No.
RFB119-SPACER

Cat. No. RFB119-SPACER
Used to close gap between standard single
and multi-gang plates

Cat. No. RFB119-SB
Single-gang sectional blank plate
(Mounted off-center)

2-gang standard plate
4 9/16" x 4 1/2"
[116mm x 114mm]

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Steel Sectional Device Plates Ordering Information

One- and threegang blank
device plates in
sectional widths.
RFB119-SB

RFB119-2SB

RFB119-SGFI

RFB119-3SB

GFI Receptacle Device Plate

single-gang sectional (sGFI) width device plate.

RFB119SD

Duplex Receptacle Device Plate

single-gang sectional (sD) width device plate.

RFB119-SSR1, RFB119-SSR2
Single Receptacle Device Plate

single-gang device plates in
sectional widths. ssR1 has an
opening of 1.39" and ssR2 has an
opening of 1.59" [40.39mm].

RFB119-SSR1 RFB119-SSR2
NOTE: Sectional device plates allow for custom configuration of a multi-gang plate that conforms to the standard NEMA 1.812" (1 13/16") [46.02mm]
center-to-center spacing.
RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard sectional device plates from most manufacturers.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

RFB119-SB, RFB119-2SB,
RFB119-3SB Blank Device Plate

417

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB9/RFB11 series

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Steel Sectional Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)

RFB119-AAP

RFB119-2SAB

Device Plate

Two-gang sectional device plate. Holds three
(3) Extron® Electronics AAP devices.

RFB119-SKO Combination 1/2" & 3/4" Trade Size
Knockout Device Plate

Communication Device Plate

Available in two-gang sectional width.
Provided with bezel to accept up to three
(3) dual wiremold CM series Open system
communication modules or Pass & seymour®
Activate Connectivity system inserts. Modular
inserts sold separately.

RFB119-2SRT

Communication Device Plate

Available in two-gang sectional width. Provided
with one opening to accept one Ortronics®
TracJack bezel and one Ortronics® series II
bezel. will accept up to six Ortronics® TracJack
devices or up to three dual Ortronics® series II
modular inserts. Modules sold separately.

Available in sectional (sKO) width.

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Steel Standard Device Plates Ordering Information

RFB119-B, RFB119-3B, RFB119-SB
Blank Device Plate

RFB119-D, RFB119-3D
Duplex Receptacle Device Plates

One-, two- and
three-gang blank
device plates in
sectional (sB)
widths.
RFB119-3B
RFB119-SB

RFB119-B

RFB119-GFI, RFB119-3GFI
GFI Receptacle Device Plates

One- and three-gang
device plates in standard
(D) widths.

RFB119-D

RFB119-3D

RFB119-SR1, RFB119-SR2,
RFB119-SR3 Single Receptacle Device Plates

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

One- and three-gang
device plates in standard
(GFI) widths.

418

RFB119-GFI

RFB119-3GFI

RFB119-SR1

RFB119-SR2

RFB119-SR3

One-device plates in
standard (sR) widths.
sR1 has an opening of
1.39" [35.31mm]. sR2
has an opening of 1.59"
[40.39mm]. sR3 has a
2.14" [54.36mm] opening.

NOTE: Sectional device plates allow for custom configuration of a multi-gang plate that conforms to the standard NEMA 1.812" (1 13/16") [46.02mm]
center-to-center spacing.
RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard sectional device plates from most manufacturers.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

RESOuRCE RFB® SERiES FLOOR BOXES

RFB9/RFB11 series

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Steel Standard Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)

RFB119-MAAP

Device Plate

One-gang standard device plate. Holds four
(4) Legrand AVIP or Extron® Electronics
MAAP devices.

RFB119-KO

Combination 1/2" & 3/4" Trade Size
Knockout Device Plates
Available in standard (KO) widths.

RFB119-RT

Communication Device Plate

Available in standard width. Provided with one
opening to accept one Ortronics® TracJack bezel
and one Ortronics® series II bezel. will accept
up to six Ortronics® TracJack devices or up to
three dual Ortronics® series II modular inserts.
Modular inserts and devices sold separately.

RFB119-XLR

Microphone Device Plate

Diameter 0.875"
[22.2mm]
Diameter 0.109"
[2.8mm]

Available in standard widths.
Provided with double opening to
accept two microphone devices.

1"
[25.4mm]
0.375"
[9.5mm]

RFB119-AB

Communication Device Plate

RFB119-Spacer

Spacer Plate

used to close off openings when certain
combinations of standard width device plates
leave open spaces. Four (4) spacer plates are
included with the RFB11 and two (2) with
the RFB9.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Available in standard width. Provided with
bezel to accept up to three (3) dual wiremold
CM series Open system communication
modules or Pass & seymour® Activate
Connectivity system inserts. Modules and
inserts sold separately.

0.750"
[19.1mm]

NOTE: Sectional device plates allow for custom configuration of a multi-gang plate that conforms to the standard NEMA 1.812" (1 13/16") [46.02mm]
center-to-center spacing.
RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard sectional device plates from most manufacturers.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

419

WIREMOLD

OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES

OmniBox series™ Floor Boxes provide an excellent activation solution when
multiple services are required in open space areas to meet the workstation
needs of today’s applications.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.

COLOR OPTIONS

OmniBox series™ Flanges Cover Plates are available in the these
colors as indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for
more information.

420
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Stamped Steel Floor BoxesTechnical Specifications
CONDuIT
OPENINGs

COMPARTMENT
CAPACITY

ADJusTMENT
BEFORE POuR

ADJusTMENT
AFTER POuR

880s1

(3)-1/2" [12.7mm],
(5)-3/4" [19.1mm],
(2)-1" [25mm]

53 cu in.
[869ml3]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

880s2

(4)-1/2" [12.7mm],
(8)-3/4" [19.1mm],
(4)-1" [25mm]

117 cu in. [1918ml3]
58 cu in. [951ml3]
59 cu in. [967ml3]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

880s3

(5)-1/2" [12.7mm],
(11)-3/4" [19.1mm],
(6)-1" [25mm]

180 cu in.
58 cu in.
68 cu in.
56 cu in.

[2950ml3]
[951ml3]
[1115ml3]
[918ml3]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

CAT. NO.

Omnibox Series Stamped Steel Floor Boxes Ordering Information

880S1

1-Gang Stamped Steel Floor Box
Fully adjustable.

3 23/32"
[94mm]

Knockouts:

Back
3/4"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size

Top
Side

Side

3 15/32"
[88mm]

4 13/16"
[122mm]

1/2"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

Front

3/4"
Trade Size

880S2

3/4"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size

2-Gang Stamped Steel Floor Box
Fully adjustable.

4 13/16"
[122mm]

Knockouts:

Back

1/2"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size
Side

1/2"
Trade Size
Top

1"
Trade Size
Side

3 15/32"
[88mm]

7 15/16"
[202mm]

3/4"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

Front

3/4"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size

880S3

3-Gang Stamped Steel Floor Box
Fully adjustable.

4 13/16"
[122mm]

3 15/32"
[88mm]

Knockouts:

1"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size

Back

1/2"
Trade Size

Side

1/2"
Trade Size
1"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size
Top

Side

12"
[305mm]

3/4"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size

Front

3/4"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

1/2"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

421

WIREMOLD

OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Shallow Stamped Steel Floor BoxesTechnical Specifications
CONDuIT
OPENINGs

COMPARTMENT
CAPACITY

ADJusTMENT
BEFORE POuR

ADJusTMENT
AFTER POuR

880M1

(5)-1/2" [12.7mm],
(5)-3/4" [19.1mm]

37 cu in.
[606ml3]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

880M2

(8)-1/2" [12.7mm],
(8)-3/4" [19.1mm]

80 cu in. [1311ml3]
40 cu in. [656ml3]
40 cu in. [656ml3]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

880M3

(11)-1/2" [12.7mm],
(11)-3/4" [19.1mm]

[2065ml3]
[639ml3]
[787ml3]
[639ml3]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

CAT. NO.

126 cu in.
39 cu in.
48 cu in.
39 cu in.

Omnibox Series Shallow Stamped Steel Floor Boxes Ordering Information

880M1 1-Gang Shallow Stamped Steel Floor Box
Fully adjustable.

3 23/32"
[94mm]

Knockouts:

Back
3/4"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size
Side

Top

3/4"
Trade Size

Side

2 15/32"
[63mm]
4 13/16"
[122mm]
3/4"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

Front

1/2"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

880M2 2-Gang Shallow Stamped Steel Floor Box
4 13/16"
[122mm]

Fully adjustable.

7 15/16"
[202mm]

2 15/32"
[63mm]

Knockouts:

1/2"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

Top

Side

1/2"
Trade Size

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Back

1/2"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

Front

Side

3/4"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

880M3 3-Gang Shallow Stamped Steel Floor Box
Fully adjustable.

4 13/16"
[122mm]

Knockouts:
3/4"
Trade Size

12"
[305mm]

1/2"
Trade Size

Side

Back

1/2"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size
Top

Side

3/4"
Trade Size

2 15/32"
[63mm]

1/2"
Trade Size

422
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

3/4"
Trade Size

Front

3/4"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

WIREMOLD

OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Cast Iron Floor Boxes Technical Specifications
CAT. NO.

CONDuIT
OPENINGs

COMPARTMENT
CAPACITY

ADJusTMENT
BEFORE POuR

ADJusTMENT
AFTER POuR

880Cs1-1

(4)-1" [25mm]

48 cu in.
[787ml3]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

880Cs2-1

(6)-1" [25mm]

94 cu in. [1541ml3]
45 cu in. [738ml3]
49 cu in. [803ml3]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

880Cs3-1

(8)-1" [25mm]

[2622ml3]
[869ml3]
[885ml3]
[869ml3]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

160 cu in.
53 cu in.
54 cu in.
53 cu in.

Omnibox Series Cast Iron Floor Boxes Ordering Information

880CS1-1

1-Gang Cast-Iron Floor Box
Fully adjustable.

4 3/8"
[111mm]

Knockouts:

Back
1"
Conduit Thread
Side

5 3/16"
[132mm]

3 7/16"
[87mm]

Top

Side

1"
Conduit Thread

1"
Conduit Thread
Front
1"
Conduit Thread

880CS2-1

2-Gang Cast-Iron Floor Box
Fully adjustable.

5 3/16"
[132mm]

Knockouts:

Back
1"
Conduit Thread

1"
Conduit Thread

Side
8 1/2"
[216mm]

Top

Side

3 7/16"
[87mm]
1"
Conduit Thread

1"
Conduit Thread

Front

880CS3-1
5 3/16"
[132mm]

3-Gang Cast-Iron Floor Box
Fully adjustable.

Back

Knockouts:

1"
Conduit Thread
Side

12 1/2"
[318mm]

3 7/16"
[87mm]

Top

Side

1"
Conduit Thread

1"
Conduit Thread

1"
Conduit Thread

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

1"
Conduit Thread

1"
Conduit Thread

Front

423
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Shallow Cast Iron Floor Boxes Technical Specifications
CAT. NO.

CONDuIT
OPENINGs

COMPARTMENT
CAPACITY

ADJusTMENT
BEFORE POuR

ADJusTMENT
AFTER POuR

880CM1-1

(4)-1" [25mm]

34 cu in.
[557ml3]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

880CM2-1

(6)-1" [25mm]

76 cu in. [1246ml3]
36 cu in. [595ml3]
40 cu in. [656ml3]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

880CM3-1

(8)-1" [25mm]

[1934ml3]
[639ml3]
[656ml3]
[639ml3]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

118 cu in.
39 cu in.
40 cu in.
39 cu in.

Omnibox Series Shallow Cast Iron Floor Boxes Ordering Information

880CM1-1

1-Gang Shallow Cast Iron Floor Box
Fully adjustable.

4 3/8"
[111mm]

Knockouts:

Back
1"
Conduit Thread

5 3/16"
[132mm]

2 7/16"
[62mm]

Side

Top

Side

1"
Conduit Thread

1"
Conduit Thread

Front
1"
Conduit Thread

880CM2-1

2-Gang Shallow Cast Iron Floor Box
Fully adjustable.

5 3/16"
[132mm]

Knockouts:

Back
1"
Conduit Thread

1"
Conduit Thread
Top

Side
8 1/2"
[216mm]

2 7/16"
[62mm]

Side

1"
Conduit Thread

1"
Conduit Thread

Front
1"
Conduit Thread

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

1"
Conduit Thread

880CM3-1
5 3/16"
[132mm]

3-Gang Shallow Cast Iron Floor Box
Fully adjustable.

Knockouts:
Side

12 1/2"
[318mm]

2 7/16"
[62mm]

Back

Top

1"
Conduit Thread

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Side

1"
Conduit Thread

1"
Conduit Thread

Front

424

1"
Conduit Thread

WIREMOLD

OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Solid Brass Floor Boxes Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

817B

6.080"
[154.4mm]

827B

6.080"
[154.4mm]

837B

6.080"
[154.4mm]

817C

1-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange

5.060"
[128.5mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

2-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange

5.060"
[128.5mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

3-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange

837C

817T

1-Gang Brass Tile Flange

4.524"
[107mm]

827T

3.48"
[88.4mm]

2-Gang Brass Tile Flange
For use on 880s2, 880M2,
880Cs2-1, and 880CM2-1
Floor Boxes.

837T

7.624"
[193.7mm]

3-Gang Brass Tile Flange
For use on 880s3, 880M3,
880Cs3-1, and 880CM3-1
Floor Boxes.

For use on 880s1, 880M1,
880Cs1-1, and 880CM1-1
Floor Boxes.
5 3/4"
[146mm]

827C

For use on 880s3, 880M3,
880Cs32-1, and 880CM3-1
Floor Boxes.

For use on 880s1, 880M1,
880Cs1-1, and 880CM1-1
Floor Boxes.

4.524"
[114.9mm]

1-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

13"
[330mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

5.060"
[128.5mm]

3-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

11 3/4"
[298mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

2-Gang Brass Carpet Flange
For use on 880s2, 880M2,
880Cs2-1, and 880CM2-1
Floor Boxes.
8 7/8"
[225mm]

Omnibox Series Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information

828R

Brass Duplex Cover Plate

828GFITC

Brass GFI Cover Plate

Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.156"
[80.2mm]

May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity systems
in conjunction with 817B, 827B,
and 837B Flanges.

4.182"
[106.2mm]
3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

5 3/4"
[146mm]

425

WIREMOLD

OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)

828DPGFITC

Brass Rectangular Cover Plate

829CK

Brass Communication Cover Plate

Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.
3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

3.156"
[80.2mm]

828COMTC
3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and
57mm] plugs.

Brass Communications Cover Plate
Allows for up to four communication
devices to be mounted in a recessed
position within the 880 Floor Box. The
828COM Cover Plates has removable
slides for cable egress.
NOTE: For use with 880S and 880CS Series Boxes
only.

4.182"
[106.2mm]

829CK-1

Brass Communications Cover Plate
2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]
plugs.

3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

829CK-3/4

Brass Communications Cover Plate
2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and
19.1mm] plugs.

828DLR

Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate
single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking device
of 1.58" diameter, and maximum
male plug face of 2.25" diameter.
4.310"
[109.5mm]

Brass Duplex Cover Plate
screw plugs. screw plugs are
1 1/2" [38mm] in diameter.
4 1/8"
[105mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS
426

829STC

Brass Communication Cover Plate
Data slides. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication adapter.

3 1/8"
[79mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

829CK-1/2

Brass Communications Cover Plate
2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and
12.7mm] plugs.

3.290"
[83.6mm]

828SPTC

3 1/8"
[79mm]

3.156"
[80.2mm]

3.156"
[83.60mm]

828MAAP

4.182"
[106.2mm]

AV Adapter Plate
sheet metal adapter plate
that accepts two (2) Legrand
AVIP or Extron® Electronics
MAAP style device plates
(sold separately). For use with
828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover
plates (sold separately).

4 1/8"
[105mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

818TCAL 1-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

818TAL

1-Gang Brushed Aluminum Tile Flange
For use on 880s1, 880M1,
880Cs1-1, and 880M1-1
Floor Boxes.

®

5.940"
[150.9mm]

4.920"
[125.0mm]

NOTE: Brushed aluminum flanges come
with beveled edges.

4.550"
[115.6mm]

828TAL

3.530"
[88.7mm]

2-Gang Brushed Aluminum Tile Flange

828TCAL 2-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange

5.940"
[150.9mm]

9.045"
[229.7mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.
NOTE: Brushed aluminum flanges come
with beveled edges.

838TCAL

3-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange

13.170"
[334.5mm]

4.550"
[115.6mm]

7.665"
[118.2mm]

838TAL-880S3, 838TAL-880M3,
838TAL-880CS3, 838TAL-880CM3 Kit
11 3/4"
[298mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

The 838TAL-880 series
flanges provide additional
load support for 3-gang tile
flanges. Kit includes 838TAL
Flange and two support
dividers.
NOTE: Order kit for specific box
type: 880S3, 880M3, 880CS3,
or 880CM3

NOTE: Brushed aluminum flanges come
with beveled edges.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

5.940"
[150.9mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

For use on 880s2, 880M2,
880Cs2-1, and 880CM2-1
Floor Boxes.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

427

WIREMOLD

OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Brushed Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information

828R-TCAL Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

830CKTCAL Brushed Aluminum

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1 1/4" [32mm] plugs.

Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

828GFITCAL

Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity systems in
conjunction with 817B, 827B, and
837B Flanges.

4.310"
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

828DPGFITCAL

Cover Plate

4.310"
[109.5mm]

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

830CKTCAL-1 Brushed Aluminum

Cover Plate

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.

3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

830CKTCAL-3/4

Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Brushed Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate
Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
4.310"
power cables.
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

830CKTCAL-1/2

4.310"
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] plugs.

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1/2" [12.7mm] plugs.

828COMTCAL

Brushed Aluminum Communication Cover Plate
Allows for up to four communication
devices to be mounted in a recessed
position within the 880 Floor Box.
The 828COMTCAL Cover Plate has
removable slides for cable egress.

3.290"
[83.6mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

4.310"
[109.5mm]

428

NOTE: For use with 880S & 880CS Series
Boxes only.

828DLRAL

Brushed Aluminum Single Locking
Receptacle Cover Plate

Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

828MAAP

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

AV Adapter Plate
sheet metal adapter plate that accepts
two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP style device plates
(sold separately). For use with
828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover plates
(sold separately).

single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking device
of 1.58" diameter, and maximum
male plug face of 2.25" diameter.
4.310"
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

817TCAL 1-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

817TAL

1-Gang Powder Coated Aluminum Tile Flange
817TAL-BK, 817TAL-GY, 817TAL-BS,
817TAL-NK, 817TAL-BZ

817TCAL-BK, 817TCAL-GY,
817TCAL-BS, 817TCAL-NK,
817TCAL-BZ
6.080"
[154.4mm]

5.060"
[128.5mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.

827TCAL

2-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
827TCAL-BK, 827TCAL-GY,
827TCAL-BS, 827TCAL-NK,
827TCAL-BZ
6.080"
[154.4mm]

9.02"
[229mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.

4.550"
[115.6mm]

3.530"
[88.7mm]

For use on 880s1, 880M1, 880Cs1-1,
and 880M1-1 Floor Boxes. Flanges
are available in five decorative colors:
black, gray, brass, nickel and bronze.

827TAL

2-Gang Powder Coated Aluminum Tile Flange
827TAL-BK, 827TAL-GY, 827TAL-BS,
827TAL-NK, 827TAL-BZ
4.550"
[115.6mm]

7.665"
[118.2mm]

For use on 880s2, 880M2, 880Cs2-1,
and 880M2-1 Floor Boxes. Flanges
are available in five decorative colors:
black, gray, brass, nickel and bronze.

837TCAL 3-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange
837TCAL-BK, 837TCAL-GY,
837TCAL-BS, 837TCAL-NK,
837TCAL-BZ
13.17"
[335mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

6.080"
[154.4mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

429

WIREMOLD

OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information

828R-TCAL

Powder-Coated Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

829CKAL-3/4

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

828R-TCAL-BK, 828R-TCAL-GY,
828R-TCAL-BS, 828R-TCAL-NK,
828R-TCAL-BZ
3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.

829CKAL-3/4BK, 829CKAL-3/4GY,
829CKAL-3/4BS, 829CKAL-3/4NK,
829CKAL-3/4BZ
3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

828GFITCAL

Powder-Coated Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate
828GFITCAL-BK, 828GFITCAL-GY,
828GFITCAL-BS, 828GFITCAL-NK,
828GFITCAL-BZ
4.310"
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

829CKAL-1

Allows for mounting of a duplex
receptacle (Duplex or GFCI style)
with a rectangular flip cover.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

828MAAP

AV Adapter Plate
sheet metal adapter plate that
accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP style
device plates (sold separately). For
use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL
cover plates (sold separately).

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate
829CKAL-1BK, 829CKAL-1GY,
829CKAL-1BS, 829CKAL-1NK,
829CKAL-1BZ

3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]
plugs. Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray,
brass, nickel and bronze.

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.
Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray, brass,
nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

Omnibox Series Nonmetallic Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

817PCC

430

5 3/4"
[146mm]

1-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

4 3/4"
[121mm]

827PCC

2-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

817PCC-BLK, 817PCC-BRN

827PCC-BLK, 827PCC-BRN

For Ortronics® connectivity use
with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

For Ortronics® connectivity use
with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

5 3/4"
[146mm]

8 7/8"
[225mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

OMniBOX™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Omnibox Series Nonmetallic Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information (continued)

837PCC

3-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
837PCC-BLK, 837PCC-BRN
13"
[330mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

For Ortronics® connectivity use
with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™
connectivity use with 829PFL Cover.
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack
and MAB3s2 series II adapters
and wiremold CM series inserts,
sold separately.

Omnibox Series Nonmetallic Cover Plates Ordering Information

828PR

Nonmetallic Duplex Cover Plate
828PR-BLK, 828PR-BRN

829PFLRT

Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate
9829PFLRT-BLK, 829PFLRT-BRN

Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.
3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

828PRGFI

3 3/16"
[81mm]

Nonmetallic GFI Cover Plate
828PRGFI-BLK, 828PRGFI-BRN

3 3/16"
[81mm]

829PFL

Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate
829PCK-BLK, 829PCK-BRN

3 3/16"
[81mm]

829PSTC

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Breakouts. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.

NonmetallicCommunications Cover Plate

829PFL-BLK, 829PFL-BRN

829PSTC-BLK, 829PSTC-BRN

Individual flip lids. Gasket included.
wiremold CM series inserts
included.

Data slides. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.

3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

May be used with Ortronics®
Connectivity systems in conjunction
with 817, 827 and 837PCC series
flanges.

829PCK

3 3/16"
[81mm]

Individual flip lids. Gasket included.
Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack
and MAB3s2 series II adapters
included.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

431

WIREMOLD

880 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES

880 series™ Floor Boxes provide an excellent solution for low density
power or communication requirements in open space areas.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.

CLAss

CAT. NO.

CONCRETE-TIGHT
(sTEEL)

885B

ADJusTMENT
BEFORE THE POuR AFTER THE POuR

CAPACITY CuBIC IN.
[CM3]

KNOCKOuTs OR
CONDuIT OPENINGs*

4 13/16"
[122mm]

2 7/16"
[62mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

29.5 in.3
[483.5cm3]

Four sides – (1)-1/2", (1)-3/4"
Bottom – (2)-1/2", (2)-3/4"

4 13/16"
[122mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

39 in.3
[639.2cm3]

Two sides – (1)-1/2", (1)-3/4"
Two sides – (1)-3/4", (1)-1"
Bottom – (2)-1/2", (2)-3/4"

887B

4 13/16"
[122mm]

2 5/8"
[67mm]

2"
[51mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

24.7 in.3
[404.8cm3]

Two sides – (1)-1/2"
Two sides – (1)-3/4"

889B

4 13/16"
[122mm]

3 1/2"
[89mm]

2"
[51mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

40 in.3
[655.6cm3]

Two sides – (1)-1"
Two sides – (1)-1 1/4"

886B

wATERTIGHT
(CAsT-IRON)

DIMENsIONs
A
B

*1/2" = [12.7mm], 3/4" = [19.1mm], 1" = [25mm], 1 1/4" = [32mm].

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

•	 	Can	be	used	with	all	Wiremold	895/896	Series	Cover	Plates:	brass	or	plastic,	carpet,	or	tile	application.	
•	 	All	880	Series	Floor	Boxes	have	10°	angular	adjustment	after	the	concrete	pour.	
•	 	All	880	Series	Floor	Boxes	can	accommodate	a	duplex	receptacle	mounted	flush	with	the	floor.

COLOR OPTIONS

880 series™ Flanges and Cover Plates are available in these colors
as indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for
more information.

432
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

880 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
880 Series Stamped Steel Floor Boxes Ordering Information

885B

stamped steel, shallow
single-service.

2 7/16"
[62mm]

4 3/16"
[122mm]

4 3/16"
[122mm]

Knockouts:

stamped steel, deep singleservice.

2 3/4"
[122mm]

4 3/16"
[122mm]

Knockouts:

Back
1"
Trade Size

Top

Side

Stamped Steel Steel Floor Box

4 3/16"
[122mm]

1/2"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size

886B

Stamped Steel Floor Box

3/4"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size

Side

Back
1"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

Top

Side

Side

3/4"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

Front
Front

1/2"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

880 Series Cast-Iron Floor Boxes Ordering Information

889B

Cast-Iron Floor Box
Cast0iron, shallow singleservice.

2 5/8"
[67mm]

4 3/16"
[122mm]

4 3/16"
[122mm]

Cast0ironv, deep singleservice.

3 1/2"
[89mm]

4 3/16"
[122mm]

4 3/16"
[122mm]

Knockouts:

Back

Knockouts:

Cast-Iron Floor Box

Back

3/4"
Conduit Thread

Side

Top

1 1/4"
Conduit Thread

Side

Side

1/2"
Conduit Thread

1/2"
Conduit Thread

1"
Conduit Thread

Front

Front
3/4"
Conduit Thread

Top

Side

1"
Conduit Thread

1 1/4"
Conduit Thread

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

887B

433
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

880 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
880 Series Floor Box Cover Plates Ordering Information

895, 895TCAL

Duplex Cover Plate with Flip Lid

895TGFI, 895TGFIAL
GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

Brass (895) or brushed aluminum
(895TCAL) duplex cover plate with
flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm] for carpet.

5 1/2"
[140mm]

Brass (895TGFI) or brushed
aluminum (895TGFIAL) GFI
receptacle cover plate, 4 1/4"
[108mm] for tile.

4 1/4"
[108mm]

895TCAL

Aluminum Duplex Power Plate

895T, 895TAL

895TCAL

895TCAL-BK, 895TCAL-BS,
895TCAL-GY, 895TCAL-NK,
895TCAL-BZ

895TCAL-BK, 895TCAL-BS,
895TCAL-GY, 895TCAL-NK,
895TCAL-BZ

with flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet,. Available
in black, brass, gray, nickel and
bronze.

with flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet,. Available
in black, brass, gray, nickel and
bronze.

Duplex Cover Plate with Flip Lids

895P

Duplex Cover Plate

Brass (895T) or brushed aluminum
(895TAL) duplex cover plate with flip
lids, 4 1/4" [108mm] for tile.

4 1/4"
[108mm]

895P-BLK, 895P-BRN, 895P-BRZ,
895P-AL
Polycarbonate duplex cover plate
with flip lids for carpet. Available
in black, brown, bronze and
aluminum.

5 1/2"
[140mm]

895SP, 895SPCAL

Cover Plate With Two Screw Plug Openings
Brass (895sP) or brushed
aluminum (895sPAL) cover plate
with two 1 1/2" [38mm] screw
plug openings, 5 1/2" [140mm] for
carpet.

5 1/2"
[140mm]

895TSP

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

4 1/4"
[108mm]

Cover Plate With Two Screw Plug Openings

896

Communication or Power Cover Plate
Brass communication or power
cover plate with 2 5/8" [67mm]
threaded opening for carpet. sold
without abandon plug.

5 1/2"
[140mm]

896T

Communications or Power Cover Plate

Brass cover plate with two 1 1/2"
[38mm] screw plug openings, 4 1/4"
[108mm] for tile.
4 1/4"
[108mm]

895GFI, 895GFICAL
GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

5 1/2"
[140mm]

Aluminum Duplex Power Plate

Brass (895GFI) or brushed aluminum (895GFICAL) GFI receptacle
cover plate, 5 1/2" [140mm] for
carpet.

434
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

896CK

5 1/2"
[140mm]

Brass communications or power
cover plate with 2 5/8" [67mm]
threaded opening for tile. sold
without abandon plug.

Communications or Power Cover Plate
Brass communications or power
cover plate with 2 1/4" [57mm]
threaded opening for carpet.

WIREMOLD

880 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
880 Series Floor Box Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)

896TCK

Communications or Power Cover Plate

896CK-1

Communications or Power Cover Plate

Brass communications or power
cover plate with 2 1/4" [57mm]
threaded opening for tile.
5 1/2"
[140mm]

4 1/4"
[108mm]

896CK-1/2, 896CKAL-1/2

Communications or Power Cover Plate

5 1/2"
[140mm]

Brass (896CK-1/2) or brushed
aluminum (896CKAL-1/2) cover
plate with 1/2" [12.7mm] threaded
opening 5 1/2" [140mm] for carpet.

896TCK-1/2, 896TCKAL-1/2
Communications or Power Cover Plate

4 1/4"
[108mm]

896CK-3/4

Brass cover plate with 1" [25mm]
threaded opening for carpet.

Brass (896TCK-1/2) or brushed
aluminum (896TCKAL-1/2) cover
plate with 1/2" [12.7mm] threaded
opening, 4 1/4" [108mm] for tile.

Communications or Power Cover Plate

896TCK-1

Communications or Power Cover Plate
Brass cover plate with 1" [25mm]
threaded opening for tile.

4 1/4"
[108mm]

896PCK

Communications or Power Cover Plate
896PCK-BLK, 896PCK-BRN,
896PCK-BRZ, 896PCK-AL

5 1/2"
[140mm]

Polycarbonate communications or
power cover plate. Includes one
plug with 3/4" [19mm] opening,
one plug with 1" [25mm] opening,
and one plug with 2 5/8" [67mm]
opening. For pass-through only.
Available in black, brown, bronze
and aluminum .

Brass cover plate with 3/4"
[19.1mm] threaded opening
for carpet.
5 1/2"
[140mm]

896TCK-3/4

Communications or Power Cover Plate

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Brass cover plate with 3/4"
[19.1mm] threaded opening for tile.
4 1/4"
[108mm]

435
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

800 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES

800 series™ semi-Adjustable Floor Boxes provide an economical solution for
low density power or communication services in open space areas.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.

800 Series Floor Boxes Technical Specifications
ADJusTMENT
BEFORE THE POuR AFTER THE POuR

CAT. NO.

CAPACITY CuBIC IN.
[CM 3]

KNOCKOuTs OR
CONDuIT OPENINGs
sides – (2)-1/2" [12.7mm]; (2)-3/4" [19.1mm]
Bottom – (2)-1/2" [12.7mm]; (2)-3/4" [19.1mm]

800LCK

2 3/4" vertical
[70mm]

1/2" vertical
[12.7mm]

23.6 cu. in.
[357ml3]

800CILCK

2 3/4" vertical
[70mm]

1/2" vertical
[12.7mm]

28.3 cu. in.
[463ml3]

sides – (2)-1/2" [12.7mm] and
(2)-3/4" [19.1mm] threaded

800 Series Semi-Adjustable Floor Boxes Ordering Information

800LCK

800CILCK

Steel Floor Box
Adjustable before and after the
concrete pour. sold less
conversion kit.

3"
[76mm]

4 3/16"
[106mm]

Knockouts:

Back

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

1/2"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

Side

3/4"
Trade Size

Adjustable before and after
the concrete pour. sold less
conversion kit.

3 3/8"
[86mm]

4 3/16"
[106mm]

Knockouts:

Cast-Iron Floor Box

Back
1/2"
Conduit Thread

Top

1/2"
Trade Size

Side

Front
1/2"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

3/4"
Conduit Thread

Side

Top

Side

Front
1/2"
Conduit Thread

COLOR OPTIONS
800 series™ Conversion Kits are
available in these colors.

436
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

3/4"
Conduit Thread

WIREMOLD

800 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
800 Series Floor Box Conversion Kits Ordering Information

825CK

Conversion Kit

825SFCK

Conversion Kit
Conversion kit to fit 525 series
service fitting on 800 series
Boxes. Includes one 825C, one
825P-1, and one 1124L-1. For
carpet or tile installations.

Brass conversion kit which includes one
825A – 2 1/4" [57mm] diameter plug, one
825C, one 825L, and one 825N. For carpet or
tile installations.

825CK-1

825A

Abandon Plug

Conversion Kit

2 1/4" [57mm] diameter brass abandon plug.
Thread size is pipe thread size.

Brass conversion kit which includes one
825A-1 – 1" [25mm] diameter plug, one
825C-1, one 825L, and one 825N.For carpet
or tile installations.

825A-1/2
825CK-3/4

825CK-1/2

825A-3/4

Abandon Plug

3/4" [19.1mm] diameter brass abandon plug.
Thread size is pipe thread size.
Conversion Kit

Brass conversion kit which includes one
825A-1/2 – 1/2" [12.7mm] diameter plug,
one 825C-1/2, one 825L, and one 825N. For
carpet or tile installations.

825CP

1/2" [12.7mm] diameter brass abandon plug.
Thread size is pipe thread size.

Conversion Kit

Brass conversion kit which includes one
825A-3/4 – 3/4" [19.1mm] diameter plug,
one 825C-3/4, one 825L, and one 825N. For
carpet or tile installations.

Abandon Plug

825A-1

Abandon Plug
1" [25mm] diameter brass abandon plug.
Thread size is pipe thread size.

Brass Carpet Plate Assembly

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Includes the 825A. Total diameter is 2 5/8"
[67mm].

4"
[102mm]

437
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

880W SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES

880w series™ Floor Boxes provide an excellent solution for wood floor
applications when both power and communication services are required
in open space areas.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.

880W Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information

880W1

1-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors
Knockouts for three (3) 1/2"
[12.7mm], five (5) 3/4"
[19.1mm], and two (2) 1"
[25mm] conduits. 53 cu. in.
[869ml] of capacity.

3 3/4"
[95mm]

Knockouts:

3/4"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size

Side

3 7/16"
[87mm]

4 13/16"
[122mm]

Back

3/4"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

Top

Front

3/4"
Trade Size

880W2

Side

1/2"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

2-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors

7 7/8"
[200mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

1/2"
Trade Size

3 7/16"
[87mm]

4 15/16"
[125mm]

Knockouts for six (6) 1/2"
[12.7mm], eight (8) 3/4"
[19.1mm], and two (2) 1"
[25mm] conduits. 58 cu. in.
[951ml] of capacity in
one compartment. 59 cu. in.
[967ml] of capacity in second
compartment. Barrier is
removable for greater capacity
if needed.

Knockouts:
1"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

Side

Top

3/4"
Trade Size

880w series™ Flanges and Cover Plates are available in
these colors as indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.

438
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

1/2"
Trade Size
1/2"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

COLOR OPTIONS

Back

Front

Side

1/2"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

WIREMOLD

880W SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
880W Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

880W3

3-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors

12"
[305mm]

3 7/16"
[87mm]

4 15/16"
[125mm]

Knockouts for nine (9) 1/2"
[12.7mm], eleven (11) 3/4"
[19.1mm], and two (2) 1"
[25mm] conduits. 56 cu. in.
[918ml] of capacity in each of
the outside compartments.
68 cu. in. [1115ml] of
capacity in center
compartment. Barrier is
removable for greater
capacity if needed.

Knockouts:

3/4"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size

Back

Top

Side

3/4"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size
Side

Front

3/4"
Trade Size

1"
Trade Size

3/4"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

880W Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information

880W1817B

1-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors

4 15/16"
[125mm]

3 7/16"
[87mm]

880w1 Floor Box with 817B brass
flange included. Flange can be
used for tile or carpet applications.

880W2828TCAL

2-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors

4 15/16"
[125mm]

NOTE: Order cover separately.

880w2 Floor Box with 828TCAL
brushed aluminum flange
included. Flange can be used for
tile or carpet applications.

3 7 1/6"
[87mm]

NOTE: Order cover separately.
7 7/8"
[200mm]

3 3/4"
[95mm]

880W1818TCAL

1-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors
880w1 Floor Box with 818TCAL
brushed aluminum flange
included. Flange can be used for
tile or carpet applications.

3-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors

4 15/16"
[125mm]
3 7 1/6"
[87mm]

NOTE: Order cover separately.

NOTE: Order cover separately.
12"
[305mm]

3 3/4"
[95mm]

880W2827B

2-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors

4 15/16"
[125mm]

880w3 Floor Box with 837B
brass flange included. Flange
can be used for tile or carpet
applications.

3 7 1/6"
[87mm]

880w2 Floor Box with 827B brass
flange included. Flange can be
used for tile or carpet applications.

880W3838TCAL

3-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors

4 15/16"
[125mm]
3 7 1/6"
[87mm]

NOTE: Order cover separately.

880w3 Floor Box with 838TCAL
brushed aluminum flange
included. Flange can be used for
tile or carpet applications.
NOTE: Order cover separately.

7 7/8"
[200mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

4 15/16"
[125mm]

3 7/16"
[87mm]

880W3837B

12"
[305mm]

439
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

880W SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
880W Series Floor Boxes Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

817B

6.080"
[154.4mm]

827B

6.080"
[154.4mm]

837B

1-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange

5.060"
[128.5mm]

2-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

5.060"
[128.5mm]

3-Gang Brass Combination Carpet & Tile Flange

817T

13"
[330mm]

1-Gang Brass Tile Flange

4.524"
[107mm]

827T

3.48"
[88.4mm]

2-Gang Brass Tile Flange
For use on 880s2, 880M2,
880Cs2-1, and 880CM2-1
Floor Boxes.

837T

7.624"
[193.7mm]

3-Gang Brass Tile Flange

For use on 880s1, 880M1,
880Cs1-1, and 880CM1-1
Floor Boxes.
5 3/4"
[146mm]

827C

For use on 880s3, 880M3,
880Cs32-1, and 880CM3-1
Floor Boxes.

For use on 880s1, 880M1,
880Cs1-1, and 880CM1-1
Floor Boxes.

4.524"
[114.9mm]

1-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

3-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

5 3/4"
[146mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

5.060"
[128.5mm]

817C

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

837C

For use on 880s3, 880M3,
880Cs3-1, and 880CM3-1
Floor Boxes.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

11 3/4"
[298mm]

2-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

4 1/2"
[114mm]

For use on 880s2, 880M2,
880Cs2-1, and 880CM2-1
Floor Boxes.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

5 3/4"
[146mm]

440

8 7/8"
[225mm]

880W Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information

828R Brass Duplex Cover Plate

828GFITC

Brass GFI Cover Plate

Flip lids. Can also be used with a
106 type communication adapter.
3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity systems in
conjunction with 817B, 827B, and
837B Flanges.
3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

880W SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
880W Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)

828DPGFITC

Brass Rectangular Cover Plate

829CK-1/2

Brass Communication Cover Plate

Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.
3.156"
[83.60mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

3.156"
[80.2mm]

2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and
12.7mm] plugs. For carpet or tile
installations.
4.182"
[106.2mm]

829CK-3/4

828DLR

Brass Communication Cover Plate

Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate

4.182"
[106.2mm]

3.156"
[80.2mm]

828SPTC

single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking
device of 1.58" diameter, and
maximum male plug face of 2.25"
diameter.

3 1/8"
[79mm]

829CK

829CK-1

Brass Communication Cover Plate
2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]
plugs.

4.182"
[106.2mm]

828MAAP

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Brass Communication Cover Plate

4 1/8"
[105mm]

3.156"
[80.2mm]

Data slides. Feed through only,
not for use with a mounting plate
for flush mounted communication
adapter.

AV Adapter Plate
sheet metal adapter plate that accepts
two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP style device plates
(sold separately). For use with 828GFITC
or 828GFITCAL cover plates (sold
separately).

Brass Communication Cover Plate

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

829STC

4.182"
[106.2mm]

3.156"
[80.2mm]

Brass Duplex Cover Plate
screw plugs are 1 1/2" [38mm] in
diameter.

3 1/8"
[79mm]

2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and
19.1mm] plugs.

2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and
57mm] plugs.

3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

441

WIREMOLD

880W SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
880W Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

818TCAL 1-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange

5.940"
[150.9mm]

4.920"
[125.0mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.
NOTE: Brushed Aluminum flanges come
with beveled edges.

818TAL

1-Gang Brushed Aluminum Tile Flange
For use on 880s1, 880M1,
880Cs1-1, and 880M1-1
Floor Boxes.

4.550"
[115.6mm]

828TAL

3.530"
[88.7mm]

2-Gang Brushed Aluminum Tile Flange

828TCAL 2-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange

5.940"
[150.9mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

9.045"
[229.7mm]

For use on 880s2, 880M2,
880Cs2-1, and 880CM2-1
Floor Boxes.
4.550"
[115.6mm]

7.665"
[118.2mm]

NOTE: Brushed Aluminum flanges come
with beveled edge

838TCAL 3-Gang Brushed Aluminum Combination
Carpet & Tile Flange

13.170"
[334.5mm]
5.940"
[150.9mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.
NOTE: Brushed Aluminum flanges come
with beveled edge

880W Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information

828R-TCAL Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate
Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter.

3.290"
[83.6mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Brushed Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate
Allows for mounting of a duplex style
receptacle with a rectangular style
flip lid cover.

4.310"
[109.5mm]

828GFITCAL

Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate
May be used with Activate and
Ortronics® Connectivity systems in
conjunction with 817B, 827B, and
837B Flanges.

3.290"
[83.6mm]

828DPGFITCAL

3.290"
[83.6mm]

828DLRAL

Brushed Aluminum Single Locking
Receptacle Cover Plate
single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use
with maximum female locking device
of 1.58" diameter, and maximum
male plug face of 2.25" diameter.

4.310"
[109.5mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

442

4.310"
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

880W SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
880W Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)

830CKTCAL Brushed Aluminum

Cover Plate

830CKTCAL-1/2

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1 1/4" [32mm] plugs.
3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

830CKTCAL-1 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1/2" [12.7mm] plugs.

4.310"
[109.5mm]

828MAAP

AV Adapter Plate
sheet metal adapter plate that accepts
two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP style device plates
(sold separately). For use with 828GFITC
or 828GFITCAL cover plates (sold
separately).

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through p
ower cables.

830CKTCAL-3/4

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
4.310"
power cables.
[109.5mm]

3.290"
[83.6mm]

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.

3.290"
[83.6mm]

Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] plugs.
3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

880W Series Floor Boxes Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

837TCAL 3-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

817TCAL-BK, 817TCAL-GY,
817TCAL-BS, 817TCAL-NK,
817TCAL-BZ
6.080"
[154.4mm]

5.060"
[128.5mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.

827TCAL 2-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

837TCAL-BK, 837TCAL-GY,
837TCAL-BS, 837TCAL-NK,
837TCAL-BZ
6.080"
[154.4mm]

13.17"
[335mm]

817TAL

1-Gang Powder Coated Aluminum Tile Flange
817TAL-BK, 817TAL-GY, 817TAL-BS,
817TAL-NK, 817TAL-BZ

827TCAL-BK, 827TCAL-GY,
827TCAL-BS, 827TCAL-NK,
827TCAL-BZ
6.080"
[154.4mm]

9.02"
[229mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately. Flanges are
available in five decorative colors:
black, gray brass, nickel and bronze.

4.550"
[115.6mm]

3.530"
[88.7mm]

For use on 880s1, 880M1, 880Cs1-1,
and 880M1-1 Floor Boxes. Flanges
are available in five decorative colors:
black, gray, brass, nickel and bronze.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

817TCAL 1-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum
Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

443

WIREMOLD

880W SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
880W Series Floor Boxes Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information (continued)

827TAL

2-Gang Powder Coated Aluminum Tile Flange
827TAL-BK, 827TAL-GY, 827TAL-BS,
827TAL-NK, 827TAL-BZ
4.550"
[115.6mm]

For use on 880s2, 880M2, 880Cs2-1,
and 880M2-1 Floor Boxes. Flanges
are available in five decorative colors:
black, gray, brass, nickel and bronze.

7.665"
[118.2mm]

880W Series Floor Boxes Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information

828R-TCAL

Powder Coated Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

829CKAL-3/4

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

828R-TCAL-BK, 828R-TCAL-GY,
828R-TCAL-BS, 828R-TCAL-NK,
828R-TCAL-BZ
3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106
type communication adapter. Covers
are available in five decorative
colors: black, gray, brass, nickel
and bronze.

829CKAL-3/4BK, 829CKAL-3/4GY,
829CKAL-3/4BS, 829CKAL-3/4NK,
829CKAL-3/4BZ
3.290"
[83.6mm]

828GFITCAL

3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

829CKAL-1

444

Allows for mounting a duplex
receptacle (Decorator or GFCI style)
with a rectangular flip cover. Covers
are available in five decorative
colors: black, gray, brass, nickel
and bronze.

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]
plugs. Covers are available in five
decorative colors: black, gray,
brass, nickel and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

Powder Coated Aluminum GFI Cover Plate
828GFITCAL-BK, 828GFITCAL-GY,
828GFITCAL-BS, 828GFITCAL-NK,
828GFITCAL-BZ

4.310"
[109.5mm]

828MAAP

AV Adapter Plate
sheet metal adapter plate that
accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP style
device plates (sold separately). For
use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL
cover plates (sold separately).

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate
829CKAL-1BK, 829CKAL-1GY,
829CKAL-1BS, 829CKAL-1NK,
829CKAL-1BZ

3.290"
[83.6mm]

4.310"
[109.5mm]

Power or communication plate with
2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.
Covers are available in five decorative
colors: black, gray, brass, nickel
and bronze.
NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded
conduit when passing through
power cables.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

880W SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
880W Series Floor Boxes Nonmetallic Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

817PCC

1-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

837PCC

3-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

817PCC-BLK, 817PCC-BRN

837PCC-BLK, 837PCC-BRN

For Ortronics connectivity use
with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

For Ortronics® connectivity use
with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™
connectivity use with 829PFL Cover.
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack
and MAB3s2 series II adapters and
wiremold CM series inserts, sold
separately.

®

5 3/4"
[146mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

827PCC

5 3/4"
[146mm]

13"
[330mm]

2-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange
827PCC-BLK, 827PCC-BRN

8 7/8"
[225mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

For Ortronics® connectivity use
with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™
connectivity use with 829PFL
Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

880W Series Floor Boxes Nonmetallic Cover Plates Ordering Information
Nonmetallic Duplex Cover Plate
828PR-BLK, 828PR-BRN

829PFLRT

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate
9829PFLRT-BLK, 829PFLRT-BRN

Flip lids. Can also be used with a
106 type communication adapter.
4 1/8"
[105mm]

3 3/16"
[81mm]

828PRGFI

3 3/16"
[81mm]

Nonmetallic GFI Cover Plate

829PCK

3 3/16"
[81mm]

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate

828PRGFI-BLK, 828PRGFI-BRN

3 3/16"
[81mm]

829PFL

3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

May be used with Ortronics®
Connectivity systems in conjunction
with 817, 827 and 837PCC series
flanges.

Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Individual flip lids. Gasket included.
Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack
and MAB3s2 series II adapters
included.

829PCK-BLK, 829PCK-BRN

3 3/16"
[81mm]

829PSTC

4 1/8"
[105mm]

Breakouts. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.

NonmetallicCommunications Cover Plate

829PFL-BLK, 829PFL-BRN

829PSTC-BLK, 829PSTC-BRN

Individual flip lids. Gasket included.
wiremold CM series inserts
included.

Data slides. Feed through only, not
for use with a mounting plate for
communication jacks.

3 3/16"
[81mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.
Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

828PR

445

WIREMOLD

861 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES

861 series™ single service wood Floor Boxes bring power or communication
service directly to the open space. Available with poke-thru style covers.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.

861 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Knockouts:

Back

1/2"
Conduit Thread
1/2"
Conduit Thread
Side

Top

Side

1/2"
Conduit Thread

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Front

COLOR OPTIONS

861 series™ Cover Plates are available in these colors as
indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.

446
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

861 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
861 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)
Wood Floor Box

861QTC

Wood Floor Box Assembly

Die-cast aluminum construction
with three 1/2" [12.7mm] knockouts;
two on the sides and one on the
bottom. 18 cu. in. [295ml3] of
capacity. Requires a 4" [102mm]
diameter hole. Comes complete with
a disposable cover, receptacle and
cover sold separately.

861DB

Complete with prewired 15A quad
receptacle can be wired as standard
or isolated ground. Flush poke-thrustyle cover is available in painted
gray (861QTCGY), black (861QTCBK),
ivory (861QTCVY), or brushed metal
finishes in aluminum (861QTCAL) and
brass (861QTCBs). slide covers match
painted flange colors. Aluminum and
brass covers shipped with black slide
covers. Brass flange also available
with nonmetallic brass-color (AB)
slide holder. Die-cast aluminum
construction with three 1/2" trade size
knockouts: two on the sides and one
on the bottom. 18 cu. in. [295 cu.cm]
capacity. Requires a 4" [102mm]
diameter hole and overall floor depth
of 1" [25mm]. Assembled with scrub
water gasket. For use on tile, wood, or
carpet floors.

Wood Floor Box Assembly
4 1/4"
[108mm]

861AMDTC

Complete with 20A duplex
receptacle and brass cover plate.
Die-cast aluminum construction
with three 1/2" [12.7mm] knockouts;
two on the sides and one on the
bottom. 18 cu. in. [295ml3] of
capacity. Requires a 4" [102mm]
diameter hole.

Wood Floor Box Assembly
All communication floor boxes accept
up to four uTP connectors. Flush
poke-thru-style flanges available in
painted gray (861AMDTCGY), black
(861AMDTCBK), ivory (861AMDTCVY),
or brushed metal finishes in
aluminum (861AMDTCAL) and brass
(861AMDTCBs). slide covers match
painted flange colors. Aluminum and
brass flanges shipped with black slide
cover. Brass flange also available with
nonmetallic brass-color (AB) slide
holder. Die-cast aluminum construction
with three 1/2" trade size knockouts:
two on the sides and one on the
bottom. 18 cu. in. [295 cu.cm] capacity.
Requires a 4" [102mm] diameter hole
and overall floor depth of 1" [25mm].
Includes two (2) Ortronics TracJack
inserts, two (2) Ortronics series II
adapters and two wiremold Open
system adapters. Assembled with
scrub water gasket. For use on tile,
wood, or carpet floors. Modular jacks
sold separately.

861FFTC

Furniture Feed Raised Floor Box Assembly
Cover has two 1/2" trade size conduits
and one 3/4" trade size threaded
conduit opening for feeding cables
and wires through floor. Flush flanges
available in painted gray (861FFTCGY),
black (861FFTCBK), ivory (861FFTCVY),
or brushed metal finishes in
aluminum (861FFTCAL) and brass
(861FFTCBs). Die-cast aluminum
construction with three 1/2" trade
size knockouts; two on the sides and
one on the bottom, 18 cu. in. [295 cu.
cm] capacity. Requires a 4" [102mm]
diameter hole.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

861

447
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

861 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
861 Series Floor Box Cover Plate Ordering Information

895, 895TCAL

895GFI, 895GFICAL
GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

Brass (895) or brushed aluminum
(895TCAL) duplex cover plate with
flip lids, 5 1/2' [140mm] for carpet.

5 1/2"
[140mm]

Brass (895GFI) or brushed
aluminum (895GFICAL) GFI
receptacle cover plate, 5 1/2"
[140mm] for carpet.

5 1/2"
[140mm]

895T, 895TAL
4 1/4"
[108mm]

Duplex Cover Plate With Flip Lids

Duplex Cover Plate With Flip Lids
Brass (895T) or brushed aluminum
(895TAL) duplex cover plate with flip
lids, 4 1/4" [108mm] for tile.

895TGFI, 895TGFIAL
GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

Brass (895TGFI) or brushed
aluminum (895TGFIAL) GFI
receptacle cover plate, 4 1/4"
[108mm] for tile.

4 1/4"
[108mm]

895SP, 895SPCAL

Cover Plate With Two Screw Plug Openings

5 1/2"
[140mm]

Brass (895sP) or brushed
Aluminum (895sPAL) cover plate
with two screw plug openings,
5 1/2" [140mm] for carpet.

895TSP, 895TSPAL

Cover Plate with Two Screw Plug Openings

4 1/4"
[108mm]

895P

Duplex Cover Plate
895P-BLK, 895P-BRN, 895P-BRZ,
895P-AL

5 1/2"
[140mm]

895TCAL

Polycarbonate duplex cover plate
with flip lids for carpet.

Aluminum Duplex Power Plate
895TCAL-BK, 895TCAL-BS,
895TCAL-GY, 895TCAL-NK,
895TCAL-BZ

Brass (895TsP) or brushed
aluminum (895TsPAL) cover plate
with two screw plug openings,
4 1/4" [108mm] for tile.
5 1/2"
[140mm]

with flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]
diameter for carpet,. Available
in black, brass, gray, nickel
and bronze.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

NOTE: All 895 Style Cover Plates are furnished with gasket and three screws. All carpet cover plates are 5 1/2" [140mm] in diameter. All tile cover plates
are 4 1/4" [108mm] in diameter.

448
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

862 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES

862 series™ Residential Floor Boxes provide an excellent solution for low
density power or communication requirements for both concrete or wood
floor applications.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes:
File E110748 Guide QCMZ.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.

862 Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information
Knockouts:

Back

3/4"
Trade Size
Top

Side

Front

Bottom

Side

3/4"
Trade Size

COLOR OPTIONS

862 series™ Floor Box Kits are available in these colors as
indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

3/4"
Trade Size

449

WIREMOLD

862 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
862 Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information (continued)

862

862C

PVC Floor Box

PVC Floor Box Assembly For Wood or Concrete Floors

Box only, for wood or concrete floors.
when using in concrete floor, order
862KIT with 862 Floor Box.

862KIT

Includes 862 series Floor Box, one
15A, 125V tamper-resistant brown
duplex receptacle, and one 895
brass duplex receptacle cover for
carpet. Order 862KIT when using in
concrete floor.

Concrete Floor Kit
when using any of the 862 series
Floor Boxes in a concrete floor, the
862KIT will provide a mud cap for
the concrete pour, two 3/4" trade
size conduit hubs, and a scrub
water gasket. Not needed for wood
floor installations.

862GFI

PVC Floor Box Assembly For wood or Concrete floors
Includes 862 series Floor Box, one
Decorator style 15A, 125V tamperresistant brown receptacle, and one
895GFI brass cover for carpet. Order
862KIT when using in concrete floor.

862DB

PVC Floor Box Assembly For Wood or Concrete Floors

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Includes 862 series Floor Box, one
15A, 125V tamper-resistant brown
duplex receptacle, and one 895T brass
duplex receptacle cover for tile. Order
862KIT when using in concrete floor.

450
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

862TGFI

PVC Floor Box Assembly For Wood or Concrete Floors
Includes 862 series Floor Box, one
Decorator style 15A, 125V tamperresistant brown receptacle, and one
895TGFI brass cover for tile. Order
862KIT when using in concrete floor.

WIREMOLD

863 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES

863 series™ Multi-service Round Floor Box Assembly Kits for wood
Floors for New and Retrofit Residential Applications.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes:
File E110748 Guide QCMZ.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.

863 Series Floor Box Assembly Kits Ordering Information
Knockouts:

Romex Strain
Relief

1/2"
Trade Size

COLOR OPTIONS

Side

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Bottom

863 series™ Cover Plates are available in these colors as
indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.

451
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

863 SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
863 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information

863DPCOM

Dual-Service Floor Box Kit

5 3/4"
[146mm]

Includes round PVC floor box, one
15A, 125V tamper-resistant duplex
receptacle, one coax F connector,
one RJ45 Category 5e connector,
and brass duplex opening cover
plate with two flip lids.

3 1/2"
[89mm]

863DPCOMAL
5 3/4"
[146mm]

863DRGFICOM
5 3/4"
[146mm]

Dual-Service Floor Box Kit
Includes round PVC floor box,
one 15A, 125V tamper-resistant
decorator style duplex receptacle,
one coax F connector, one RJ45
Category 5e connector, and brass
duplex opening cover plate with
single flip lid.

3 1/2"
[89mm]

Dual-Service Floor Box Kit
Includes round PVC floor box, one
15A, 125V tamper-resistant duplex
receptacle, one coax F connector,
one RJ45 Category 5e connector,
and brushed aluminum duplex
opening cover plate with two
flip lids.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

3 1/2"
[89mm]

452
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

863DRGFICOMAL
5 3/4"
[146mm]

3 1/2"
[89mm]

Dual-Service Floor Box Kit

Includes round PVC floor box,
one 15A, 125V tamper-resistant
decorator style duplex receptacle,
one coax F connector, one RJ45
Category 5e connector, and brushed
aluminum duplex opening cover
plate with single flip lid.

WIREMOLD

WMFB SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES

Multi-service Floor Box Assembly Kits for wood Floors for New and Retrofit
Residential Applications.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed
Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes:
File E143222 Guide QCMZ.
Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC.

WMFB Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Knockouts:

Back
1/2"
Trade Size KO
1/2"
Trade Size KO

1/2"
Trade Size KO
Top

Side

Side

COLOR OPTIONS

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Front

wMFB series™ Cover Plates are available in these colors as
indicated in the part number descriptions.
Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory
for more information.

453
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

WMFB SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
WMFB Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

WMFB1SRKS1B

Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, divider, one
15A, 125V receptacle, one opening for
communication device, and brass
cover with two screw plugs. For hole
cut dimensions, see installation
instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]

WMFB1SRKS1N

Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, divider, one
15A, 125V receptacle, one opening for
communication device, and nickel
cover with two screw plugs. For hole
cut dimensions, see installation
instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

WMFB1DRB

Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

WMFB1SRB

Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, one 15A
tamper-resistant receptacle, and brass
cover with one screw plug. For hole
cut dimensions, see installation
instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]

WMFB1SRN

Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, one 15A
tamper-resistant receptacle, and nickel
cover with one screw plug. For hole
cut dimensions, see installation
instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]

WMFB2DR2B

Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, one 15A, 125V
tamper-resistant receptacle, and brass
cover with two screw plugs. For hole
cut dimensions, see installation
instructions sheet.

Includes dual-gang box, two 15A tamperresistant duplex receptacles, and brass
cover with four screw plugs. For hole
cut dimensions, see installation
instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Box Dimensions:
3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]

Device Plate:
4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L
[124mm W x 129mm L]

WMFB1DRN

Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

WMFB2DR2N

Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, one 15A, 125V
tamper-resistant receptacle, and nickel
cover with two screw plugs. For hole
cut dimensions, see installation
instructions sheet.

Includes dual-gang box, two 15A tamperresistant duplex receptacles, and nickel
cover with four screw plugs. For hole
cut dimensions, see installation
instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Box Dimensions:
3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]

Device Plate:
4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L
[124mm W x 129mm L]

454
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

WMFB SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
WMFB Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)
Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, device plate
with two openings for communication
devices, and brass cover with one screw
plug. For hole cut dimensions, see
installation instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]

WMFB1KS2N

Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, device plate
with two openings for communication
devices, and nickel cover with one screw
plug. For hole cut dimensions, see
installation instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]

WMFB1KS4B

Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

WMFB2DRKS4B

Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes dual-gang box, one 15A tamperresistant duplex receptacle, 106 adapter
with four openings for communication
devices, and brass cover with four screw
plugs. For hole cut dimensions, see
installation instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L
[124mm W x 129mm L]

WMFB2DRKS4N

Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes dual-gang box, one 15A tamperresistant duplex receptacle, 106 adapter
with four openings for communication
devices, and nickel cover with four screw
plugs. For hole cut dimensions, see
installation instructions sheet.
Box Dimensions:
3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L
[124mm W x 129mm L]

WMFB2KS8B

Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, 106 adapter
with four openings for communication
devices, and brass cover with two screw
plugs. For hole cut dimensions, see
installation instructions sheet.

Includes dual-gang box, two 106 adapter
with eight openings for communication
devices, and brass cover with four screw
plugs. For hole cut dimensions, see
installation instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]

Box Dimensions:
3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L
[124mm W x 129mm L]

WMFB1KS4N

Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

WMFB2KS8N

Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, 106 adapter
with four openings for communication
devices, and nickel cover with two screw
plugs. For hole cut dimensions,see
installation instructions sheet.

Includes dual-gang box, two 106 adapter
with eight openings for communication
devices, and nickel cover with four screw
plugs. For hole cut dimensions, see
installation instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:
2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L
[79mm W x 125mm L]

Box Dimensions:
3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D
[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]
Device Plate:
4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L
[124mm W x 129mm L]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

WMFB1KS2B

455
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aF™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Floorsource AF series™ Raised Floor Boxes provide point-of-use
activations for multiple power and communications devices while offering
greater flexibility relating to adds, moves and changes within a standard
and shallow raised floor application.

COLOR OPTIONS

AF series™ Raised Floor Boxes are available in die-cast
aluminum with black, brown or gray covers and trim flanges
as indicated in the part number descriptions.

456
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

CODE REFERENCE
UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box:
File E2961, Guide QCIT.
UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box
(prewired):
File E51105, Guide QQVX.
Meets Article 314 of NEC.
Meets Article 12-2500 of CEC.

WIREMOLD

aF™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
AF Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

AF-1

Raised Floor Box
The AF1 Raised Floor and stage Floor Box provides three separate compartments that
accommodate a combination of power, communication and audio/video devices. This
combination is accomplished with the built-in service dividers. These dividers are arranged
in a single-double, single-gang configuration. Die-cast aluminum housing provides added
strength and reliability. Polycarbonate hinged lid and trim flange are available for carpet or
tile applications, as well as color choice of black, brown, or gray.
Knockouts:

SGT

DGT

SGT

Faceplate Locations

3/4"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size KO

Bottom

Side

Specifications
DEsCRIPTION

DIMENsIONs

OVERALL TRIM RING

8 3/4" x 6 3/4" [222mm x 171mm]

MODuLE DEPTH OVERALL

5" [127mm]

PANEL OPENING

8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]

COVER sIZE

7 1/2" x 5" [191mm x 127mm]

ACTIVATION CHAMBER VOLuME

130 cu in. [2130ml]

usER VOLuME

78.6 cu in. [1288ml]

TOTAL VOLuME

208.6 cu in. [3418ml]

KNOCKOuT sIZEs

seven (7) 1/2" & Two (2) 3/4" Trade size KOs (Power side only)

sERVICE

Triple

MAXIMuM FLOOR THICKNEss

1 1/2" [38mm] (Includes floor covering)

Ordering Data
DEsCRIPTION

BOX DIMENsION

AF1-KC

AF1 with Black Carpet Cover and Trim

8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]

AF1-KT

AF1 with Black Tile Cover and Trim

8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]

AF1-NC

AF1 with Brown Carpet Cover and Trim

8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]

AF1-NT

AF1 with Brown Tile Cover and Trim

8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]

AF1-YC

AF1 with Gray Carpet Cover and Trim

8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]

AF1-YT

AF1 with Gray Tile Cover and Trim

8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

CAT. NO.

NOTE: AF1 and AF3 Floor Boxes are available in a prewired (power only) version.
Consult factory for ordering information. For information on prewired
versions with Walkerflex, see the Walkerflex Section of this Product Guide.
NOTE: All boxes and plates are sold separately.

457
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aF™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
AF Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

AF-3 Raised Floor Box
The AF3 Raised Floor and stage Floor Box provides four separate compartments that
accommodate up to eight gangs of communication, power and/or audio/ video devices.
The top panel has a unique built-in service divider that accommodates a combination power,
communication and audio/video devices. These dividers are arranged in a single-double,
single-gang configuration. The lower panel provides single-gang activation points in a single
service configuration. Die-cast aluminum housing provides added strength and reliability.
Polycarbonate hinged lid and trim flange are available for carpet or tile applications, as well
as a color choice of black, brown, or gray.
Knockouts:

Bottom

1/2"
Trade Size

Specifications
DEsCRIPTION

DIMENsIONs

OVERALL TRIM RING

9 1/8" x 11" [232mm x 279mm]

MODuLE DEPTH OVERALL

5" [127mm]

PANEL OPENING

8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

COVER sIZE

7 1/2" x 9 1/2" [191mm x 242mm]

ACTIVATION CHAMBER VOLuME

220 cu in. [3604ml]

usER VOLuME

180 cu in. [2948ml]

TOTAL VOLuME

300 cu in. [4915ml]

KNOCKOuT sIZEs

seven (7) 1/2" & Two (2) 3/4" Trade size KOs (Power side only)

sERVICE

Triple

MAXIMuM FLOOR THICKNEss

1 1/2" [38mm] (Includes floor covering)

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Ordering Data
CAT. NO.

DEsCRIPTION

AF3-KC

AF3 with Black Carpet Cover and Trim

8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

AF3-KT

AF3 with Black Tile Cover and Trim

8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

AF3-NC

AF3 with Brown Carpet Cover and Trim

8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

AF3-NT

AF3 with Brown Tile Cover and Trim

8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

AF3-YC

AF3 with Gray Carpet Cover and Trim

8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

AF3-YT

BOX DIMENsION

AF3 with Gray Tile Cover and Trim

8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

NOTE: AF1 and AF3 Floor Boxes are available in a prewired (power only) version.
Consult factory for ordering information. For information on prewired
versions with Walkerflex, see the Walkerflex Section of this Product Guide.
NOTE: All boxes and plates are sold separately.

458
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

1/2"
Trade Size

SGT
SGB

DGT

SGB
SGB

SGB

SGT

Faceplate Locations

3/4"
Trade Size

Side

WIREMOLD

aF™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
AF Series Upper (Top) Panel Device Plates for Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

SGT-B

Single-Gang Plate

Blank plate for field punching.

SGT-DP

Single-Gang Plate

One duplex opening.

SGT-H

Single-Gang Plate

For Heyco bushing opening or single receptacle
1.046" [35.7mm] diameter. use in outer, side
compartments only.

SGT-1KO

Double-Gang Plate

Blank plate. use in center compartment only.

DGT-2DP

Double-Gang Plate

Two duplex openings. use in center
compartment only.

DGT-DP/B

Double-Gang Plate

One duplex opening and blank. use in center
compartment only.

Single-Gang Plate

1" [25mm] knockout.

SGT-ACT

DGT-B

DGT-ACT

Double-Gang Plate

Includes one (1) wiremold Open system adapter.
Adapter accepts three (3) wiremold CM series
inserts or three (3) wiremold CM2 series
modules. use in center compartment only.
Single-Gang Plate

Accepts three (3) wiremold Open system inserts
or three (3) wiremold CM series Open system
modules.

DGT-AAP

Internal Audio/Video Plate
Accepts three (3) Extron® Electronics AAP
series Devices (sold separately).

Single-Gang Plate

Accepts three (3) Ortronics® series II inserts.

SGT-MAAP

Internal Audio/Video Plate

DGT-MAAP

Internal Audio/Video Plate
Accepts five (5) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP series Devices (sold
separately).

Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron® Electronics
MAAP series Devices (sold separately).

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

SGT-3S2

459
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aF™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
AF Series Upper (Top) Panel Device Plates for Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

DGT-RT

Double-Gang Plate

Includes one (1) Ortronics® series II adapter
and one (1) TracJack adapter. use in center
compartment only.

SGT-3TJ

Single-Gang Plate

Accepts three (3) Ortronics® TracJack inserts.

Lower (Bottom) Panel Device Plates for AF3 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

SGB-B

Single-Gang Plate

Blank plate for field punching.

SGB-DP

Single-Gang Plate
One duplex opening.

SGB-MAAP

Internal Audio/Video Plate

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP series Devices
(sold separately).

460
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

SGB-ACT

Single-Gang Plate

Accepts three (3) wiremold Open system inserts
or three (3) CM2 series Open system modules.

SGB-3S2

Single-Gang Plate

Accepts three (3) Ortronics® series II inserts.

SGB-3TJ

Single-Gang Plate

Accepts three (3) Ortronics® Tracjack inserts.

WIREMOLD

aF™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
AF Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

SAF

Raised Floor Box
The sAF shallow Raised Floor Box has been designed to fit into 2 1/2" floor depths and
provides two compartments that accommodate a combination of power, communication
and audio/video devices. The sAF21/2 can accommodate two duplex receptacles on one
side and up to six communication devices on the other side. The power and communication
compartments can only be used for designated services. Four 1/2" trade size KOs are in the
sides of the box to feed the power devices. The hinged polycarbonate lid and trim flange for
carpet or tile are available in black, brown, or gray. Two duplex receptacle power plates are
supplied with each box. Receptacles not included. Three blank communication plates are
included with each box. Box includes a communication compartment cover plate for use in
air handling spaces. sAF21/2 Box will accept up to two sG2 Power Plates, and up to three
sGC2 Communication Plates. Consult factory for custom plates.
Knockouts:

Back
1/2"
Trade Size

1/2"
Trade Size KO

Top

Side

Side

Front

1/2"
Trade Size

Specifications
DEsCRIPTION

DIMENsIONs

OVERALL TRIM RING

9 1/8" x 11" [232mm x 279mm]

MODuLE DEPTH OVERALL

2 1/2" [64mm]

PANEL OPENING

8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

COVER sIZE

7 1/2" x 9 1/2" [191mm x 242mm]

ACTIVATION VOLuME

18.5 cubic inches [303ml]

POwER VOLuME

29 cubic inches [475ml]

MAXIMuM FLOOR PANEL THICKNEss
wITH FLOOR COVERING

1 3/16" [30mm]

KNOCKOuTs

Power – Four (4) 1/2" Trade size Concentric KOs
Communication – Three (3) 1/2" Trade size Concentric KOs

sERVICE

Triple

MAXIMuM FLOOR THICKNEss

1 3/8" [35mm] (includes floor covering)

Ordering Data
DEsCRIPTION

sAF21/2-KC

Black Carpet Cover and Trim

8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

BOX DIMENsION

sAF21/2-KT

Black Tile Cover and Trim

8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

sAF21/2-NC

Brown Carpet Cover and Trim

8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

sAF21/2-NT

Brown Tile Cover and Trim

8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

sAF21/2-YC

Gray Carpet Cover and Trim

8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

sAF21/2-YT

Gray Tile Cover and Trim

8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

CAT. NO.

461
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aF™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
SAF21/2 Raised Floor Box Device Plates Ordering Information

SG2-DP

Power Plate

SGC2-B

Communication Plate
single-gang blank.

single-gang duplex receptacle.

SG2-B

Power Plate

SGC2-ACT

single-gang blank plate.

SGC2-MAAP

Communication Plate

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Accepts two (2) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP series
Devices (sold separately).

462
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Communication Plate
single-gang adapter. Includes one (1)
wiremold Open system adapter.

SGC2-RT

Communication Plate
Includes one (1) Ortronics® series II
adapter and one (1) TracJack adapter.

WIREMOLD

aC™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES

Floorsource AC series™ Raised Floor Boxes provide point-of-use
activations for multiple power, communication and audio/video devices
while offering greater flexibility relating to adds, moves and changes
within the raised floor.

CODE REFERENCE
UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box:
File E2961, Guide QCIT.
UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box
(prewired):
File E51105, Guide QQVX.
Meets Article 314 of NEC.
Meets Article 12-2500 of CEC.

AC Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

AC8850, AC8105 Raised Floor Box
The AC8850 and AC8105 are boxes with a 5" [127mm] depth design, with the AC8105 providing an extra 2" [51mm] of width
for additional wiring capacity. These boxes can accommodate four duplex power receptacles on one side. Power plate with
duplex knockouts included with box. The communication plate will accept at least three communication adapters for up to
18 ports of activation. Lids rotate 180° for easy orientation. Gray lids are die-cast zinc construction.
AC8850

Knockouts:

AC8105

Back

Knockouts:
Side

Side

Top

Back

Top

Side

Side

Front
1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Concentric KOs

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Concentric KOs

Front

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

NOTE: Back plate is removable for greater depth capacity.

COLOR OPTIONS

AC series™ Raised Floor Boxes are available in diecast zinc construction with gray covers as indicated in
the part number descriptions.

463
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

aC™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
AC Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information
Specifications
DEsCRIPTION

AC8850 DIMENsIONs

AC8105 DIMENsIONs

BOX DIMENsIONs

8" x 8" x 5" [203mm x 203mm x 127mm]

8" x 10" x 5" [203mm x 254mm x 127mm]

OVERALL TRIM RING

9 1/4" x 9 1/4" [235mm x 235mm]

9 1/4" x 11 1/4" [235mm x 286mm]

MODuLE DEPTH OVERALL

5" [127mm]

5" [127mm]

PANEL OPENING

8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

COVER sIZE

7 11/16" x 7 11/16" [195mm x 195mm]

7 11/16" x 9 11/16" [195mm x 246mm]

ACTIVATION CHAMBER VOLuME

97.22 cubic inches [1593ml]

111.08 cubic inches [1820ml]

usER VOLuME

102.22 cubic inches [1674ml]

151.97 cubic inches [2490ml]

TOTAL VOLuME

199.22 cubic inches [3264ml]

262.97 cubic inches [4309ml]

KNOCKOuTs

Power – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4" Trade size Cocentric KOs
Communication – Four (4) 1/2”-3/4” Trade size Concentric KOs

sERVICE

single

Triple

MAXIMuM FLOOR THICKNEss

2" [51mm] (includes floor covering)

2" [51mm] (includes floor covering)

NOTE: For custom options, consult factory. All boxes are sold with one power plate: 4" [102mm] deep boxes have plate with
two power duplex receptacle KOs, 5" [127mm] deep boxes have plate with four power duplex receptacle KOs. All
communication plates sold separately.

Power Plates for AC8850 & AC8105 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

P8105-4DP

Double-Gang Power Plate

Four (4) duplex KOs. One plate supplied
with AC8105 Box.

P8850-4DP

Power Plate

Four (4) duplex KOs. One plate supplied
with AC8850 Box.
* AC8850 is a single-service box. Power plates cannot
be used in conjunction with communication plates.

Communication Plates for AC8850 & AC8105 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

C8005P-3DBP*

Communication Plate

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Three (3) duplex KOs for 106
communication style adapter. Fits both
AC8850 and AC8105 Boxes.

C8850P-ACT*, C8850P-2ACT*
Communication Plate

For AC8850 Box. Includes one (1) (C8850PACT) or two (2) (C8850P-2ACT) wiremold
CM series Open system adapter(s).

464
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

C8850P-RT*, C8850P-2RT*
Communication Plate

For AC8850 Box. Includes one (1) or two
(2) Ortronics® series II and one (1) or two
(2) TracJack adapter(s).

C8005P-3RT*

Communication Plate

For AC8850 and AC8105 Boxes. Includes
three (3) Ortronics® series II and three (3)
TracJack adapters.

WIREMOLD

aC™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Communication Plates for AC8850 & AC8105 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

C8005P-3ACT*

C8005P-AAP-6A*

Communication Plate

For AC8850 and AC8105 Boxes. Includes
three (3) 6A wiremold CM series Open
system adapters.

Internal Audio/Video Plate

Accepts six (6) Extron® Electronics AAP
series Devices (sold separately) and one
(1) CM communication adapter.
NOTE: For use in AC8105 style box.

C8005P-MAAP-6A*

Internal Audio/Video Plate

Accepts six (6) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP series Devices
(sold separately) and one (1) CM
communication adapter.

* AC8850 is a single-service box. Power plates cannot be used in conjunction
with communication plates.

NOTE: For use in AC8105 style box.

Communication Plates for AC8850 & AC8105 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

AC8840, AC8104

Raised Floor Boxes

The AC8840 and AC8104 are boxes with a 4" [102mm] depth design, with the AC8104 providing an extra 2" [51mm] of width
for added wiring capacity. These boxes can accommodate two duplex power receptacles on one side. Power plate with duplex
knockouts included with box. The communication plate will accept two communication adapters for up to 12 ports of activation.
Lids can be rotated 180° for easy orientation. Gray lids are die-cast zinc construction.
Knockouts:

Side

AC8104

Back

Top

Front

Knockouts:
Side

Side

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Concentric KOs

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Concentric KOs

Back

Top

Side

Front

NOTE: Plate is removable for greater depth capacity.

Specifications
DEsCRIPTION

AC8840 DIMENsIONs

AC8104 DIMENsIONs

BOX DIMENsIONs

8" x 8" x 4” [203mm x 203mm x 102mm]

8" x 10" x 4” [203mm x 254mm x 102mm]

OVERALL TRIM RING

9 1/4" x 9 1/4" [235mm x 235mm]

9 1/4" x 11 1/4" [235mm x 286mm]

MODuLE DEPTH OVERALL

4" [102mm]

4" [102mm]

PANEL OPENING

8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

COVER sIZE

7 11/16" x 7 11/16" [195mm x 195mm]

7 11/16" x 9 11/16" [195mm x 246mm]

ACTIVATION CHAMBER VOLuME

63.92 cubic inches [1047ml]

76.87 cubic inches [1260ml]

usER VOLuME

84.34 cubic inches [1382ml]

130.09 cubic inches [2131ml]

TOTAL VOLuME

152.34 cubic inches [2496ml]

201.09 cubic inches [3295ml]

KNOCKOuTs

Power – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4" Trade size Concentric KOs
Communication – Two (2) 1/2"-3/4" Trade size Concentric KOs

sERVICE

single

Dual

MAXIMuM FLOOR THICKNEss

2" [51mm] (includes floor covering)

2" [51mm] (includes floor covering)

NOTE: For custom options, consult factory. All boxes are sold with one power plate: 4" [102mm] deep boxes have plate with
two power duplex receptacle KOs, 5" [127mm] deep boxes have plate with four power duplex receptacle KOs. All
communication plates sold separately.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

AC8840

465

WIREMOLD

aC™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
Power Plates for AC8840 & AC8104 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

P8840-2DP

Power Plate

Two duplex KOs. One (1) plate supplied
with AC8840 Box.

C8004P-2DBP

Communication Plate

Two duplex KOs. For AC8840 and AC8104
Boxes.

NOTE: AC8840 is a single-service box. Power plates cannot be used in
conjunction with communication plates.

P8104-2DP

Power Plate

Two duplex KOs. One (1) plate supplied
with AC8104 Box.

Communication Plates for AC8840 & AC8104 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

C8004P-2ACT

Communication Plate

For AC8840 and AC8104 Boxes. Includes
two (2) wiremold CM series Open system
adapters.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

NOTE AC8840 is a single-service box. Power plates cannot be used in
conjunction with communication plates.

466
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

C8004P-2RT

Communication Plate

For AC8840 and AC8104 Boxes. Includes
two (2) Ortronics® series II adapters and
two (2) TracJack adapters.

WIREMOLD

aC™ SERiES FLOOR BOXES
AC Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

AC10105-2

Raised Floor Box

Specifications
DEsCRIPTION

The AC10105-2 box with a 5" [127mm]
depth is a square profile box that
provides eight-gangs of power and/or
communication device capacity. Power
plate with duplex knockouts included
with box. The AC10105-2 also provides
increased plug-in volume which is ideal
for the additional space needed when
plugging in transformer type plugs. Lids
can be rotated 180° for easy orientation.
Gray lids are die-cast zinc construction.

DIMENsIONs

BOX DIMENsIONs

10" x 10" x 5"
[254mm x 254mm x 127mm]

OVERALL TRIM RING

11 1/2" x 11 1/2" [292mm x 292mm]

MODuLE DEPTH OVERALL

5" [127mm]

PANEL OPENING

10" x 10" [254mm x 254mm]

COVER sIZE

9 5/8" x 9 5/8" [245mm x 245mm]

ACTIVATION CHAMBER
VOLuME

115 cu in. [1884ml]

usER VOLuME

243 cu in. [3981ml]

TOTAL VOLuME

358 cu in. [5865ml]

KNOCKOuT sIZEs

Power – Four (4) 1/2" Trade size
Concentric KOs
Communication – Four (4) 1/2" Trade
size Concentric KOs

sERVICE

Triple

MAXIMuM FLOOR
THICKNEss

2" [51mm] (includes floor covering)

Knockouts:
Side

Back

Top

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Concentric KOs

1/2" & 3/4"
Trade Size
Concentric KOs
Side

Front

Power Plates for AC10105-2 Raised Floor Box Ordering Information

P10105-4DP

Double-Gang Power Plate

P10105-5DP

Double-Gang Power Plate

Five duplex KOs for AC10105-2 Box.

Four duplex KOs. One supplied with
AC10105-2 Box.

Communication Plates for AC10105-2 Raised Floor Box Ordering Information
Communication Plate

Blank. For AC10105 Box.

C10105P-3ACT

Communication Plate

For AC10105 Box. Includes three (3)
wiremold CM series Open system adapters.

C10105P-AAP-6A

C10105P-3RT

Communication Plate

For AC10105 Box. Includes three (3)
Ortronics® series II adapters and three (3)
TracJack adapters.

C10105P-MAAP-6A

Internal Audio/Video Plate

Accepts eight (8) Legrand AVIP or
Extron® Electronics MAAP series
Devices (sold separately) and one
(1) CM series communication
adapter.

Internal Audio/Video Plate

Accepts eight (8) Extron®
Electronics AAP series Devices
(sold separately) and one (1) CM
series communication adapter.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

C10105P-B

467
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

CRFB SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES

CRFB series Floor Boxes are round recessed floor boxes designed to meet the
functionality and flexibility requirements of the raised and wood floor markets.

CODE REFERENCE
UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box:
File E2961, Guide QCIT.
UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box
(prewired):
File E51105, Guide QQVX.
Meets Article 314 of NEC.
Meets Article 12-2500 of CEC.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

New egress design for CRFB Series Floor Box
Covers offers larger wire/cable egress with
locking feature.

Cables egress from a CRFB Series Floor Box
with Evolution Series Poke-Thru Cover.

CRFB Series four-compartment configurable box.

COLOR OPTIONS

468
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

CRFB series Floor Boxes Cover and Evolution™ series
Poke-Thru Covers are available in black, brass, nickel,
bronze, and gray finishes.

WIREMOLD

CRFB SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
CRFB Series Floor Boxes Assembly Details

CRFB-Housing
The housing is die-cast aluminum construction with stamped steel bottom plate.
Ø 8 1/4"
[210mm]
2" Trade Size KO
Combination 3/4" & 1"
(3) concentric Trade
Size KOs

6 5/8"
[168mm]

Combination 1/2" &
3/4" (3) concentric
trade size KOs

1 1/4" trade
size KO

Ø 7.789"
[198mm]

CoMPARTMENT DEPTh

CoMPARTMENT VoLuMES

3 3/4"
[95mm]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

23.5 in.3
[385ml]

32.8 in.3
[537ml]

17.5 in.3
[287ml]

23.5 in.3
[385ml]

CRFB Series Round Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

CRFBBTC

CRFB Housing

Surface Style Cover Assembly

Die-cast aluminum construction with
stamped steel bottom plate. Includes
3 duplex receptacle plates, 1 center
communication plate and 3 cable pass
through grommets for 1" trade size
tunnel.

9 3/16"
[233mm]

NOTE: Floor thickness range (including floor
covering) 3/8" – 2" [9.5mm - 51mm].

CRFBCTC

Surface Style Cover Assembly

9 3/16"
[233mm]

Available in die cast
aluminum with a painted
black (CRFBCTCBK),
brass (CRFBCTCBs),
nickel (CRFBCTCNK),
bronze (CRFBCTCBZ) or
gray (CRFBCTCGY) finish.
Insert areas allow for
tile or carpet cutouts to
match finished floor.

Available in die cast
aluminum with a painted
black (CRFBBTCBK),
brass (CRFBBTCBs),
nickel (CRFBBTCNK),
bronze (CRFBBTCBZ) or
gray (CRFBBTCGY) finish.
No cutouts are provided
for floor coverings.

CRFBCTC-TR

Tamper Resistant Surface Style Cover Assembly
Available in die cast
aluminum with a painted
black (CRFBCTCBKTR),
brass (CRFBCTCBsTR),
9 3/16"
nickel (CRFBCTCNKTR),
[233mm]
bronze (CRFBCTCBZTR) or
gray (CRFBCTCGYTR) finish.
Lid has built-in key locking feature for tamper resistance.
Insert areas allow for tile or carpet cutouts to match
finished floor.
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

CRFB4

469

WIREMOLD

CRFB SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
CRFB Series Round Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

CRFB-TUN

8CTC

Tunnel

Surface Style Cover Assembly

Tunnel allows the two outer
compartments to be utilized for
one service while the center two
compartments are utilized for
other services.

CRFBBTC-TR

Tamper Resistant Surface Style Cover Assembly

9 3/16"
[233mm]

Available in die cast
aluminum with a painted
black (CRFBBTCBKTR),
brass (CRFBBTCBsTR),
nickel (CRFBBTCNKTR),
bronze (CRFBBTCBZTR)
or gray (CRFBBTCGYTR)
finish. No cutouts are
provided. Lid has built-in
key locking feature for
tamper resistance.

9 1/4"
[235mm]

Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly. Cover assembly
is available in the following
painted finishes: (8CTCBK)
black, (8CTCGY) gray,
(8CTCNK) nickel, (8CTCBs)
brass, or (8CTCBZ) bronze.

NOTE: Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamperresistant cover assembly.

8CT

Flush Style Cover Assembly

9 1/4"
[235mm]

Die-cast aluminum cover
assembly. Cover assembly
is available in the following
painted finishes: black
(8CTBK), gray (8CTGY),
nickel (8CTNK), brass
(8CTBs), or bronze (8CTBZ).

NOTE: Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamperresistant cover assembly.

CRFB Series Device Plates for Location 1 Ordering Information

CRFB-B-1

Blank Device Plate #1

CRFB-AB-1

used to close off unused gang.

CRFB-D-1

Duplex Device Plate

Accepts two (2) ports of
communication devices. Includes
one (1) wiremold CM series Open
system adapter and inserts.

CRFB-RT-1

Accepts standard 15A and 20A
duplex receptacles.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

CRFB-GFI-1

Communication Device Plate
Accepts two (2) ports of
communication devices. Includes
one (1) Ortronics® series II and one
(1) Tracjack adapter.

GFCI/Decorator Plate
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
style receptacles.

CRFB-SR1-1

Communication Device Plate

Device Plate
Location #1

1.39" [35mm] Device Plate
Accepts single device 1.39" [35mm]

NOTE: Standard size for device plates for Plate Location 1
is 6 11/32" [161mm] x 2 3/4" [62mm].

470
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

CRFB SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
CRFB Series Device Plates for Location 2 Ordering Information

CRFB-B-2

CRFB-AB-2

Blank Device Plate #2

Communication Device Plate
Accepts two (2) ports of
communication devices. Includes one
(1) wiremold CM series Open system
adapter and inserts.

used to close off unused gang.

CRFB-D-2

CRFB-RT-2

Duplex Device Plate

Communication Device Plate
Accepts two (2) ports of
communication devices. Includes one
(1) Ortronics® series II and one (1)
Tracjack adapter.

Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles.

CRFB-GFI-2

GFCI/Decorator Plate
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
style receptacles.

CRFB-SR1-2

Device Plate
Location #2

1.39" [35mm] Device Plate
Accepts single device 1.39" [35mm]

CRFB-SR2-2

NOTE: Standard size for device plates for Plate Location 2
is 5 7/32" [132mm] x 2 3/4" [62mm].

1.60" [41mm] Device Plate
Accepts single device 1.60" [41mm]

CRFB-B-3

Blank Device Plate #3

CRFB-GFI-3

used to close off unused gang.

CRFB-D-3

Duplex Device Plate
Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex
receptacles.

GFCI/Decora Plate
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
style receptacles.

CRFB-SR1-3

1.39" [35mm] Device Plate

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

CRFB Series Device Plates for Location 3 Ordering Information

Accepts single device 1.39" [35mm].
471
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

CRFB SERiES™ FLOOR BOXES
CRFB Series Device Plates for Location 3 Ordering Information (continued)

CRFB-AB-3

Communication Device Plate

Device Plate
Location #3

Accepts two (2) ports of
communication devices. Includes one
(1) wiremold CM series Open system
adapter and inserts.

CRFB-RT-3

Communication Device Plate
Accepts two (2) ports of communication
devices. Includes one (1) Ortronics®
series II and one (1) Tracjack adapter.

NOTE: Standard size for device plates for Plate Location 3
is 5 7/32" [132mm] x 2 3/4" [62mm].

CRFB Series Device Plates for Location 4 Ordering Information

CRFB-BEZ6A-4

Center 6A Comm Adapter

CRFB-MAAP-4

6A communications plate. Includes:
(1) 6A wiremold Open system Adapter,
(1) Ortronics series II Adapter, (1)
Ortronics TracJack Adapter. Modular
jacks sold separately.

CRFB-B-4

Center Blank Plate

Holds four (4) Legrand AVIP or Extron®
Electronics MAAP device plates.

CRFB-6COM-4

Center Duplex Plate

Center Communication Plate

Communication plate with six (6)
RJ knockouts. Modular jacks sold
separately.

used to close off unused gang.

CRFB-D-4

Extron® MAAP Plate

Device Plate
Location #4

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Accepts standard 15A and 20A Duplex
Receptacles.

CRFB-GFI-4

Center Decorator Style Plate
Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator
style Receptacles.

CRFB-SR1-4

Center 1.39" [35mm] Device Plate

Accepts single device 1.39" [35mm].
472
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

NOTE: Standard size for device plates for Plate Location 4
is 5 7/32" [132mm] x 2 3/4" [62mm].

WIREMOLD

CCFB SERiES™ COnvEnTiOn CEnTER SERiES PROduCTS

Convention Center series™ Products are industry leading solutions for
providing multiple utilities services directly to the show room.

Circuit Breakers
(Prewired to Receptacles)

100A Watertight Pin
and Sleeve Device

Drain Compartment

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Available Prewired Electrical Sub-Assembly

Water services (W) available. If water services
are required, a main divider is automatically
added to isolate the electrical/communications
compartments from the water compartment.
Compressed air services are also available.

Water & Compressed
Air utilities

473
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

CCFB SERiES™ COnvEnTiOn CEnTER SERiES PROduCTS
CCFB Ballroom Floor Boxes Ordering Information

CCFB-XXXX

Multi-Utility Recessed Floor Box

Designed to accept power, communication and audio/video devices, water and compressed air. CCFB boxes are available in
four (4) different finishes: unpainted G90 galvanized steel (uGs), painted galvanized steel (PGs), stainless steel (uss) and
painted stainless steel (Pss). Cast aluminum cover assembly has a peened textured finish. Provided with a carpet cut-out
area and is designed to meet loads up to 64,000 lbs.
TYPE S BOX

CODE REFERENCE

Cover Styles

CCFBC-NS-h-C1
CCFBC-NS-N-C1
CCFBC-CR-h-C1
CCFBC-CR-N-C1
CCFBC-BL-h-C1
CCFBC-BL-N-C1

19.1/8"
[486mm]
16 1/2"
[419mm]

19.3/16"
[487mm]

21"
[533mm]

Cover Styles

CCFBC-NS-h-C3
CCFBC-NS-N-C3
CCFBC-CR-h-C3
CCFBC-CR-N-C3
CCFBC-BL-h-C3
CCFBC-BL-N-C3

•	140A,	480V	3	Phase
•	140A,	120/208V	3	Phase	into	Terminal	Blocks
•		100A,	277/480V	3	Phase	for	individually	wired	
Devices

Cover Styles

•	Water
•	Compressed	Air

Maximum Electric Ratings

Other Utilities

24"
[610mm]

TYPE L BOX

19.3/16"
[487mm]

Power Capabilities
•	One	(1)	100A	120/208V	Pin	and	Sleeve	Receptacle
•	One	(1)	100A	277/480V	Pin	and	Sleeve	Receptacle
•	20A	Receptacles
•	20A	Panel	Mounted	Circuit	Breakers
•	350A	600V	Terminal	Blocks

12.1/2"
[317mm]

TYPE SS BOX

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E317375 Guide AuuZ, Auu27.
Meets Article 314 & 408 of NEC.

CCFBC-NS-h-C2
CCFBC-NS-N-C2
CCFBC-CR-h-C2
CCFBC-CR-N-C2
CCFBC-BL-h-C2
CCFBC-BL-N-C2

25"
[635mm]

Note: Boxes and Device Plates are custom made to order.
“-XXXX” in title denotes Project Number assigned by
Wiremold Project Services Team.
Note: Boxes and Covers are shipped separately.
Note: Load was applied in the center of the cover over a
1" x 16" rectangular bar.
Note: Service feed openings are field installed.

21 3/4"
[552mm]

TYPE LS BOX

Cover Styles

25"
[635mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

19.3/16"
[487mm]

474

CCFBC-NS-h-C4
CCFBC-NS-N-C4
CCFBC-CR-h-C4
CCFBC-CR-N-C4
CCFBC-BL-h-C4
CCFBC-BL-N-C4

33"
[838mm]

TYPE LL BOX

Cover Styles

19.3/16"
[487mm]

25"
[635mm]

42"
[1067mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

CCFBC-NS-h-C5
CCFBC-NS-N-C5
CCFBC-CR-h-C5
CCFBC-CR-N-C5
CCFBC-BL-h-C5
CCFBC-BL-N-C5

WIREMOLD

CCFB SERiES™ COnvEnTiOn CEnTER SERiES PROduCTS
CCFB Series Floor Boxes Replacement Parts Ordering Information

CCFB-EBCH

Checked Egress Block

CCFB-PH

Egress Hinge

Replacement egress blocks with a diamond
plate checkered pattern. Includes two egress
blocks and hinges.

CCFB-EBCI

Carpet Insert Egress Block

Replacement egress hinges. Includes
two (2) hinges.

CCFB-QT

Quarter Turn Latch

Replacement egress blocks with carpet.
Includes two egress blocks and hinges.

Quarter turn latch assembly allows
cover to be secured down when cover is
in closed position.

CCFB-QT-002

CCFB-HB

Hinge Block Assembly

CCFB-QT-001

Replacement cover hinges. Includes a left and
right hinge.

ITTBOX Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information
6-Gang Recessed Floor Box
Accepts power, communications and audio/video devices. Available for above grade
applications with G90 galvanized steel and epoxy coating for on-grade applications.
NOTE: Boxes and Device Plates are custom made to order. “-XXXX” in title denotes
Project Number assigned by Wiremold Project Services Team.
NOTE: Boxes and Covers are shipped separately.
NOTE: Knockouts range from 1/2" to 2" trade size and are located per requirements.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic
Outlet Boxes:
File E2961 Guide QCIT.
Meets Article 314 NEC.

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

ITTBOX-XXXX

475
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

CCFB SERiES™ COnvEnTiOn CEnTER SERiES PROduCTS
CCWB Series Wall Boxes Ordering Information

CCWB-XXXX

Convention Center Wall Box

Available in recessed and wall mount versions. Available with key locks for increased security and are designed for power,
communications and audio/video devices. wall mount version available painted or in a paintable G60 material. Recessed
wall box is available in a G90 steel material and the recessed wall box covers are available in a paintable G60 material.

Power Capabilities
•	One	(1)	100A	120/208V	Pin	and	Sleeve	Receptacle
•	One	(1)	100A	277/480V	Pin	and	Sleeve	Receptacle
•	20A	Receptacles
•	20A	Panel	Mounted	Circuit	Breakers
•	350A	600V	Terminal	Blocks

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic
Outlet Boxes:
File E317375 Guide AuuZ,
Auu27.
Meets Article 314 &
408 of NEC.

NOTE: Boxes and device plates are custom made to order.
“-XXXX” in part number denotes project number
assigned by Wiremold Project Services team.
Factory installed KOs per project requirements.
Surface Mounted Wall Box

Recessed Wall Box

CCFB Series PPDU Portable Power Distribution Units Ordering Information

PPDU-620

Power Distribution Unit

Designed to supply power to an exhibition hall. Available in a painted steel enclosure with six (6) GFCI (20A/120V) duplex
receptacles, and six (6) single pole 20A, circuit breakers.

Electric Ratings

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

•	Type	1
•	Input:	30A,	Three	Phase	120/208V
•		Output:	20A	per	Receptacle,
single Phase 120VAC

476
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Portable
Power Units & Devices:
File E302114 Guide QPsH.
Meets Article(s) 518, 520,
525, 530 & 590 of NEC.

WIREMOLD

CCBB SERiES™ BaLLROOM FLOOR BOXES

CCBB series™ Ballroom Floor Boxes are concrete floor boxes that have
been designed for above-grade and on-grade applications.

CODE REFERENCE
UL Listed Commercial Appliance &
Outlet Centers:
File E237584. Guide AuuZ, Auu27.
Meets Article 314 of NEC.

CCBB Series Ballroom Floor Boxes Ordering Information

CCBBS, CCBBS-OG

12-Gang Recessed Floor Box

Adjustable before concrete pour, provided with mudcap to prevent concrete entry during pour. Cover assembly and device
plates sold separately. Available in a standard model for above grade applications (CCBBs) or with a painted epoxy coating
for on grade applications (CCBBs-OG).

6 1/4"
[159mm]

15 5/32"
[385mm]

11 1/2"
[292mm]

16 19/32"
[421mm]

1 1/2"
Trade Size KOs

NOTE: Custom options are available. Consult factory for more
information.
NOTE: Not intended for use on bare concrete or terrazzo floors.

1 1/2"
Trade Size KOs

3/4"
Trade Size KOs

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Depth Behind Plate
3 3/4" [95mm]

2"
Trade Size KOs

COLOR OPTIONS

CCFB series Floor Box covers are cast aluminum and
available with a peened textured finish.

477
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

CCBB SERiES™ BaLLROOM FLOOR BOXES
CCBB Series Ballroom Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

CCBBSCTCAL

Carpet Cover Assembly
Cast aluminum cover assembly. Available in a peened textured finish. Provided with a
carpet cut-out area. Load tested over 25,000 lbs.
NOTE: Load was applied in the center of the cover over a 1" x 14" rectangular bar. Covers are designed for
use in floors with a floor covering of 1/4" [6.4mm] minimum. (Not intended for bare concrete or
terrazzo applications.)
19"
[483mm]

13 1/8"
[333mm]

CCBBL-XXXX

Recessed Floor Box
Designed to accept power,
communication and A/V device.

Power Capabilities
Box Depth:
25" [635mm]
Depth varies
based on
services included.

15 1/16"
[383mm]

17 7/8"
[454mm]

NOTE: Boxes and Device Plates are custom made to order. “-XXXX” in title denotes Project Number
assigned by Wiremold Project Services Team.
NOTE: Not intended for use on bare concrete or terrazzo floors.
NOTE: Service feed openings are field installed.

CCBBLCTCAL

•		One	(1)	100A	120/208V	Pin	and	Sleeve	
Receptacle
•		One	(1)	100A	277/480V	Pin	and	Sleeve	
Receptacle
•	20A	Receptacles
•	20A	Panel	Mounted	Circuit	Breakers
•	350A	600V	Terminal	Blocks

Maximum Electric Ratings

•	140A,	480V	3	Phase
•		140A,	120/208V	3	Phase	into	Terminal	
Blocks
•		100A,	277/480V	3	Phase	for	individually	
wired Devices

Carpet Cover Assembly
Cast aluminum cover assembly. Available in a peened textured finish. Provided with a
carpet cut-out area. Load tested over 30,000 lbs.
NOTE: Load was applied in the center of the cover over a 1" x 14" rectangular bar. Covers are designed for
use in floors with a floor covering of 1/4" [6.4mm] minimum. (Not intended for bare concrete or
terrazzo applications.)
21 1/2"
[546mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

19"
[483mm]

478
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

CCBB SERiES™ BaLLROOM FLOOR BOXES

Ordering Information and small Ballroom Floor Boxes Device Plate Installation information

CCBBS Small Ballroom Series Floor Boxes Device Plate Installation Information
Multi-Gang Mounting Brackets Used
with Standard Device Plates

Cat. No. RFB119-SPACER
Used to close gap on outside sectional device plate

(6) 1-Gang Sectional Plates
1 13/16" x 4 1/2"
[46mm x 114mm]

Existing opening when not
covered with Cat. No.
RFB119-SPACER

RFB119-SPACER

3-Gang Standard Plate
6 3/8" x 4 1/2"
[162mm x 114mm]

1-Gang Standard Plate
2 3/4" x 4 1/2"
[70mm x 114mm]

Cat. No. RFB119-SPACER
Used to close gap between standard
single and multi-gang plates

Cat. No. RFB119-SB
Single-gang sectional blank plate
(Mounted off-center)

2-gang standard plate
4 9/16" x 4 1/2"
[116mm x 114mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Multi-Gang Mounting Brackets Used
with Sectional Device Plates

479
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

CCBB SERiES™ BaLLROOM FLOOR BOXES
CCBBS Series Floor Boxes Steel Sectional Device Plates Ordering Information

RFB119-SB, RFB119-2SB,
RFB119-3SB Blank Device Plate

RFB119-SKO Combination 1/2" & 3/4" Trade Size
Knockout Device Plate
Available in sectional (sKO) width.

One- and three-gang
blank device plates in
sectional widths

RFB119-SB

RFB119-2SB

RFB119-3SB

RFB119-SGFI

GFI Receptacle Device Plate

RFB119-2SAB

Available in two-gang sectional width.
Provided with bezel to accept up to
three (3) dual wiremold CM series Open
system communication modules or Pass
& seymour® Activate Connectivity system
inserts. Modular inserts sold separately.

single-gang sectional (sGFI) width device plate.

RFB119SD

RFB119-2SAB

Duplex Receptacle Device Plate

single-gang sectional (sD) width device plate.

RFB119-SSR1, RFB119-SSR2
Single Receptacle Device Plate

single-gang device plates in
sectional widths. ssR1 has an
opening of 1.39" and ssR2 has an
opening of 1.59" [40.39mm].
RFB119-SSR1

RFB119-2SRT

Communication Device Plate

Available in two-gang sectional width.
Provided with one opening to accept
one Ortronics® TracJack bezel and one
Ortronics® series II bezel. will accept up
to six Ortronics® TracJack devices or up
to three dual Ortronics® series II modular
inserts. Modules sold separately.

RFB119-2SRT

CCBBS-DIV

Relocatable Divider

Provides separation for services.
Includes Divider and two (2)
detentes size plates.

RFB119-SSR2

RFB119-AAP
FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Communication Device Plate

Device Plate

Two-gang sectional device plate. Holds three (3)
Extron® Electronics AAP devices.

RFB119-XLR
Diameter 0.875"
[22.2mm]
Diameter 0.109"
[2.8mm]

1"
[25.4mm]

0.375"
[9.5mm]

480

0.750"
[19.1mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Microphone Device Plate
Available in standard widths.
Provided with double opening to
accept two microphone devices.

WIREMOLD

CCBB SERiES™ BaLLROOM FLOOR BOXES
CCBBS Floor Boxes Steel Standard Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)

RFB119-Spacer

Spacer Plate

CCBBS-DIV

used to close off openings when certain
combinations of standard width device
plates leave open spaces. Four (4) spacer
plates are included with the RFB11 and
two (2) with the RFB9.

RFB119-B, RFB119-3B, RFB119-SB
Blank Device Plate

One-, two- and
three-gang blank
device plates in
sectional (sB)
widths
RFB119-SB RFB119-B

GFI Receptacle Device Plates

One- and three-gang
device plates in standard
(GFI) widths.

Device Plate

One-gang standard device plate. Holds
four (4) Legrand AVIP or Extron® Electronics
MAAP devices.

RFB119-KO

Combination 1/2" & 3/4" Trade Size
knockout Device Plates

Available in standard (KO) widths.

One- and three-gang
device plates in standard
(D) widths.

RFB119-3D

One-device plates in
standard (sR) widths.
sR1 has an opening of
1.39" [35.31mm]. sR2
has an opening of 1.59"
[40.39mm]. sR3 has a
2.14" [54.36mm] opening.

Communication Device Plate

Available in standard width. Provided with
bezel to accept up to three (3) dual wiremold
CM series Open system communication
modules or Pass & seymour® Activate
Connectivity system inserts. Modules and
inserts sold separately.

RFB119-RT

RFB119-SR1, RFB119-SR2,
RFB119-SR3 Single Receptacle Device Plates

RFB119-SR2 RFB119-SR3

RFB119-AB

Communication Device Plate

Available in standard width. Provided with one
opening to accept one Ortronics® TracJack
bezel and oneOrtronics® series II bezel. will
accept up to six Ortronics® TracJack devices
or up to three dual Ortronics® series II
modular inserts. Modular inserts and devices
sold separately.
NOTE: Sectional device plates allow for custom configuration of a multigang plate that conforms to the standard NEMA 1.812" (1 13/16")
[46.02mm] center-to-center spacing.
RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard
sectional device plates from most manufacturers.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Duplex Receptacle Device Plates

RFB119-SR1

RFB119-MAAP

RFB119-3GFI

RFB119-D, RFB119-3D

RFB119-D

Provides separation for services.
Includes Divider and two (2)
different size plates.

RFB119-3B

RFB119-GFI, RFB119-3GFI

RFB119-GFI

Relocatable Divider

481

WIREMOLD

CCBB SERiES™ BaLLROOM FLOOR BOXES
CCBBS Floor Boxes Steel Standard Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)

RFB119-XLR
Diameter 0.875"
[22.2mm]
Diameter 0.109"
[2.8mm]

Microphone Device Plate
Available in standard widths.
Provided with double opening to
accept two microphone devices.

1"
[25.4mm]

0.375"
[9.5mm]

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

0.750"
[19.1mm]

482
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

RFB119-Spacer

Spacer Plate

used to close off openings when certain
combinations of standard width device plates leave
open spaces. Four (4) spacer plates are included with
the RFB11 and two (2) with the RFB9.

WIREMOLD

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

Product
blurb
Wiremold® service Fittings and Activation Accessories are designed to offer the highest
level of flexibility relating to point of use for both power and communications while
adapting to both new and retrofit construction.

Floorport™ Series
Cover
Assemblies

498

Pro Series
Flanges

503
SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

525 Series™ Service Fittings
486

1200 Series™ Service Fittings

489

Multiplex™ Series Service Fittings

490

483
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

Table of Contents

525 & Multiplex™ Series Activation Accessories

486

Source I® Service Fittings

494

Floorport™ Series Cover Assemblies

498

PSRC9 Series™ Service Fittings

501

Walkerduct Pro Service Service Fittings

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

®

503

484
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

Quick selection Guide

PSRC9
Series

Aluminum

Brass

Gray

Black

Nickel

Bronze

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

FPFFTC series

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

FPCT series

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

FPBT series

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

FPFFT series

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

817B

•

•

827B

•

•

837B

•

•

817PCC

•

•

827PCC

•

•

837PCC

•

•

818TCAL

•

•

828TCAL

•

•

838TCAL

•

•

s165B

•

•

•

s165BLK/BRN

•

•

•

s166B

•

•

•

•

s166BLK/BRN

•

•

•

•

s175BLK/BRN

•

•

•

•

PsRC9TC

•

•

•

•

PsRC9AMDTC

•

•

•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Polycarbonate

•

•

Dual service

•

•

single service

•

•

Pedestal

•

FPBTC series

Recessed

FPCTC series

CATALOG
NUMBER

Flush

Audio/Visual

MATERIAL/COLORS

Communication

TRENChDUCT

FLUShDUCT

SERVICE
COMPATIBILITY

•

•

•

•
•

•
•

•

•

•

•
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

PsRC9FFTC

•

•

•

1204BF

•

•

•

•

•

1204AL

•

•

•

•

1223BF

•

•

•

•

•

1223AL

•

•

•

•

•

MP4

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Multiplex MP8

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

1200
Series

525
Series

•

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

Source I

SERVICE
CAPACITY

Power

Pro
Series
Flanges

ACTIVATION
LOCATION

Triple service

FloorPort

WALkERCELL

PRODUCT FAMILY

WALkERDUCT

SYSTEM
COMPATIBILITY

•

•

•
•
•

MP8-1

•

•

•

•

525A

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

525B

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

525C

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

525D

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

525F

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

525G

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

525H

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

525I

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

525J

•

•

•

•

•

•

525RT

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

525ACT

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

•

485

WIREMOLD

525 SERIES™ SERVICE FITTINGS

525 series service Fittings deliver the flexibility of interchangeable
faceplates and the durability to withstand multiple adds, moves and
changes.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway
Fittings:
File E11912, Guide RQKX
Meets Article 390 of NEC

525 Series Service Fittings Installation Details
1. Typical installation diagram to adapt 525 series service
Fittings to underfloor duct or cellular raceway:
2" [51mm] IPs Preset or afterset inserts.

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

500B Blank Plate

1124-11/4 or 1
Locking Nipple

housing

2. Typical installation diagram to adapt 525 series service
Fittings to Flushduct (1 5/8" [41mm] opening).

500B Blank Plate

500DR Plate

1124F-1
Locking Nipple

500DR Plate

Base Plate
Base Plate

1126A-1 1/4
or 1 Adapter

455F-1 Outlet Flange

2" IPS Preset Insert
or 436-2 Afterset
Walker #4 Duct)

COLOR OPTIONS
All 525 series service Fittings are brushed aluminum finish unless
otherwise specified in the part number description.

486

housing

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for
more information.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

12FST Flushduct

WIREMOLD

525 SERIES™ SERVICE FITTINGS
525 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information
Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting

3"
[76mm]

4 7/16"
[113mm]

3 1/8"
[79mm]

525ACT

Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting

3"
[76mm]

4 7/16"
[113mm]

525A

3 1/8"
[79mm]

525B

1" [25mm] I.D.
grommeted hole one
side. Blank plate other
side.

Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting
1" [25mm] I.D.
grommeted hole two
sides.

525C

Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting
1 1/4" [32mm] I.D.
grommeted hole one
side. Blank plate other
side.

3"
[76mm]

4 7/16"
[113mm]

1 1/4" [32mm] I.D.
grommeted hole on
both sides.
4 7/16"
[113mm]

525F

3 1/8"
[79mm]

3 1/8"
[79mm]

Four-Piece Power Service Fitting
Duplex opening one
side. Receptacle not
included.

3"
[76mm]

4 7/16"
[113mm]

525G

3 1/8"
[79mm]

Four-Piece Power Service Fitting
Duplex opening both
sides. Receptacles not
included.

3"
[76mm]

525h

3 1/8"
[79mm]

Four-Piece Power Service Fitting
20A 125V duplex plate
one side. Blank plate
other side. 20A 125V
Receptacle included.

3"
[76mm]

4 7/16"
[113mm]

3 1/8"
[79mm]

Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting

3"
[76mm]

4 7/16"
[113mm]

3 1/8"
[79mm]

3"
[76mm]

4 7/16"
[113mm]

6A opening with
communication
adapter on one side.
Accommodates
wiremold Open
system communication
modules.

Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting

3"
[76mm]

4 7/16"
[113mm]

Includes faceplate
with opening one side.
Ortronics® series II
and TracJack adapters
included.

525D

525I

3 1/8"
[79mm]

Four-Piece Power Service Fitting
20A 125V duplex plate
two sides. 20A 125V
Receptacles included.

3"
[76mm]

4 7/16"
[113mm]

3 1/8"
[79mm]

NOTE: Four-piece service fittings include: housing and base plate.
Receptacles included when indicated in part number description.
525 Series Service Fittings have 27 cubic inches [442ml] of capacity.

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

525RT

487
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

525 SERIES™ SERVICE FITTINGS
525 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

525J

Four-Piece Power Service Fitting

500RT

Communication Device Plate

GFI device plate one
side. Blank plate other
side.

3"
[76mm]

4 7/16"
[113mm]

single opening. Ortronics®
series II and TracJack adapters
included.

3 1/8"
[79mm]

525hB

Service Fitting housing

500ACT

Communication Device Plate
6A opening with mini adapter.
will accommodate wiremold CM2
Open system communication
modules.

Housing and base plate for
all four-piece fittings.

500B

500-MAAP

Blank Faceplate

Extron® Device Plate
Accepts four (4) Extron®
Electronics MAAP plates.

Blank faceplate for all
four-piece fittings.

2 5/8"
[67mm]

4 1/2" [114mm]

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

500DR

Single Receptacle Device Plate

Accepts duplex receptacles.
2 5/8"
[67mm]

single receptacle faceplate.
suffix indicates hole diameter.

2 5/8"
[67mm]

ORDERING INFORMATION
4 1/2" [114mm]

500T

4 1/2" [114mm]

Communication Faceplate
1" [25mm] I.D. grommeted
opening.

2 5/8"
[67mm]

4 1/2" [114mm]

500-GFI

GFI Faceplate
Accepts GFI Decora style
receptacle.

2 5/8"
[67mm]

488

500SP-1/2

Duplex Faceplate

4 1/2" [114mm]

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

CAT. NO.

METRIC DIAMETER

500sP-1.0625

[27mm]

500sP-1.39

[35mm]

500sP-1/2

[12.7mm]

500sP-7/8

[22.2mm]

500sP-1 7/8

[29mm]

500sP-1 7/16

[36mm]

500sP-1 1/2

[38mm]

500sP-1 9/16

[40mm]

500sP-1 5/8

[41mm]

500sP-2

[51mm]

* Other sizes custom sizes are available.
Consult factory for more information.

NOTE: Four-piece service fittings include: housing and base plate.
Receptacles included when indicated in part number description.
525 Series Service Fittings have 27 cubic inches [442ml] of capacity.

WIREMOLD

1200 SERIES™

1200 series service Fittings are bell-cap style pedestal fittings used to
provide power or communications to a work station.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway
Fittings:
File E11912, Guide RQKX
Meets Article 390 of NEC

3 1/2"
[89mm]
2 3/8"
[60mm]

1 7/8"
[48mm]

1223BF

Traditional pedestal style
fitting available for single
service applications.
1204BF/1204AL shown for
dimensional purposes.

1 1/8"
[29mm]

Power Service Fitting
Brass finish fitting includes housing, bell
cap, grommet, and single u-slot, three-wire
grounded, 20A, 125V receptacle.

1223AL

Power Service Fitting
Aluminum fitting includes housing, bell cap,
grommet, and single u-slot, three-wire
grounded, 20A, 125V receptacle.

2"-1 1/2" N.P.S.M.
[51mm – 1 1/2 N.P.S.M.]

1200 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information

1204BF

Communication Service Fitting
Brass finish communication fitting furnished
with split bell cap and grommet. No device
plate is included.

1230BF

Screw Plug
Brass screw plug to abandon service
fitting. screws into housing.

2 1/4"
[57mm]

1204AL

Communication Service Fitting

1230AL

Aluminum communication fitting furnished
with split bell cap and grommet. No device
plate is included.

Screw Plug
Aluminum screw plug to abandon
service fitting. screws into housing.

2 1/4"
[57mm]

COLOR OPTIONS
All 1200 series service Fittings are available in either an
aluminum or brass finish as specified in the part number
description.

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

1200 Series Service Fittings Assembly Details

489
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

MulTIplEx™ SERIES

Multiplex series service Fittings are designed to be installed on the
various types of infloor systems and can handle large capacity single and
dual service power and/or communication requirements needed at the
point-of-use.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway
Fittings:
File E11912, Guide RQKX
Meets Article 390 of NEC

Multiplex Series Service Fittings Ordering Information

MP4

Single-Service Multiplex Service Fitting

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

3"
[76mm]

6 3/4"
[171mm]

MP8

4 3/4"
[121mm]

single-service fitting includes
housing, base, two mounting
frames, and mounting hardware.
For use on 2" [51mm] IPs or
PK Preset systems. For PK
activation, use in conjunction
with FloorPort Partition Feed
and PK Kit. Has 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size conduit knockouts on
each end. 53.3 cu. in. [906cm3]
capacity.

MP8-1

Dual-Service Multiplex Service Fitting
same as MP8 except mounts on
PK, or one No. 2 or one No. 4
Pro series Duct.

3"
[76mm]

6 3/4"
[171mm]

8 3/4"
[222mm]

LTF48-B

Blank Faceplate
Blank Faceplate.

Dual-service Multiplex Service Fitting

3"
[76mm]

6 3/4"
[171mm]

8 3/4"
[222mm]

Dual-service fitting includes
housing, base, two mounting
frames, divider, and mounting
hardware. For use on one No.
2 and one No. 4 Duct. Has 1/2"
and 3/4" trade size conduit
knockouts on each end. 104.3
cu. in. [1709cm3] capacity.

COLOR OPTIONS

Multiplex series service Fittings are available in a brushed
aluminum finish unless otherwise indicated in the part number
description.

490
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

3"
[76mm]

3 5/16"
[84mm]

WIREMOLD

WAlKERDuCT® MulTIplEx™ SERIES
1200 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

LTF48-RT

Faceplate
single opening with Ortronics®
MAB6TJ TracJack and MAB3s2
series II adapters.

M-DR

Faceplate
single duplex opening faceplate.

3"
[76mm]

3 5/16"
[84mm]

LTF48-ACT

Communication Faceplate
Faceplate with 6a mini adapter
for wiremold Open system CM2
communication modules.

3"
[76mm]

M-2DR

Double duplex opening
faceplate.
3"
[76mm]

3 5/16"
[84mm]

LTF48-MAAP

Faceplate

3 5/16"
[84mm]

Extron® Device Plate

M-GFI

Faceplate

Accepts four (4) Extron®
Electronics MAAP plates.

single GFI opening faceplate.
3"
[76mm]

LTF48-1

M-2GFI

Faceplate

Faceplate

1" [25mm] diameter bushed
opening.

Double GFI opening faceplate.
3"
[76mm]

3"
[76mm]

3 5/16"
[84mm]

3 5/16"
[84mm]

LTF48-2

M-DR/GFI

Faceplate
2" [51mm] diameter bushed
opening.

3"
[76mm]

Faceplate
Duplex and GFI openings
faceplate.

3"
[76mm]

3 5/16"
[84mm]

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

3 5/16"
[84mm]

3 5/16"
[84mm]

491
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

525 & MulTIplEx™ SERIES

525 and Multiplex™ series Activation Accessories are designed to
complete the installation of the service fittings onto various types of
in floor systems offered by wiremold as well as the various systems
sold by competitors.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway
Fittings:
File E11912, Guide RQKX
Meets Article 390 of NEC

525 & Multiplex Series Activation Accessories Ordering Information
AFTERSET INSERTS

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

CAT. NO.

2 1/2"
[64mm]

DEsCRIPTION

436-2 7/8

2" [51mm] IPs afterset insert – 7/8"

436-2-1 1/2

2" [51mm] IPs afterset insert – 1 1/2" [38mm] high.

[22.2mm] high.

436-2-2

2" [51mm] IPs afterset insert – 2"

436-2-3/8

2" [51mm] IPs afterset insert – 2 3/8" [60mm] high.

436-2-3

2" [51mm] IPs afterset insert – 3"

[51mm] high.

[76mm] high.

436-2-2

ADAPTERS FOR 2" [51mm] IPS PRESETS OR AFTERSET INSERTS
CAT. NO.

1126A-1 1/2

DEsCRIPTION

1126A-1/4

2" [51mm] IPs to 1/4"

[6.4mm].

1126A-3/4

2" [51mm] IPs to 3/4"

[19.1mm].

1126A-1

2" [51mm] IPs to 1"

[25mm].

1126A-1 1/4

2" [51mm] IPs to 1 1/4" [32mm].

1126A-1 1/2

2" [51mm] IPs to 1 1/2" [38mm].

NOTE: IPS, Internal Pipe Size, is a trade size, not an actual size.

COLOR OPTIONS

525 & Multiplex™ series Activation Accessories are available in
either a brass or stainless steel finish as indicated in the part
number description.

492
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

2" [51mm] IPS

7/8" to 3"
[22.2mm to 76mm]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

WIREMOLD

525 & MulTIplEx™ SERIES
525 & Multiplex Series Activation Accessories Ordering Information
LOCkING NIPPLES
CAT. NO.

1124-1

DEsCRIPTION

1124-1

1"

[25mm] IPs – 1"

1124L-1

1"

[25mm] IPs – 1 1/2" [38mm] long.

[25mm] long.

1124-1 1/4

1 1/4" [32mm] IPs – 1"

[25mm] long.

1124L-1 1/4

1 1/4" [32mm] IPs – 1 1/2" [38mm] long.

1124-2

2"

[51mm] IPs – 1"

1124L-2

2"

[51mm] IPs – 1 1/2" [38mm] long.

[25mm] long.

NOTE: IPS, Internal Pipe Size, is not actual size.

BLANkING PLATES
CAT. NO.

1043

DEsCRIPTION

1043B, 1043s

Brass or stainless steel blanking plate with threaded base for 2" [51mm] IPs.

1043BPO, 1043sPO

Brass or stainless steel blanking plate only. Includes 1/4-20 screw.

1044B, 1044s

Brass or stainless steel blanking plate with threaded base for 3/4" [19.1mm] IPs.

1045B, 1045s

Brass or stainless steel blanking plate with threaded base for 1" [25mm] IPs.

1046B, 1046s

Brass or stainless steel blanking plate with threaded base for 1 1/4" [32mm] IPs.

2" [51mm] IPS EXTENSIONS FOR AFTERSET INSERTS
2 1/2"
[64mm]

CAT. NO.

DEsCRIPTION

424-3/4

3/4" [19.1mm] 1 5/16" [33mm]

424-1

1"

2" [51mm] IPS

[25mm] 1 9/16" [40mm]

424

A

9/16"
[14.3mm]

B

2 1/4"
[57mm]

NOTE: IPS, Internal Pipe Size, is a trade size, not an actual size.

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

B = Brass, S = Stainless Steel.

493
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SOuRCE I® SERVICE FITTINGS

source I® series Flush Activations offer a wide variety of single and dual
service power and communications for infloor raceways in both new
construction and renovations.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway
Fittings:
File E11912, Guide RQKX
Meets Article 390 of NEC

Source 1 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information

S175

Double Duplex Power Activation
1/4" [6.4mm]
Flange Thickness

5 3/4"
[146mm]

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

4 3/4"
[121mm]

S165

Double duplex polycarbonate
assembly, 7/8" to 3 3/8" [22.2mm to
86mm] concrete topping. 15A, 125V
receptacles included. Available
in black (s175BLK) or brown
(s175BRN).

Complete Flush Activation
1/4" [6.4mm]
Flange Thickness

5 3/4"
[146mm]

5/16" [7.9mm]
Flange Thickness

S166B

Complete Flush Activation
5/16" [7.9mm]
Flange Thickness

S124

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Carpet Flange

5 25/32"
[147mm]

COLOR OPTIONS
source 1® series service Fittings are available in brass, brown
polycarbonate or black as indicated in the part number description.

www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Flush brass communication
(slides). used for data cable
pass-through.

Flush polycarbonate carpet flange
only with mounting screws. Black
(s124BLK) or brown (s124BRN).
4 3/4"
[121mm]

494

Flush polycarbonate
communication slides black
(s166BLK) or brown (s166BRN).

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Flush brass power – single duplex
flip lids. May be used with 106 type
adapters for data applications.

5 3/4"
[146mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

Complete Flush Activation

Complete Flush Activation
1/4" [6.4mm]
Flange Thickness

Flush polycarbonate power – single
duplex black (s165BLK) or brown
(s165BRN). 15A, 125V receptacles
included.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

S165B

S166

WIREMOLD

SOuRCE I® SERVICE FITTINGS
Source 1 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information (continued)
Carpet Flange

829Ck

Cover Plate
Flush brass communication cover
plate (2 5/8" and 2 1/4" diameter
trade size screw plugs) with four
mounting screws.

Flush brass carpet flange only with
mounting screws.
5 25/32"
[147mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

S125B

Flush brass power cover plate
only (flip lid) with four mounting
screws.

3 19/64"
[84mm]

Nonmetallic double duplex
membrane cover plate. Available
in black (s125BLK) or brown
(s125BRN).

Cover Plate

4 5/16"
[110mm]

3 19/64"
[84mm]

829PSTC

3 19/64"
[84mm]

829STC

Nonmetallic double duplex
membrane cover plate. Available
in black (s130BLK) or brown
(s130BRN).

Cover Plate

4 5/16"
[110mm]

Flush polycarbonate
communication cover plate with
slides and four mounting screws.
Black (829PsTC-BLK) or brown
(829PsTC-BRN).

Cover Plate

4 11/64"
[106mm]

829Ck-1

Flush brass communication cover
plate (2 5/8" and 3/4" diameter
trade size screw plugs) with four
mounting screws.

Cover Plate
Flush brass communication cover
plate (2 5/8" and 1" diameter
trade size screw plugs) with four
mounting screws.
4 11/64"
[106mm]

3 5/32"
[80mm]

Flush brass communication
cover plate with slides and four
mounting screws.
3 5/32"
[80mm]

Cover Plate

4 11/64"
[106mm]

3 5/32"
[80mm]

Cover Plate

4 5/16"
[110mm]

S130

829Ck-3/4

4 11/64"
[106mm]

3 9/64"
[80mm]

S125

4 11/64"
[106mm]

3 5/32"
[80mm]

Cover Plate

829Ck-1/2

Cover Plate
Flush brass communication cover
plate (2 5/8" and 1/2" diameter
trade size screw plugs) with four
mounting screws.

4 11/64"
[106mm]

3 5/32"
[80mm]

828SPTC

Cover Plate
Flush brass communication cover
plate. 1 1/2" diameter trade size
screw plugs.

3 5/32"
[80mm]

437

4 11/64"
[106mm]

Attaching Rings
Attaching Rings for source I
(Preset or Afterset) zinc die-cast.
4" [102mm] O.D. Add suffix to Cat.
No. to indicate ring depth: 7/8", 1
1/8", 1 1/2", 2", 2 3/8", or 3 1/8".

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

S124B

495
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

SOuRCE I® SERVICE FITTINGS
Source 1 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

S1MC

Mudcap

898AR

Adjusting ring (with three adjusting
screws) for use with 437 Attaching
Rings – communication only (brass
and polycarbonate fittings) and power
for polycarbonate fitting only. 3 25/32"
[96mm] O.D.

For source I 437 Attaching Ring.
4" [102mm] O.D.

S1MC-MS

Mudcap
For source I Attaching Ring with marker
screw. 4" [102mm] O.D. use with 437
Attaching Rings only.

439

Attaching Ring
For polycarbonate afterset use only. No
adjusting ring required. 4" [102mm] O.D.
Four #6-32 hold-down screws provided.

897AR

Adjusting Ring

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

Adjusting ring (with three adjusting
screws) for use with 437 Attaching
Rings – power for brass fitting only.
3 25/32" [96mm] O.D.

496
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

Adjusting Ring

S1ER

Extension Ring
Extension ring – mounts on top of 437
Attaching Ring. Includes extension ring
and three mounting screws. 4" [102mm]
O.D. Add suffix to indicate ring height:
7/8", 1 1/8", 1 1/2", 2", 2 3/8", 3 1/8".
we recommend using a shallow
Attaching Ring and deep extension ring
whenever possible.

WIREMOLD

SOuRCE I® SERVICE FITTINGS
Source 1 Series Service Fittings Installation Details
S175 Double Duplex Power Activation
1. Establish location for the
fitting, then core drill a 4"
[102mm] diameter hole
through the concrete to the
top of the duct.
2. Next, drill a 2 1/2" [64mm]
diameter opening in the top
of the duct, making sure this
opening is in the center of
the 4" [102mm] hole.
3. Install the 439 Attaching
Ring using the two locking
tabs to secure it to the duct.
4. Connect the carpet flange
to the attaching rings using
the four screws provided.
5. Install the two duplex
receptacles and the double
duplex plate to complete
the installation.

4" [102mm] Core
Drilled Hole
2 1/2" [64mm]
Dia. Hole
Duct

439 Attaching
Ring for use with
Polycarbonate
Fittings Only
and Only as an
Afterset.

Carpet
Flange

Double Duplex
Plate with
Membrane

Activation Guidelines – Flush Using 437 Ring
1. Pull wires through the hole
Wiring Device
in the bottom of the attaching
Adjusting Ring
rings. The adjusting ring
897AR for Power
should then be installed
(Shown) 898AR
for Communication
at the desired height. wire
device and attach to the
Attaching Ring
adjusting ring.
Neoprene Gasket

2. After the gasket is put in
place, attach the flange to
the adjusting ring.
For Power: The flip lid
cover plate can be attached
to the flange.

Adjusting Ring
Assembly
Power Cover
Plate S125B
Carpet Plate
S124B (Shown)
or
S124 BLK/BRN

3. For Communication: Turn
self storing slides upside
down with thin edge to the
inside. Attach cover plate
to flange.

Communication Cover Plate 829STC
(Shown) or 829PSTC-BLK/BRN

1. Establish location for the fitting, then core drill a 4"
[102mm] diameter hole through the concrete to the top
of the duct.
2. Next, drill a 2 1/2" [64mm] diameter opening in the top of
the duct, making sure this opening is in the center of the
4" [102mm] hole.
3. Install the 439 Attaching Ring, using the two locking tabs
to secure it to the duct.
4. Connect the carpet flange to the attaching ring, using the
four screws (#6-32 flathead) provided.
5. For duplex cover plate: Install the wiring device onto the
carpet flange and secure the cover plate over it, making
sure the plug-through membrane is in place.
6. For communication cover plate: Reverse the
communication slides as necessary to allow cable egress,
and install the cover plate, taking care to avoid pinching
any cables.

4" [102mm] Core Drilled Hole

Duct 2 1/2" [64mm] Dia. Hole

439 Attaching Ring for Use
with Polycarbonate Fittings
Only and Only as an Afterset

Carpet Flange
S124BLK/BRN

Duplex Plate with
Membrane S130BLK/BRN

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

Polycarbonate — Using a 439 Afterset Attaching Ring

NOTE: The receptacle mounting shelf can be broken out to create additional
cable space when the communication cover plate is used.

497
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FlOORpORT™ SERIES

wiremold products bearing the TopGuard
Protection logo meet or exceed the uL
scrub water exclusion requirement.

FloorPort service Fittings for Resource RFB® series Floor Boxes,
walkercell® Cellular Raceway, and walkerdeck systems provide flexibility
in recessed and furniture feed applications.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961, Guide QCIT
cULus Listed Outlet Boxes &
Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:
File R8209, Guide CEYY
Meets Article 341.40, 314.41 & 374 of NEC

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

New FloorPort™ series
Cover Assemblies feature
a full 180° opening cover
with a new recessed handle
for easier opening and new
cable egress openings that
protect cabling while holding
them securely in place.

COLOR OPTIONS
FloorPort series service Fittings are available in aluminum, black,
brass, bronze, gray and nickel as indicated in the part number
description.

498
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FlOORpORT™ SERIES
FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Informmation

Load Capacities for
FloorPort Cover Assemblies

Floorport Part Number Configurator

CATALOG
NuMBERs

FP

FPCTC

FPCTC

Cover style:

Top style:

Cover Color:

Blank Top
= B
Cutout Top
= C
Furniture Feed = FF

Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet
= TC
(flanged)

Brushed Aluminum
Black
Brass
Bronze
Gray
Nickel

Cutout Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

7 3/4"
[197mm]

FPBTC

FPCTCBk, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNk, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray or brushed aluminum. Insert in lid allows for carpet or
tile cutouts to match finished floor.

=
=
=
=
=
=

AL
Bk
BS
BZ
GY
Nk

FPFFTC

7 3/4"
[197mm]

750

FPFFT

1000

NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm]
mandrel in center of service fitting.
Loads above are static loads only
and do not pertain to rolling loads.

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Blank Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

1000

FPBTC

FPBTCBk, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNk, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.

FPFFTCBk, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNk, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flanged cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray
or brushed aluminum. Provided
with one 1" trade size screw plug
for power or communication type
cabling and one combination 1
1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug
for communication type cabling.
Allows for feeding both power and
communication cabling.

FloorPort™ Series Flangeless Cover Assemblies Ordering Information

FPCT

7 3/4"
[197mm]

FPBT

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Cutout Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPCTCBk, FPCTCBZ, FPCTCBS,
FPCTCNk, FPCTCGY, FPCTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile
or carpet installations. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in black,
bronze, brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Insert in lid allows for
carpet or tile cutouts to match
finished floor.

Blank Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPBTCBk, FPBTCBZ, FPBTCBS,
FPBTCNk, FPBTCGY, FPBTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel, gray, or brushed
aluminum. Lid area is flush with the
finished floor, no cutouts provided.

FPFFT

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPFFTCBk, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNk, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL
Flangeless cover for use in tile
or carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray, or
brushed aluminum. Provided with one
1" trade size screw plug for power
or communication type cabling and
one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

FloorPort series:

7 3/4"
[197mm]

MAXIMuM LOAD
IN POuNDs

499
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FlOORpORT™ SERIES
North American Made FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Informmation
Floorport Part Number Configurator
FP
FloorPort series:

Cover style:

Top style:

Cover Color:

Blank Top
= B
Cutout Top
= C
Furniture Feed = FF

Tile (flangeless) = T
Tile/Carpet
= TC
(flanged)

Nickel
Brass
Black
Bronze
Gray

FPCTC-NA

Cutout Cover Assembly

=
=
=
=
=

Origin:
Nk
BS
Bk
BZ
GY

FPFFTC

North American Made NA

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

FPCTCBk-NA, FPCTCBZ-NA,
FPCTCBS-NA, FPCTCNk-NA,
FPCTCGY-NA
7 3/4"
[197mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

FPBTC-NA

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel or gray. Insert in lid
allows for carpet or tile cutouts to
match finished floor.

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet
installation. Die-cast aluminum
assembly available in black, bronze,
brass, nickel or gray. Lid area is flush
with the finished floor, no cutouts
provided.

Load Capacities for North American Made
FloorPort Cover Assemblies
CATALOG NuMBERs
FPCTC

7 3/4"
[197mm]

Blank Cover Assembly
FPBTCBk-NA, FPBTCBZ-NA,
FPBTCBS-NA, FPBTCNk-NA,
FPBTCGY-NA

7 3/4"
[197mm]

FPFFTCBk, FPFFTCBZ, FPFFTCBS,
FPFFTCNk, FPFFTCGY, FPFFTCAL

MAXIMuM LOAD IN POuNDs
1000

FPBTC

750

FPFFT

1000

NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in
center of service fitting.
Loads above are static loads only and do not
pertain to rolling loads.

500
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

FP-CTR

6 1/2"
[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or
carpet installation. Die-cast
aluminum assembly available in
black, bronze, brass, nickel or
gray. Provided with one 1" trade
size screw plug for power or
communication type cabling and
one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade
size screw plug for communication
type cabling. Allows for feeding both
power and communication cabling.

Bare Concrete & Terrazzo Ring
Nonmetallic ring for use on bare
polished concrete and terrazzo floor
applications.

S3AXBP

Blanking Plate
Aluminum top plate with steel support
plate and four (4) adjusting screws.

WIREMOLD

pSRC9 SERIES™

PsRC9 series Poke-Thru style service Fittings provide flush preset
or afterset activations for walkerduct and walkercell infloor systems.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway
Fittings:
File E11912, Guide RQKX
Meets Article 390 of NEC

PSRC9 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information

PSRC9FFTC

Quad Power Fitting

7"
[178mm]

PSRC9AMDTC

Flush Furniture Feed Fitting
Available in gray (PsRC9FFTCGY),
aluminum (PsRC9FFTCAL),
black (PsRC9FFTCBK) or brass
(PsRC9FFTCBs). unit complete
with link straps, adapter plate and
conduit assembly featuring (1) 3/4"
trade size and (2) 1/2" trade size
conduit connectors and closure
plugs.

Available in gray (PsRC9TCGY),
aluminum (PsRC9TCAL),
black (PsRC9TCBK) or brass
(PsRC9TCBs). Quad 15A
receptacle included for standard
or isolated ground wiring. unit
complete with link straps,
adapter plate and receptacle
bracket to attach preset
or afterset.
Quad Communication Fitting
Available in gray
(PsRC9AMDTCGY), aluminum
(PsRC9AMDTCAL), black
(PsRC9AMDTCBK) or brass
(PsRC9AMDTCBs). unit includes
link straps and adapter plate
to attach preset or afterset.
Includes two (2) Ortronics®
TracJack adapters, two (2)
Ortronics® series II adapters
and wiremold Open system
adapters. Modular jacks,
sold separately.

PSRC9FF2TC

2" [51mm] Flush Furniture Feed Fitting
Available in gray (PsRC9FF2TCGY),
aluminum (PsRC9FF2TCAL), or
black (PsRC9FF2TCBK). unit
complete with link straps, adapter
plate and features concentric
screw plugs that allow for 1 1/4"
or 2" trade size conduit fitting
connection.
NOTE: When using as a preset, the duct presets need to be staggered.

COLOR OPTIONS

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

PSRC9TC

PsRC9 series service Fittings are available in gray, aluminum,
black, or brass as indicated in the part number description.

501
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

WAlKERDuCT® pSRC9 SERIES™
PSRC9 Series Activation Accessories Ordering Information

4225, 4230

Aftersets
2 1/2" and 3" [64mm, and 76mm]
Aftersets. Installed either before or
after concrete pour to create activation
from duct (minimum concrete depth of
2 1/2" [64mm]). Requires 6 1/2"[165mm]
core drilled hole in concrete and 2 1/2"
[64mm] diameter hole in duct. Grout fill
required around afterset once installed
to fill voids and support fitting flange.
Attaches to duct using locking tabs.
Extensions can be attached to increase
height (see below). Aftersets include
alignment clip and mudcap.

PSRC9 Series Service Fittings Installation Details

Slide Cover

Gasket

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

Flange

Pro Series
Adapter Bracket
(included)

Link Straps
(included)

Afterset
(2 1/2" or higher,
ordered separately)

502
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

425, 426

Extensions
1/2" and 1" [12mm and 25mm] high
extensions. used to increase height of
preset or afterset. Die cast construction.
Attach to preset or afterset with push
on metal sleeves (included). Cat. No.
426 can be stacked, Cat. No. 425 cannot
be stacked.

421

Mudcap
steel replacement cap for preset.
Recessed to hold 3/8" [9.5mm]
concrete.

WIREMOLD

WAlKERDuCT® pRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS

walkerduct® Pro series service Fittings offer a complete range
of service fittings to meet all power and communication requirements
while providing flush flanges with interchangeable covers offering an
aesthetic appearance.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway
Fittings:
File E11912, Guide RQKX
cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:
File E2961, Guide QCIT
Meets Articles 390 of NEC

Walkerduct Pro Series Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges & Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information
One-Gang Brass Carpet & Tile Flange

6.080"
[154.4 mm]

827B

6.080"
[154.4mm]

5.060"
[128.5 mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

Two-Gang Brass Carpet & Tile Flange

5.060"
[128.5mm]

828R

Flip lids. Can also be used
with a 106 type frame for
communication adapter.
3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

828GFITC Brass GFI Cover Plate

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.
3.156"
[80.2mm]

837B Three-Gang Brass Carpet & Tile Flange

5.060"
[128.5mm]

Brass Duplex Cover Plate

4.182"
[106.2mm]

828DPGFITC

May be used with wiremold CM
series inserts and Ortronics®
Connectivity systems in
conjunction with 817B, 827B,
and 837B Flanges.

Brass Rectangular Cover Plate

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series II
adapters and wiremold CM series
inserts, sold separately.

Brass (828DPGFITC) or brushed
aluminum (828DPGFITCAL).
Allows for mounting of a duplex
style receptacle with a rectangular style flip lid cover plate.

6.080"
[154.4mm]
3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

COLOR OPTIONS

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

817B

walkerduct® Pro series service Fittings are available in brushed
aluminum, brass, black or brown as indicated in the part number
description.

503
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

WAlKERDuCT® pRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS
Walkerduct Pro Series Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information

828DLR

Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate
single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A
single locking receptacles. Device
opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use with
maximum female locking device of
1.58" diameter, and maximum male
plug face of 2.25" diameter

828SPTC Brass Duplex Cover Plate

829Ck-1

Brass Communication Cover Plate
2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]
plugs.

3.156"
[80.2mm]

4.182"
[106.2mm]

829Ck-3/4 Brass Communication Cover Plate
2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and
19.1mm] plugs.

screw plugs. screw plugs are 1
1/2" [38mm] in diameter.
4 1/8"
[105mm]

3 1/8"
[79mm]

829STC

3.156"
[80.2mm]

Brass Communication Cover Plate

4.182"
[106.2mm]

829Ck-1/2

Brass Communication Cover Plate

Data slides. Feed through only,
not for use with a mounting plate
for communication jacks.
4 1/8"
[105mm]

3 1/8"
[79mm]

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

829Ck

3.156"
[80.2mm]

Brass Communication Cover Plate
2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and
57mm] plugs.

3 5/32"
[80mm]

2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and
12.7mm] plugs.

4 11/64"
[106mm]

504
www.LEGRAND.us/WIREMOLD

4.182"
[106.2mm]

828MAAP

A/V Adapter Plate
sheet metal adapter plate
that accepts two (2) Extron®
Electronics MAAP style device
plates, sold separately. For use
with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL
cover plates, sold separately.
For use with minimum 2 1/2"
[64mm] preset depths.

WIREMOLD

WAlKERDuCT® pRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS
Walkerduct Pro Series Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

818TCAL

One-Gang Brushed Aluminum
Combination Carpet & Tile Flange

838TCAL Three-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet & Tile Flange
Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series
II adapters and wiremold
CM series inserts, sold
separately.

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series
II adapters and wiremold CM
series inserts, sold separately.
5.940"
[150.9mm]

4.920"
[125.0mm]

NOTE: Brushed aluminum flange comes with a beveled edge.

828TCAL

5.940"
[150.9mm]

13.170"
[334.5mm]

5.940"
[150.9mm]

NOTE: Brushed aluminum flange comes with a beveled edge.

Two-Gang Brushed Aluminum
Combination Carpet & Tile Flange

9.045"
[229.7mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ
TracJack and MAB3s2 series
II adapters and wiremold CM
series inserts, sold separately.

NOTE: Brushed aluminum